info/mirror-textfiles.com
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/opsxcq/mirror-textfiles.com.git synced 2025-08-06 21:56:53 +02:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

update

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
OPSXCQ
2018-03-12 17:36:43 -03:00
parent b21012cf3d
commit 08f4bdd16d
386 changed files with 98657 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

332
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2720.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
SUBJECT: A CHANGED VIEW OF SCIENCE FILE: UFO2720
Mon 24 Feb 92 8:15
By: Robin Gober
To: ALL
Re: Intergration
----------------------------------------------------------------------
When we last left Doc. Rogers he was faced with how to resolve the
conflict of viewing a subjective experience as an experientialist or
scientist. I see a lot of things in this debate that can be useful to a
Contactee. As a Contactee I know, as William James stated that these
experiences can be very real and very authoritative. I also that as a
thinking Contactee, sometimes, I like to be able to view the the
experience objectively as well. I think Rogers gives some very good
guide lines on how to go about this.
"A Changed View of Science
[...] Gradually I have come to believe that the most basic error in the
original formulation was in the description of science. I should like,
in this section, to attempt to correct that error, and in the following
section to reconcile the revised points of view.
The major shortcoming was, I believe, in viewing science as something
`out there,' something spelled with a capital S, a `body of knowledge'
existing somewhere in space and time. in common with psychologists I
thought of science as a systematized and organized collection of
tentatively verified facts, and saw the methodology of science as the
socially approved means of accumulating this body of knowledge, and
continuing its verification. It has seemed somewhat like a reservoir
into which all and sundry may dip their buckets to obtain water--with a
guarantee of 99% purity. When viewed in this external and impersonal
fashion, it seems not unreasonable to see Science not only as
discovering knowledge in lofty fashion, but as involving
depersonalization, a tendency to manipulate, a denial of the basic
freedom of choice which I have met experientially in therapy. I should
like now to view the scientific approach from a different, and I hope,
a more accurate perspective.
Science in Persons
Science exists only in people. Each scientific project has its creative
inception, its process, and its tentative conclusion, in a person or
persons. Knowledge--even scientific knowledge can be communicated only
to those who are subjectively ready to receive its communication. The
utilization of science also occurs only through people who are in
pursuit of values which have meaning to them. These statements
summarize very briefly something of the change in emphasis which I
would like to make in my description of science. Let me follow through
the various phases of science from this point of view."
_On Becoming a Person_ Carl R. Rogers Ph.D. 1961
"The Creative Phase
Science has its inception in a particular person who is pursuing aims,
values, purposes, which have personal and subjective meaning for him.
As a part of this pursuit, he, in some area,`wants to find out.'
Consequently, if he is to be a good scientist, he immerses himself in
the relevant experience, whether that be the physics laboratory, the
world of the plant or animal life, the hospital, the psychological
laboratory or clinic, or whatever. This immersion is complete and
subjective, similar to the immersion of the therapist in therapy,[or
the Contactee in the encounter]. He senses the field in which he is
interested, he lives it. He does more than `think' about it--he lets
his organism take over and react to it, both on a knowing and on an
unknowing level. He comes to sense more than he could possibly
verbalize about his field, and reacts organismically in terms of
relationships which are not present in his awareness. Out of his
complete subjective immersion comes a creative forming, a sense of
direction, a vague formulation of relationships hitherto unrecognized.
Whittled down, sharpened, formulated in clearer terms, this creative
forming becomes a hypothesis-- a statement of a tentative, personal,
subjective faith. The scientist is saying, `I have a hunch that such
and such a relationship exits, and the existence of this phenomenon has
relevance to my personal values.' What I am describing is the initial
phase of science, probably its most important phase, but one which
American scientists, particularly psychologists, have been prone to
minimize or ignore. It is not so much that it has been denied as that
it has been quickly brushed off. Kenneth Spence has said that this
aspect of science is `simply taken for granted.' Like many experiences
taken for granted, it also tends to be forgotten. It is indeed in the
matrix of immediate personal, subjective experience that all science,
and each individual scientific research, has its origin."
_On Becoming a Person_ Carl R. Rogers Ph.D.
"Reality, our good buddie!" --Robin Gober
"Checking With Reality
The scientist has then creatively achieved his hypothesis, his
tentative faith. But does it check with reality? Experience has shown
each one of us that it is very easy to deceive ourselves, to believe
something which later experience shows is not so. How can I tell
whether this tentative belief has some real relationship to observed
facts? I can use, not one line of evidence only, but several. I can
surround my observation of the facts with various precautions to make
sure I am not deceiving myself. I can consult with others who have also
been concerned with avoiding self-deception, an learn useful ways of
catching myself in unwarranted beliefs, based on misinterpretation of
observations. I can, in short, begin to use all the elaborate
methodology which science has accumulated. I discover that stating my
hypothesis in operational terms will avoid many blind alleys and false
conclusions. I learn that control groups can help me to avoid drawing
false inferences. [The same way I use information from other recovery
groups on topics like trauma, P.T.S.D.,Codependants, and Religious
Addiction] I learn that correlations and t tests and critical ratios
and a whole array of statistical procedures can likewise aid me in
drawing only reasonable inferences. Thus scientific methodology is seen
for what it truly is -- a way of preventing me from deceiving myself in
regard to my creatively formed subjective hunches which have developed
out of the relationship between me and my material. It is in this
context, and perhaps only in this context, that the vast structure of
operationism, logical positivism, research design, test of
significance, ect. have their place. They exist, not for themselves,
but as servants in the attempt to check the subjective feeling or hunch
or hypothesis of a person with the objective fact. And even throughout
the use of such rigorous and impersonal methods, the important choices
are all made subjectively by the scientist. To which of a number of
hypotheses shall I devote time? What kind of control group is most
suitable for avoiding self-deception in this in this particular
research? How far shall I carry the statistical analysis? How much
credence may I place in the findings? Each of these is necessarily a
subjective personal judgment, emphasizing that the splendid structure
of science rest basically upon its subjective use by persons. It is the
best instrument we have yet been able to devise to check upon our
organismic sensing of the universe.
_On Becoming a Person_ Carl R. Rogers Ph.D.
"The Findings
If, as scientist, I like the way I have gone about my investigation, if
I have been open to all the evidence if I have selected and used
intelligently all the precautions against self-deception which I have
been able to assimilate from others or to devise myself, then I will
give my tentative belief to the findings which have emerged. I will
regard them as a springboard for further investigation and further
seeking. It seems to me that in the best of science, the primary
purpose is to provide a more satisfactory and dependable hypothesis,
belief, faith, for the investigator himself. In regard to the findings
of science, the subjective foundation is well shown in the fact that at
times the scientist may refuse to believe his own findings. `The
experiment showed thus and so, but I believe it to be wrong,' is a
theme which every scientist has experienced at some time or other. Some
very fruitful discoveries have grown out of the persistent disbelief,
by a scientist, in his won findings and those of others. In the last
analysis he may place more trust in his total organismic reactions than
in the methods of science. There is no doubt that this can result in
serious error as well as in scientific discoveries, but it indicates
again the leading place of the subjective in the use of science.
Communication of Scientific Findings
Wading along a coral reef in the Caribbean this morning, I saw a large
blue fish -- I think. If you, quite independently, saw it too, then I
feel more confident in my own observation. This is what is know as
intersubjective verification, and it plays an important part in our
understanding of science. If I take you (whether in conversation or in
print or behaviorally) through the steps I have taken in an
investigation, and it seems to you too that I have not deceived myself,
and I have indeed come across a new relationship which is relevant to
my values, and that I am justified in having a tentative faith in this
relationship, then we have the beginnings of Science with a capital S.
It is at this point that we are likely to think we have created a body
of scientific knowledge. Actually there is no such body of knowledge.
There are only tentative beliefs, existing subjectively, in a number of
different persons. If these beliefs are not tentative, then what exists
is dogma, not science. If on the other hand, no one but the
investigator believes the finding then this finding is either a
personal and deviant matter, an instance of psycho-pathology, or else
it is an unusual truth discovered by a genius, which as yet no one is
subjectively ready to believe. This leads me to comment on the group
which can put tentative faith in any given scientific finding."
_On Becoming a Person_ Carl R. Rogers Ph.D.
"Communication to Whom?
It is clear that scientific findings can be communicated only to those
who have agreed to the same ground rules of investigation. The
Australian bushman will be quite unimpressed with the finding of
science regarding bacterial infection. He knows that illness truly is
caused by evil spirits. It is only when he too agrees to scientific
method as a good means of preventing self-deception, that he will be
likely to accept its findings. But even among those who have adopted
the ground rules of science, tentative belief in the findings of a
scientific research can only occur where there is a subjective
readiness to believe. One could find many examples. Most psychologists
are quite ready to believe evidence showing that the lecture system
produces significant increments of learning, and quite unready to
believe that the turn of an unseen card may be called through an
ability labelled extra-sensory perception. Yet the scientific evidence
for the latter is considerably more impeccable than for the former.
Likewise when the so-called `Iowa studies' first came out, indicating
that intelligence might be considerably altered by environmental
conditions, there was great disbelief among psychologists, and many
attacks on the imperfect scientific methods used. The scientific
evidence for this finding is not much better today than it was when the
Iowa studies first appeared, but the subjective readiness of
psychologists to believe such a finding has altered greatly.[Much like
the subject of Contact/Abduction] A historian of science has noted that
empiricists, had they existed at the time, would have been the first to
desbelieve the findings of Copernicus. It appears then that whether I
believe the scientific findings of others or those from my own studies,
depends in part on my readiness to put a tentative belief in such
findings. One reason we are not particularly aware of this subjective
fact is that in the physical sciences particularly, we have gradually
adopted a very large area of experience in which we are ready to
believe and finding which can be shown to rest upon the rules of the
scientific game, properly played.
The Use of Science
But not only is the origin, process, and conclusion of science
something which exists only in the subjective experience of persons --
so also is its utilization. `Science' will never depersonalize, or
manipulate, or control individuals. It is only persons who can and will
do that.[as in cults] That is surely a most obvious and trite
observation, yet a deep realization of it has had much meaning for me.
It means that the use which will be made of scientific findings in the
field of personality is and will be a matter of subjective personal
choice. -- the same type of choice as a person makes in therapy. To the
extent that he has defensively closed off areas of his awareness, the
person is more likely to make choices which are socially destructive.
[As in a Contactee closing off feelings of anger, pain or fear]. To the
extent that he is open to all phases of his experience we may be sure
that this person will be more likely to use the findings and methods of
science (or any other tool or capacity) in a manner which is personally
and socially constructive. There is, in actuality then, no threatening
entity of `Science' which can in any way affect our destiny. There are
only people. While many of them are indeed threatening and dangerours
in their defensiveness, and modern scientific knowledge multiplies the
social threat and danger, this is not the whole picture. There are two
other significant facets. (1) There are many person who are relatively
open to their experience and hence likely to be socially constructive.
(2) Both the subjective experience of psychotherapy and the scientific
findings regarding it indicate that individuals are motivated to
change, and may be helped to change, in the direction of greater
openness to experience, and hence in the direction of behavior which is
enhancing of self and society, rather than destructive. To put it
briefly, Science can never threaten us. Only persons can do that. And
while individuals can be vastly destructive with the tools placed in
their hands by scientific knowledge, this is only one side of the
picture. We already have subjective and objective knowledge of the
basic principles by which individual may achieve the more constructive
social behavior which is natural to their organismic process of
becoming."
_On Becoming a Person_ Carl R. Rogers Ph.D.
"A New Integration
What this line of thought has achieved for me is a fresh integration in
which the conflict between the `experientialist' and the `scientist'
tends to disappear. This particular intergration may not be acceptable
to others, but it does have meaning to me. Its major tenets have been
largely implicit in the preceding section, but I will try to state them
here in a way which takes cognizance of the arguments between the
opposing points of view. Science, as well as therapy, as well as all
other aspects of living, [as well as being a Contactee] is rooted in
and based upon the immediate, subjective, experience of a person. It
springs from the inner, total, organismic experiencing which is only
partially and imperfectly communicable. It is one phase of subjective
living. It is because I find value and reward in human relationships
that I enter into a relationship known as therapeutic, where feelings
and cognition merge into one unitary experience which is lived rather
than examined, in which awareness is non-reflective, and where I am the
participant rather than observer. But because I am curious about the
exquisite orderliness which appears to exist in the universe and in
this relationship I can abstract myself from the experience and look
upon it as an observer, making myself and/or others the objects of that
observation.[I feel the same way about Contact encounters] As observer
I use all of the hunches which grow out of the living experience. To
avoid deceiving myself as observer, to gain a more accurate picture of
the order which exists, I make use of all the cannons of science.
Science is not an impersonal something,but simply a person living
subjectively an other phase of himself. A deeper understanding of
therapy (or of any other problem) [like Contact issues] may come from
living it, or from the communication within the self between the two
types of experience. As to the subjective experience of choice, it is
not only primary in therapy, but it is also primary in the use of
scientific method by a person.
[This is it,folks, the really good part]
What I will do with the knowledge gained through scientific method --
whether I will use it to understand, enhance, enrich, or use it to
control manipulate and destroy -- is a matter of subjective choice
dependent upon the values which have personal meaning for me. If, out
of fright and defensiveness, I block out from my awareness large areas
of experience, -- if I can see only those facts which support my
present beliefs, and am blind to all others -- if I can see only the
objective aspects of life, and cannot perceive the subjective -- if in
any way I cut off my perception from the full range of its actual
sensitivity -- then I am likely to be socially destructive, whether I
use as tool the knowledge and instruments of science, or the power and
emotional strength of a subjective relationship. And on the other hand
if I am open to my experience,and can permit all of the sensing of my
intricate organism to be available to my awareness, then I am likely to
use myself, my subjective experience, _and_ my scientific knowledge, in
ways which are realistically constructive. This then is the degree of
integration I have currently been able to achieve between two
approaches first experienced as conflicting."
_On Becoming a Person_ Carl R. Rogers Ph.D. 1961
Houghton Mifflin Company
Boston
ISBN: 0-395-08134-3
ISBN: 0-395-08409-1 pbk.
ENDNOTES: I placed all of my comments in [ ] I hated to interject
myself into the text but it seemed like the best way to make sure that
I stayed on topic. I believe most readers are smart enough to have
caught those connections without my help.
take care!
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

168
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2721.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
SUBJECT: CBC DOCUMENTARY FILE: UFO2721
PART 1
02 Jul 91 11:37:00
By: Bryce Eckstein, LATTICE~ (147/66)
Re: CBC Documentary
----------------------------------------------------------------------
I had not heard of David Jacobs prior to listening to the broadcast,
so I can't really comment on the apparent dichotomy in his position on
the abduction issue. However, here are all the literal transcriptions
of the Jacobs clips from the program:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Jacobs:
"Basically what people say is, that they are abducted out of their
normal environment and are taken into this object, their clothes are
taken off, they are given a physical examination of an unusual
variety, -- and here we go plunging into the bizarre, but this is what
is reported by virtually everyone -- they have a sperm and/or an egg
sample taken from them and they are then subjected to a variety of
other procedures -- sometimes they are presented with extraordinary-
looking, little babies, uhh, strange looking beings that they are
required to hold and then they are sometimes given machine
examinations - placed inside machines and so forth, and then they are
released. Now, a lot of other things happen, but they do not always
happen at every occasion".
Host:
"Do they describe how the sperm and egg samples are taken?"
Jacobs:
well, eggs are taken internally, with certain very carefully described
instruments. Sperm is collected strictly mechanically. There are are
actually three or four different kinds of devices, basically they are
all the same though, and oftentimes the man doesn't even know what is
happening, it's a very quick procedure. What you are looking at
primarily here is an extraordinary convergence of story and detail, a
richness of detail that is impossible to understand other than through
objective reality. People begin to describe certain things within the
abduction - phenomenon that have never, ever been publicized and that
they would simply not know to invent. They all essentially say the
same thing, over and over again... and they'll say things and look at
me inquiringly and say, "has anybody else ever reported anything like
this?" .. and of course I've already heard it 200 times.. and it's
just an extraordinary situation. Now physically, when people think
they have had an abduction experience, they might first of all say
that there was a missing time experience, they cannot account for two
hours of their life. For instance they'll travel from work to home and
they know it takes 12 minutes each way and they've been doing it for
years and then one day it takes two ~hours~ and 12 minutes and they
are at a loss to explain this, it seemed perfectly seemless to them.
Well, in every one of these situations of missing time, the people
have actually ~been~ missing. It's not a situation where they claim
it, and then independent investigation has revealed that they were
down at the corner bar bending the old elbow. In fact, people have
called the police, because of missing children, search parties have
been organized looking for people, there has been every evidence to
suggest that people are not in place. The problem here is that if it
is not an objective event, then it is automatically internally
generated - people are just dreaming it up for whatever reason. But
the psychological and the psychiatric community have been unable to
account for how this could possibly be, and there is no precedent for
it in psychological or psychiatric literature - and most psychologists
and psychiatrists and therapists of all types who have confronted
this, have simply drawn a blank. It does not ~seem~ to be imaginary,
it does not ~seem~ to be internally generated".
(Lengthy Betty Hill clip, continuing the abduction experience)
Host:
Betty and Barney Hill's abduction was the first ever reported. That
was 29 years ago. There have been so many reported abductions since,
that investigators are able to point to what ~they~ see as an amazing
similarity among these stories. All have the same sorts of events.
Aliens that look the same, the same physical examinations and so on. A
key element here is that certain features of these stories are
withheld from the public. That makes it much more difficult for anyone
to fake an abduction story. But it's frustrating. We'd all like to
know what some of these ~secret~ features are. But you can't ask the
researchers to reveal them... can you? Dr. David Jacobs."
Jacobs:
Sure you can. There's so many of them, there's so little that is known
about this subject in the public that it's just an extraordinary
situation. For instance, one of the things that people describe that
can now be revealed... as they say .. is the fact that when they leave
their car or their house or their bedroom or wherever they are during
an abduction event, they say something extraordinary, sort of amazing
that makes no sense whatsoever and they all seem to say this. They say
that they float up into the air and they appear to be floating
directly through a closed window. Now, this is an extraordinary thing
or course, and it's outrageous and unbelievable on the face of it. yet
they ~all~ say it, and they ~all~ realize when they are saying it that
it sounds crazy, and we have carefully, carefully questioned them
about whether they stopped first and opened the window and the screen
and the whole business... we don't have any cases of them opening the
window, they ~all~ say that they do this.. every one of them... and
the question is, why would they say this, this is a dumb thing to
say... this is a thing to say that will obviously point to some sort
of imagination or a hoax. But they're all fairly adamant that that's
what happens. We don't of course, understand what is happening here
completely, this is a little detail that just has not been published
before.
Host:
Don't you think I could come to you Dr. Jacobs knowing the little I
know about abduction stories. read a few more, then come to you and
say .. look. I had this strange experience, make up a bunch of details
and make a convincing story?"
Jacobs:
Well, there are two ways to deal with that. Number one, 90 percent of
the abduction phenomenon has not been publicized, so you'd have to bee
on target pretty good {chuckling} it's very tough to do. You'd be
amazed how difficult it is. In fact, I teach one of the few ... the
only course actually on UFO's in the United States at a major
university. I will tell students... give them an assignment if they
wish, to make up an abduction event and I will tell them they can read
anything that they want.. it doesn't matter, and I want them to tell
me several facts that ~all~ abductees say ~all~ the time, without
exception.. just to see it they can hit it. In the four years I've
been doing this, no one has hit it yet. What we are finding with the
abduction phenomenon is that is an extremely routinized, highly
structured event. Certain things happen to people and that's all .. in
other words, people don't describe going up .. and then your sort of
all over the place... y'know they don't describe getting out the
scrabble set and playing alien scrabble and that sort of stuff.. they
don't describe sitting down for a royal meal .. and they don't
describe watching tv with the boys. There is a whole range of things
that are never, ever described. What ~is~ described is very, ~very~
narrow, and very, very structured. You have to go where the evidence
leads you. I think that people are actually describing experiences
that have befallen them. I think that aliens are in fact taking human
beings..... I must say Jay, (Jay Ingram - program host) that I don't
like this business. I find it extremely disturbing, very depressing. I
wish that I had not found this and I wish that ~all~ researchers had
not found this. But we have found it. I think we have to start coming
to terms with this on a fairly serious basis, even though this is
about as way out as one can get in this society these days.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
I don't know if what David Jacobs says in the documentary squares with
what you've heard of him in the past, but this is his position at this
moment. I hope the information has proven useful to you and others
reading.
Cheers,
Bryce
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

158
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2722.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
SUBJECT: CBC DOCUMENTARY FILE: UFO2722
PART 2
06-20-90
David Jacobs
I would estimate that %99.99 of all abductees are unawares of what
has happened to them. Perhaps many of them know that they have had
strange, out of the ordinary experiences like missing time events, Out
of Body Experiences, "astral travel," seen ghosts, or even had deceased
relatives visit them at the foot of their beds, but these experiences
are chalked up to "normality" oftentimes. They have an available menu
of culturally determined explanations of strange occurrences and they
pick and chose among them to help explain what has happened to them.
Only a tiny fraction of abductees have systematically explored their
experiences with me or with Budd Hopkins and are fully aware of the
situation that they are involved in. I have handed out a questionnaire
geared toward helping me to gauge how many people might have had
abductions. I have given it to about 900 students at Temple university
over the past few years. Right now my statistics are running at about
%6.5 of potential abductees and that is being very conservative. When
the pressure gets too great on an abductee and he/she feels that
whatever has happened to them deserves some sort of an explanation,
they characteristically seek help or answers to their questions in
three main areas. The first is in the therapeutic community. They go to
psychologists and psychiatrists in search of help. They think that
there must be something wrong with them because they are having crazy
thoughts about being on board a UFO, etc. The therapeutic community has
not been very much help in this area. Usually they are given some sort
of a diagnosis that suggests childhood trauma of some sort or
pathology, in the case of psychiatrists. In fact some members of the
psychiatric and psychological communities have been damaging to these
people because of incompetence or avarice. The second area that people
migrate to in search of answers is evangelical or charismatic religious
groups or cults. In religion abductees are often given a "demonic"
explanation. They are told to pray and the demons will be excised. The
third area is New Age groups. Here they encounter channelers, and
believers in benevolent space brothers, and higher cosmic consciousness
and higher vibrational patterns, and universal love, and so forth. Many
of the abductees find solace and answers in any of these areas. For
many others, however, these areas do no provide satisfaction that they
have finally come to the end of their quest. When they come to either
Budd or me, however, and they finally uncover in more or less a
systematic way what has happened to them, the quest is over. They do
not go from us to another area still searching for answers. Now they
know and they may be frightened and freaked, but at least they have the
ability to gain some sort of intellectual and emotional control over
their lives--often for the first time.
This is not a complete answer, and there are many other ways that
abductees suspect that something has happened to them, for instance, a
"triggering" mechanism often works when they see a picture of an alien
on a book jacket, or read something, or hear something. A bell goes off
in peoples' minds that suddenly alerts them to the fact that something
might have happened to them. On of the most important things to say,
however, is that it is unethical and downright dangerous for anyone to
suggest that another might have been the victim of abductions. I allow
people to come to me in anyway that they can. Even when they come to me
I issue strong warnings to them about the consequences of opening the
Pandora's box of memory collection. I send them a pamphlet that Budd
and I put together about the downside of memory collection. When I talk
to them again I again warn them. If they still want to go ahead, then
and only then do I attempt regressive hypnosis. This is not something
to do on a lark. The content of abductions can be fairly strong and
without proper guidance and experience the possibility of harm to the
abductee is great.
The population of abductees that I have investigated is small. I have
worked with 49 individuals as of June, 1990. However, the way in which
I do abduction research is different than most investigators. I try to
spend as much time as possible with each abductee researching, on
separate occasions, as many abduction events as possible for each one.
We have found that all abductions begin in childhood and then continue
throughout one's life (with certain exceptions). I have discovered no
adult-onset abductions unless they are what I call "opportunistic"
abductions--the person is in close proximity to an abductee and is
therefore sometimes taken. Opportunistic abductions are uncommon. Thus
I have actually researched about 265 separate abduction events. People
have had as many as twenty-six sessions with me and as few as one. The
average length of my sessions is about five hours--from the time a
person walks in to the time he/she leaves. During the session I try to
bring out as much information as possible on a chronological basis--
what happens to the abductee from the time he realizes that something
is first happening to him, say in his bedroom, until the event is over
and he is returned. Actual hypnosis time varies from one hour to three
hours.
Generally speaking, we do not know why a particular person is
abducted. There appears to be no overt similarities, either mental or
physical between abductees. This appears to be a random phenomenon.
However, we have found a rather strong generational and familial link
with abductions. Abductions appear to begin in childhood and continue
throughout adulthood (there are exceptions to this). We have not found
a way to stop abductions.
During an abduction, characteristic procedures are run on humans that
are quite narrow in their range. Most people report physical, mental
and reproductive events. Without going into too much detail, the main
physical event is the examination (there are many other physical
procedures) which is carried on in a surprising manner. The main mental
procedure is an examination of an abductee's emotional state after
observing some sort of mental imagery. People's emotions are played
with and they may feel a calming effect. Likewise it is very common for
people to see scenes of atomic explosions, during which they might feel
anxiety. These are part of the mental procedures. In the reproductive
area, people report that sperm and eggs are harvested from them. They
are also shown odd looking babies that they are sometimes required to
hold.
Abductees are mentally altered during the abduction so that it is
extremely difficult to understand what is happening while it is
happening. A selective form of amnesia is most commonly in place
immediately after the abduction so that most people do not know what
has happened to them--except unconsciously, if that is "knowing."
Recovering the memories is a difficult task. Not only is there a
certain amount of trauma involved, but often there is heavy
confabulation, false memories, incomplete memories, and pseudo-memories
placed in the abductee's mind as part of mental procedures.
Furthermore, the physical aftereffects of the phenomenon can be severe-
-scars, internal scar tissue, eye damage, and so forth. It is, however,
the mental effects that are most important for people's lives--
affording the most damage and the most trauma. Thus investigating
abductions is a very delicate endeavor. One must know what to say, what
to ask, what is coming next, what is being skipped over, what is being
held back, what is going to be traumatic, and what is going to have the
biggest effect on the abductee whether he/she realizes it or not. Above
all, the investigator must have the psychological acumen to help the
abductee deal with the material both while the memories are being
recalled, and after the session is over. At the same time the
investigator must accumulate the most amount of data as is possible--
given the enormity and importance of the event. Unfortunately there are
few who can do this. Sometimes people who need help with abductions
seek advice and counsel from well meaning but incompetent
psyhotherapists and even some erstwhile UFO researchers. Unfortunately
not enough have been trained to service the vast number of abductees
who need this help. Budd Hopkins and I have been involved with trying
to train therapists to deal with abductees. This is an uphill battle
and although progress has been made, we have a long struggle ahead of
us. in the meantime, for those of you who think that you might have had
abduction experiences, think very carefully about whether you want to
open up the Pandora's Box of memories and if you decide to go ahead, be
extremely careful who you decide upon. The potential for harm is there.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

52
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2723.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
SUBJECT: IMPLANT & COMMUNICATION FILE: UFO2723
By: Clemens Vermeulen
To: All
Re: Implant & Communication
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a REPOST of this message. I have reason to believe that it did
not get away at the time of posting......
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
On wednesday night each week at 8:00pm at an address at Douglas Track,
Freedom County via Kuranda Q 4872, you have the opportunity to meet
Jannie King and her friend & companion P'Taah.
On 27/11/91 Jannie told a group of about 40 people from the district
that back in 1947, as a little girl while living on a remote and
isolated forestry farm in New Zealand, she was taken aboard a craft and
had a medical procedure/ implant performed on her.
She remembers especially the fact that while she had been away for
several hours, nobody at the farm house appeared to be concerned about
her absence.
Details about the event have been very vague in Jannies memory until
she underwent regression theraphy or hypnosis, during which she once
again became fully conscious of the events that took place that day.
In the 60's Jannie then had her first and only physical(!?) meeting
with P'Taah, an energy being who has since that time been channeled by
Jannie in group work and in private sittings.
Recently, (13/11/91) transmissions were completed for a book which is
expected to be available in February 1992. For further information you
may care to contact the publisher: Peter O Erbe on telephone +61-70-
930-121.
Once we have obtained permission to do so, we may be able to publish
some excerpts from these transmissions on this echo area.
Regards
Clemens
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

145
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2724.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
SUBJECT: HABITABLE PLANETS FILE: UFO2724
Date: 01-24-92 20:29
From: David Galea
Subj: Habitable Planets, from the January 1992 JBIS.
* Originally dated 22 Jan 1992, 9:05
From: klaes@mtwain.enet.dec.com (Larry Klaes)
Organization: Digital Equipment Corporation
The following posting is a summary written by my friend and co-worker,
Drew LePage, of an article in the January 1992 issue of the JOURNAL OF
THE BRITISH INTERPLANETARY SOCIETY (JBIS), Volume 45, Number 1. Titled
"An Estimate of the Prevalence of Biocompatible and Habitable Planets",
it is authored by M. J. Fogg.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
There is a very interesting article in the January 1992 edition of
the JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH INTERPLANETARY SOCIETY (JBIS) on the
likelihood of various types of stars having habitable or biocompatible
planets. A biocompatible planet is one where the long term presence of
surface liquid water provides environmental conditions suitable for for
the origin and evolution of life. There are three subsets of
biocompatible planets:
* Juvenile Martian - As the name implies, it is a planet with condition
similar to those found on Mars early in its life. The planet would
receive between 27% and 75% of the light we presently receive from the
Sun and possess plate tectonics or some other geochemical carbon cycle.
Mars was this type for its first one billion years.
* Juvenile Terran - Again as the name implies, this is a planet with
conditions similar to those found on the early Earth. The planet would
receive between 75% and 95% of the light we presently receive from the
Sun and be geologically active. Earth was this type of planet for its
first four billion years (i.e. during the Precambrian period).
* Habitable - This is a planet with Earthlike conditions. The planet
would receive between 95% and 110% of the light we receive and be
geologically active.
The author of the study collected the results of various studies to
determine what conditions produce biocompatible and habitable planets,
the evolution of stars and the effects on planetary environ-ments, the
likely distribution of planets in other systems, as well as others.
The results of the author's simulations indicate the following:
* Habitable planets can exist around stars with 0.8 to 1.8 times the mass
of the Sun.
* Biocompatible planets can exist around stars with 0.5 to 1.8 times the
mass of the Sun.
* Habitable planets may occur around >3% of the stars between 0.85 and
1.45 times the mass of the Sun.
* Biocompatible planets may occur around >30% of the stars between 0.8
and 1.25 time the mass of the Sun.
If only single stars possess planets:
* There would be one habitable planet for every 413 stars.
* The mean distance between systems with habitable planets would be 31
light years.
* There would be one biocompatible planet for every 39 stars.
* The mean distance between systems with biocompatible planets would be
14 light years.
* There would be about 362 biocompatible (of which 34 would be habitable)
planets within 100 light years of us.
If planets could form in multiple star systems:
* There would be one habitable planet for every 196 stars.
* The mean distance between systems with habitable planets would be 24
light years.
* There would be one biocompatible planet for every 18 stars.
* The mean distance between systems with biocompatible planets would be
11 light years.
* There would be about 763 biocompatible (of which 71 would be habitable)
planets within 100 light years of us.
The author goes further and calculates the probability of the nearer
stars having biocompatible or habitable planets. Assuming that planets
can form in multiple star systems the following probabilities were
calculated:
Name Distance (LY) Type Habitable Biocompatible
Alpha Centauri A 4.38 G2V 7.8% 44%
Alpha Centauri B 4.38 K6V 4.4% 38%
Epsilon Eridani 10.69 K2V 0.6% 34%
61 Cygni A 11.17 K5V 0.0% 5.8%
61 Cygni B 11.17 K7V 0.0% 0.3%
Epsilon Indi 11.21 K5V 0.0% 18%
Lacille 9352 11.69 M2 0.0% <0.3%
Tau Ceti 11.95 G8V 1.5% 35%
Lacille 8760 12.54 M1V 0.0% 1.5%
Groombridge 1618 15.03 K7 0.0% 2.5%
70 Ophiuchi A 16.73 K1 4.4% 38%
70 Ophiuchi B 16.73 K6 0.0% 16%
36 Ophiuchi A 17.73 K0V 0.0% 28%
36 Ophiuchi B 17.73 K1V 0.0% 27%
36 Ophiuchi C 17.73 K5V 0.0% 9.0%
HR 7703 A 18.43 K3V 0.0% 27%
Sigma Draconis 18.53 K0V 1.5% 35%
Delta Pavonis 18.64 G5 5.1% 39%
Eta Cassiopeiae A 19.19 G0V 3.9% 38%
Eta Cassiopeiae B 19.19 M0 0.0% 0.7%
HD 36395 19.19 M1V 0.0% 0.5%
Wolf 294 19.41 M4 0.0% <0.3%
+5301320 A 19.65 M0 0.0% 0.6%
+5301320 B 19.65 M0 0.0% 0.5%
-45013677 20.6 M0 0.0% <0.3%
82 Eridani 20.9 G5 4.4% 38%
Beta Hydri 21.3 G1 7.5% 35%
HR 8832 21.4 K3 0.0% 23%
Assuming that the author's simulations and calculations are correct,
there could be as many as 5.6 BILLION biocompatible planets in our
galaxy of which about 500 MILLION are habitable. And, as the above
table shows, the nearest biocompatible planet could only be 4.38 light
years away.
Drew LePage
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

93
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2725.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
SUBJECT: SKEPTICS FILE: UFO2725
Date: 01-12-91 00:19
From: Jim Greenen
To: all
Subj: skeptics
These comments are for the debunkers, Phillip Klass's, Amazing Randy's
and All skeptics on this subject of ET's, UFO's and if you so desire to
lump other paranormal related activity into a group that deals with
something of a physical nature, so be it.
You people make claims when someone shows you a pictures of what they
claim our alien space crafts or we will use the word UFO's, that these
pictures are fake because photographs can be faked. Now that last
statement is a fact, pictures can be fake but are all pictures fake. I
think we can both agree on this one. No, all pictures are not fake.
Then why do you people say that the holder of the pictures must prove
that his pictures are not fake. But in the Gulf Breeeze and the Billy
Meier photographs (and many, many others) these pictures have analyze
using the most advance equipment that is available. Yet you still claim
that they are a hoax. The Billy Meier photo's have cost the
investigating team over $60,000 out of their pockets to have 4 of
Billy's pictures analyze and the results were that they could not find
any faking of those pictures.
If a robber walk into a bank and was photograph with the bank camera
and these picures were presented at the trial, and the defense attorney
made a statement that photgraphs can be faked so there for the accused
is incident. I think that unless he had some proof of his claim he
would be laughed out of court and possibly loose his license over that
statement.
I have no problem with so called skeptics and I welcome them for they
can keep us honest and can input something that possibly we over looked
and this is good. But to come out with statements "photo's can be
faked" and all pilots that have seen UFO's should have their eyes
examine, all people that claimed to seen UFO's are uneducated hill-
billies are not worth listening to. And I myself have a problem dealing
with these sort of indiviuals, as you probably notice.
I spend a lot of my time and money going out to investigate sightings
and listening to people that claim to have been taken aboard a alien
space craft or claim to be in communcation. I don't necessary believe
all that I hear but I do listen to what they have to say and I've heard
some that even a person with a open mind has problems with. I can tell
you two things from what I've found and that is something or somebody
is making visits to the planet that we are living on (notice I didn't
use the words, OUR planet). And two, that OUR government is and have
been keeping this information from us for 40+ years.
Now, what I want you all to do is to make a copy of this and retain it
in your files. I going to tell you something that is not a prediction
but information or possibly maybe disinformation that I have obtain
from unknown sources that I can't disclose at this time. In 1992 and I
can give you the exact date and how but I won't because that would
reveal the source, that OUR government and all governments of the world
will acknowledge that we our being visited by ET's from other parts of
the universe. Now when this happens and its in the works right now,
what are all you skeptics and debunkers going to do? Will you go in
hiding or will you stand up and take the lumps like a man. I think
Phillip will retire just before this happens and will keep a very low
profile, lets make that a prediction, OK.
Now, about this other thing on lumping the UFO, new age religion,
psychics, etc. into one catagory is ridicules and shows that your group
lacks any solid evidence to back your claims and there for have to put
all into one group. Then you go out and pull any person off the streets
that nobody knows or has any backing to their abilities and make fools
of them in front of the public. This is not only cruel to that person
but also down grades respect for your organization. Your philosophy is,
because this person shows that he does not have psychic abilities and
that he claims too, then all reports of sightings of UFO's, and etc.
are false. HOG-WASH!!!!. You prove to me that the evidence in Gulf
Breeze, Billy Meier, Fyffe, Roswell and the 1 million other cases are
false, The Ufologist around the world have brought to you and the
general public our findings. Now lets hear yours and lets keep it UFO
related OK.
The best of 1991 to all
---Jim---
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

221
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2726.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
SUBJECT: JOHN MACK ON ABDUCTION FILE: UFO2726
The Harvard University Gazette is a publication largely internal to
Harvard. It prints information about seminars, research and whatnot,
along with spotlights on interesting professors and areas of study.
In the most recent issue (July 24, 1992) a full page is devoted to
John Mack, an MD affiliated with Harvard who believes that aliens
routinely abduct midwestern housewives and perform strange experiments
on them.
The article is extremely generous to Mack; in fact, it could scarcely
be more so.
I would like to write a full response to the Gazette, and was
wondering if anybody reading this post could point me to relevant
sources of information about the 'abductions' and 'visitors' and so on.
The article follows, in its entirety.
---
Accounting for Stories of Alien Abduction Psychiatrist John Mack shares
his convictons [sic] that these reports are 'authentic and disturbing
mysteries'
By Deane W. Lord
Gazette Staff
From Ancient Greece to the present, humankind has asked, Is there
life beyond planet Earth? And, if so, what form does it take?
Last month some 100 researchers and mental health professionals
gathered in Cambridge to explore the possibility of extraterrestrial
life and to examine and compare the experiences of abductees--men and
women who claim to have been kidnapped by alien beings, taken aboard
spacecraft, and eventually released.
The four-day closed meeting drew some of the most ardent and long-
term researchers who presented short papers on their work. Chief among
them was conference co-organizer Medical School Psychiatry Professor
John Mack, who became involved with the UFO question two and a half
years ago. Though he began as a total skeptic, he admitted, he now
believes that the experiences of abductees "are an extremely important
phenomenon"-and that "we can't begin to understand them without a shift
in our world view."
He believes that mental dualism in the West--"we're here, you're
there"--will prevent many from being open minded about the possibility
of alien abductions. These experiences are shattering our world view
[by suggesting] that we may be connected with other beings beyond
ourselves.... The proposition attacks the arrogance of our ideas and
makes a mockery of our technology.
Estimates vary as to how many individuals have had abduction
experiences. According to a Roper Organization poll, one out of every
50 American adults-- some 3.7 million people indicate that they have
had an encounter with an unidentified flying object or an alien being.
"It is possible that hundreds of thousands, or even millions, of
people in this country alone have undergone abduction experiences,"
said Mack.
Because of the stigma attached to revealing such experiences, he
believes many people remain underground, too ashamed or alarmed to
admit the experience.
"The more prominent the person, the more likely he or she will be
reluctant to come forward as they have more to lose," he said. "Often,
once they seek help, abductees prefer to be diagnosed as crazy."
A well-known psychiatrist and psychoanalyst, Mack reports that of the
60 cases he has worked on he has found, -to his surprise, that after a
battery of psychological tests, "no psychiatric or psychosocial
explanation for these reports is evident. These people are not mentally
ill." He has spent countless therapeutic hours with these individuals
only to find that what struck him was the "ordinariness" of the
population, including a restaurant owner, several secretaries, a prison
guard, college students, a university administrator, and several
homemakers.
"The majority of abductees do not appear to be deluded,
confabulating, lying, self-dramatizing, or suffering from a clear
mental illness," he maintained. He has encountered only one person who
showed psychotic features.
The central finding of most researchers, including Mack, is that
there is one archetypal abduction experience and that most abduction
memories contain very limited variations on a standard scenario. A
typical encounter would begin with uneasy feelings of foreboding, a
fear-inducing appearance of small alien beings, transport to a
spacecraft, examination and other procedures performed on a special
table, various tests and tasks given, the introduction of more
favorable feelings toward the aliens, and finally a return to pre-
abduction activities and states of consciousness.
For most of the abductees, the experience is fearful and many repress
the details. Often, hypnosis brings back the traumatic episode and
helps the abductee recover memories of the entire event, Mack and
others have found.
"Particularly impressive to me has been the intense resistance and
disturbing affect, especially fear, as memories of traumatic abduction
experiences begin to emerge under hypnosis or through conscious
recall," said Mack. He and others find it hard to explain the marks
left on some bodies from red triangles on the chest to incisions on
arms and legs. Several have had implants in their ears and noses but,
upon study, physicists and biochemists find no unearthly material.
"Any adequate theory of alien abductions, even a useful hypothesis,
must account for a broad range of puzzling phenomena," said Mack.
In his inventory of occurrences, he includes narrative consistency.
"The stories that abductees tell vary in their details, but they have a
hard edge of narrative consistency," he found. He dismisses the
argument that abductees influence one another and believes that "what
more often happens is that when abductees communicate with each other
about their abductions or watch television or film versions of
abductions, they fill in details of what they have already experienced
and are trying to clarify."
Even though many abductions occur independent of UFO sightings, a
close association between UFO encounters and abduction experiences has
been consistently observed, noted Mack.
Mack believes a convincing theory must be found for the bizarre
physical effects, such as termination of pregnancy, sexual liaisons,
incisions, and implants that abductees report.
A way also must be found to account for the abduction reports of
children as young as 2. These are, Mack said, "emotionally intense and
seemingly authentic, detailed experiences [from young people] whose
exposure to outside sources of information has been limited."
The abduction phenomenon, said Mack, "confronts us with an authentic
and disturbing mystery. There is no way, I believe, that we can even
make sense, let alone provide a convincing explanation, of this matter
within the framework of our existing views of what is real or possible.
Our psychological theories do not include a way of accounting for the
simultaneous occurrence among thousands of people, unacquainted with
each other, including small children, of complex, elaborate, and
sometimes overwhelmingly powerful experiences that resemble one another
in minute detail, accompanied by equally peculiar physical phenomena."
Mack also thinks that the current understanding of physical reality
"whereby a population of beings from some other space/time realm can
enter our world with such limited detection and affect so many people"
defies our accepted notions of scientific reality.
Like others, Mack believes the phenomenon is worthy of more inquiry.
"The phenomenon may deliver to us a kind of fourth blow to our
collective egoism, following those of Copernicus, Darwin, and Freud. We
may be led to realize that we are not physically at the center of the
universe, . . . we are not even the preeminent or dominant intelligence
in the cosmos in control of our psychological and physical existences.
"It appears that we can be 'invaded' or taken over, if not literally
by other creatures, then by some other form of being or consciousness
that seems able to do with us what it will for a purpose we cannot yet
fathom."
Sidebar:
Research on human lives, with purpose and idealism
About three years ago, a colleague asked John Mack to meet writer
Budd Hopkins, the author of Intruders, a book recently made into a
television movie on the experiences of abductees.
Mack was highly skeptical; "there was no way I could understand the
phenomena," he recalled.
But Mack did meet with Hopkins, and became fascinated by the stories
he heard. The conversation ultimately led Mack into abductee research;
from 1990 to January of this year, he interviewed 34 adults and
children who claim to have encountered aliens, and will write a book
about the phenomenon.
His work with abductees impressed him "with the powerful dimension of
personal growth that accompanies the traumatic experiences. An intense
concern for the planet's survival and a powerful ecological
consciousness seem to develop for many abductees. For me and other
investigators, abduction research has had a shattering impact on our
views of the nature of the cosmos."
He is most proud of his work at Cambridge Hospital's psychiatry
department, which he founded in 1962. He won a 1977 Pulitzer Prize for
his biography of Lawrence of Arabia, A Prince of Our Disorder: The Life
of T.E. Lawrence (Little, Brown and Co.). He has also published
extensively in the areas of psychobiography and the psychosocial
effects of the nuclear arms race.
As an investigator of the psychology of the nuclear arms race, Mack,
62, founded the Center for Psychology and Social Change, a Cambridge-
based research organization devoted to the psychosocial study of human
violence, conflict, and images of the enemy. The center has recently
enlarged its focus to include the preservation of the environment.
Mack received his M.D. from Harvard in 1955, and graduated from the
Boston Psychoanalytic Institute in 1967 and was certified as a child
analyst in 1969. He graduated from Oberlin College, phi beta kappa.
He has been a professor of psychiatry at the Cambridge Hospital, an
affiliate of the the Medical School [sic], since 1972 and was head of
the Department of Psychiatry there from 1973 to 1977. A faculty member
of the Boston Psychoanalytic Society, he is also currently president of
the International Society for Political Psychology.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

61
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2727.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
SUBJECT: IMPLANT RECOVERED FILE: UFO2727
Date : 09-07-91 00:49
From : Joe Holland
Subject: Implant Recovered
Budd Hopkins and some of his abductees appeared in a segment of the
Joan Rivers show on CBS channel 2 in Los Angeles, 3pm 5/25/90.
One of the abductees told how, in 1955, when he was 8 years old, he
was controlled and made to come to a spacecraft, that was half the size
of a football field, that was just sitting there on the ground in a
forested area. The spacecraft looked larger on the inside than it did
on the outside. He was taken around inside the spacecraft, and was put
on an examination table, and an implant was put under his skin in the
lower abdominal area. While this was being done, he was able to watch
the proceedure on a large screen like a video screen.
After they put it in, they set him up on the side of the table and
said, "leave it alone, or you will die". The aliens did not say much to
him, "it was mostly push and shove."
He did not actually get around to telling anyone about this
experience, until 1957, when he told it to his grandmother, who advised
him not to say anything, or people would think there was something
wrong with him.
In June 1989, the implant appeared above the skin, of its own accord,
while he was getting ready to go somewhere. This was 34 years after it
had been implanted. He then called his doctor to tell him about it.
Joan Rivers asked him to be more specific about where on his body it
had been, but he declined to say for personal reasons. He said there
was no scar.
We did not get to see the implant on screen, but he produced a tiny
little box about 1.7 cm cube. He handed this to Joan Rivers, and told
her that the box had a magnifying glass in the top of the box, so she
could see into it. On camera, she held it right close to her eye and
looked inside and said that oh yes, she did see it, but did not
describe it. She asked what it was, but he said no one knows what it
is.
He went on to describe that there was another piece of it that he had
given to a professor to examine, that had tiny things sticking out of
it like wires, except that they were not wires, they were something
else. He said something like, it could be cut, but I did not get,
whether they had cut up this precious artifact, to try to see what was
in it, or if it had come apart, or whatever.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

104
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2728.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
SUBJECT: ARMY NAVY CRACK DOWN FILE: UFO2728
From the Las Vegas Review-Journal, July 9, 1947
FLYING DISC TALES DECLINE
AS ARMY, NAVY CRACK DOWN
By United Press
Reports of flying saucers whizzing through the sky fell off sharply
today as the army and navy began a concentrated campaign to stop the
rumors.
One by one, persons who thought they had their hands on the $3,000
offered for a genuine flying saucer found their hands full of nothing.
Headquarters of the 8th army at Fort Worth, Texas. announced that
the wreakage of a tin-foil covered object found on a New Mexico ranch
was nothing more than the remanants of a weather ballon. AAF
headquarters in Washington reportedly delivered a "blistering" rebuke
to officers at the Roswell, New Mexico, base for suggesting that it
was a "flying disc."
A 16 inch aluminum disc equiped with two radio condensers, a
flourescent light switch and copper tubing found by F.G. Harston near
the Shreveport, Louisiana, business district was declared by police to
be "obviously the work of a prankster." Police believed the prankster
hurled it over a sign board and watched it land at Harston's feet. It
was turned over to officials at Barksdale army air field.
U.S. navel intelligence officers at Pearl Harbor investigated clains
by 100 navy men that they saw a mysterious object "silvery colored,
like aluminum, with no wings or tail," sail over Honolulu at a rapid
clip late yesterday. The description fit a weather ballon but 5 of the
men, familiar with weather obsevation devices, swore that it was not a
ballon.
"It moved extremely fast for a short period, seemed to slow down,
then disappeared high in the air," said Yeoman 1/C Douglas Kacherle of
New Bedford, Massachusetts. His story was corroborated by Seaman 1X
Donald Ferguson, Indianapolis; Yeoman 3/C Morris Kzamme, La. Crosse,
Wisconsin, Seaman 1/C Albert Delancey, Salem, West Virginia, and
Yeoman 2/C Ted Pardue, McClain, Texas.
Admiral William H. Blandy, commander-in-chief of the Atlantic fleet,
said like everyone else he was curious about the reported flying
saucers "but I do not believe they exist."
Lloyd Bennett, Oelwein, Iwoa, salesman, was stubborn about the shiny
6 1/2-inch steel disc he found yesterday. Authorities said it was not
a "flying saucer" but Bennett said he would claim the reward offered
for the mysterious discs.
There were other discards. Not all the principles were satisfied
with the annoucement that the wreakage found on the New Mexico ranch
was that of a weather ballon.
The excitement ran through this cycle:
1. Lt. Warren Haught, public relations officer at the Roswell base,
released a statement in the name of Col. William Blanchard, bsae
commander. It said that an object described as a "flying disc" was
found on the nearby Foster ranch 3 weeks ago by W.W. Brazel and been
sent to "higher officials" for examination.
2. Brigadier General Roger B. Ramey, commander of the 8th air force,
said at Fort Worth that he believed the object was the "remnant of a
weather ballon and a radar reflector," and was "nothing to be excited
about" He allowed photographers to take a picture of it. It was
announced that the object would be sent to Wright Field, Dayton, Ohio
for examination by experts.
3. Later, Warrant Officer Irving Newton, Stessonville, Wisconsin,
weather officer at Fort Worth, examined the object and said definitely
that it was nothing but a badly smashed target used to determine the
direction and velocity of high altitude winds.
4. Lt. Haught reportedly told reporters that he has been "shut up by
two blistering phone calls from Washington."
5. Efforts to contact Col. Blanchard brought the information that "he
is now on leave."
6. Maj. Jesse A. Marcel, intelligence officer of the 509th bombardment
group, reportedly told Brazel, the finder of the object, that "it has
nothing to do with army or navy so far as I can tell."
7. Brazel told reporters that he has found weather ballon equip- ment
before, but had seen nothing that had resembled his latest find.
8. Those men who saw the object said it had a flowered paper tape
around it bearing the initials "D.P."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

40
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2729.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
SUBJECT: ABDUCTING GRAY ALIENS - FOOTNOTE FILE: UFO2729
For those of you that have read John White's Paper JWHITE.TXT, John
asked that the following footnote be added. This footnote was written
after John spoke with Betty Andreasson Luca whom has also read his
paper.
*%*%*%*%*%*%*%*%*%*%
NOTE: This footnote pertains to page 4 line 20 after "Planet Earth"
*%*%*%*%*%*%*%*%*%*%
** I want to point out that I have limited this entire statement to one
class of entities: abducting gray aliens. I am an not condemning *all*
gray aliens. I'm willing to believe there may be "good" ones, just as
there are good and bad people. Nor do I mean to have people regard all
abductees with suspicion and fear, which might lead to a modern witch
hunt against them. I trust that my genuine sympathy for them is clear.
I say this because Betty Andreasson Luca and Bob Luca do not agree with
me concerning the possibility of Manchurian Candidate programming -- of
themselves and others. They do not believe that all Grays are evil,
and would refer people to two quotations from their books. Betty points
to her statement from *The Andreasson Affair* as evidence: "He
[Quazgaa] says my race won't believe me until much time has passed-
*our* time... They love the human race. They have come to help the
human race" (pp.110-111, Bantam edition). Bob points to his statement
in *The Andreasson Affair -- Phase Two*: "[Fred Max, hypnotist] Why do
they need to meet other people?" [Bob] "Prepare us for something good.
Going to be for mankind" (p. 40, Prentice Hall edition."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

679
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2730.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
SUBJECT: ASHTAR COMMAND FILE: UFO2730
Sun 26 Jan 92 12:50
By: John Powell
Re: Ashtar Command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following information has been graciously provided by our friend
Norma. It was transmitted to her from Kuthumi;
August 7, 1988 (This transcription came to me early Sunday morning,
after I had a very vivid and active dream state during the night on
"Empowerment".)
EMPOWERMENT
Empowerment is the act of reclaiming one's power. It, by definition,
means to journey to the inner most depths of one's consciousness and to
retrieve the Force that sustains life, and to reclaim this inheritance.
It can do nothing but enlighten the individual who seeks and finds it.
The power of enlightenment comes from ancient ceremonies of the
elders of the elite passing down the information and wisdom of the ages
to those who are deemed to be the new initiates of this truth.
The power of the initiation is the strengthening of the will power
and the belief systems, that one's own consciousness is in tune with an
energy force field that supports one's human abilities. When the human
psyche joins forces with this incredible Force that supports all
knowledge and wisdom, then it is through the human that this Force is
able to be put into motion on the manifest plane.
The reason that empowerment is so important for New Age individuals
today, is because the earth is experiencing its rebirth and proceeding
through its own "rite of passage." It is in this "coming of age" that
the planet will need to be initialized by the elders. The awakening of
humanity is such that many souls are in tune with the energy
transformation that the earth is enacting. The higher vibration energy
and the forces that are being put into action by this frequency are
those which need to be commanded by the initiates and the elders, to
assure that harmony and perfection will result in this new birthing
process.
There must be no room for a birth defect. This cannot be allowed for
it is not in the cosmic, divine plan of the universe. Therefore, the
degree to which the 144,000 Spiritual Warriors learn their roles and
acquire their powers will determine the degree of perfection to which
the Beloved Terra will emerge.
Everything must move in harmony and perfection. All in the oneness of
the spirit must govern the forces that initialize the new life of the
earth. Only those who are deemed the strongest and the most worthy in
the eyes of the Divine will emerge to the bottom of the pyramid, to
lead the new earth to its destiny.
Why did I say "bottom" of the pyramid? It is because the new
leadership that will emerge will be that leadership which knows how to
channel the forces from within the center of the universe, which is
within men and women. That is where the power of the future lies. The
elders of all ancient civilizations all know this to be true. It is
only the tricksters that deceive, and allow others to believe the true
power is outside of themselves.
The leadership of one or few individuals governing all souls in a
harsh and controlling fashion, is indeed one of the past. The true
leaders will emulate your Brother, Jesus, who ruled the masses by
becoming one of them and guiding them to the use of the powers and
force themselves. Bringing forth the good in all humans, and teaching
them to be Masters themselves, is what the Beloved destined for all of
humankind. That is each soul's birth right, and that is the secret to
the path that we each are on.
So, therefore, visualize your power at the bottom of the pyramid, and
sit among those who you teach. That is the real strength of your tests.
Have no ego, only your heart. That will be the measurement of your
success.
The 144,000 Spiritual Leaders who will be emerging into the new
decade will all know this unwritten law, and will triumph in its code.
That is a promise, and that is the truth. So Be It!
The date of the August 8, 1988 is that of a test of the empowerment
for the masses. Presently, there are many more on the path than those
who will "graduate" in the learning of the Most High. The energies are
such on that date, that one will be able to tap into a multiplier
effect of power to continue the manifestation of the exponential effect
of the energy. A true Spiritual Warrior does not even have to know of
that date in the mind, for that soul will automatically know that each
day is a test for the accomplishment of the honor to be counted among
the elite. Therefore, the true Spiritual Warriors will all be taking
advantage of this high energy day. Those who are informed of this date
and experiences, will have the privilege of knowing, on the conscious
level, that this intensified experience will be one that will serve
many rewards in the future.
The saying, "Many are called, but few are chosen" is beginning to
manifest itself in this countdown of the selection of the souls. In
reality it is a self-selection process, for the free will within humans
is what will actually make the determination. We, on the Ascended
Masters level, provide every opportunity for advancement in this
process to all souls on the beloved planet. It is the souls who
ultimately make the choice for their own destinies.
The number 144,000 is especially significant for it is the multiplier
effect of the twelve. The number twelve has always been one of the most
significant numbers known to the earth inhabitants.
You have twelve months in the year, there are twelve zodiacal signs
and twelve houses which represent the twelve aspects of the human
personality. The pyramid's multiplier of the three sides of each wall
of the triangle times the four sides of the base of its structure also
contains one of the mysteries of the All. Then, there is the
significance of the selection of the twelve apostles that Jesus chose
to continue His work on the earth plane, after His ascension.
It is this latter example that I will focus the remainder of my
instruction today, continuing on with the lesson of empowerment to the
144,000. Each of the apostles was selected because he represented one
aspect of the human psyche that needed to be developed to reach
enlightenment. In order to be one with the spirit, one needs to be in
tune with all twelve sides of the personality that strives to become
united with God. Peter was the builder, Matthew was the singer of the
songs through his messages, Thomas was the doubter, etc. Even Judas
played an important role, for if he had not fulfilled the prophesy and
betrayed Jesus, the scriptures could not have been fulfilled.
The 144,000 Spiritual Warriors who are emerging on the beloved earth
today are each representative of one of those Apostles' primary energy
fields. The multiplier effect of 12 x 12,000 brings the number to
144,000. That does not mean that each soul can only develop 1/12 of the
totality of understanding to reach enlightenment themselves. What it
does mean is that instead of 12 separate souls doing the work on the
planet, there are now 12,000 souls in each of the categories that are
emerging to fulfill the scriptures in this passage of time. Therefore,
the original work of the Great Masters is still unfolding in this drama
of time and space that you know in this third dimension of existence.
They are labeled the Rainbow Warriors, for it is they who will bring
the secrets of the Light energy to the masses upon the planet. And it
is only this information that will provide the foundation for the
rebirth to be perfect. Nothing in this universe is sustained without
Light. Nothing that is known to the earth is manifested without the
mastery of the spectrum of colors and the vibration of the sound. It is
this information that is once again being revealed to the souls, so
that they may usher in the cries of the infant who is awaiting the
Baptism into the Spirit. For the Spirit is one with the Light and all
is in the Oneness of God.
I Am Kuthumi, the Father and Teacher of the New Age. I thank you for
this opportunity to speak through you on this glorious day of the eve
of the exponential.
Transmitted through Norma in Albuquerque, NM.
--------
8-8-88 The Exponential Event
For this special evening, seven of us gathered at my home in
Albuquerque, New Mexico. The group consisted of Norma, Trece, Linda,
Felicia, Irene, Charlie, and myself. Each of these individuals brings a
unique background....some highly advanced psychic abilities and some of
innocence and wonder.
We discussed the Transmissions that have been received by Norma and
myself in regard to this important date. We've had so many affirmations
of the significance of this date. Astrologers have confirmed the
unusual aspects and positions of the planets, and astronomers just
announced they discovered a new galaxy.
***
Others have been touched by feelings of intense energy that is
emerging from the cosmos. This is not an outward, physical event.
This seventh ray energy will touch the hearts, minds and souls of the
Chosen Ones. Therefore do not be discouraged by those who mock and
attempt to lessen the importance of this transformation. This energy
conversion is occurring regardless of what is seen in the physical.
Those who are touched KNOW it has happened. The transformation did
occur as predicted, precisely during the 8 minute span of your time
from 8:00 pm to 8:08 pm on 8-8-88. The energy came in a shower of
light. Many of the Chosen Ones "saw" a ray of light, others "felt"
energized. The Christ Consciousness has been implanted in the Chosen
Ones. The Powers are real. Communication is telepathic and as we said
each Believer has an important role. You are the messenger....see how
easily the necessary information comes to you.
Continue to share this information with the other Believers. They
will feel comforted by your continuing Transmissions and these
Transmissions will provide the support and encouragement for their
works to progress. Revel in delight that you have this gift. Do not
feel sad or discouraged that you are not a "see-er". Each role is of
equal importance for the continuing transformation of your planet. As
"Kuthumi" conveyed, each Believer has a gift. Each Believer KNOWS of
their gift in their heart and mind. Use these gifts. As Jesus said "Use
your talents. What I have done all men can do, and what I am all men
shall be." "The works I do, ye shall do also, and greater works shall
ye do."
The Chosen Ones shall lead the way. There will come a time on your
planet when all people shall have visible powers and the extraordinary
shall seem common. That time is close at hand.... a few years of your
earth time. Do not feel sad or discouraged. I know many of you are
growing impatient and you feel the changes are not occurring fast
enough. But consider how far each of you have progressed in the past
year, as you would compare to the previous years of your current life.
Believe me when I say momentum is growing and this truly was an
Exponential Event. You will see change occurring in exponential
proportions in each of your lives.
Share love and laughter with those who criticize and mock. You are a
Light to show the way. As others see the changes in your life they will
at first curse you and condemn you. Did this not happen to Jesus? Just
stay true to your path. Be a Light Being and use your talents. All will
come to pass. Go forth and share this message with the Believers. It
will provide the much needed encouragement at this time. Go in peace!
(I must explain that I started out to give an account of what
happened on 8-8-88 when "automatic writing" seemed to take over. I
clearly see that I will have many such messages to share. The Believers
will understand this completely!!) *** Jami Morgan, Starseed BBS
--------
I have the pleasure of knowing an East Indian man named Pamjeet
Singh. While he is very humble about his knowledge of the esoteric, he
has shed light on the issue of inter-dimensional beings which I feel
will benefit us all.
I was asking him what his perception is regarding the Transmissions -
- am I dealing with pure energy or are these really beings with names
and personalities.
He asked, "Do fish recognize that human beings exist?" I would think
not. Pamjeet says fish are one dimensional beings. "Do dogs recognize
that humans exist?" I would say yes, they are aware of us. Pamjeet says
dogs are two dimensional beings. While they have some level of
awareness they can not discern concepts and ideas. Humans are third
dimensional beings. We recognize all lower life forms, can think and
reason and deal with abstract thought. But as humans are we aware of
other dimensions...higher dimensions? Some people are and have
displayed unusual psychic abilities. Some Eastern mystics through
meditation and thought control are so advanced they can materialize
objects and easily communicate with beings from other dimensions.
Pamjeet asks, "If you see a mouse chasing a bug do you try to
intervene to save the bug? Do you try to communicate with the mouse?"
The answer is probably no. These higher dimensional beings may not be
focused in such a manner that they can or wish to attempt communication
with humans. Pamjeet says human enlightenment is not necessarily
significant to all higher beings. Death is not significant since all
elements return to the Cosmic Pool (the All That Is).
However, in what we call the fourth dimension there are likely many
beings who do wish to communicate. For whatever reason they make take
an interest in humanity and wish to be in contact with the physical
realm. The Celestials who are in communication with Norma and myself
obviously do have an interest in the energy transformation of the
earth. I will attempt to clarify who I am in contact with and what is
their purpose for using us for these Transmissions.
As Pamjeet says, for humans to think that we are the highest of life
forms in the universe, that's our obtuseness!
*** Jami Morgan, Starseed Sysop
--------
September 7, 1988
I address this question to the Celestials, or the Highest of Beings
in Love and Light. I have had the term Sonat Kamara on my mind. What
does this mean and why did this term come to me?
Thank you for your contact with us. Kamaras, like Celestials, are
another type of fourth dimensional beings. While we, as Celestials,
watch over the Northern Hemisphere, and the Southwest United States in
particular, the Kamaras usually make contact with earth inhabitants in
the orient and East India area But you are perceived as a multi-
cultural earth being with deep seated interest in the eastern belief
systems. Therefore Sonat Kamara is telepathically transmitting
information to you. Sonat Kamara is one of the highest of the Kamaras.
You will benefit greatly from the information being shared. Please
remember that all interdimensional beings are actually entities
comprised of many soul-components, so actually we are multidimensional
as well as interdimensional beings.
We, the Celestials, will be transmitting technical information to you
regarding use of vibrational levels, particle movement and information
about galactic energy waves. The Kamaras will work with you on
spiritual matters. Your contact with the Kamaras has occurred because
of your intense interest in reincarnation and past life experiences.
You may attempt to contact Sonat Kamara now for insights if you wish.
We are all willing to help at any time. Thank you for this contact.
I now wish to receive information from Sonat Kamara. Again, I ask
this in Love and Light and wish to avoid any negative vibrations.
Blessings. You have felt our presence. We are guiding you in your
search for information on past lives and past civilizations of the
earth. We brought you in contact with Paramjeet Singh for this purpose.
Due to the cultural differences of the east and west it is difficult to
communicate some of the concepts you are in need of. Paramjeet is a
very old soul in your terms as he has experienced many lifetimes. He
can convey much of the information you desire.
We watched with delight as you visited the remains of past
civilizations in your area. The Mayans, earth manifestations of
Kamaras, are the root of all your so called Indian peoples....both East
Indian and American Indian. Your search and study of these
civilizations will help reveal how the materialization (dense particle
accumulation) occurred and how it can now be lifted during the Earth
transition. Certain groups of East Indians successfully avoided some of
the material cloaking. Paramjeet can be of further help in
understanding those concepts.
Be comforted to know that you are not alone in your search for
answers. Many other earth inhabitants "choose" to be here now for
similar research to help with the forthcoming transition. It is helpful
for you to read the works of others who have spent more time studying
these same matters. You will "know" when your insights are correct and
continue to follow your intuition as we are guiding you to the correct
path. Go in peace.
As this latter transmission came through I could tell that some of
the earlier transmissions were from the Kamaras. I can feel a
difference in the Celestial communication and in the Kamaras. The
Kamaras definitely feel more spiritual, whereas the Celestials feel
more detached and technical. I have much more trouble attempting to
gain information from the technical advisors of the Celestials. I feel
another attempt at a transmission now;
Greetings. We are indeed experiencing difficulties in communicating
our concepts to you. Although you need this information to complete
your mission, you may have to gain some of this from the writings of
other earth beings. You have a high intuitive level which is perfect
for dealing with Kamaras, but you have a great deal of trouble with
physics. You need this background before we can further communicate
particle structure and vibrational light wave information. We will
continue to offer subtle help so you can make use of these important
frequencies. We feel your current study of Mayan technology will be of
great help in understanding this principles. Thank you for the
opportunity to communicate.
--------
Transmission of September 15, 1988
Please tell your friends that since we are of the fourth dimension,
more accurately, interdimensional, communication with us is not as they
perceive. What you experienced now, the feeling of information, is
different than your normal modes of transmitting information. You are
acting as a receiver of our vibrational frequencies. It is your job to
interpret what you "feel" into words to share with your fellow earth
beings.
Your perception of All being One (All That Is) is exactly correct. We
are a part of the One, just as you are and your earth friends -- both
Believers and non-believers are still part of the one. So it really
doesn't matter if they deny this fact at this time. Sooner or later all
beings come back to the Prime Energy Source (the All).
The Source is also called the Light. To be In the Light, is to open
your mind to the Universal Consciousness. To feel the Light and have
communion with it is what some call a religious experience.
You are now beginning to understand this. As you, and others, begin
to perceive the true meaning of All being One, then you may realize
that to communicate with us is to communicate with your own higher
mind. So there is really no difference. We are reveling in delight with
your perceptions. This is just the beginning of your real journey. As
you improve your ability to perceive the other dimensions and more
clearly understand the nature of All That Is, you will find more
answers to what you seek.
What is meant by in the Dark? It is literally just the opposite of
being in the Light. (a little earth humor for us) Anyone can be in the
Light...feel the Light...experience the Light. It simply requires a
sincere effort to understand these concepts. You still do not
understand how the Sun is radiating the necessary energy to your cells,
the cells of all living things on the Earth, to other star systems and
how it all inter-relates. These most critical rays of energy are
affecting you. This energy affects every living thing whether it
believes or not. Just like our messenger Jose Arguelles is telling you,
the DNA in your body is communicating at a cellular level. The same
principle is most definitely at work on a galactic level. This is
because All is One and the principles are the same on that level. You
had this insight as a very small child when you thought of the planets
being like molecules revolving around a nucleus. Now you are relearning
what you really knew then.
It really does not matter what path you take to gain the insight you
need. For you it is good to understand all of these principles. Like
Jose, you will need to share this understanding with others. Continue
to research physics and we assure you, more insights and revelations
will be felt! Enjoy your learning and go in peace.
--------
September 24, 1988 9:00 pm
In the name of the Great Spirit, Father Sky, Mother Earth and the
Purest of all energies, I have offered Copal incense in your honor and
have called upon the four directions for assistance and guidance. I
have protected myself with a shield of pure white light. I now call
upon the Source to send a guiding angel or guide of the purest and
highest light to provide answers and guidance for your Children of
Light here in New Mexico.
Please help us understand what happened on the night of Equinox.
Greetings Blessed One. I, Sonat Kamara, am watching over you and your
earth friends. All the Kamaras are here to help, so please share with
your friends that they should always do as you have this evening and
call upon the Source to send a guide when you are need of assistance.
First, may I say, that your intuition serves you well. You now know
that you must seek protection and be careful when calling upon various
entities. You, your channel Norma and all of your friends must be
careful with who you call upon for assistance. Norma is an innocent and
vulnerable soul, just as all of you. You are correct that there is no
evil, but you do create your reality and you do manifest what you
perceive and give form to those thoughts. At this very moment you are
manifesting fear. There is only fear and love. If you focus on fear you
are in the dark. When you focus on love you are in the Light. Each of
you must now analyze your fears. Why do you allow fear to guide you.
You must meditate and turn to your own connection with the Source and
bring love to you. As you prepare to enter your light bodies and begin
to remove the material cloak you wear, you are becoming more
susceptible to thought forms and surrounding energies. On the night of
the Equinox, you allowed fear to surround you. Each of you present at
your gathering harbored some deep fear and gave material form to it.
This was indeed a lesson. A lesson on removing fear from your life. You
can better serve the Light through personal, inward meditation and
connecting with the Source of All. For you, Jami, you have found your
connection to your higher consciousness and the Source through the
meditation you call journeying. Quiet your thoughts, think of the
Light, focus on love, protect yourself with pure white light energy and
connect with the Source for answers and guidance. Your insight
regarding the Third Eye is correct. You are now experiencing an opening
of the highest chakra. It is violet, seventh ray energy that is
flooding your perception. This energy is of the highest and purest
vibrational quality. Please tell Norma, with love and light, that your
planet is moving more rapidly than she suspects. This current period of
time/space that your planet is experiencing is the Rapture, as your
Christians call it. The Rapture is actually the influx of seventh ray,
pure energy.
The purification process of the planet is accelerated because the sea
creatures are at risk. If the dolphins and whales die, your planet will
become a cold orb like Mars. We cannot allow this to happen again.
These sea creatures are the last of the Kamaras to remain in physical
form on your planet. They are highly advanced, more so than your human
population. The humans must learn to stop toxifying your planet. You
are making the earth uninhabitable. The force of nature, the Universal
Force, will take control soon and stop this process. Those of you who
are prepared and are true beings of love and light, will be given an
opportunity to leave the earth plane during the upheaval. You may then
return to heal the planet. But be assured, we will protect the Kamaras,
for they carry the knowledge of how to exist in harmony with nature.
There are other planets in the Universe capable of sustaining living
forms. The Earth is a beautiful planet and the only planet in your
solar system which can sustain life. But there are so many solar
systems and many other beautiful planets. The Universe is alive and
dancing with energy. The drama on the planet earth is just one such
drama. Other lessons are being learned in other galaxies. Yours has the
most physical density and the most intricate particle matter, however,
and we do take this experiment seriously. Many eyes are on your earth
drama to determine if this type of physical matter can sustain itself
it. It does not appear possible. That is why there is an effort to
return to a more spiritual, etherical life form. The change in your
energy field is a reduction in the gravitational force. This
"lightening" as you perceive it, is correct. You will see more
traumatic changes in the physical structure of the planet. This will
play out as severe weather, and shifts in the outer crust of the
planet. This will continue to progress, but when the upheaval becomes
too violet for earth inhabitants, we will remove the true Children of
Light. I must tell you some will perish...that is their physical bodies
will perish but their souls, of course will come back to the Source,
and they will have the choice whether to incarnate on the Earth or
another planet or another dimension. This is simply the continuous
cycle of Kamaras. Reincarnation....the birth cycle.
This information is shared so you can continue to share with the
Children of Light. They know this. They chose to experience this
process. It's simply that when living in this dense material form you
lose contact with the Source and you forget to turn to your higher self
for information and guidance. This is not a mysterious process. We find
humor in the ways you react to this process. When you are here in our
dimension, you too have laughed with us about this. That is what
laughter is. Please do not become so trapped in your material form.
Quiet those earth troubles that are so distracting and just turn to
your higher self and the Source to remember your mission.
It's been delightful to have this contact with you this evening.
There is quite a display in your sky at this time. Go enjoy it. The
Earth drama will be taken care of. Have no fear. Spread love and light.
Remember when you smile, we are smiling with you. Remind your Christian
friends to "make a joyous noise unto the Lord". Go forth in the Light.
--------
Yes, you are indeed in contact with Monka of the Ashtar Command, and
yes we are monitoring your area with a fleet of special intergalactic
craft. Our primary station appears to you as a bright star over your
eastern mountain range. I was indeed in contact with you on the evening
of August 11, 1988.
You will continue to receive subtle transmissions from our command
post and you may contact us, as you have, when you are in need of
assistance.
In regard to your specific concern about negative energy and low
level vibrations, the conversion of your planet's energy field is a
slow process and it will take time to complete. The date of 2011 is
very accurate in terms of a time table for a total transition to the
Light. You are already aware of the changes you are feeling and
experiencing. You could not have conducted this type of communication
even one year ago. Now you find it fairly easy to receive our
transmissions. You are not yet atuned to our vibrational fields, but
this will come with time and conditioning. You must quiet your mind and
concentrate on sensing the vibrations. Once you have developed an
awareness of these vibrational fields, then you will learn this type of
communication. Your transmissions at that time will be much more
accurate and you will truly understand our purpose and your purpose and
what you must share.
For now, what you are doing is fine. You are beginning to open the
channels of communication. You are aware of our presence and you are
able to telepathically "tune in" to our messages. Some of the message
is lost in translation but this is due to the extreme variance between
our mode of communication and yours.
Once you successfully acknowledge our vibratory level, then your
awareness will develop. Your efforts could be best utilized by learning
to recognize vibrational patterns and colors. Quite meditation or what
you call "journeying" is ideal for this type of learning.
We have much to communicate but we must establish improved methods of
transmission.
Tell your friend who asks why 8-8-88 is significant that he is right.
The calendar you use to keep track of time is only a tool. The cosmic
calendar is what dictates the events that are to come. But how would we
convey these events without using your measurements of time?
Those of you in the United States and especially in the Southwest
have a unique role to play in this cosmic drama that is now unfolding.
You have been separated from your connection with the Universal Force.
Those in other countries and nations have entirely different
circumstances.
Those in the eastern hemisphere who have always maintained a Oneness
with nature and the All That Is, have a different role to play.
Communication with the interdimensional is not unusual for them. Those
of you in countries where you have denied your connectedness are the
ones who will have the greatest difficulty understanding how to use the
seventh ray energy that is now flooding your planet.
I will close for now by saying to you that many difficult times are
still ahead for the Earth. This energy is polarizing people, groups and
nations. As you struggle with egos, separation from the Source and the
demands of your material existence there will be strife and sorrow.
When you finally recognize your connectedness to the Source of the All,
operate in your Light Body, gain control over physical matter, loosen
the bonds of gravity on your planet and begin to collectively free
yourselves of the weight of your dense particles, then you will truly
be free. This cannot totally happen until a majority of the inhabitants
of the planet Earth perceive the nature of matter. Your physics,
science and studies of particle matter will assist in the transition.
Still your thoughts and experience vibrational energy and particle
matter in quiet meditation. Interdimensional travel is available to
each of you. Go in peace. Share Love and Light.
--------
October 19, 1988
I call upon the Source of All for strength. I request to connect with
the Source and receive guidance regarding my personalturmoil and
confusion.
Dearest One. You are connected to the Source at all times. You need
only to turn inward and listen to your inner voice for guidance. Your
soul is growing weary of struggling with Earth complications. But you
are not yet ready to return to a light body. You need your physical
body to complete the mission you set out to accomplish on the Earth
plane. You do need a period of rest and reflection. You must quiet your
thoughts and spend time understanding your connection to the Source and
Light. It seems wise at this time to pursue your calling to retreat and
reflect. You have no particular need for the material effects that are
causing such suffering for you. You are expending most of your energy
to retain these material possessions. If you do not need these
possessions, then lighten your load and move toward a more simple
existence. For many years now you have been struggling with a calling
to nature. You must root and ground yourself with the Mother Earth and
not fight against her and this calling. You will not be at peace until
you come to terms with your mission. If the only possession you require
is your electronic computer machine, then look for a way to simplify
your life and retain that part of it. Assess what you need and what you
don't need and find a way of living that is compatible with your needs.
Speak with your Buddhist friends and seek their assistance. Remove fear
from your life so you can move forward in Light and Love. You are
creating this conflict and confusing yourself. Each soul and earth
being must find their own path. You have no goal of attaining high
public rank. Your mission has to do with the changes now affecting the
earth and helping other earth beings to understand these changes. You
wish to write messages and share this information in writing and
electronically. Then consider how can you best attain this goal and
what is the correct and true path for you. You have these answers
within your heart and soul. You received your calling in 1976 and you
continue to struggle with your path. You struggle out of fear. You fear
that you will fail but what you must realize is that not to pursue your
path is the true failure. When you return to the Source to review your
life mission and see that you have failed then you will return once
again to the earth plane to complete your mission. But what we must
tell you now is that the time is at hand. The Earth is changing now and
there are few liftimes left to complete the mission. Your contributions
may help save the planet and realize a true Rapture on Earth. But if
you turn away in fear and do not attempt your mission, then you will
never realize your goal. We tell you with true Love that your planet is
ripe for this transformation. Many souls are awakening and need only to
band together and help one another accomplish this wonderous miracle.
You have visualized this potential. You have seen what light bodies,
celestials and galactic powers can accomplish. Your beautiful planet
could become a true Garden of Eden for the galaxy.
There is no limit to the potential. But for this to happen many
souls must work in Earth Transformation harmony to remove the dense
material particles and free your planet of the intense gravity that
currently exists. This is only a vision now in the hearts and minds of
you and your fellow Star Children and Lightworkers. You must go forward
and gather together all the Children of Light and work together on your
common vision. You can then make this wonderous vision a reality for
your planet.
So put your goal to the forefront and make the adjustments in your
life that are necessary to accomplish this mission. Your social and
personal needs will be fulfilled if you pursue this mission.
(some personal information deleted)
In your hearts heart you know of your goal and purpose. You were
reminded of this mission at your father's passing in 1976. Many earth
years have passed now and you feel the need to move forward now with
your mission. We told you correctly that your mission has begun but
only you can make the decision to complete it. You have the tools and
the knowledge to move forward now.
Let us assure you your meetings with Norma the Messenger, Trece the
Visionary, Tom the Astrologer, Paramjeet the Prophet, Tom the Buddhist,
and the many technicans and friends you have encountered were meant to
be. This is the plan, the mission set forth when you created this
lifetime. You have control of your own destiny.
You may complete your life plan and accomplish your goals, but to
do so the first step is to remove fear and go forward in the Light.
Remember your connection to the Source, your inner voice and
communion with us, your guides, and you will have much strength to
assist you. Ground yourself with this Love and Light and you will find
much happiness on this beautiful earth plane. Go in peace and
love....we are with you always.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

474
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2731.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
SUBJECT: JOHN LEAR STATEMENT 12/29/87 FILE: UFO2731
John Lear has requested that the following file be published on
ParaNet. It is our philosophy to encourage debate on paranormal issues,
no matter how controversial, and we welcome his input. The information
contained in this file has not been verified by ParaNet, nor do the
opinions expressed herein necessarily reflect those of the
Administrator or other ParaNet staff members. We can state, however,
that John is who he says he is, and has numerous contacts in sensitive
positions that could conceivably allow him access to information of
this type.
-------------------------
Statement Released By:
John Lear
December 29, 1987
John Lear, a captain for a major US Airline has flown over 160
different types of aircraft in over 50 different countries. He holds
17 world speed record in the Lear Jet and is the only pilot ever to
hold every airline certificate issued by the Federal Aviation
Administration. Mr. Lear has flown missions worldwide for the CIA and
other government agencies. A former Nevada State Senator candidate,
he is the son of William P. Lear, designer of the Lear Jet executive
airplane, the 8-track stereo, and founder of Lear Siegler Corporation.
Lear became interested in the subject of UFO's 13 months ago after
talking with United States Air Force Personnel who had witnessed a UFO
landing at Bentwaters AFB, near London, England, and three small aliens
walking up to the Wing Commander.
Note to the Press:
The government of the United States continues to rely on your personal
and professional gullibility to suppress the information contained
herein. Your cooperation over the past 40 years has exceeded our
wildest expectations and we salute you.
"The sun does not revolve around the Earth"
"The United States Government has been in business
with little gray extraterrestrials for about 20 years"
The first truth stated here got Giordano Bruno burned at the stake in
AD 1600 for daring to propose that it was real. The second truth has
gotten far more people killed trying to state it publicly than will
ever be known.
But the truth must be told. The fact that the Earth revolves around
the sun was successfully suppressed by the church for over 200 years.
It eventually cause a major upheaval in the church, government, and
thought. A realignment of social and traditional values. That was in
the 1800's.
Now, about 400 years after the first truth was pronounced we must again
face the shocking facts. The "horrible truth" the government has been
hiding from us over 40 years. Unfortunately, the "horrible truth" is
far more horrible than the government ever imagined.
In its effort to protect democracy, our government sold us to the
aliens. And here is how it happened. But before I begin, I'd like to
offer a word in the defense of those who bargained us away. They had
the best of intentions.
Germany may have recovered a flying saucer as early as 1939. General
James H. Doolittle went to Sweden in 1946 to inspect a flying saucer
that had crashed there in Spitzbergen.
The "horrible truth" was known by only a very few persons: They were
indeed ugly little creatures, shaped like praying mantises and who were
more advanced than us by perhaps a billion years. Of the original
group that were the first to learn the "horrible truth", several
committed suicide, the most prominent of which was General James V.
Forrestal who jumped to his death from a 16th story hospital window.
General Forrestal's medical records are sealed to this day.
President Truman quickly put a lid on the secret and turned the screws
so tight that the general public still thinks that flying saucers are a
joke. Have I ever got a surprise for them.
In 1947, President Truman established a group of 12 of the top military
scientific personnel of their time. They were known as MJ-12.
Although the group exists today, none of the original members are still
alive. The last one to die was Gordon Gray, former Secretary of the
Army, in 1984. As each member passed away, the group itself appointed
a new member to fill the position. There is some speculation that the
group known as MJ-12 expanded to at least several more members.
There were several more saucer crashes in the late 1940's, one in
Roswell, New Mexico, one in Aztec, New Mexico, and one near Laredo,
Texas, about 30 miles inside the Mexican border.
Consider, if you will, the position of the United States Government at
that time. They proudly thought of themselves as the most powerful
nation on Earth, having recently produced the atomic bomb, and
achievement so stupendous, it would take Russia 4 years to catch up,
and only with the help of traitors to Democracy. They had built a jet
aircraft that had exceeded the speed of sound in flight. They had
built jet bombers with intercontinental range that could carry weapons
of enormous destruction. The post war era, and the future seemed
bright. Now imagine what it was like for those same leaders, all of
whom had witnessed the panic of Orson Wells' radio broadcast, "The War
of the Worlds", in 1938. Thousands of Americans panicked at a
realistically presented invasion of Earth by beings from another
planet. Imagine their horror as they actually viewed the dead bodies of
these frightening looking little creatures with enormous eyes,
reptilian skin and claw like fingers. Imagine their shock as they
attempted to determine how these strange "saucers" were powered and
could discover no part even remotely similar to components they were
familiar with: no cylinders or pistons, no vacuum tubes or turbines or
hydraulic actuators. It is only when you fully understand the
overwhelming helplessness the government was faced with in the late
40's that you can comprehend their perceived need for a total, thorough
and sweeping cover up, to include the use of "deadly force".
The cover-up was so successful that as late as 1985 a senior scientist
with the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California, Dr. Al
Hibbs, would look at a video tape of an enormous flying saucer and
state the record, "I'm not going to assign anything to that (UFO)
phenomena without a lot more data". Dr. Hibbs was looking at the naked
emperor and saying, "He certainly looks naked, but that doesn't prove
he's naked."
In July of 1952, a panicked government watched helplessly as squadron
of "flying saucers" flew over Washington, D.C., and buzzed the White
House, the Capitol Building, and the Pentagon. It took all the
imagination and intimidation the government could muster to force that
incident out of the memory of the public.
Thousands of sightings occurred during the Korean war and several more
sauces were retrieved by the Air Force. Some were stored at Wright-
Patterson Air Force Base, some were stored at Air Force bases near the
location of the crash sight.
One saucer was so enormous and the logistic problems in transportation
so enormous that it was buried at the crash sight and remains there
today. The stories are legendary on transporting crashed saucers over
long distances, moving only at night, purchasing complete farms,
slashing through forests, blocking major highways, sometimes driving 2
and 3 lo-boys in tandem with and extraterrestrial load a hundred feet
in diameter.
On April 30, 1964, the first communication between these aliens and the
U.S. Government took place at Holloman Air Force Base in New Mexico. 3
saucers landed at a prearranged area and a meeting was held between the
aliens and intelligence officers of the U.S. Government.
During the period of 1969-1971, MJ-12 representing the U.S. Government
made a deal with these creatures, called EBE's (Extraterrestrial
Biological Entities, named by Detley Bronk, original MJ-12 member and
6th President of Johns Hopkins University). The "deal" was that in
exchange for "technology" that they would provide to us, we agreed to
"ignore" the abductions that were going on and suppress information on
the cattle mutilations. The EBE's assured MJ-12 that the abductions
(usually lasting about 2 hours) were merely the ongoing monitoring of
developing civilizations.
In fact, the purposes for the abductions turned out to be:
(1) The insertion of a 3mm spherical device through
the nasal cavity of the abductee into the brain.
the device is used for the biological monitoring,
tracking, and control of the abductee.
(2) Implementation of Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry
out a specific activity during a specific time period,
the actuation of which will occur within the next
2 to 5 years.
(3) Termination of some people so that they could function
as living sources for biological material and
substances.
(4) Termination of individuals who represent a threat to
the continuation of their activity.
(5) Effect genetic engineering experiments.
(6) Impregnation of human females and early termination of
pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant.
The U.S. Government was not initially aware of the far reaching
consequences of their "deal". They were led to believe that the
abductions were essentially benign and since they figured the
abductions would probably go on anyway whether they agreed or not, they
merely insisted that a current list of abductees be submitted, on a
periodic basis, to MJ-12 and the National Security Council. Does this
sound incredible? An actual list of abductees sent to the National
Security Council? Read on, because I have news for you.
The EBE's have a genetic disorder in that their digestive system is
atrophied and not functional. Some speculate that they were involved
in some type of accident or nuclear war, or possibly on the back side
of and evolutionary genetic curve. In order to sustain themselves they
use an enzyme or hormonal secretion obtained from the tissue that they
extract from humans and animals. (Note: Cows and Humans are genetically
similar. In the event of a national disaster, cow's blood can be used
by humans.)
The secretions obtained are then mixed with hydrogen peroxide and
applied on the skin by spreading or dipping parts of their bodies in
the solution. The body absorbs the solution, then excretes the waste
back through the skin. The cattle mutilations that were prevalent
throughout the period from 1973 to 1983 and publicly noted through
newspaper and magazine stories and included a documentary produced by
Linda Howe for the Denver CBS affiliate KMGH-TV, were for the
collection of these tissues by the aliens. The mutilations included
genitals taken, rectums cored out to the colon, eyes, tongue, and
throat all surgically removed with extreme precision. In some cases
the incisions were made by cutting between the cells, a process we are
not yet capable of performing in the field. In many of the mutilations
there was no blood found at all in the carcass, yet there was no
vascular collapse of the internal organs. This has been also noted in
the human mutilations, one of the first of which was Sgt. Jonathan P.
Louette at the White Sands Missile Test Range in 1956, who was found
three days after an Air Force Major had witnessed his abduction by a
"disk shaped" object at 0300 while on a search for missile debris
downrange. His genitals had been removed, rectum cored out in a
surgically precise "plug" up to the colon, eyes removed and all blood
removed with, again, no vascular collapse. From some of the evidence
it is apparent that this surgery is accomplished, in most cases, while
the victim, animal or human, is still alive.
The various parts of the body are taken to various underground
laboratories, one of which is known to be near the small New Mexico
town of Dulce. This jointly occupied (CIA-Alien) facility has been
described as enormous, with huge tiled walls that "go on forever".
Witnesses have reported huge vats filled with amber liquid with parts
of human bodies being stirred inside.
After the initial agreement, Groom Lake, one of this nations most
secret test centers, was closed for a period of about a year, sometime
between about 1972 and 1974, and a huge underground facility was
constructed for and with the help of the EBE's. The "bargained for"
technology was set in place but could only be operated by the EBE's
themselves. Needless to say, the advanced technology could not be used
against the EBE's themselves, even if needed.
During the period between 1979 and 1983 it became increasingly obvious
to MJ-12 that things were not going as planned. It became known that
many more people (in the thousands) were being abducted than were
listed on the official abduction lists. In addition it became obvious
that some, not all, but some of the nation's missing children had been
used for secretions and other parts required by the aliens.
In 1979 there was an altercation of sorts at the Dulce laboratory. A
special armed forces unit was called in to try and free a number of our
people trapped in the facility, who had become aware of what was really
going on. According to one source, 66 of the soldiers were killed and
our people were not freed.
By 1984, MJ-12 must have been in stark terror at the mistake they had
made in dealing with the EBE's. They had subtly promoted "Close
Encounters of the Third Kind" and "E.T." to get the public used to "odd
looking" aliens that were compassionate, benevolent and very much our
"space brothers". MJ-12 "sold" the EBE's to the public, and were now
faced with the fact that quite the opposite was true. In addition, a
plan was formulated in 1968 to make the public aware of the existence
of aliens on earth over the next 20 years to be culminated with several
documentaries to be released during 1985-1987 period of time. These
documentaries would explain the history and intentions of the EBE's.
The discovery of the "Grand Deception" put the entire plans, hopes and
dreams of MJ-12 into utter confusion and panic.
Meeting at the "Country Club", a remote lodge with private golf course,
comfortable sleeping and working quarters, and its own private airstrip
built by and exclusively for the member of MJ-12, it was a factional
fight of what to do now. Part of MJ-12 wanted to confess the whole
scheme and shambles it had become to the public, beg their forgiveness
and ask for their support. The other part (and majority) of MJ-12
argued that there was no way they could do that, that the situation was
untenable and there was no use in exciting the public with the
"horrible truth" and that the best plan was to continue the development
of a weapon that could be used against the EBE's under the guise of
"SDI", the Strategic Defense Initiative, which had nothing whatsoever
to do with a defense for inbound Russian nuclear missiles. As these
words are being written, Dr. Edward Teller, "father" of the H-Bomb is
personally in the test tunnels of the Nevada Test Site, driving his
workers and associates in the words of one, "like a man possessed".
And well he should, for Dr. Teller is a member of MJ-12 along with Dr.
Kissenger, Admiral Bobby Inman, and possibly Admiral Poindexter, to
name a few of the current members of MJ-12.
Before the "Grand Deception" was discovered and according to a
meticulous plan of metered release of information to the public,
several documentaries and video tapes were made. William Moore, a
Burbank, California, based UFO researcher who wrote "The Roswell
Incident", a book published in 1980 that detailed the crash, recovery
and subsequent cover-up of a UFO with 4 alien bodies, has a video tape
of 2 newsmen interviewing a military officer associated with MJ-12.
This military officer answers questions relating to the history of MJ-
12 and the cover-up, the recovery of a number of flying saucers and the
existence of a live alien (one of 3 living aliens captured and
designated, or named, EBE-1, EBE-2, and EBE-3, being held in a facility
designated as YY-II at Los Alamos, New Mexico. The only other facility
of this type, which is electromagnetically secure, is at Edwards Air
Force Base in Mojave, California). The officer names as previously
mentioned plus a few others: Harold Brown, Richard Helms, Gen. Vernon
Walters, JPL's Dr. Lew Allen and Dr. Theodore von Karman, to name a few
of the current and past members of MJ-12.
The officer also relates the fact that the EBE's claim to have created
Christ. The EBE's have a type of recording device that has recorded
all of Earth's history and can display it in the form of a hologram.
This hologram can be filmed but because of the way holograms work does
not come out very clear on movie film or video tape. The crucifixion
of Christ on the Mount of Olives has allegedly been put on film to show
the public. The EBE's claim to have created Christ, which, in view of
the "Grand Deception", could be an effort to disrupt traditional values
for undetermined reasons.
Another video tape allegedly in existence is an interview with an EBE.
Since EBE's communicate telepathically, and Air Force Colonel serves as
an interpreter. Just before the recent stock market correction in
October of 1987, several newsmen, including Bill Moore, had been
invited to Washington, D.C., to personally film the EBE in a similar
type interview, and distribute the film to the public. Apparently,
because of the correction in the market, it was felt the timing was not
propitious. In any case, it certainly seems like an odd method to
inform the public of extraterrestrials, but it would be in keeping with
the actions of a panicked organization who at this point in time
doesn't know which way to turn.
Moore is also in possession of more Aquarius documents, a few pages of
which leaked out several years ago and detailed the supersecret NSA
project which had been denied by them until just recently. In a letter
to Senator John Glenn, NSA's Director of Policy, Julia B. Wetzel,
wrote, "Apparently there is or was an Air Force project with that name
(Aquarius) which dealt with UFO's. Coincidently, there is also an NSA
project by that name." NSA's project Aquarius deals specifically with
the "communications wit the aliens" (the EBE's). Within the Aquarius
program was project "Snowbird", a project to test-fly a recovered alien
aircraft at Groom Lake, Nevada. This project continues today at that
location. In the words of an individual who works at Groom Lake, "Our
people are much better at taking things apart than they are at putting
them back together."
Moore, who claims he has a contact with MJ-12, feels that they have
been stringing him along, slipping him documents and providing him
leads, promising to go public with some of the information on
extraterrestrials by the end of 1987.
Certain of Moore's statements lead one to believe that Moore himself is
a government agent working for MJ-12, not to be strung along, but
string along ever hopeful UFOlogists that the truth is just around the
corner. Consider:
1. Moore states emphatically that he is not a government
agent, although when Lee Graham (a Southern California
based UFOlogist) was investigated by DIS (Defense
Investigative Service) for possession of classified
documents received from Moore, Moore himself was not.
2. Moore states emphatically that the cattle mutilations
of 1973-1983 were a hoax by Linda Howe (producer of
"A Strange Harvest") to create publicity for herself.
He cites the book "Mute Evidence" as the bottom line of
the hoax. "Mute Evidence" was a government sponsored
book to explain the mutilations in conventional terms.
3. Moore states that the U.S.A.F. Academy physics book,
"Introductory Space Science", vol. II chapter 13, entitled
"Unidentified Flying Objects", which describes four of
the most commonly seen aliens (one of which is the EBE)
was written by Lt. Col. Edward R. Therkelson and Major
Donald B. Carpenter, Air Force personnel who did not
know what they were talking about and were merely siting
"crackpot" references. He, Moore, states that the book
was withdrawn to excise the chapter.
If the government felt they were being forced to acknowledge the
existence of aliens on Earth because of the overwhelming evidence such
as the October and November sightings in Wytheville, Va., and recently
released books such as "Night Siege" (Hynek, J. Allen;Imbrogno, Phillip
J.;Pratt, Bob:Night Siege, Ballantine Books, Random House, New York),
and taking into consideration the "grand deception" and obviously
hostile intentions of the EBE's, it might be expedient for MJ-12 to
admit the EBE's but conceal the information on the mutilations and
abductions. If MJ-12 and Moore were in some kind of agreement then it
would be beneficial to Moore to tow the party line. For example, MJ-12
would say..."here are some more genuine documents...but remember...no
talking about the mutilations or abductions". This would be beneficial
to Moore as it would supply the evidence to support his theory that
E.T.'s exist but deny the truths about the E.T.'s. However, if Moore
was indeed working for MJ-12, he would follow the party line
anyway...admitting the E.T.'s but pooh poohing the mutilations and
abductions. If working alone, Moore might not even be aware of the
"grand deception".
Time will tell. It is possible that Moore will go ahead and release
the video interview with the military officer around the first of the
year, as he has promised. From MJ-12's point of view, the public would
be exposed to the information without really having to believe it
because Moore is essentially not as credible a source as, say, the
President of the United States. After a few months of digestion and
discussion, a more credible source could emerge with a statement that
yes in fact the interview was essentially factual. This scenario would
cushion somewhat the blow to the public. If, however, Moore does not
release the tape by, say, February 1 of 1988, but comes instead with a
story similar to: "MJ-12 has informed me that they are definitely
planning a release of all information by October of 88. I have seen
the plan and have seen the guarantee that this will happen, so I have
decided to withhold the release of my video tape at this time as it may
cause some problems with MJ-12's plans." This would in effect buy more
time for MJ-12 and time is what they desperately need.
Now you ask, "Why haven't I heard about any of this?" Who do you think
you would hear it from? Dan Rather? Tom Brokaw? Sam Donaldson?
Wrong. These people just read the news, they don't find it. They have
ladies who call and interview witnesses and verify statements on
stories coming over the wire (either AP or UPI). It's not like Dan
Rather would go down to Wytheville, Virginia, and dig into why there
were 4 THOUSAND reported sightings in October and November of 1987.
Better that Tom Brokaw or someone else should risk their credibility on
this type of story. Tom Brokaw? Tom wants Sam Donaldson to risk his
credibility. No one, but no one, is going to risk their neck on such
outlandish ideas, regardless of how many people report sightings of 900
foot objects running them off the road. In the case of the Wytheville
sightings, dozens of vans with NASA lettered on the side failed to
interest newsmen. And those that asked questions were informed that
NASA was doing a weather survey.
Well then, you ask, what about our scientists? What about Carl Sagan?
Isaac Asimov? Arthur C. Clarke? Wouldn't they have known? If Carl
Sagan knows then he is committing a great fraud through the
solicitation of memberships in the Planetary Society, "to search for
extraterrestrial intelligence". Another charade into which the U.S.
Government dumps million of dollar every year is the radiotelescope in
Arecibo, Puerto Rico, operated by Cornell University with - guess who?
- Carl Sagan. Cornell is ostensibly searching for signals from Outer
Space, a sign maybe, that somebody is out there. It is hard to believe
that relatively intelligent astronomers like Sagan could be so
ignorant. What about Isaac Asimov? Surely the most prolific science
fiction writer of all time would have guessed by now that there must be
an enormous cover-up? Maybe, but if he knows he's not saying. Perhaps
he's afraid that Foundation and Empire will turn out to be inaccurate.
What about Arthur C. Clarke? Surely the most technically accurate of
Science Fiction writers with very close ties to NASA would have at
least a hint of what's really going on. Again, if so he isn't talking.
In a recent Science Fiction survey, Clarke estimates that contact with
extraterrestrial intelligent life would not occur before the 21st
Century.
If the government won't tell us the truth and the major networks won't
even give it serious consideration, then what is the big picture,
anyway? Are the EBE's, having done a hundred thousand or more
abductions (possibly millions worldwide), built an untold number of
secret underground bases (Groom Lake, Nevada; Sunspot, Datil, Roswell,
and Pine Town, New Mexico, just to name a few) getting ready to return
to wherever they came from? Or, form the obvious preparations are we
to assume that they are getting ready for a big move? Or is the more
sinister and most probable situation that the invasion is essentially
complete and it is all over but the screaming?
A well planned invasion of Earth for it's resources and benefits would
not begin with mass landings of ray-gun equipped aliens. A properly
planned and executed invasion by a civilization thousands and probably
hundreds of thousands of years in advance of us would most likely be
complete before even a handful of people, say 12?, realized what was
happening. No fuss, no muss. The best advice I can give you is this:
Next time you see a flying saucer and are awed by its obvious display
of technology and gorgeous lights of pure color - RUN LIKE HELL!
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

2087
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2732.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

208
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2733.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
SUBJECT: LONG ISLAND CRASH: SON OF ROSWELL? FILE: UFO2733
----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following file is courtesy of HUFON REPORT, the newsletter of the
Houston UFO Network. Vol. 4, No. 2, January, 1994. For more
information, call (713) 597-2834.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG ISLAND CRASH: Son of Roswell?
By Larry Byrd
The Winter 1994 issue of UFO Universe magazine carried an article on
the South Haven Park UFO crash which took place on November 24, 1992.
It has been a little over a year now since the initial incident
occurred, and the Long Island UFO Network (LIUFON), after extensive
investigation, released some rather startling details. The television
show, Unsolved Mysteries, is scheduled to feature the event in the
near future. This incident seems to be just about the hottest topic
these days, so it seems appropriate that we take a look at what is
known at this time.
---
It was not the first such occurrence in the area. John Ford, of
LIUFON, has indicated that he believes a boomerang-shaped UFO was shot
down in the same general vicinity on September 28, 1989. He has
further stated that he believes there is an adversarial relationship
between extraterrestrials and humans. He indicated that perhaps the
nearby Brookhaven National Laboratory possesses the means to
accomplish such a feat.
A BNL scientist, whose identity has been withheld, reportedly told Mr.
Ford that we have been in an "adversarial condition" with an
extraterrestrial civilization for the past 5 years. The earlier
confrontation occurred when the forementioned boomerang craft was
intercepted and brought down in Moriches Bay. One family reported
witnessing a blue-white light pulsating in the dunes. LIUFON believes
that this was a plasma field, generated by the charging of an
electronic weapon using superconductors and carried by the Stealth
bomber.
Helicopters apparently engaged the object, bringing it into the narrow
range of the weapon, while a "fake air-sea rescue operation" was
staged by the Coast Guard to cover up the covert activity. We are told
that this unique weapon was used because conventional weapons cannot
penetrate the intense plasma field that the aliens surround themselves
with. The device supposedly "scrambled the propulsion drive" of the
object, causing it to crash into the shallow water, killing 18 alien
beings. William Floyd Parkway was closed down at that time so that a
military convoy of flatbed trucks could transport the wreckage and
bodies to BNL where, it has been said, it is still undergoing testing.
Mona Rowe, a spokesperson for BNL, after reading Mr. Ford's report,
said. "We didn't shoot down a UFO on the night of September 28th," and
added that their Star Wars expert stated that BNL does not have the
equipment to connect a superconductor to a high intensity laser as
described by Ford. She also said that she did see the lights in the
sky on that date while returning home from an amateur orchestra
rehearsal in Shoreham. "I think it's amazing that I had actually seen
this myself," she said. "To me they looked like flares, but maybe my
perception is colored by the fact that I work in a very
scientifically-minded environment. Basically, people believe what they
would like to believe."
An individual we will call Ellis says, "I moved to Long island just
prior to the first sighting and lived a few blocks from the water
where supposedly a UFO crashed into the bay. I didn't see it but was
experiencing an enormous amount of weirdness at the time. I contacted
the LI UFO Net ... He said many had witnessed the crash, but even more
had noted that the object had been retrieved. The authorities had
closed down the William Floyd Parkway for its entire length (this 4
lane highway is the main highway for the middle section of the island
to go from one side to the other. Additionally, it leads directly to
the only ferry off the island from the mid-section, leaving the only
alternatives to get off the island being either end). They transported
the crash remains across the island and then loaded it onto either a
train or a boat. Employees of Brookhaven National Lab (Its main gate
is also on the parkway) were quoted in the paper as saying the only
thing they saw that night were deer. Contrary to the paper, I quizzed
a few of my fellow workers and neighbors who were out that night and
sure enough the road did get closed with no reasons given.
Additionally, I managed to run into a few lab employees who also
grumbled about not only the road being closed but of a rather strange
convoy going by. It was strange in that it was extremely lit up but
everything was covered. This in itself is not necessarily unusual, but
the convoy did not go either to or from the lab."
Moving forward in time, we have an abundance of eye-witness reports
and information gleaned through the investigative efforts of LIUFON
investigators, who were harassed and intimidated by authorities. On
Saturday, January 9, 1993, John Ford, Brian Levins and Andrew Cerceoni
were stopped and detained by Suffolk County Police, fifth precinct car
#522. The officers refused to identify themselves, but one of them
wore shield number 3453. The investigators were questioned about the
distribution of flyers concerning the South Haven Park UFO incident.
Ford said, "The officer told us point blank, 'I'm here because you
people are handing out this garbage. Because you're scaring people and
causing panic.' The police said if they continued to do so they would
be back to harass us." The incident has been reported on Suffolk
County Police blotter number 93-13373 at Suffolk County Police
Headquarters at Yaphank, New York. LIUFON does plan to continue their
investigations.
At 7 pm. on November 23rd, 17 year-old Mike P. witnessed a forma- tion
of four very bright white lights making a triangular movement over the
park at high altitude. He could determine no visible structure behind
the lights and no engine sounds as the objects passed over his car
which was parked on Gerard Avenue.
On the night of November 24th, a man was driving through South Haven
Park, adjoining North Shirley, Long Island, which covers several
thousand acres and is bordered by two communities of approximately
12,000 people each. A large, blue-white object began to pace his auto
at about fifty feet above the ground. Suddenly the object increased
velocity and made a right-angle turn in front of his vehicle, crossing
the highway. Shortly afterward the object hit the ground in the wooded
area of the park. The man stopped his car and observed a glowing light
coming from the wooded area which appeared similar to a fire. There
was also a bright beam of light shining skyward. Another vehicle
stopped and the driver asked the first man if he saw the object go
down. He replied "yes," and the second man said it was a UFO. The
first man indicated he thought it might have been some type of test
aircraft, and the exchange ended. He went home. picked up a friend and
returned to the park to find it entirely sealed off by Military and
State Police officers. Undaunted, he tried to find a back entrance,
but every possible access was sealed, blocked and guarded.
Drivers were diverted around the park, some being required to go con-
siderable distances out of their way. There were many witnesses
telling their own versions of the event. There were reports of fire
trucks and large flatbed trucks in the park, but when contacted the
fire department maintained that there hadn't been a fire in the park
for over 10 years. Nonetheless, the LIUFON team found fire tape and
orange cones clearly belonging to the fire department. The road into
the park had been widened and showed deep tracks, as if something
heavy had been carried over the soft ground. A mile's length of the
fence surrounding the park near where the object supposedly impacted
was found to be degaussed.
A female witness has stated that on the night of the UFO crash she was
stopped at the intersection of Victory Blvd. and Gerard Ave., while
proceeding in an easterly direction on Victory, due to the presence of
a Suffolk County Police roadblock. She was offered the explanation
that there had been an accident in the park and it was closed. On her
return from her shopping trip, she attempted to travel north on
William Ford Parkway by making a left-hand turn onto Victory Blvd.,
also finding it blocked at the intersection of William Ford Parkway.
A teenage witness reported that on the day after the event he and a
group of friends were denied access to the park by Suffolk County
Police. prohibiting them from riding their bicycles in the park due to
an accident on the park grounds. The police officers at the gate
offered no further explanation. Another 16 year old witness who lives
on Gerard Avenue tells of two close schoolmates who were traveling
westbound on Sunrise Highway the night of the incident and saw the
object impact in the park.
Additional witnesses in the area of Gerard Ave. have reported bizarre
electromagnetic pulses affecting digital clock readouts and VCRs for
two to three days following the incident. Video tapes have been
rendered blank, power surges along the lines, a blackout for an hour
in the Gerard Ave. area the night of the occurrence, telephones
ringing with nobody at the other end and ringing even though the
receiver was off the hook.
The Reverend K.S. reported that at 7 p.m. on Tuesday, November 29th.
his 1990 Mercury Marquis sedan burst into flames in his driveway while
the car was trying to start itself. Yaphank Fire Department was called
as was the Suffolk County Police, both of which reported the incident
as an accidental electrical fire. The Reverend is convinced it was a
case of arson. LIUFON investigators do not concur with either theory,
as the reports indicate there may have been latent electromagnetic
pulse effect damage to the car's electronic ignition or computer.
There have been abundant reports of frequent unmarked helicopter over-
flights for days following the event.
An anonymous defense department analyst has provided segments of a
government video tape which reportedly show the retrieval of some of
the wreckage from this crash site. Investigators have carefully exam-
ined the tape and have concluded that in some segments the presence of
extraterrestrial bodies can be seen. Furthermore, two of them appear
to be standing upright and turning their heads, which would indicate
that there were alien survivors of the crash. This film will be
undergoing technical analysis, and we will report the results when and
if they are made available. The analyst who provided the film is
reportedly an abductee, known to Budd Hopkins. The government
apparently made quite a mistake in allowing this individual access to
the film. Is Hopkins working on this case as well?
---
Thanks are gratefully offered to Jeff Brewi, Mark Butler, Mike
Christol, Jeff Miller and Mike Sullivan for their input.
** End **
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

251
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2734.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
SUBJECT: LONG ISLAND U.F.O. NETWOARK FILE: UFO2734
Here is the first official press release from LIUFON regarding the alleged
crash of a UFO on Nov. 24, 1993.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG ISLAND U.F.O. NETWORK, INC.
A Non-Profit Research Organization
P.O. BOX 1692
Riverhead, New York 11901
HOTLINE: (516) 286-3212
*** PRESS RELEASE *** PRESS RELEASE *** PRESS RELEASE ***
IMMEDITATE COPY !!!
The Long Island U.F.O. Network, a five year old non-profit
organization which investigates U.F.O. phenomena, announces to the
metropolitan, national and international press community that it has
evidence that on November 24, 1992 at 7:12 P.M. an alien spacecraft
crashed near the area of South Haven Park in Suffolk County near the
residential communities of Shirley and Yaphank, Long Island, New York.
The event which has been under continuous investigation for six months
by the investigative division of the Long Island U.F.O. Network was first
reported to LIUFON"s U.F.O. Hotline on December 13, 1992 by a Mr. W..... K......
of Mastic Beach, Long Island who witnessed the alien craft to impact in woods
near South Haven Park along Gerard Road which borders the Western edge of the
park. (I have withheld the name of the witness at this time, although John Ford
included it. If events warrent it, I may release his name at a later date.
MC.)
Mr. K...... reported that he was driving East bound on Sunrise
Highway while returning home from work around 7:00 P.M. that evening
when he noticed to the South of the highway over trees which separates Sunrise
from Montauk Highway an unusual object which he described as tubular in shape
with two large bright blue lights on each end with a bright white light in its
center whose structure was composed of a dull metallic grey texture, to
immediately execute a right angle turn and tumble end over end into woods to the
North side of the highway. Mr. K...... pulled over to the right shoulder and
exited his vehicle in time to see the object impact to the North West. Upon
impact, the object emitted a powerful white beam of light which shot up into the
sky and turned the night sky into daylight. As several other motorists joined
him, Mr K...... reported the light to subside into an amber glow which indicated
a fire in progress in the wooded area.
Mr. K...... proceeded to leave the area convinced he had seen a
UFO crash. As he neared the exit for William Floyd Parkway (exit 56) he
reported observing a formation of four large military helicopters on a course
from the South East headed for the impact zone over South Haven Park; these
helicopters which were painted black with no visible markings arrived within
minutes of the object's crash. Mr. K...... reported that there was a military
roadblock on William Floyd parkway with civilian traffic being detoured from
proceeding West onto Sunrise Highway. He noticed that the military personnel
were dressed in black jump suits and the vehicles showed no markings. The side
streets of Beatrice, Dawn and Sunset were blocked by additional military
personnel. At one point five New York State Police cars were turned back from
entering the area (even though the State Police at the West Hampton Barracks
deny this event, a confidential source from that unit has convirmed the story).
Mr. K...... was able at this point to travel West on Victory Blvd.
(which was later blacked off at 7:35 P.M. which was confirmed by a young
mother of two who was denied use of East bound travel on that road) and
traveled up Gerard Road to the second bend in the road where he found a
large fire in progress some 300 yards back in the woods which was burning
fiercely with a strong odor of burnt insulation in the air. Mr. K......
said he could see the flames licking the top of trees in the confines
of the park.
LIUFON has also received a report from a second eyewitness motorist,
a B.. H....... of Brookhaven Hamlet ( again I am withholding the name), who
was traveling East bound on Sunrise when he was about 1/2 mile before the
Horseblock Road exit of that thoroughfare at 7:15 P.M. when he observed an oval
shaped object pass to the North of the Brookhaven Town Dumb garbage mountain on
a descending course 30 degrees to the horizon which was leaving a green
ionization trail as it passed. He reported this object to be to the North of
Sunrise and was not any conventional aircraft. It resembles objects reported
over Islip Town which were seen on the Channel 12 News in March 1992 at the
Bagatelle Road Exit of the Long Island Expressway.
The witness in this sighting did not observe the object impact into
the park, but did observe an unusual ojbect around the time of the UFO
crash in South Haven Park. The time reference puts it in perspective of the
time frame of the South Haven Park incident.
The Long Island U.F.O. Network has been investigating this case since
December 1992 when it first received these reports. Its investigation
has revealed the following:
(1) LIUFON has done extensive aerial reconnaissance over the park and its
surrounding areas which has revealed evidence of extensive vehicular traffic
in the North West section of the park's fire roads and fields.
(2) LIUFON has contacted all Federal, State and local agencies including
local Fire Departments which would have been involved in this incident only to
be informed that there exists no record of any incident occurring on the night
of November 24, 1992. This includes the Suffolk Police, State Police
and Fire Rescue in Yaphank. Park Officials informed LIUFON that there has not
been a fire in South Haven Park in two to ten years. The fire departments of
Yaphank, Mastic-Shirley and Brookhaven Hamlet have failed to
answer LIUFON's FOIA requests.
(3) Residents along River Road reported observing Fire trucks entering the
park that night.
(4) LIUFON retrieved Fire Department equipment from the main fire road in the
park on December 20th, 1992 which has been identified as being similar to
equipment used by Brookhaven Hamlet Fire Department.
(5) LIUFON has received confirmation from a Brookhaven Hamlet Fire Department
source that their department was indeed there that night to put out fires that
were caused by something which fell out of the sky and they are prohibited from
speaking about due to Federal Government orders.
(6) There was a County Wide Alert sounded by the Suffolk County Police that
night that a UFO had crashed near William Floyd Parkway and for all units to use
land lines to receive instructions for emergency mobilization.
(7) The Park itself was closed for several days after the crash. County
officials at first denied this, but later informed the editor of the South
Shore Press in Mastic Beach that it was closed for duck hunting season.
Residents in the area reported Suffolk Police manning road blocks near the park
entrance for days after the incident.
(8) Residents in the area reported hearing the object crash that night while
others observed the helicopters over the area for hours that night.
Others reported strange electrical problems with the electrical grid, cable
T.V., home appliances burning out months after the incident, car batteries
failing and the telephone system malfunctioning. All phenomena associated
with what would be the result of a massive Electro Magnetic Pulse Effect
occurring in the area. Residents have also reported unusual and frequent
replacement of light bulbs in their homes.
(9) LIUFON has over the last five months covered by foot every inch of the
3000 acre park. It has discovered that fire roads were widened in the North
West section near the Rifle-Shotgun Range and evidence of heavy construction
equipment were brought in. Areas that are prohibited to vehicular traffic
showed signs of heavy tire marks and fields in the North West area and every
blade of grass flattened due to frequent vehicular activity. Mounds of freshly
chipped trees were discovered near the Gerard Road side of the park which were
found to be slightly radioactive. No explanation was offered for this by park
authorities who declined to comment.
(10) The fencing along both River and Gerard Roads were tested by an
electornics engineer using a portable magnetometer in December and February
for magnetic anomalies. Test results showed that fencing exhibited signs of
reversed magnetic polarity as if exposed to a South Pole magnetic field.
(11) Elevated levels of radiation were detected in the North West and
Gerard Road areas of the Park which exhibited abnormal background levels of
radiation that came in six second bursts ranging from .05 to as high .3
mille-reontgens.
(12) LIUFON Discovered two areas of flattened and broken trees along Gerard
Road. One area over one hundred yards long showed signs of broken and
splintered trees with evidence of a recent fire. Trees in the second area
showed signs of holding a strong magnetic field after testing with a
magnetometer.
(13) The light from the crashed object was seen by residents in the area as
far north as Ridge and as far West as Bald Hill in Coram.
(14) Residents in the area have been harassed by the Police from talking about
that night. One resident, a pentecostal minister, reported his 1984
Mercury Marquis sedan bursting into flames when his car attempted to start
itself on December 29, 1992. The minister was later taken into Police custody
and transferred to Stony Brook Pyschiatric when he equated the incident with the
UFO Crash in the Park. He was released when he was allegedly coerced into
signing a statment his car fire had nothing to do
with the UFO crash. He is now suing the Suffolk Police for one billion dollars.
(15) Numerous residents have reported to LIUFON encountering the military
and Police road blocks that night in the area around the park.
(16) Over seven various fire departments responded that night to control the
fires from the crash. They were Medford, Coram, Yaphank, Middle Island,
Brookhaven Hamlet, Mt. Sinai and Ridge. In addition, elements of the Brookhaven
National Laboratories Fire Department and Emergency Response Team were
dispatched to the location as the only Fire Department trained to control a
radiological fire on Long Island. In some instances, local fire units were
turned away due to their lack of expertise in radiological fires.
This information was confirmed by the editor of the South Shore Press and
confidential sources known to LIUFON.
(17) Some sort of fire occurred near Police Headquarters and the County
Correction Farm that night on Yaphank Avenue which may have been linked to the
events in South Haven Park. This is still under investigation at the
moment.
Three weeks ago LIUFON Chairman John Ford received anonymously a package
in his home mail box which contained a video tape from a Department of Defense
Systems Analyst who lives in Rocky Point, N.Y., purporting to show the recovery
of the wreckage of the South Haven Park UFO from an area
North of the Park. In the tape there are also scenes of the recovery of body
parts and bodies of which it appears to be highly suggestive of humanoid beings
associated with current UFO abduction reports. LIUFON analysis of the tape
under the auspices of Preston Nichols and Alan Green both with LIUFON, has
produced with video enhancement and stop frame analysis photographs of humanoid
beings by way of special filters on 35mm cameras of entities which appear not to
be human, but alien in appearance.
The tape is from a government source which was confiscated from Fire
Department personnel on the scene. The government analyst who has now contacted
LIUFON and identified himself has agreed to meet with members of NBC's Unsolved
Mysteries and the editor of the South Shore Press to discuss this disturbing
tape.
As of this writing, LIUFON has agreed to withhold circulation of the
tape and photographs of the crash and entities while NBC's Unsolved Mysteries
staff discusses arrangements to bring this story to the American people in a
national broadcast.
LIUFON reports that it has received information that the wreckage of the
object is currently being stored at Brookhaven National Laboratories for study.
This may also explain recent reports by residents on the South Shore
of continuous black helicopter flights into the labratory area over recent
months.
LIUFON has also come under persistent Suffolk Police harassment as it
attempted to canvass residential areas around the Park. On January 9th, LIUFON
researchers were detained and questioned by Police in an attempt to dissuade
them from distributing literature on the event to residents on Gerard Road.
On July 5, 1993, LIUFON plans a public protest march to protest the UFO
Cover Up at Hauppauge, L.I. at the H. Lee Dennison Building, administrative
center for the Suffolk County Government. This is in conjunction with the
National Right to Know Committee's rally in Washington, D.C. on that date,
protesting the UFO Cover Up.
For further information:
Contact LIUFON at: (516) 286-3212
NBC Unsolved Mysteries:
Bob Kiviat: 1-800-421-4519, Ext. 207
South Shore Press:
Editor, Brian Ward: (516) 281-7737
END...
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

898
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2735.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,898 @@
SUBJECT: UFO VIDEO TAPE LIST FILE: UFO2735
PART 1
Filename: M-Video1.Cat
Type : Catalog
Author : Mike Christol
Date : 11/19/92
Desc : Mike Christol's Video/Audio Catalig list
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Mike Christol
Space Link BBS
US 502/683-3026
FidoNet 1:2310/210
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
MIKE CHRISTOL'S UFO VIDEO TAPE LIST
A-001 - A-100
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following list of videos are availabale for trade or by donation
from Mike Christol, UFO Investigator. Please leave a message on this
Board.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
A - 001 -- HIDDEN TRUTH: THE UFO STORY - BY: BILL KNELL 120 MIN
A - 002 -- JOEL MARTIN: LONG ISLAND UFO INVESTIGATIONS
(12/88) 50 MIN. COLOR
A - 003 -- UFO'S AND THE MYSTERY OF ANIMAL MUTILATIONS:
A Presidential Briefing Paper on UFO'S.
SUMIT UNIVERSITY FORUM - Linda M. Howe
(7/88) 58 MIN COLOR Part # 4 or 5.
A - 004-a- THE SKELETON-KEY EFFECT: Unlocking The Secrets of Alien
Abductions. SUMIT UNIVERSITY FORUM -
Dr. Bruce Maccabee and Stanton Freidman
(7/88) 58 MIN. COLOR Part # 3 of 5.
-b- INSIDE EDITION: Alabame UFO Sighting - Feb. 21, 1989
Fyfe, Alabama
A - 005 -- COMPLETE SUMIT UNIVERSITY FORUM - FIVE PART UFO DISCUSSION:
Speakers: Stanton Friedman; Linda M. Howe; Bruce
Maccabee; Bud Hopkins. Host: Elizabeth Clare
Prophet
-a- 1. Anatomy of a Cover-up
2. Abducted by Aliens: The Common Threads Of Experience
3. Crashed Saucer and Government Cover-up At Roswell:
The Secrets of Operation MJ-12
4. UFO'S and The Mystery of Animal Mutilations;
A Presidential Briefing Paper on UFO'S
5. The Skeleton-Key Effect: Unlocking The Secrets
Of Alien Abductions (7/88) 3 1/2 Hrs. Color
-b- USA TODAY: Three Part UFO Special (3/17 - 20/89) 15 MIN
A - 006-a- George Fawcett Lecture and Workshop (3/19 - 20/88)
Aprox. 3 1/2 Hr. Color
-b- Central Weekend - BRITISH T.V.(9/5/86) 45 MIN COLOR
-c- Interviewing The UFO Witness 40 MIN. COLOR
-d- NOVA: THE CASE OF THE UFO (10/12/82) 58 MIN. COLOR
-e- USA TODAY - 2 Parts (3/17 - 20/89) 10 MIN. COLOR
-f- BOB RABY INTERVIEW (Partial) Aprox. 20 MIN. COLOR
A - 007-a- KMO-TV TOWN MEETING; Seattle, Washington (1982) 50 MIN.
COLOR
-b- UNIDIFIED FLYING OBJECT (1956?) BLACK/WHITE 1HR.28 MIN.
-c- UFO REPORT # 3 - AL FRY Aprox. 2 HR. COLOR
-d- WALT ANDRUS; Director of MUFON: ARKANSAS UFO CONFRENCE
(FEB.,1988) 1 HR. 53 MIN. COLOR
-e- BURKE VIDEO SHOWCASE (5/1/85) 9 MIN. COLOR
A - 008-a- UFO'S ARE REAL (1987) 1 HR. 33 MIN. COLOR
-b- WHITLEY STREIBER; PEOPLE ARE TALKING (1988)
Aprox 20 MIN. COLOR
A - 009-a- CONTACT: Eduard Albert "Billy" Meier Case (1982)
90 MIN. COLOR
-b- GARY COLLINS, HOUR MAGAZINE (11/11/88) APROX. 45 MIN.
COLOR
-c- STRAIGHT TALK: Scott Ross (4/7/89) 45 - 50 MIN. COLOR
A - 010 -- THE OSCAR JORDAN ABDUCTION CASE (9/28/89) MIKE CHRISTOL;
INVESTIGATOR - 4 1/2 HR. COLOR
A - 011-a- DOES THE U.S. GOVERNMENT HAVE A UFO? 39 MIN (7/18/1988)
-b- LARGE COLLECTION OF UFO FILMS FROM 1950'S - 1980'S
-c- UFO'S AND HOLLYWOOD (7/18/1988) 11 MIN. COLOR
-d- HOW TO GIVE A UFO LECTURE: (Updated Version Jan. 1989)
3 HRS. 58 MIN. COLOR
-e- ARE UFO ALIENS ALIVE IN NEVADA, USA? 39 MIN. (7/18/1988)
A - 012-a- HOW TO GIVE A UFO LECTURE IN YOUR HOME TOWN: (7/18/1988)
Part 1. Introduction - "How To Start" - 35 MIN.
Part 2. "The UFO Lecture" - 3 HR. 20 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE LARGEST COLLECTION OF UFO FILMS EVER
28 MIN. (7/18/1988) COLOR
-c- THE ROSWELL CRASH ( (7/18/1988) 39 MIN. COLOR
A - 013-a- UFO'S AND THE BIBLE - Rev. Barry H. Downing (10/8-9/88)
59 MIN. COLOR
-b- GOVERNMENT UFO COVER-UP CONTINUES - Larry Fawcett
(10/8-9/88) 1 HR. 4 MIN. COLOR
-c- BROOMFIELD COLORADO UFO SHOW: UFO's And The Inner Earth
(10/28/1988) 1 HR. COLOR
A - 014-a- INTRUDERS, THE LATEST RESULTS - BUD HOPKINS
(10/8-9/1988) 1HR. 23 MIN. COLOR
WALLY GEROGE - "ALIENS ON EARTH" - VIDEO DAVE
(2/89) 6 MIN. COLOR
ANATOMY OF AN ALIEN - DAVID JACOBS, PHD
(10/8-9/1988) 1 HR. 36 MIN. COLOR
A - 015-a- UFO REPORT # 1 (AL FRY) 2HR. 14 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO: THE BENTWATERS INCIDENT (CNN) (1988) 21 MIN. COLOR
-c- (1) ELIZABETH CLARE PROPHET INTERVIEWS ZECHARIA SITCHIN
ON THE 12TH PLANET (1986) PART # 1. 57 MIN. COLOR
(2) ELIZABETH CLARE PROPHET INTERVIEWS ZECHARIA SITCHIN
ON THE 12TH PLANET (1986) PART # 2. 58 MIN. COLOR
-d- INTERVIEWING THE UFO WITNESS (MICHIGAN MUFON; DAN WRIGHT)
40 MIN. COLOR
-e- CALL RAIFORD; GEORGE FAWCETT (CHARLOTTE TV 36)
(10/6/1985) 49 MIN. COLOR
-f- CAROLINA CAMERA (TV Interview With George Fawcett)
(7/22/1981) 5 MIN. COLOR
-g- ROUTE # 9; GEORGE FAWCETT (LINCOLNTON, North Carolina)
5 MIN. COLOR
A - 016-a- UFO: TOP SECRET (1986) 1 HR. 36 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY (19 ) 47 MIN. COLOR
-c- THE TRUTH ABOUT UFO'S & E.T. (1982) 1 HR. 22 MIN. COLOR.
-d- MYSTERIES OF THE GODS: WILLIAM SHATNER
(1976) 1 HR. 27 MIN. COLOR
-e- A STRANGE HARVEST: LINDA M. HOWE (1980) 52 MIN. COLOR.
A - 016-a- UFO: TOP SECRET (1986) 1 HR. 36 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY (19 ) 47 MIN. COLOR
-c- THE TRUTH ABOUT UFO'S & E.T. (1982) 1 HR. 22 MIN. COLOR.
-d- MYSTERIES OF THE GODS: WILLIAM SHATNER
(1976) 1 HR. 27 MIN. COLOR
-e- A STRANGE HARVEST: LINDA M. HOWE (1980) 52 MIN. COLOR.
A - 017-a- A STRANGE HARVEST - Linda M. Howe (1980) 60 MIN. COLOR
-b- THAT'S INCREDIBLE : VAL JOHNSON UFO/AUTO COLLISION
15 MIN. (2/4/1977) COLOR
A - 018-a- UFOLOGY: AT THE TURNING POINT - William Moore; Bud
Hopkins; Stanton Friedman (1989) 2 HRS. COLOR
-b- HIGHLIGHTS OF THE 1988 ARKANSAS UFO CONFRENCE: COLOR
EUREKA SPRINGS, ARK. (4/25-26/1988) APRROX 4 HRS.
-c- VIDEO OF UFO IN JAPAN (7/8/89) APROX. 1 MIN. COLOR
A - 019-a- CHARIOTS OF THE GODS 1 HR. 25 MIN. COLOR
-b- MYSTERIES FROM BEYOND EARTH 1 HR. 34 MIN. COLOR
-c- BOB RABY INTERVIEW (1/9/1988) 1HR. 43 MIN. COLOR
-d- PSYCHIC PHENOMENON: The World Beyond; J. Allen Hynek
(2 Programs) 75 MIN. COLOR
-e- 5 P.M. MAGAZINE: John Lear and Bill Moore
A - 020-a- THE UFO EXPERIENCE 1 HR. 49 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO SYNDROME 1 HR. 35 MIN. COLOR
-c- LLOYD ARNOLD INTERVIEW BY KEN DEMARY (DENVER, COL)
(7/10/1988) 1HR. 32 MIN. COLOR
-d- BOB RABY INTERVIEW (8/9/1987) 25-28 MIN. COLOR
-e- PRESONAL MESSAGE FROM DANNY BARGER - TO MIKE CHRISTOL
LINCOLNTON, N.C. (7/89) 15 MIN. COLOR.
-f- MORE FROM TOWN MEETING, (1987) (60 MIN. MINUS) COLOR
A - 021-a- UFO CONTACT SEMINAR - Billy Meier Story
LECTURER: Randy Winters (11/14/1987)
APROX. 2 HRS. COLOR
-b- THE FORCE BEYOND (1981) 1 HR. 26 MIN. COLOR
-c- UFO'S, WHAT'S GOING ON? (HBO) (1985) 58 MIN. COLOR
A - 022 -- DOWNSTATE NEW YORK MUFON UFO CONFRENCE (6/3/1989)
DR. GARY LEVINE, BILL KNELL, BUD HOPKINS
ANTONIO HUNEEUS. 1 HR. 50 MIN. COLOR
A - 023-a- LONG ISLAND UFO'S
-b- WESTCHESTER & NYC UFO ENCOUNTERS
-c- INTERVIEWING THE WITHESS (MICHIGAN MUFON; DAN WRIGHT)
40 MIN. COLOR
A - 024-a- CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE 4TH KIND IN NY & CT: COLOR
PHILLIP IMBROGNO (10/8-9/1988) 1 HR. 12 MIN.
-b- BEYOND CLEAR INTENT: LARRY FAWCETT (10/8-9/1988)
1 HR. 4 MIN. COLOR
-c- FAMOUS UFO PHOTOS: BRUCE MACCABEE (10/8-9/1988)
55 MIN. COLOR
-d- MY ABDUCTION BY ET'S: DEBRA TOMEY (KATHEY DAVIS)
(10/8-9/1988) 30 MIN. COLOR
A - 025 U.F.O. CHRONICLE: ANTONIO HUNEEUS (1989)
2 HR. 20 MIN. COLOR
-b- CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO'S; LARRY BRYANT
(8/29/1989) 7 MIN. COLOR
-c- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: UFO CRASH AT ROSWELL, N.M.
(9/20/1989) 23 MIN. COLOR
-d- THE JOAN RIVERS SHOW: PEOPLE WHO SEE UFO'S
(12/7/1989) 25 MIN. COLOR
-e- CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO'S Aprox. 10 min. COLOR 1/90
-f- INSIDE EDITION: UFO'S Aprox. 10 min. COLOR 3/5/90
-g- CURRENT AFFAIR: "ED WALTERS INTERVIEW"
(3/16/90) 9 MIN., COLOR
-h- "TONGUES OF MEN AND ANGELS." INSTITUTE OF NOETIC
SCIENCES - ARTHUR HASTINGS, SPEAKER
The Phenomena of Channeling.
(1987) 60 Min. COLOR
-i- HARD COPY: ED WALTERS - GULF BREEZE, FL.
(4/28/90) 10 MIN. COLOR
-j- THE STORY BEHIND THE STORY: "THE ZEBRUTTER FILMS;
THE KENEDY ASASSINATION"
(5/13/90) 20 MIN. COLOR/BLACK AND WHITE.
-k- CNN NEWS - SONYA: DR. JACQUES VALLEE - UFO'S.
(5/18/90) 20 MIN. COLOR.
-l- HARD COPY - J.F.K ASASSINATION (5/21/90) 9 MIN. COLOR.
A - 026 -- LET'S LEARN BASIC UFO INVESTIGATION (1989)
Written and Narrated by Bill Knell
90 MIN. COLOR
A - 027 -- THE TRUTH ABOUT THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT:
Preston Nichols, Alfred Bialek, and Duncan Cameron.
(IMPROMPTU LECTURE/QUESTION AND ANSWER SESSION WITH
SLIDES) (1989) 3 HRS. 20 MIN. COLOR
A - 028 -- INSIDE REPORT:
-a- CATTLE MUTILATIONS AND UFO'S
-b- OGGO POGO MONSTER IN CANADIAN LAKE
-c- BIG FOOT CHASER
-d- INVASION UFO: (MOVIE WHICH FOLLOWS ALONG THE LINES
OF ALTERNATIVE 003)
A - 029-a- "UFO'S THE BEST EVIDENCE: (11/89) GEORGE KNAPP
(KLAS TV, LAS VEGAS, NEV.) INCLUDES INTERVIEW
WITH ROBERT LAZAR AND AREA 51 AT GROOM LAKE
1 HR. 35 MIN. COLOR
-b- VIDEO TAPING OF REAL ET?
-c- HARD COPY: GOVERNMENT COVERUP
-d- "BEST EVIDENCE" HIGHLIGHTS
A - 030-a- UFO SPECIAL: "THE BEST EVIDENCE" (11/89) GEORGE KNAPP
(KLAS TV, LAS VEGAS, NEV) INCLUDES INTERVIEW
WITH ROBERT LAZAR AND AREA 51 AT GROOM LAKE
(FIRST COUPLE MINUTES MISSING) 1 HR. 33 MIN COLOR
-b- PLEADIAN CONNECTION: RANDY WINTERS ON BILLY MEIER.
(1989) 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR
-c- SCIENCE REPORT (BRITISH TV): REPORT ON ALTERNATIVE 003
(POOR CONDITION, BUT VIEWABLE, SOUND FAIR TO GOOD)
(JUNE 20, 1977) 51 MIN.
-d- THE JUPITER MENACE: DEALS WITH ALIGNMENT OF PLANETS AND
EARTH CHANGES COLOR
A - 031-a- LLOYD ARNOLD INTERVIEW: UFO CONTACTS AND PSYCHIC
PHENOMENA; FIRST SIGHTING 1915 (SUMER 1988)
1 HR. 32 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO INTERVIEW: LLOYD ARNOLD AND KEN DEMARY; CHANNEL 10
BROOMFIELD, COL. (1988) 1 HR. COLOR
-c- DENVER UFO SOCIETY; KEN DEMARY, CHANEL 10: INNER EARTH
1 HR. COLOR
-d- DENVER UFO SOCIETY: GUEST SPEAKERS; MARY LYNN NOBLE
AND ROBERT ACHZEHNU; ABDUCTIONS (9/23/1988)
2 HR. COLOR
-e- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES; ABDUCTION AND MISSING TIME AT
CAPE COD, MASS. (11/30/88) 23 MIN. COLOR
A -032 -- 1989 MUFON INTERNATIONAL UFO SYMPOSIUM - JUNE 30 - JULY
1 & 2 LAS VEGAS, NEVADA TAPE # 1 OF 2
-a- JOHN LEAR COLOR
-b- BILL COOPER COLOR
-c- BILL ENGLISH COLOR
-d- DON ECKERT COLOR
A -033 -- 1989 MUFON INTERNATIONAL UFO SYMPOSIUM - JUNE 30 - JULY
1 & 2 LAS VEGAS, NEVADA TAPE # 2 OF 2
-a- STANTON T. FRIEDMAN - 1 HR 07 MIN COLOR
-b- WILLIAM L. MOORE - 1 HR 56 MIN COLDR
-c- JACQUES VALLEE - 57 MIN COLOR
-d- JOHN E. BRANDENBURG - 1 HR 18 MIN COLOR
-e- PANEL DISCUSSION; Q/A 51 MIN COLOR
A -034 -a- UNEXPLAINED MYSTERIES: GULF BREEZE, FLA. UFO REPORT
(1-5-1988) 15 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO COVER-UP LIVE FROM WASHINGTON, D.C.
(10-14-1988) 1 HR. 31 MIN. COLOR
-c- INCREDIBLE SUNDAY: MIB'S (MEN IN BLACK)
JOHN KEEL, BETTY LUCA (5-14-1989) 7 MIN COLOR
A -035 -a- CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO'S; LARRY BRIANT
(8-29-1989) 7 MIN COLOR
-b- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (SEASON PREMIER)
"ALMOST TOMORROW; The Second Wave"
(12-1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-c- A CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO LANDING IN RUSSIAN PARK
MICHAEL C. LUCKMAN - DIR., N.Y. CENTER FOR
UFO RESEARCH (12-1989) 10 MIN. COLOR
-d- A CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO SIGHTING IN CENTERVILLE,
IOWA; CAROL DRAKE, RESIDENT
(12-1989) 5 MIN. COLOR
-e- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 2)
"NO DIRECTION HOME"
(1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-f- CBS NEWS REPORT: RUSSIAN UFO LANDING
(12-1989) 1 MIN 15 SEC. COLOR
-g- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 3)
"DOOMSDAY" (1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-h- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: TEXAS GHOST LIGHTS
(10-25-1989) 9 MIN COLOR
-i- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 4)
"TERMINAL ROCK"
(1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-j- THE COUSTEAU ODYSSEY: "CALPSO'S SEARCH FOR
ATLANTAS - PART # 1
(1978) 1 HR. COLOR
-k- A CURRENT AFFAIR : TRIBUTE TO ELVIS'S VISION
OF MUSIC VIDEOS - IMPERSONATOR PERFORMS
BRUCE SPRINGSTEIN'S - "I'M ON FIRE"
(12-1989) 2 MIN 45 SEC. COLOR
-l- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 5)
"BREEDING GROUND" (1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-m- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 6)
"SEFT OF EMUN" (1989) 45 MIN COLOR
A -036 --- UFO'S WHAT'S GOING ON - HBO (1985) 58 MIN COLOR
A -037 -a- PHIL DONAHU SHOW - UFO'S AND TRANCE CHANNELING
WHITLEY STRIEBER, JOYCE DEWITT,
RICHARD LAVELIN & BRIAN O'LEARY
(1988?) 45 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE UNEXPLAINED: UFO'S - WFIE-TV CHANNEL 14 EVANSVILLE, IN
Francis Ridge - MUFON ST. DIRECTOR FOR INDIANA
Video taken at Corydon, In., in Aug. 1987.
(2/15/1989) 2 Min. Color
A -038 --- 34 VARIOUS UFO PROGRAMS FROM 1 MIN TO 49 MIN. DURATION
STORIES INCLUDE: CHARLES HICKSON; WENDELLE
STEVENS; J. ALLEN HYNEK; BUD HOPKINS, ETC. ETC.
(19?? - 1989) 6 HR. COLOR
A -039 -a- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 1 (DEC 5 - 6 -1987)
2 HR COLOR
-b- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 2 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-c- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 3 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-d- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 4 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-e- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 5 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-f- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 6 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
A -040 -a- J. RANDOLPY WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 7 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
COMPLETE PROGRAM: 14 HR. WORK BOOK AVAILABLE
BUT NOT INCLUDED. INQUIRE IF INTERESTED.
=====================================================
-b- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 1 (NOV 7, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
-c- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 2 (NOV 7, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
-d- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 1 (NOV 14, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
-e- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 2 (NOV 14, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
A -041 --- OMNI: "THE REAL E.T.; S . E. T. I"
(1988) APROX. 40 MIN. COLOR
A -042 --- "THE OUTER SPACE CONNECTION" DOCUMENTARY
HOST: ROD STERLING
(1975) 1 HR. 34 MIN COLOR
A -043 -a- "UFO JOURNALS" (1978) 1 HR 32 MIN COLOR
-b- E.T. MONITOR: NASA - PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT
(3-30-91) 24 MIN. COLOR
-c- E.T. MONITOR: UFO'S OVER MILITARY BASES
(3-30-91) 24 MIN. COLOR
A -044 --- NOVA: "UFO'S: ARE WE ALONE? The Truth Behind UFO
Sightings" (1988) 1 HR COLOR
A -045 --- "ATTACK FROM OUTER SPACE" Are We Alone In The Universe?"
(1986) 1 HR 36 MIN COLOR
A -046 -a- "UFO'S IT HAS BEGUN (UFO'S: PAST, PRESENT, & FUTURE)
(1979) 1 HR 34 MIN COLOR
-b- "OVERLORDS OF THE UFO'S" (1976) APROX. 1 HR 45 MIN
COLOR
-c- KNBC-TV LOS ANGELES, 6 PART UFO SPECIAL
(1989) 33 MIN COLOR
A -047 -a- "SAUCERS" KCET-TV, LAS ANGELES - SPECIAL
(NOV 21, 1988) 30 MIN COLOR
-b- KVBC-TV LAS VAGAS; 5 PART UFO SPECIAL
(1988) 20 MIN COLOR
-c- "ON THE RECORD" KLAS-TV, LAS VEGAS - GEORGE KNAPP
PART # 1 JOHN LEAR - UFO BASES IN NEVADA
(1988) 1 HR. COLOR
-d- "ON THE RECORD" KLAS-TV, LAS VEGAS - GEORGE KNAPP
PART # 2 JOHN LEAR - UFO BASES IN NEVADA
(1988) 1 HR. COLOR
A -048 -a- KTTV NEWS T.V., LAS ANGELES, CALF.
UFO SPECIAL REPORT: ABDUCTEES
(1988) 3 MIN COLOR
-b- UFO JOURNALS (1978) 1 HR 32 MIN COLOR
-c- EYEWITNESS NEWS LAS ANGELES, SPECIAL REPORT
UFO'S: WYOMING "ENCOUNTERS"
HOST: PAUL MOYER; OBSERVER: PAT MCGUIRE
WITH: L.A. PSYCHIC MARY COLMAN
AND PSYCHOLOGIST DR. LEO SPRINKLE
(JAN 1980) 15 MIN COLOR
-d- INSEARCH OF: "UFO COVER-UPS" HOST: LEONADR NIMOY
(1980) 22 MIN COLOR
-e- UFO EXCLUSIVE (1979) 1 HR 45 MIN COLOR
-f- THE OUTER SPACE CONNECTION; HOST: ROD STERLING
(1979) 1 HR 34 MIN COLOR
A -049 -a- PAT MCQUIRE RANCHER AND UFOS (1980) 15 MIN COLOR
-b- LOOK AT US...UFO SHOW HOST: RICHARD CRENNA
JOHN SHEPHERD (19??) 7 MIN COLOR
-c- PEOPLE ARE TALKING: "SEARCH FOR UFOS AT MT RAINER"
(10-28-1981) 8 MIN COLOR
-d- LATE NIGHT, DAVID LETTERMAN: "FBI MAN SEES UFO"
(8-6-1982) 9 MIN COLOR
-e- INSEARCH OF: "UFO CAPTIVES" 23 MIN COLOR
(MISSED PART) "UFO LANDINGS" 8 MIN COLOR
"EARTH VISITORS" 23 MIN COLOR
"UFO COVER-UPS" 23 MIN COLOR (1980)
A -050 -a- KNBC-TV; NBC 6 PART UFO SPECIAL (SAME AS A-046 -c-)
(1989) 33 MIN COLOR
-b- SOUND OFF...RANDOLPH WINTERS: "BILLY MEIER STORY"
(JAN, 1987) 22 MIN COLOR
-c- GERALDO: RAP SESSION "UFO ABDUCTIONS"
GUESTS: BUD HOPKINS, DR. BRUCE MACCABE
ABDUCTEES: PETER ROBBINS AND HIS SISTER
HELLEN WHEELS; ROSMARY OSNATO; "LEIGH"
PHOTO PRESENTATION BY: ELLEN CRYSTALL
(11 - 2 - 1987) APROX 42 MIN. COLOR
-d- ASSORTED UFO NEWS CLIP SHORTS: (1) ARNOLD ARIAS; COLLEGE
PROFESSOR AT CHAFFEY COLLEGE, ALTALOMA, CALF.
IN TROUBLE WITH FACULTY FOR IDEAS ABOUT UFOS
(1987?) 2 MIN KABC-TV, LAS ANGELES, CALF
(2) WHITLEY STREIBER; "MR. UFO" NEWS SPECIAL
REPORT (1987) 6 MIN. COLOR
-e- NIGHTLINE: TED COPPLE "MJ -12 DOCUMENTS"
STANTON FREIDMAN AND PHIL CLASS
(1987) APROX 21 MIN. COLOR
A -051 -a- THE STRECKER TAPE: "AIDS"
DR. ROBERT STRECKER
(1988) 2 HR. (APPROX) COLOR
-b- E.T. MONITOR - 4 PROGRAMS
(3-3-91 - 3-10-90 - 3-17-91 - 3-24-91)
30 MIN. EACH COLOR
-c- JAPAN UFO SPECIAL (ENGLISH TRANSLATION)
(10-90) 2 HRS. W/COM. COLOR
A -052-A-a- UFO'S; SATURDAY NIGHT SPECIAL (ENGLISH TRANSLATION)
(3-24-90) 2 HRS. W/COM. COLOR
-b- TOKYO JAPAN UFO SPECIAL (80 PER CENT ENGLISH TRANSLATION)
(1-91) 2 HRS. W/COM. COLOR
-c- SCIENCE FICTION MOVIE: "THEY LIVE"
(Based on idea Alien Society has infiltrated Earth
society and taken over. Only with special Sun
Glasses does the truth become evident.)
(1989) Aprox 1 1/2 HRS. COLOR
A -052-B NIPPON TV PROGRAM ON UFO'S (IN JAPANEESE)
(2/90) 2 HR. W/COM. COLOR
(Audio Transliteration accompanies the video -A- 052-B)
A -053 -a- UFO'S: THE VEGAS VALLEY SIGHTING "FILMS!!!"
(2/20 - 22/90) APROX. 30 MIN. COLOR
DON'T MISS THIS ONE!!!
-b- THE APOLLO 11 MOON LANDING
(7/20/1969) APPROX 1 HR. COLOR/BW
A -054 -a- BILL COOPER: SEDONA, ARIZONA LECTURE:
"THE SECRET GOVERNMENT"
( / /89) 3 HR. COLOR
-b- TWIN CITIES: "FACE TO FACE WITH ALIENS"
1 HR. COLOR
-c- TWIN CITIES: "ABDUCTION CASES - BUD HOPKINS
1 HR. COLOR
A -055 -a- BILLY GOODMAN - USA TONIGHT
(JUNE 24,1990) COLOR
-b- UFO INVESTIGATIONS: THE COVERUP
1 HR. (JAN., 1990) COLOR
-c- INSIDE REPORTS: BOB LAZAR
8 MIN. (JUNE, 1990)
-d- ED WALTERS; GULF BREEZE UPDATE
15 MIN. (JUNE, 1990)
-e- UFO: ROSWELL UPDATE: INSIDE REPORTS
10 MIN (JUNE, 1990)
A -056 -a- COMMUNION: THE WHITLEY STREIBER STORY
1990 COLOR APROX 2 HR.
-b- OUT ON A LIMB: SHIRLEY McLAINE STORY
APROX 3 1/2 HR. COLOR (1988)
A -057 UFO'S: THE FILMS PROVE IT."
1. UPDATE ON THE RUSSIAN OCT. 1989 UFO LANDING
2. UFO FILMS & VIDEO TAPES FROM AROUND THE WORLD
3. UFO NEWSREELS AND STRANGE EVENTS!!!
UPDATED MARCH 27,1990 2 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR/BW
A -058 -a- N.C MUFON MEETING COLOR 2/4/90
-b- THE GODFREY INCIDENT COLOR 54 MIN. 1975
-c- SALLEY JESSY RAPHAEL COLOR 44 MIN. 11/17/88
-d- UFO'S A SCIENTIFIC ENIGMA COLOR 52 MIN. 1975
-e- BROWN MOUNTAIN LIGHTS COLOR 26 MIN ???
A -059 -a- RUSSIAN UFO - JAPANEESE SHOW COLOR APROX 2 HR.
-b- LINDA M. HOWE - GEORGE KNAP, KLAS-TV. LAS VEGAS, NEV.
-c- ROBERT (BOB) LAZAR - COURT APPEARANCE
A -060 -a- NIPPON TV SATURDAY SUPER SPECIAL
"UFO REPORT" COLOR 2 HR. 2/1990
-b- UFO'S OVER SUNRISE MOUNTAIN - LAS VEGAS, NEV.
COLOR APROX 1 HR. 1990
-c- UFO'S WEST SIDE COLOR 1990
-d- UFO'S OVER SAM'S TOWN COLOR 1990
A -061 -a- THE BAMBOO SAUCER (SCIENCE FICTION)
COLOR 1 HR. 43 MIN 1984
-b- LINDA HOWE LECTURE: "UFO'S AND CATTLE MUTILATIONS"
COLOR APROX 2 HR 52 MIN 5/20/90
-c- TOP OF THE DAY COLOR 7 1/2 MIN 5/18/90
-d- AMERICAN MAGAZINE - FYFE, ALA., MUFON CONV., BILLY MEIER
COLOR JULY 2-6/90 37 1/2 MIN
-e- DAVE ABBOTT SHOW, VANCOUVER, BC
COLOR 43 MIN. ???
A -062 -a- BILL KNELL UFO SIGHTING - QUEENS, NY.
4 1/2 MIN NIGHT 12/29/89
-b- MARYLAND UFO SIGHTING
COLOR 16 MIN 5/28/89
-c- OSCAR JORDAN UFO SIGHTING; MOUNT VERNON, IND.
9/27/89 NIGHT 2 1/2 MIN
-d- UNSOLVER MYSTERIES: ENGLAND CORNFIELD CIRCLES
COLOR 16 MIN. 1/31/90
A -063 -a- INSEARCH OF ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS
COLOR 50 MIN.
-b- UFO - GULF BREEZE, FLA.
COLOR MIN. OCT. 5, 1988
-c- UFO COVER-UP LIVE
COLOR 1 HR. 31 MIN. 10/14/88
-d- OSCAR JORDAN TV 25 INTERVIEW
COLOR 2 1/2 MIN DEC. 1988
A -064 UFO'S, THE BEST EVIDENCE #2
COLOR 2 HR. 1990
A -065 -a- HARD COPY: UFO TAPED OVER BELGIUM
COLOR 30 MIN. OCT. 25, 1990
-b- UFO REPORT ON HOWARD BLUMS BOOK: "OUT THERE, ERRORS"
COLOR MIN. OCT. 26, 1990
-c- UFO-NEW HUGH UNIVERSE DISCOVERED
COLOR MIN. OCT. 25, 1990
-d- JAPAN "CROP CIRCLES" IN RICE FIELD
COLOR MIN. OCT. 25, 1990
A -066 -a- OPRA WENFRIED: UFO'S
COLOR 50 MIN. 9/7/90
-b- CBS NEWS: UFO'S
COLOR 2 1/2 MIN. 9/8/90
-c- UNSLOVED MYSTERIES: CORN CIRCLES
COLOR 20 MIN. 9/12/90
-d- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: KECKSVILLE, PA. UFO CRASH
COLOR 30 MIN. 9/19/90
-e- LARY KING SHOW: UFO'S; WHITLEY STREIBER AND HOWARD BLUM
COLOR 1 HR. 9/21/90
-f- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: "THE BRAMUDA TRIANGLE MYSTERY SOLVED?"
COLOR 20 MIN. 9/26/90
-g- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: "GULF BREEZE; HOAX?"
COLOR 20 MIN. 9/31/90
-h- CURRENT AFFAIR: BOB LAZAR; MAN CLAIMS TO WORK ON UFO'S.
COLOR 20 MIN. 10/11/90
A -067 -a- UFO CONNECTION 1990: VARIOUS UFO FILMS
(1990) 2 HOURS COLOR/B&W
-b- TERRAN'S - DAY AND NIGHT FOOTAGE
(10-29; 11-10-1990) 27 MIN. COLOR/NIGHT
-c- VEGAS VALLEY SIGHTINGS
(1990) 25 MIN. COLOR
A -068 -a- GINGER RICHARDSON - BOB LAZAR AND JOHN LEAR
(11-4-90) 24 MIN. COLOR
-b- MARK BLASHAK - UFO SIGHTINGS IN VIRGINIA
(11-4-90) 27 MIN. COLOR
A -069 -a- MEGADEATH - HANGER 18 VIDEO
(1991) 6 1/2 MIN. COLOR
A -070 -a- HOGLAND'S MARS: THE NASA - CYDONIA BRIEFING
(1991) 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR
-b- TOM BEARDON LECTURE: ELECTRO MAGNETIC WAVES
(1985) 1 HR. COLOR
-c- UFO'S THE FINAL WARNING: HITLER AND THE UFO CONNECTION
(1989) 45 MIN. COLOR/B&W
A -071 -a- CBS MORNING NEWS: CONNIE COOK AND UFO MUSIC
(12-90) 4 MIN. COLOR
-b- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: UFO'S
(12-90) 11 MIN. COLOR (A010-i)*
-c- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: THE CASH - LANDRUM UPDATE
(2/6/91) 15 1/2 MIN. COLOR
-d- THE MAN WHO SAW TOMORROW # 2
(2-26-91) 1 HR. COLOR
A -072 -a- CHARLOTTE, N.C. - BUD HOPKINS 2 PM LECTURE
(12-2-90) APROX 2 HRS. COLOR
-b- CHARLOTTE, N.C. - BUD HOPKINS 7:30 PM LECTURE
(12-2-90) 1 HR. 57 MIN. COLOR
-c- EARTH MYSTERIES: ALIEN LIFE FORMS - LINDA M. HOWE
(1990) 2 HRS. COLOR
-d- HENRY MORTON: UFO'S - PURPOSE - COVERUP?
(2-3-91) 6 MIN. PARTIAL PROGRAM COLOR
A -073 UFO'S ON LONG ISLAND - VIDEO DOCUMENTARY PRODUCED BY THE
LONG ISLAND UFO NETWORK - COPYRIGHT 1989 - L.I.U.F.O.N.,
INC.
A -074 -a- HARD COPY - BELGIUM UFO'S
(10/25/90) APROX 20 MIN. COLOR
-b- MARRIED WITH CHILDREN - ALL MEETS GREY ALIENS
(10/4/90) 30 MIN. COLOR
-c- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES - GULF BREEZE UFO'S
(11/13/90) APROX 20 MIN. COLOR
-D- CULVER, INDIANA LIGHTS
(11/13/90) ?? MIN. COLOR
-e- GUESS WHO'S COMING TO CHRISTMAS - Science Fiction
(12/23/90) 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR
-f- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES - CASH, LANDRUM INCIDENT
(2/6/91) ?? MIN. COLOR
-g- WINGS - UFO'S
(2/7/91) ?? MIN. COLOR
-h- AMERICA'S BEST KEPT SECRETS - GULF BREEZE, FLA.
(2/25/91) ?? MIN. COLOR
-h- McGIVER - UFO INCIDENT
(12/3/90) 1 HR. COLOR
-i- INDIANA LIGHTS
(12/6/90) ?? MIN. COLOR
-j- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES - CANADA UFO
(12/12/90) ?? MIN. COLOR
-k- HARD COPY - UFO'S IN SPAIN
(1/22/91) ?? MIN. COLOR
-l- T.V. SERIES: THE INVADERS - EPISODE ONE
"BEACH HEAD"
(1/10/67) 1 HR. COLOR
A -075 NIGHT SIGHTINGS OF UFOS IN CALIFORNIA BY MIKE CONTRERAS
(1990) APROX 1 HR. COLOR
A -076 -a- THE METAPHYSICAL EXPERIENCE: PSYCHIC READINGS, ETC.
(1990) 1/2 HR. COLOR
-b- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES - KECKSBURG, PA.
(1990) ?? MIN. COLOR
-c- E.T. MONITOR - DR. ROBERT BERRY; UFO'S
(4/13/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-d- E.T. MONITOR - DR. ROBERT BERRY; UFO'S
(4/21/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-e- HAUNTINGS - GHOST STORIES, CBS DOCUMENTARY
(5/15/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-f- MIRACLES - ABC DOCUMENTARY
(5/16/91) 1 HR. COLOR
A -077 -a- INTRO TO MOTORIZED UFO: Video Clearing House Yucaipa, Ca.
-b- ALTERNATIVE 003: MOVIE - Audio track out of sync at times.
(1990) APROX 1 HR. COLOR/B&W.
-c- UFO'S; DAVE ARRON, IN THE LION'S DEN
(1990) ?? MIN. COLOR
-d- SERGEI BULANTSEV: UFO'S IN THE USSR (Exclusive interview)
(1990) APROX 1 HR. COLOR
A -078 -a- THE METAPHYSICAL EXPERIENCE: Part # 1.
PRESTON NICKOLS AND DUNCAN CAMERON:
MONTAUK LABS AND PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT
(1991) 30 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE METAPHYSICAL EXPERIENCE: Part # 2.
PRESTON NICKOLS AND DUNCAN CAMERON:
MONTAUK LABS AND PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT
(1991) 30 MIN. COLOR
-c- BILL TENUTO: TALK SHOW
(1991) ?? MIN. COLOR
A -079 DANIEL FRY INTERVIEW BY KEN DEMARY OF THE DENVER UFO SOCIETY.
(AUGUST, 1990) 1 HR. 54 MIN. COLOR
A -080 UFO'S and CHANNELING - DOCUMENTARY
(1989) 50 MIN. COLOR
A -081 -a- E.T. MONITOR: DR. ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(4/27/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-b- E.T. MONITOR: DR. ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(5/3/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-c- STS 38, ATLANTIS SPACE SHOT
(1990??) ?? MIN. COLOR
-d- UFOS FROM GREENSBURG, IND.
(?? ?? ??) ?? MIN. COLOR
-e- T.V. SERIES: THE INVADERS - EPISODE # 6:
(1967) 1 HR. COLOR
-f- HARD COPY - MAN LOOSES JOB/UFOS
(?? ?? ??) ?? MIN. COLOR
-g- E.T. MONITOR: DR. ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(5/11/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-h- E.T. MONITOR: DR. ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(5/17/91) 1 HR. COLOR
A -082 VIDEO AND COMMENTARY OF UFO PHOTOS IN ARIZONA
(1983 - 1989) COLOR
A -083 -a- THE BEST EVIDENCE PART # 3 - 5 PART SERIES: GEORGE KNAPP.
(5/17/91) APROX. 30 MIN. COLOR.
-b- MYSTERIES FROM THE UNKNOWN - CBS UFO DOCUMENTARY
(5/17/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-c- TORN FROM THE LAND: DOCUMENTARY OF AMERICAS FARMERS/LOSS'
(?? ?? ??) ?? MIN. COLOR/B&W
-d- ON THE RECORD: UFOS, ETC.; GEORGE KNAPP
A -084 -a- CAREY BAKER - FYFFE, ALA. UFO STORY
(11/17/90) 2 HRS. 03 MIN. COLOR
-b- ROBYN QUAIL - UFO LECTURE
(10/15/90) 1 HR. 49 MIN. COLOR
-c- WILLIAM HERMAN ABDUCTION CASE
(1991) 1 HR. 40 MIN. COLOR
-d- RECOLLECTIONS OF ROSWELL
(1990) 25 MIN. COLOR
A -085 -a- CLOSER LOOK - NBC DOCUMENTARY
(?? ?? ??) ?? MIN. COLOR
-b- THE RIDDLE OF THE SPHINX: PART # 1 S
(4/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-c- E.T. MONITOR: ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(6/8/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-d- E.T. MONITOR: ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(6/15/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-e- E.T. MONITOR: ROBERT BERRY; UFOS, ETC.
(6/22/91) 1 HR. COLOR
-f- TV SERIES: THE INVADERS; EPISODE # 2
"THE MUTILATION:
(1967) 1 HR. COLOR
-g- TV SERIES: THE INVADERS; EPISODE # 3
"THE EXPERIMENT"
(1967) 1 HR. COLOR
A -086 UFO ABDUCTIONS AND THE GOVERNMENT COVER-UP:
IMPROMPTU DISCUSSION - UFOS AND PSYCHOLOGY
(1991) APROX 1 HR 45 MIN. COLOR
A -087 MORE FILMS FROM THE VEGAS VALLEY, NEV. UFO SIGHTINGS
(1989 - 1990) APROX. 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR/NIGHT
A -088 -a- THE RIDDLE OF THE SPHINX
(4/1991) 70 MIN. COLOR
-b- LOST REALMS: ZECHARIA SITCHIN
(1990) 30 MIN. COLOR
-b- ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS: ZECHARIA SITCHIN
(1990) 30 MIN. COLOR
-c- UFO COVER-UP: COLMAN VONKEVICSKY; STANTON FRIEDMAN
(1991) 30 MIN. COLOR
-d- RICHARD PRICE: ABDUCTEE - PART # 1
(1990) 30 MIN. COLOR
-e- RICHARD PRICE: ABDUCTEE - PART # 2
(1990) 30 MIN. COLOR
-f- OPHRA - MEN WHO WALKED ON THE MOON
(7/19/91) 1 HR. COLOR
A -089 BILL KNELL UFO LECTURE - LOUISVILLE, KY. - RAMADA INN
(7/25/91) 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR
A -090 -a- UFO VIDEO FROM KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE
(4/15/91) APROX. 3 MIN. NIGHT
-b- GRASS CIRCLES ON FARM NEAR KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE
(4/17/91) APROX. 2 MIN. COLOR
-c- 20/20: CROP CIRCLES FROM ENGLAND
(8/2/91) APROX 20 MIN. COLOR
A -091 V - THE MINI SERIES - PARTS 1 - 4
COPYRIGHT 1984
TAPED - (8/7-14-21-28/1991) 6HRS. COLOR
A -092 -a- WILLIAM HERMAN ABDUCTION STORY
(1991) 1 HR. 45 MIN. COLOR
-b- BATTLE FOR PLANET EARTH - JOHN SLOVERN
(1991) 1 HR. 35 MIN. COLOR
-c- V - THE FINAL BATTLE - PART 5
COPYRIGHT 1984
TAPED - (9/4/91) 1 HR. 25 MIN. COLOR
A -093 -a- THE JEFFERSON DESOUZA INTERVIEW - St. Petersburg, Fl.
MIKE CHRISTOL, TOM AND LISE THEOFANOUS
(6/15-16/1991) APROX. 4 HRS. COLOR
-b- THE LARRY KING SHOW -CNN- THE ROSWELL INCIDENT
(7/1/91) 30 MIN. COLOR
A -094 -a- DR. ROBERT STRECKER - "AIDS"
(1988) 1 HR. 40 MIN. COLOR
-b- E.T. MONITOR - THE GREENHOUSE EFFECT &
THE ROSWELL INCIDENT
( ?/91) 20 MIN. COLOR
A -095 -a- DAYTON, OHIO NEWS 5:
BILL KNELL LECTURE & HANGER 18 RPT.
(7/91) 10 MIN. COLOR
-b- CLAUDIA SANDENON UFO LECTURE, Kansas City, Mo.
(2/28/91) 30 MIN. COLOR
-c- MIKE CHRISTOL UFO LECTURE Louisville, Ky. (PARTIAL)
(7/91) 15 MIN. COLOR
-d- E.T. MONITOR - DR. ROBERT BARRY & JACK DANNER, ASTRONOMER
(10/12/91) 50 MIN. COLOR
A -096 ALIEN SEED - ERIK ESTRADA - SCIENCE FICTION!?
SUMMARY: Mary Jordon, an innocent eighteen year old
student finds herself unexplainably impregnated after
a mysterious eleven hour disappearance in the country.
Investigations uncover a complex Alien scheme to deliver
a "messiah" to save the Earth from mankind's corruption.
MJ-12, a secret government agency studying UFO's,
wants to kidnap Mary and control the child for their own
purposes. But Dr. Stone (Erik Estrada) wants the child
dead...at any cost.
When Marry turns up brutally murdered, her sister
Lisa vows revenge...only to find herself the new target
for the alien conception.
(1989) 85 MIN. COLOR
A -097 1991 MUFON SYMPOSIUM, CHICAGO, ILL. TAPE # 1
-a- "WELCOME TO CHICAGO" - JUDY STULTS
-b- "MUFON GREETINGS" - WALT ANDRUS
-c- "INTRODUCTION" - FOREST CRAWFORD
-d- "CROP CIRCLES: HISTERY AND OVERVIEW" - DENNIS STACY
-e- "CEREOLOGY: SCIENCE THESIS" - MICHAEL CHOROST
-f- "MODERN BIOLOGY, CLOSE ENCOUNTERS, & ETH" - MICHAEL SWORDS
-g- "FURTHER EVIDENCE ON ANIMAL MUTILATIONS" - LINDA M. HOWE
-h- "TISSUE CHANGES IN ANIMAL MUTILATIONS"- JOHN ASTSHULER M.D.
-i- "OVERALL UFO CONDTACEE/ABDUCTEE PICTURE" - FOREST CRAWFORD
(7/5-6-7/91) 6 HRS. COLOR
A -098 1991 MUFON SYMPOSIUM, CHICAGO, ILL. TAPE # 2
-a- "OVERALL UFO CONTACTEE/ABDUCTION PICTURE CONTINUES..."
-b- "REALITY OF THE UFO ABDUCTION PHENOMENON" - JOHN CARPENTER
-c- "UPDATE ON CRASHED SAUCERS IN NEW MEXICO"- STANTON FRIEDMAN
-d- "ENGLISH CROP CIRCLES" - COLIN ANDREWS
(7/5-6-7/91) 6 HRS. COLOR
A -099 1991 MUFON SYMPOSIUM, CHICAGO, ILL. TAPE # 3
-a- "GOVERNMENT UFO CONNECTIONS" - SCOTT JONES, PH.D.
-b- "WHAT CAN WE BELIEVE IN ABDUCT ACCOUNTS?" -DAVID JOCOBS, ""
-c- "GULF BREEZE WITHOUT ED" - BRUCE MACCABEE PH.D.
-d- "INSIGHTS INTO ANCIENT ASTRONAUT THEORY" - GENE M. PHILLIPS
-e- "ENGLISH CROP CIRCLES AND DOWSING" - RICHARD ANDREWS
-f- "ENGLISH CROP CIRCLES AERIALS" - BUSTY TAYLOR
-g- "CLOSING" - WALT ANDRUS
(7/5-6-7/91) 6 HRS. COLOR
A -100 SHINING STAR PRODUCTIONS
ALFERED BIELEK: DIMENSIONS IN PARAPSYCHOLOGY
(3/91) 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
New tapes will be added to this list from time to time as i receive
them. Anyone having programs which you do not find listed above, please
contact me if you are interested in trading with me for those on this
list which you do not have.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

413
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2736.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
SUBJECT: UFO VIDEO TAPE LIST FILE: UFO2736
PART 2
Filename: M-Video2.Cat
Type : Catalog
Author : Mike Christol
Date : 11/19/92
Desc : Mike Christol's Video/Audio Catalig list
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Mike Christol
Space Link BBS
US 502/683-3026
FidoNet 1:2310/210
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
METAPHYSICAL AND PARANORMAL AUDIO TAPE LIST
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following list of audio tapes consists of lectures, guided
meditations, meditation music and psychic exercises, such as Astral
Projection, self hypnosis, etc. Anyone wishing a copy of one or more of
these tapes please contact me via Space_Link BBS.
The following tapes are not for sale. They may be acquired by trading
for other material or by donation.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
001 LECTURE - Dr. Raymond Moody, Jr. "LIFE AFTER DEATH"
002 LECTURE - Dr. George C. Ritchie, Jr. "MANY REALMS"
003 LECTURE - 004 LECTURE - Dr. Geddes MacGregor
"REINCARNATION IN CHRISTIANITY"
004 LECTURE - Capt. Ed. Mitchell "THE WONDERS OF SPACE"
005 LECTURE - Capt. Ed. Mitchell "OUTER SPACE AND ESP"
006 LECTURE - Dr. Alex Tannus "YOUR SPIRITUAL DEVELOPMENT
IN A CHANGING WORLD"
007 EXERCISE - Side A - "DEEP MUSCLE RELAXATION"
Side B - "PASSIVE MUSCLE RELAXATION"
008 EXERCISE - Side A - "IMAGERY"
Side B - "IMAGE REHEARSAL"
009 ENVIRONMENTS TAPE - "HEARTBEAT"
This is the first sound you heard as a fetus. Its power
is undeniable. After a great deal of research into
bionic technology, SR has created a heartbeat that, due
to its unusually slow rhythm, produces extraordinary
results during lovemaking and meditation. Also highly
useful for calming newborn infants. (60 min.)
010 TROPICAL RAIN FOREST - Great for meditation or
relaxation.
011 EXERCISE - "HEALING WATERFALL" Guided meditation
012 EXERCISE - Jose Silva "THE SILVA MIND CONTROL METHOD"
013 GUIDED MEDITATION - Max Highstein's "LIGHTBEING"
014 MEDITATION MUSIC - Patric O'Hearn "ANCIENT DREAMS"
015 MEDITATION MUSIC - "LAZARIS REMEMBERS LEMURIA"
016 WEST INDES CHANTS - Side A - "CHANTS AND MEDITATION MUSIC"
Side B - "GREGORIAN CHANTS"
017 EXERCISE - Dick Sutphen
Side A - "CHAKRA BALANCING / ENERGIZING
HYPNOSIS SESSION"
Side B - "ASTRAL PROJECTION / Standard
Lift Out"
018 EXERCISE - Dick Sutphen
Side A - "MEETING YOUR GUIDE AND MASTER"
Side B - "ASTRAL PLANES TOUR"
019 EXERCISE - Side A - "ASTRAL PROJECTION"
Side B - "MIND PROJECTION"
020 EXERCISE - Dick Sutphen - "EMERGENCE INTO THE LIGHT"
021 INSTRUCTIONAL - Donald M. Kraig
Side A - "USING MODERN MAGICK LANGUAGE"
Side B - "USING MODERN MAGIC / RELAXATION RITUAL"
022 EXERCISE - Dick Sutphen
Side A - A Hypnotic Regression; "PRE-BIRTH PLANNING"
Side B - A Hypnotic Regression; "THREE SPECIAL LIVES"
023 EXERCISE - Dick Sutphen
Side A - "ASTRAL PROJECTION PREPARATION"
Side B - "STANDARD SELF HYPNOSIS"
024 LECTURE - Paul Solomon - Source Readings; "EARTH CHANGES
AND NEW HORIZONS"
025 EXERCISE - David Naegele - "JOURNEYS OUT OF THE BODY"
026 LECTURE - Side A - "THE SEVENFOLD WISDOM OF HERMES"
Side B - "RUBAIYAT OF OMAR KHAYYAM"
027 MEDITATION MUSIC - Side A - "AFFIRMATION; HEAVEN AND HELL;
Gymnosphere"
Side B - "TARANSHANTI; ANCIENT ECHOS
028 MEDITATION MUSIC - Both Sides - Aeoliah, "ANGEL LOVE"
028 MEDITATION MUSIC - Side A - Steve Halpern - "SPECTRUM SUITE"
Side B - Steve Halpern - "SUITE..." Continues
Georgia Kelly - "SEAPEACE"
029 MEDITATION MUSIC - Both Sides - Kitaro, "SILK ROAD"
030 MUSIC - "MOODS FOR A STORMY NIGHT"
031 EXERCISE - Georgia Kelly and Emmett Miller - "RAINBOW BUTTERFLY"
Side A - "RAINBOW MEDITATION"
Side B - "AWAKENING THE RAINBOW BUTTERFLY"
032 MEDITATION MUSIC - "GOLDEN VOYAGE" Volume # 1
033 MEDITATION MUSIC - "GOLDEN VOYAGE" Volume # 4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ROBERT MONROE TAPES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
"These tapes are not for sell. They remain the sole property of the
Monroe Institute who retains the copyright. Any resale of these tapes is
illegal and the offender will be subject to prosecution by the Monroe
Institute."
The next series of tapes are from the Monroe Institute Self help course.
They are divided into three different categories:
One, the Explorer tapes which are the recorded reports of the explorers
who are in altered states of consciousness.
Two, an introductional lecture by Robert Monroe and a series of tapes
which include Meta Music, concentration exercises, resonant tuning
exercises, etc., etc...
Three, the instructional tapes themselves, which if practiced will allow
the student to develop the hemispheric synchronization. This consists of
progressing through six different levels of training.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
034
No. 1 - An out-of-body experience. Communication through the
Explorer's vocal chords from other entities. ROMC
No. 2 - From a REBAL, the Explorer is taken into several past-life
regressions. ROMC
No. 3 - A physicist Explorer discusses the human relationship with
higher consciousness and the opportunities for learning and
ways to develop new technology. TCA
No. 4 - The multi-dimensional aspects of the self; how thought forms
limit us; the importance of recognizing the limitlessness of
the soul. Notice of preparation for Earth Changes. ROMC
No. 5 - Introduction to Miranon, coming from level 46 of pure
energy.
The story of Leona and Lemuria. The seven evolutions of
Earth and introduction to the "Cosmology of Seven." SHE
No. 6 - Miranon further explains the "Cosmology of Seven." --- the
levels and planes of existence. The purpose of guides in
helping us overcome our limitations. SHE
No. 7 - What is reality? How humans can gain awareness of the true
reality. The purpose of sleep in balancing human
perception.
Mental illness as a healing process. ROMC
No. 8 - Discussion of consciousness. The importance of breaking
thought barriers by putting knowledge into action. The
purpose of the Christ and the importance of knowing the
Christ consciousness within the self. ROMC
No. 9 - Four Explorers discuss Earth Changes throughout the world,
the reasons for them and what humans can do to avert or
minimize their effects. All foresee coming catastrophe, but
many beneficial results in the next 20 + years. TC, SHE,
MC, JOC
No. 10 - A meeting with several entities who have passed over to the
other side. Discussion of their activities and perceptions
now of physical existence. A discussion of food and energy.
MJA
No. 11 - The five levels of human consciousness. The importance of
overcoming limiting thoughts and being responsible for one's
own self. ROMC
No. 12 - TC reports his travels and his communications with other
entities. Message on the levels of human consciousness.
TC
No. 13 - Miranon discusses health and energy, walking, the corres-
pondence of the seven energy centers of the body with the
seven levels of human existence; growth and death as one.
More discussion of vibrational levels and definitions of
what we call good and evil. SHE
No. 14 - Left and right hemispheres of the brain. The 14 triangles
of safety in the U.S. Discussion of higher consciousness.
Miranon prepares to move from level 46 to higher planes.
SHE
No. 15 - Relation of energy and the physical body. Simultaneous
existences. Nature of the personality. Discussion of food.
JCA
No. 16 - The effects of auditory signals on the brain. The
importance of balancing and integrating male/female
principles within the self. Arrival to Earth of non-
physical entities to prepare humans for coming Earth
Changes. TC
No. 17 - The rescue of Patrick, who has died more than 100 years ago,
but refuses to accept his death. ROMC
No. 18 - Story of the Creation. The created as the Creator and the
unity of all things.
No. 19 - A message about Christ Consciousness, love and fear. NVP
No. 20 - Attachments, including religious beliefs, as major stumbling
blocks to spiritual development. Comments on Earth Changes.
MJL
No. 21 - A meeting with Father Time. Encounters with other forms of
existence, each with a message. JCA
No. 22 - Comments from the Council of Love about the dawning of the
Aquarian Age. Lessons that Man must learn. NKH
No. 23 - Robert Monroe reviews the past ten years of h is work. Life
as wave forms. Comments on reincarnation. RAM
No. 24 - Robert Monroe describes his laboratory procedures. Excerpts
from some Explorer tapes. Final report from Miranon. RAM
035
A - NEW FRONTIERS OF CONSCIOUSNESS - Robert Monroe
B - INTRO ENERGY BAR TOOL
C - HEMI-SYNC LECTURE
D - RESONANT TUNING (Very important to practice often)
E - CONCENTRATION AID
F - META MUSIC - GREEN
G - META MUSIC - BLUE
H - MEMI-SYNC - SURF
I - LIVE BETTER - LIVE LONGER
J - HEMI-SYNC OPEN EXERCISE
K - MOMENT OF REVELATION
L - GUIDE TO SERENITY
M - MENTRONICS SLEEP TAPE
N - HP 10 - BASIC
O - HIGH PERFORMANCE 10 - SLEEP
P - HP 10 - SLEEP
Q - RELAX AND RECHARGE IN 30 MIN.
R - RETAIN - RECALL - RELEASE
S - CABLE CAR RIDE (Wake up tape)
T - FOREST TEACHER
U - ALERT AND AWAKE
V - META MUSIC SUNSET
W - META MUSIC DOWNSTREAM
X - LIVING BODY MAP - Exercise # 1 and # 2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
036 Wave I - Discovery: Understanding Hemi-Sync...establishing
Focus 10 (mind awake, body asleep)...mind tools...energy
conversion box...resonant tuning...resonant energy balloon...
release of emotions, fears...sleep exploration...free flow 10.
1 - GATEWAY DISCOVERY
Orientation
2 - GATEWAY DISCOVERY
Intro Focus 10
3 - GATEWAY DISCOVERY
Advanced Focus 10
4 - GATEWAY DISCOVERY
Release - Recharge
5 - GATEWAY DISCOVERY
Explore - Sleep
6 - GATEWAY DISCOVERY
Free Flow 10
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
037 Wave II - Threshold: Establishing Focus 12 (expanded
awareness, non-physical perception)...new mind tools...living
body map for physical maintenance...energy bar tool, the mental
"magic wand"...problem-solving techniques at the mental
level...setting future patterns, one month...color as energy
catalyst.
1 - THRESHOLD
Introduction - Focus 12
2 - THRESHOLD
Problem Solving - Focus 12
3 - THRESHOLD
One month Patterning - Focus 12
4 - THRESHOLD
Color Breathing - Focus 10 & 12
5 - THRESHOLD
Energy Bar Tool
6 - THRESHOLD
Introduction - Living Body Map (See 035 - X for more exercises)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
038 Wave III - Freedom: Perceiving distant events...inner
awareness, answers to five basic questions...non-physical
navigation training...controlled floating practice...energy
food... practice in first stage separation.
1 - FREEDOM
Lift Off - Focus 10
2 - FREEDOM
Remote Viewing - Focus 10
3 - FREEDOM
Vectors - Focus 12
4 - FREEDOM
Five Questions - Focus 12
5 - FREEDOM
Energy Food - Focus 12
6 - FREEDOM
First stage Separation - Focus 12
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
039 Wave IV - Adventure: Advanced future patterns, one year...
five personal messages...free flow 12, for extended exploration
...non-verbal communication (NVC)...application of NVC in other
energy systems...meetings with high tech friends...lessons in
protocol.
1 - ADVENTURE
One Year Patterning
2 - ADVENTURE
Five Messages
3 - ADVENTURE
Free Flow 12
4 - ADVENTURE
NVC 1
5 - ADVENTURE
NVC 2
6 - ADVENTURE
Compoint 12
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
040 Wave V - Exploring: Traveling the inner or outer universe...
expanding thoughts beyond previously charted paths...exploring
in NVC free flow 10 and 12...new vistas of perception...
exploring the realms of sleep...opening doors to unexplored
places within.
1 - EXPLORING
Mission 10
2 - EXPLORING
Mission 12
3 - EXPLORING
Mission - Day
4 - EXPLORING
Mission - Night
5 - EXPLORING
Horizons
6 - EXPLORING
Pathways
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
041 Wave VI - Prospecting: Digging for treasures within the mind...
tools to explore and find "diamonds of thought"...experiencing
near and far reaches...training in Null Point...Plus Polarity
potential...Bio-body discoveries...Metamorphosis.
1 - PROSPECTING
Metamorphosite
2 - PROSPECTING
Bio-body
3 - PROSPECTING
Null-Point
4 - PROSPECTING
Plus Polarity
5 - PROSPECTING
Near Reaches
6 - PROSPECTING
Far Reaches
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
042 Medical Tapes: For those who may be preparing for surgery these
tapes will prove extremely useful.
1 - P8006 - E.T. - Pre-Op: To be used prior to surgery.
2 - P8007 - E.T. - Intra-Op: To be used during surgery.
3 - P8008 - E.T. - Recovery: Post operation tape.
4 - P8009 - E.T. - Recuperation: To be used in the weeks after
surgery.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

214
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2737.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
SUBJECT: GULF BREEZE UPDATE 7/20/93 FILE: UFO2737
Tue 20 Jul 93 9:53
By: Vince Johnson
To: All
Re: Gulf Breeze Update
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following file is courtesy of HUFON REPORT, the
newsletter of the Houston UFO Network. For more information call (713)
850-1352.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gulf Breeze Update
"Bubba" Back in Dramatic Daylight Sightings
by Andy Abercrombie
With what may prove to be the BIG Story of 1993, the town of Gulf
Breeze, Florida, again steps into the UFO spotlight with a blockbuster of a
story... videotaped and still footage of a structured daylight disk! No, this
is not another Mexico City misidentification of the planet Venus but, rather,
what appears to be the "real thing" as both the video and the Polaroid photo
have been analized and proclaimed to be genuine by not only MUFON's Jeff Sainio, but optical physicist, Dr. Bruce Maccabee as well. As many of you know, since
1987, Gulf Breeze, Florida, has been nick-named the unofficial UFO capital of
the world due to the extraordinary number of sightings that have been
witnessed and recorded there. The most famous photos were those taken by Ed
Walters and published in the book detailing his experiences, The Gulf Breeze
Sightings, in 1990. Until July of 1992, skywatchers had documented an average
of 7 to 8 sightings a month... after that, the elusive UFO, affectionately
named "Bubba," apparently disappeared for his 30,000 light-year check-up. But
then toward the end of November , a few phone calls were received saying that
"Bubba" was back. These reports turned out to be true, but the UFO's visits
have become much less frequent. I've been told if the Gulf Breeze Research
Team is lucky, now they'll have a sighting about once ev ery two weeks, so the
appearance of a structured craft during the daylight hours is a truly
significant development.
In a telephone interview with Bland Pugh, MUFON investigator and
editor of the Florida MUFON News ( and creator of one of the finest red-
beans-and-rice recipes in the Northern Hemisphere), the following facts were
reported: On March 25, a Mr. Martin "Allen" looked up and saw something coming
out of the northwest at a tremendous rate of speed. He first thought it must
be some type of aircraft he'd never seen before. Later, the object reappeared
and again moved tow ard him from the same direction and toward the southeast.
The next day, "Allen" set up his video camera in hopes of recording the object
and that's exactly what it did! Returning from having gotten an apple inside
his house, he was stunned to see the sa me UFO coming at himfrom the southeast.
The camera recorded the whole sequence as the UFO sped across the screen. In an
article by Bland appearing in the June 9th issue of The Islander,"Allen" said,
" I couldn't believe my eyes when I first saw that round, silver thing racing
across the sky. But, when it shot overhead a second time, I knew it wasn't a
normal airplane. By God, I knew it was that UFO that I read about in the
newspaper! It was round and kind of crown-shaped with a lower level and a dark
red circle in the bottom center." It was at that point that Bland decided to
enlist the aid of another MUFON investigator, Gary Watson, well known for his
investigation of the Ed Walters case. That decision proved to be a timely one
as less than a week later, on March 31, Bland said he received another call
from "Allen." This time he said he had videoed the same UFO hovering out over
the Gulf of Mexico from his home on Santa Rosa Isl and. After being recorded
for about 45 seconds, the UFO made an extraordinary exit to the southeast.
Allen exclaimed, "It was fast, real fast! I videotaped it! I couldn"t believe
this was happening and that it was happening in broad daylight!" Bland tol d me
that when he saw the tape that night, he couldn't believe it either but, there
it was... hovering with the sun reflecting off of it and the clouds moving
behind it, sat the UFO. The object was silver in color and reflected the light
of the sun. It seemed that "Bubba" had definitely returned and, this time,
without a hint of shyness.
On April 2, Bland received yet another call from "Allen" saying that
at 10:30 that morning, because the batteries on his video camera weren't
charged, he'd photographed the UFO with his Polaroid camera! This time the
object had been hovering ov er the beach to the south of his home. Charles
Flannigan, Florida State Director for MUFON, was now also called into the
investigation, and the decision was made to forward the videos and Polaroid
photo to Jeff Sainio, Photo Analyst and Manager of Imaging Research and
Development at the Quad/Tech division of Quad/Graphics in Wisconsin. Dr. Bruce
Maccabee, optical physicist for the U.S. Naval defense lab in Maryland, was
also contacted and both Sainio and Maccabee were given the original of the
Polaroid photo for analysis. After two weeks of intensive tests and several
calls for additional information, such as weather reports and atmospheric
conditions, Jeff Sainio submitted his findings and returned the videos and
photo to the investigative team. The results: The UFO is genuine and not a
hoax. According to Sainio, in the first video, the UFO's speed in relation to
its size eliminates all aircraft as a cause, since known airplanes can't move
this fast. A 100-foot long fighter jet would need to move 300 feet, 3 times its
own length, in 1/30 second, or 9,000 feet per second or about 6,000 mph. below
clouds at 7, 000 feet. To stay below the sound barrier, a plane length of 10
feet would be required. Of the second video, where the UFO is seen hovering
motionless over the Gulf and then fla shes off, Sainio says in The Islander,
"Initial calculations show the UFO accelerated, then slowed 20% and then
surpassed 2,000 mph, all in under l/lOth of a second!" Dr. Maccabee's
assessment of the March 24 video states, "A frame-by-frame analysis shows
that the object moved so fast it traveled several times its own length in each
frame, making rectangular images on the screen. It only took about one sec ond
to cross the nearly 30<33> field of view of the camera. Unfortunately, the actual
speed cannot be determined because the distances are not known, but estimates
range from several hundred to several thousand mph corresponding to distance
estimates of 1,000 to 10,000 feet."
Concerning the second tape, Dr. Maccabee stated, "The video
shows a compact image with a bright area which may be the sun glint from a
metal surface. As he tracked the object, it suddenly disappeared from his
viewfinder. When viewing t he video at normal playback speed, the object
appears to streak to the right, off the screen and almost too fast to see.
Frame analysis shows that the object accelerated at a tremendous rate. The
actual acceleration cannot be calculated because, again, the distance is not
known. However, if the assumed distances are only 1,000 feet, then the
videotape shows that it accelerated at about 500g's (500 times the acceleration
of gravity which is about 100 times greater than a jet) and reached a speed
twice t hat of sound before it passed out of view of the camera. Yet there was
no sound! At an assumed 1,000 ft. distance, the size of the object was a bit
less than 10 feet. For other assumed distances, the size, acceleration and
departing speed are proportiona l to the distance." Regarding the photo taken
on April 2, Dr. Maccabee said, "This photo shows a circular object to the south
at an angular of 60<36> to 79<37>. The sun in the east made a shiny glint at the left
side. In the perspective view from below, the object appe ars like a layer cake
with the upper layer having a larger diameter than the lower layer. The image
is too small and at the wrong angle to reveal any windows in the side of either
layer. There is a slight hint of a protuberance at the top, but this migh t be
a photographic artifact." As if all of this photographic evidence wasn't
enough, there's more! On Friday, April 21, Bland reported he received a color
slide and a map from a gentleman named Thomas "Bryant," a visiting elected
official from Alabama. The map pointed to a location called the Sugar Bowl in
the Big Sabine area, at the east e nd of Pensacola Beach. The slide showed a
beach scene of sand dunes, sea oats and shrub bushes but, most importantly,
what appears to be the same UFO that Martin "Allen" had photographed. The map
contained a hand written note dated April 2, and 2:30 pm a s the time of day.
Mr. Thomas "Bryant" who had withheld his name for political reasons, said, "At
first I told myself that what I saw had to be something from the military, but
I know of nothing that can suddenly appear, hover and disappear like it did."
Both Sainio and Maccabee, I am told;, will have the opportunity to
analyze this slide, but according to Bland, there's no doubt it is the
identical craft that Martin "Allen" had photographed at 10:30 am that same day!
At this point, I could no longer wait to ask Bland the BlG question... were
these new objects the same ones that Ed Walters had photograpphed in 1987?
Bland's response was, "They could be brothers." I learned a few days later,
according to the story on the front page of The Islander, that both experts,
Sainio and Maccabee, agreed that "the overall shape of the object resembles,
but is not identical to, the shape of the objects photographed by Ed Walters."
Could it be that during "Bubba's" absence from July to November of 1992, that
its owner traded up to a newer model? Who knows, but stay tuned! This is an
on-going investigation that will probably continue for quite some time. In
conclusion, I would like to note that it is to the credit of the Gulf Breeze
investigators that they have "sat" on this story for over two months until they
and their independent experts had verified the evidence before releasing this
repor t to the public. Thanks for a job well done, guys !
Epilogue: In an earlier and, perhaps, related story, Bland Pugh was
the investigator on a case concerning mysterious markings at the first of this
year. In an article written for the May/June issue of the Florida MUFONNews,
Bland writes, "The story began on January 9, when "Bill" went to Pensacola
Beach at sundown to skywatch. It is not unusual for someskywatchers, myself
included, to go out by themselves. After parking, he set up his equipment for
what he hoped would be a sighting. He didn't have to wait long. Over the Gulf
appeared the bright light of the Gulf Breeze UFO. "Bill" looked at the object
through his 8x40 binoculars for a minute or so when he began to feel his face
flushing hot. Then his face felt like it had been exposed to cold for a long
period of time. Putting the binoculars down, he began to feel nauseated and
even a little faint. After about a minute, the dizziness seemed to be passing
somewhat. He looked for the UFO, but it was gone. "Bill" climbed into his
vehicle to regain his composure. By now, the time was something like 8:00 pm.
He headed for Shoreline Park where a skywatch was underway. He told the people
at the park about his experience and was standing around talking when he
discovered he'd hurt his hand. Noticing the small amount of blood on the back
of his right hand, "Bill" thought that he must have hit it on something while
gathering his equipment and putting it into his vehicle. He didn't think too
much about it after that. On Friday of the next week, "Bill" showed me his
hand and said he was a little concerned about it because it hadn't healed, only
gotten worse. When he first discovered the marks, they were only small
perforations. They progressively got larger . Towards the first of the week,
the enlargement of each separate wound prompted him to call a doctor about it,
as it was very unusual in nature. The wound consisted of a circle of seven
separate and evenly spaced punctures, with one in the center. When "Bill"
talked to the doctor, he was told that he had "seen this type of wound
before." As of this writing, the circles are still visible on "Bill's" hand. He
has asked me to write this article in hopes that anyone with a similar mark
would contact him through me. Please write me (Bland Pugh) at P.O. Box 6111,
Gulf Breeze, FL 3 2561. All replies will be kept confidential. Please include
your address, telephone number and, if possible, a picture of the affected area
ONLY."
In my 20-minute conversation with Bland on Sunday evening, June 20, I asked,
since Bland had been the investigator on this case, if he felt the incident may
have been hoaxed. Bland's response was "No," based on two reasons. First, the
integrity of the w itness who, surprisingly, did not feel that he had been
abducted or was missing any time and, secondly, the flood of similar accounts
he has recelved since the reporting of this incident in The Islander and the
Florida MUFON News.
People in southern Florida, several other Eastern states, and as far
away as England have also recounted mysterious wounds forming exactly the same
pattern on different extremities. Bland added that one case in Oklahoma dated
as far back as 1981. As it now appears that this new Gulf Breeze case is not
an isolated incident or unique in its character. Bland tends to feel the
circular pattern of wounds is genuinely of a mysterious nature and, therefore,
is deserving of further investigation. In response to the question concerning
the cause of these markings, Bland said at the present time, he has no idea,
nor has he heard of any theories being advanced on what is producing this
peculiar pattern of marks. Is the mystery UFO-related, or is this another
"syringe in the Pepsi can" phenomenon? Only time will tell. Meanwhile, the
investigation and reports of additional cases continue. All I can say is to
keep looking up and behind you... you don't know what may be watching you!
** End **
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

329
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2738.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON THE FACE ON MARS FILE: UFO2738
This file is an ASCII version of the Executive Summary from "THE
McDANIEL REPORT," a 200-page analysis of the methodology
employed by researchers studying enigmatic objects on the surface
of Mars, including the well-known "face." The report also analyzes
NASA's policy regarding these objects. The author is Professor
Emeritus and former Chairman of the Philosophy Department at
a California State University. The file should be of interest not
only to those curious about the "Face on Mars," phenomenon, but
also to any persons studying Mars and Mars exploration.
------------------------------------------------
INTRODUCTION to the ASCII version:
The subject of the "Face on Mars" has been regularly discussed
on computer forums. In general, the discussion has been hampered
by rampant misinformation, and frequently by apparently deliberate
disinformation. The excerpt from "The McDaniel Report" provided
below is offered in the spirit of rational inquiry, in the hope that it
will assist in upgrading the level of the discussion. However, the
issues surrounding the "Face on Mars" phenomenon go beyond
those in the "paranormal" and "ET" forums. The role of govern-
ment in science, the appropriate methodologies for studying
and evaluating objects on planetary surfaces by remote imaging,
and the ethical principles affecting SETI research,
are among the issues raised in the report. It is hoped that
this file, therefore, will be made available in the "general"
sections of computer forums on science.
Statements made in the summary below are documented
and explained in detail in the full report. This material is
under copyright and all rights are reserved. Copies of this file
may be transferred to other computer forums provided
the material is unchanged. Inquiries may be directed to:
Professor S. V. McDaniel, 1055 W. College Avenue #273
Santa Rosa, CA 95401. (Internet 75320.3666@compuserve.com)
------------------------------------------------
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - The McDaniel Report
Since 1979, a number of highly qualified independent
investigators have engaged in an extensive analysis of photographs
taken by the 1976 Viking Mars mission. These photographs appear
to be evidence that some landforms in the Martian region called
Cydonia may be artificial.
A comprehensive analysis of the data supporting this
hypothesis, using established criteria for scientific
methodology, shows that the methods of research pursued by the
independent investigators are basically sound. There is a reasonable
doubt as to the natural origin of the Cydonian objects. Reputable
scientists in several fields, including physics, astronomy, and
geology, have expressed their confidence in the overall integrity of
this report and have called for further active investigation of these
landforms by NASA. Among them are Dr. Robert M. Schoch,
Associate Professor of Science and Mathematics (geology), Boston
University; Dr. Horace Crater, Professor of Physics, University of
Tennessee Space Institute; Dr. David Webb, Professor of Space
Education, Research, and Technology at Embry-Riddle University,
Daytona Beach, Florida; Dr. Thomas Van Flandern, former Head,
Celestial Mechanics Branch, U. S. Naval Observatory; James
Berkland, former Assistant Professor of Geology, Appalachian State
University; and L. J. Angstrom, the great-grandson of the famous
physicist A. J. Angstrom and Director of the prestigious Angstrom
Foundation in Stockholm, Sweden.
However, during the seventeen years since the
controversial landforms were discovered, NASA has
maintained steadfastly that there is "no credible evidence"
that any of the landforms may be artificial. A close look at
NASA's arguments reveals that NASA's "evaluation" has
consisted largely of initial impressions from unenhanced
photographs, heavily weighted by faulty reasoning
(thoroughly documented in this report). NASA has failed to
apply any special methods of analysis; it has relied upon
flawed reports; it has failed to attempt verification of the
enhancements and measurements made by others; and it
has focused exclusively on inappropriate methodology
which ignores the importance of context. There remains no
scientific basis for NASA's position regarding the
landforms.
Finally, NASA has based its evaluation almost
exclusively on the alleged existence of disconfirming
photographs which it has never identified, and has
recently admitted it is unable to identify.
Instead of carrying out legitimate scientific inquiry,
NASA has regularly sent false and misleading statements
regarding the landforms to members of Congress and their
constituents. NASA has condoned efforts to unfairly
ridicule and discredit independent researchers, and has
insisted that there is a "scientific consensus" that the
landforms are natural despite the fact that the only real
scientific study of the landforms indicates a clear
possibility that they are artificial.
Of the various landforms investigated by the
independent teams and individuals, the one that began the
research, referred to as the "Face" because of its
resemblance to a humanoid face, has undergone one of the
most exhaustive series of tests for the evaluation of digital
images originating from an interplanetary probe available
to scientists today. The data collected in the course of
these investigations appears to be highly reliable.
The most advanced techniques of image enhance-
ment, photoclinometry and fractal analysis, confirmed by
cross-checking and thoroughly documented, have been
used. The investigators are acknowledged experts in their
fields with strong academic and professional qualifications.
In every test, the data has consistently tilted in the
direction of artificial, rather than natural, origin.
Moreover, the various tests performed, including
anthropometric and aesthetic evaluation, have been
mutually cross-confirming.
In September 1992 a new spacecraft, the Mars
Observer, was launched. Now reported lost, the Mars
Observer carried a camera capable of taking high-
resolution photographs that would almost certainly have
settled the question of artificiality. But NASA's position
regarding the priority assigned to photographs of the
landforms has been throughout to resist any consideration
of their possible artificial origin. NASA's equivocal
statements on the issue of priorities indicated a clear
likelihood that new photographs of the suspect landforms
would not be obtained, or would not be released if they
were obtained.
If NASA's Mars Observer policy remains
unchanged, future missions to Mars will almost certainly
not include any meaningful effort to settle the question of
artificiality. NASA is in the process of evaluating options
for a new Mars launch as early as October, 1994. As of this
writing, the selection of the spacecraft and instrumenta-
tion to be used for a new launch is under way. Allowing
the previous policy to dominate in a new mission would
constitute a reprehensible abdication of a clear and
compelling social responsibility.
In 1960, a report titled Proposed Studies on the
Implications of Peaceful Space Activities for Human
Affairs was delivered to the Chairman of NASA's
Committee on Long-Range Studies. The report was
prepared under contract to NASA by the Brookings
Institution, Washington, D.C. The report outlines the need
to investigate the possible social consequences of an
extraterrestrial discovery and to consider whether such a
discovery should be kept from the public in order to avoid
political change and a possible "devastating" effect on
scientists themselves due to the discovery that many of
their own most cherished theories could be at risk.
The concept of withholding information on a
possible extraterrestrial discovery conflicts with an
understood NASA policy to the effect that information on
a verified discovery of extraterrestrial intelligence should
be shared promptly with all humanity. A report on the
cultural aspects of the search for extraterrestrial intelli-
gence (SETI) is presently being prepared for publication
by the NASA Ames Research Center. In this report, the
position that NASA would not withhold such data from the
public is said to be strongly supported.
NASA's actual behavior in the specific case of the
Martian objects, however, does not appear to be consistent
with this policy. NASA has regularly distributed
documents containing false or misleading statements
about its evaluation of the Face to members of Congress
and to the public. The absence of legitimate scientific
evaluation of the landforms by NASA, its ignoring of the
relevant research, its apparently exaggerated warnings
that such photographs would be extremely difficult to
obtain, the possible sequestering of the data under the
aegis of "private contract," and the ambiguous language
used by NASA officials to generate a sense of complacency
around the issue all support the suspicion of a motivation
contrary to the stated policy.
When forwarded inquiries from constituents by
United States Senators and Representatives, NASA has
provided answers which may appear plausible to the
uninformed, but which cannot withstand even the
slightest logical scrutiny. Among the various misleading
assurances given by NASA are those having to do with
NASA's policy for Mars Observer Camera data release. On
the first mission to Mars in seventeen years, with growing
public interest in the artificiality hypothesis and NASA's
vigorous resistance to that hypothesis, NASA made a
radical change in the way photographic data from the
spacecraft would be handled. Unlike previous missions,
there was to be no conveyance of camera data to the public
as soon as it was received and converted into viewable
images (what is often called "live" transmission). Instead,
images from the Mars Observer Camera would be under
the exclusive control of a private contractor for up to six
months after acquisition.
This same private contractor had been given sole
authority to determine, not only what images would be
released and when, but even what objects would be
photographed by the high resolution camera. That
contractor, Dr. Michael Malin, is an outspoken opponent of
the hypothesis of possible artificiality. Dr. Malin's
arguments against the hypothesis of possible artificiality
have been uniformly fallacious (as is thoroughly detailed
in the report). Thus the interests of the American public in
relation to Mars Observer Camera data were effectively
turned over to the evidently biased decisions of a private
individual.
The credibility gap widened as NASA, using
contractual technicalities, insisted that it was treating
Mars Observer imaging data "no differently" than data
from previous missions despite the fact that the end
result would have been radically different as far as
immediate public access and public accountability were
concerned. It is impossible, from a logical standpoint, to
see NASA's efforts to claim "no change in previous policy"
as anything but a transparent attempt at misdirection.
In the face of growing public clamor, NASA also
began to make assurances that the "Cydonia region"
where the landforms are located was scheduled to be
photographed by the high-resolution Camera. NASA
clearly attempted to put the public at ease by making it
appear that the landforms would likely be photographed
because of NASA's general interest in the geology of the
"region." But the Cydonia region is a vast area, and high-
resolution photography would cover only a very small
percentage of that area. No special priority for the
landforms in question has ever been contemplated. Under
the standing policy, the likelihood is high that the
landforms will not be photographed, regardless of
assurances about the "region."
Given the importance of the subject and the urgent
need to take action, I have put forward the following
recommendations. These recommendations apply to the
Mars Observer mission in the event the spacecraft is
recovered, and to any future missions, including a mission
specifically to replace the Mars Observer.
1. Assuming Mars Observer is not recovered, NASA will
select a replacement spacecraft carrying instrumentation
capable of achieving high-resolution imaging of the
Martian surface at least superior to that of the Viking
missions of 1976, and having the highest degree of camera
flexibility possible, including pointing capability.
2. NASA and any private contractor who may be involved
in imaging, by agreement, will assign a level of priority to
the suspect landforms that will ensure the obtaining of
high-resolution photographs of those landforms, using all
means at their disposal, subject only to uncertainties
beyond their control. This priority level will be entered
into the imaging Target Data Base and taken into
consideration in mission sequencing. The stated purpose of
taking such photographs will include the possibility that
they are of artificial origin.
3. The camera operator will plan for and initiate high-
resolution imaging sequences on every occasion (20 to 30
times in the case of Mars Observer) during which the
spacecraft groundtrack is within the area from 8 to 10 deg.
longitude, such that the image strips include the area 40.4
to 41.2 deg. N. latitude.
4. All imaging data gathered during camera passes over
the area specified above will be placed in the category
"newsworthy" and will not be subject to the proprietary
aspects of any Principal Investigator's contract with
NASA. This includes the raw data prior to processing, but
after the camera data has been separated from that of
other instrumentation.
5. The scientific community and the general public will be
given advance notice, within the constraints of
predictability, as to when each such pass will occur, in
order to prepare to receive the data.
6. The raw data for the specific area indicated above will
be released to scientists and to the public upon receipt at
JPL with no time delay.
7. Video image conversion of data received in the same
passes will be released in a continuous stream to NASA
Select-TV, PBS, and others who desire to receive it. NASA
will be held accountable for any inordinate delay between
receipt of the raw data and release of video imagery. No
delay should occur other than the minimum time period
necessary for computers to convert the data to video form.
NASA should provide in advance specific technical details
of what procedures are necessary for conversion and how
long they are likely to take.
8. Video image conversion of all high-resolution camera
activity, regardless of location on the planet's surface, will
be released in a continuous stream to NASA Select-TV,
PBS, and others who desire to receive it throughout the
course of the mission. Because of its extreme importance,
this data release will take precedence over regular NASA
programming for as long as is necessary to achieve the
goal of providing the public with open access to the data
that may settle the question of artificiality.
9. A blue-ribbon interdisciplinary panel of independent
scientists and lay persons should be appointed to inquire
into the circumstances surrounding NASA's questionable
behavior in regard to the suspect landforms in particular,
and NASA's concept of SETI (Search for Extraterrestrial
Intelligence) methodology with respect to the solar system,
particularly Mars and the Moon. Among the panel's
charges should be the undertaking of an unbiased
scientific evaluation of the data gathered by the
independent researchers to date, and an oversight
committee to monitor NASA's compliance with the
additional recommendations set forth above.
------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

54
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2739.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON THE MEN IN BLACK FILE: UFO2739
SUBJECT: MEN IN BLACK . . .
In the past , a certain number of people often come around, they ask
people who see space crafts all sorts of questions, then after they get
the information they would threaten them with everything in the book ,
if they didn t shut up about the sighting. They were called "THE MEN IN
BLACK" because they wore black suits and drove black cars. My teacher
once told me not to attack them because they would just do away with
me. He said that my elder brothers would take care of them. Due to the
fact that the information is coming out about them now, it seems that
it should be O.K. for me to repeat the information, so here goes;
They are from the Sirius star system. Although most of the "good"
type beings are from that system, such as Kadar, they refer to the men
in black's planet as a rather , unsightly planet;; and from their frame
of reference, they do not claim them to be their own, but they must
acknowledge that they are, even within their dimension, located within
our system. They do have the ability to change alter their appearances,
some- what,. Our U.S. government is now cooperating with the Sirians;
and the question was asked, what is the power that the entire
government has to go along with them? They have weapon sources, (I must
circumspect...) that are believed by the powers on this planet, to be
absolutely dominating. In other words, the government believes they are
looking down the barrel of a very big gun. The Sirians are in the
second dimension soon to go into the third. We are in the third, soon
to go into the fourth. The sirians are trying to prevent us from going
into the fourth dimension.
The negative Sirians are involved with these cattle mutilations
because of their desire create a species that can perpetuate itself in
the harshest of conditions.
The people from Zeta Reticuli aren't doing the mutilations, but the
"primitive" Zeta reticulans, which are from (what we would consider) to
be from the the past, (please don't ask me to explain! J.W) are helping
the Sirians.
One of the beings that was being interviewed while he was asleep is
called B'zal. You talk about a tough dude. . . He would make the worst
person on earth look like Mr. Rogers.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

71
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2740.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
SUBJECT: M.I.B. EXPERIENCE - 1976 FILE: UFO2740
M.I.B. EXPERIENCE - 1976 *
----------------------------
In 1976 the journal "Flying Saucer Review" published a series of
articles about a UFO case in Maine. A physician, Dr. Herbert Hopkins,
had been one of the primary investigators in the case. Hopkins had
accumulated tapes and other documentation on the case and had performed
extensive hypnotic regression on the witnesses.
On Saturday, September 11, 1976, at 8:00 p.m. Hopkins received a
telephone call from a man asking if he could come over and discuss the
UFO case with him. The man said he was associated with a UFO group in
new jersey. The man asked Hopkins if he was home alone. Hopkins
responded he was. Despite concerns about drug-related robbery, Hopkins
found himself agreeing to the request.
Although Hopkins was a bit confused by his positive reply to the man,
he walked to the back door to turn on the porch light. When he got to
the door, the man was coming up the steps. This concerned Dr. Hopkins,
he could not figure out where the man could have called from and arrive
so quickly at his doorstep. Still, Hopkins opened the door and let the
man in without even asking the man who he was or what he wanted.
The man's appearance was strange; he was about 5'8" tall, no hair -
completely bald, had no eyelashes, no eyebrows. He was dressed in a
neatly pressed black suit with a black derby and black shoes. Hopkins
noticed the man was extremely pale, but had ruby red lips. Hopkins
noticed the man was wearing lipstick and grey gloves.
The man asked a number of questions about the Maine UFO case, speaking
in a monotone voice and did not emphasize words in his sentences.
Suddenly, the man told Hopkins that he had two coins in his pocket and
to take one out and put it in his hand. Hopkins only had two coins in
his pocket and he pulled a penny out.
The man told Hopkins to stare at the penny. As he watched the penny
became blurry and disappeared. The man then asked Hopkins what he knew
of Barney Hill. Hopkins said Barney died after a long illness. The man
told him he died because he knew too much.
Hopkins was taken by fear at this point. The man told Hopkins to
destroy all his notes, tapes messages he had concerning the
investigation immediately. The man stood up, and began talking much
slower. each word dragged as the man slowly walked to the door. Hopkins
opened the door for the man, and he walked down the steps very slowly.
Hopkins saw a light at the end of the driveway, and thought it was from
the man's car, but the man walked in the opposite direction. Hopkins
ran to a window to see where the man was going, but he was not there.
He ran to the door, looked out, but the man and the light were gone.
When his family returned, he and his son looked in their driveway, and
they found a series of four-inch wide tracks about eighteen inches
long. They were deep into the driveway and resembled tracks from a
tractor. The marks disappeared the next day. that evening, Hopkins
destroyed his UFO records.
[From "People of The Web", by Gregory L. Little, copyright 1990]
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

160
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2741.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
SUBJECT: MICHIGAN UFO SIGHTINGS 03/94 FILE: UFO2741
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Interest Soars In Recent UFO Sighting Over Lake
from the Grand Rapids (MI) Press - Sunday, March 13, 1994
By Michael G. Walsh
Grand Rapids Press News Service
A UFO Group sends a team to investigate the sightings, which were picked up on
radar.
MUSKEGON -- A West Michigan UFO sighting is prompting worldwide interest
because the phenomenon was not only seen by several people but also was
picked up on radar.
Walter Andrus, director of the Texas-based international Mutual UFO Network,
said the radar veriflcation is extremely rare.
"That's why we're especialy interested in this case,' Andrus said. Several
MUFON investigators were to be in West Michigan this weekend to probe
Monday's sighting.
"What impressed us most is that it was picked up on weather radar, 20 miles
out in Lake Michigan, moving east to west," Andrus said.
"We're interested in knowing if anyone in (West Michigan) saw it pass over,
then we'd have a real confirmation ," he said.
The case started about 10:15 p.m. Monday when a Holland police officer and
others in Ottawa Couniy noticed sets of red and green lights "oscillating"
over Lake Michigan south of Holland.
At the same time, tower personnel at the Muskegon County Airport saw what
they took to be aircraft flying in formation some 60 miles south, near
South Haven.
Simultaneously, a National Weather Service oporator picked up radar blips
that found a fast-moving object near South Haven.
Leo Grenier, official in charge of oporations at Muskegon's National Weather
Service station, said the most interesting aspect of the phenomenon was the
object's - or objects - speed.
The radar blips zipped from South Haven to 10 miles west of the city, over
Lake Michigan, in 10 seconds, Grenier said.
The speed is not beyond human ability. Modern military aircraft can fly
even faster.
However, unlike known aircraft, the South Haven phenomenon could hover and
was quiet. There were no sonic "booms" reported.
"To go out and hover over Lake Michigan is not what aircraft would be able
to do," Andrus "That's what becomes more interesting."
Unidentified flying ojiects are not a new phenomenon to West Michigan skies,
but what they are remains a mystery.
A review of sightings over the past year shows most occurred this time of
year, of what people believed were spaceships over Lake Michigan or remote
areas of West Michigan..
A few witnesses claimed they saw cylindrical shaped objects flying at
incredible speeds. Most reported mystic lights in the sky.
Andrus said 80 percent to 90 percent of reports MUFON receives "turn out to
be something mundane after investigation."
Nonetheless, Andrus said, "we take our UFOs very seriously" and he has
assigned a team to probe Monday's West Michigan sighting.
About one or two sightings take place in the region each year, according to
Muskegon Chronicle files. However, between 1982 and 1993 none was reported.
Most of the reported sightings had natural explanations. A sighting last
year, for example, turned out to be student pilots practicing their skills.
-END-
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
*@SUBJECT:Michigan UFO Newsclip 1993 N
UFO Sightings Match Thumb Reports
Grand Rapids (MI) Press News Service
(Exact date unknown - 1993)
MUSKEGON -- Mysterious lights seen hovering over Oceana and Muskegon
counties Monday night match the description of an unidentified flyihg object
witnessed in Michigan's Thumb area over the last month, officials with an
international UFO organization said Wednesday.
Shirley Coyne of Flint, state director for the Michigan chapter of the
Mutual UFO Network, said there have been at least 16 sightings of triangle-
shaped flying objects in eastern Michigan over the past month. Other areas
reporting UFOs within the last month include Caro, Cass City, Kingsley and
Lake Odessa.
Like those seen in the Muskegon area, witnesses describe the objects as
triangles with round corners, accented with two red lights and one white
light.
She said her organization is investigating the sightings including two home
videos taken of two separate UFOs. One recent sighting was of an object
estimated as 500 feet long, but most involve smaller triangles.
"We've had a lot of reports like that," Coyne said. "What are they? No one
really knows. All we have is a lot of reports."
On Monday, two Muskegon county residents described three lights in the form
of a triangle over Whitehall and minutes later over Muskegon. Since an
article appeared on the sightings Wednesday in the Muskegon Chronicle, that
newspaper has received other calls from residents with similar accounts,
some as far north as Shelby.
All reported seeing a grouping of lights capable of moving very slowly, then
suddenly leaving the area at terrific speed. Area law enforcement officials
and air traffic controllers at Muskegon County Airport said they received no
reports on the sightings.
Officials from the National Weather Service said they received one call from
a person who saw three lights in a triangle pattern Monday over Lake
Michigan.
Linda Andrews, of Whitehall, said she was the person who made the call.
According to Andrews, she and her husband, Robert, were in the process of
dropping their car off for repairs Monday night in Whitehall when they saw
three bright lights hovering over Colby Street.
She said the object they saw was similar to those described by other eyewit-
nesses - but had two white lights and a red light in a triangle- or V-shaped
pattern. Andrews said the red light was made up of three round lights.
She said the lights occasiorially broke away from that formation and the two
white lights almost collided. She said her husband estimates the lights were
1,000 feet above the ground. The object moved slowly to the northeast and
was silent.
"I was relieved to read that others reported seeing it too," she said. "My
husband got a lot of grief at work when he told his friends what he saw."
Although Michigan residents typically report a large number of UFOs, the UFO
Network's Coyne said Florida residents now are reporting many sightings,
especially near Gulf Breeze.
Reports of UFOs are investigated by the Mutual UFO Network.
-END-
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

192
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2742.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
SUBJECT: MICHIGAN UFO NEWSCLIP 04\93 FILE: UFO2742
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
UFO Watchers Look To The Stars In Hopes Of Seeing Fire In The Sky
by Douglas Lila
THE DETROIT NEWS - Monday, April 12, 1993
Aliens from outer space are saying yes to Michigan.
And they're even taking state residents for a ride, say local UFO
-- unidentified flying object-- "watchers".
The recently released movie _Fire in the Sky_ tells the supposedly true
story of Travis Walton, an Arizona Forest Service tree cutter who claims
he was abducted by aliens in November 1975.
Such close encounters of the third kind -- contact with extraterrestrials
-- are happening right in our back yard, UFO students say.
There have been 33 abductions in Michigan since Jan. 1, said Shirley Coyne,
statewide director of the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON).
Have any of these abductions been documented and publicized? "Absolutely
not," Coyne said. "People come to me in confidence. They don't come to me
to have their stories publicized.
"These people are traumatized. This is not like driving down the road and
seeing a deer. These people have had a hard experience, and they don't want
to talk about it in public. More than 60 UFO sightings have been reported
in Michigan, according to MUFON. The most celebrated occurred 27 years ago
in the Dexter and Hillsdale areas.
Officials wrote off reports of the pyramid-shaped object with blinking red
and blue lights as swamp gas, even though sheriff's deputies in Washtenaw
County engaged the UFO in a high speed chase.
But skeptics say UFO watchers t should get their heads out of the clouds.
"I've had some contact with MUFON in the past when they rented the Kellog
Center on campus," said Doug Murphy, program director for Michigan State
University's Abrams Planetarium. l believe they tend to look at this as a
religion, as opposed to a scientific point of view. They're very quick to
jump on the UFO bandwagon"
Murphy agrees there have been a great number of UFO sightings, but said
most of them are explainable.
Even President Carter was fooled by a bright object he saw that turned out
to be the Planet Venus," Murphy said.
And he was trained in astral navigation at the Naval Academy. We get lots
of calls about people seeing unusual things in the sky. The absolute
bottom of my list would be a visit by "UFOs".
According to Murphy, the odds are astronomically slim that an advanced
civilization would want to visit Earth.
Our Milky Way is one of billions in the Universe," Murphy said. "If you were
to shrink it to the size of the United States, our solar system would fit
inside the palm of your hand. The nearest star would be a quarter mile away.
That gives you some idea, of the size and depth of space."
Murphy gives an example of the relative distances a UFO would have to travel
to visit our planet.
The United States launched Voyager in 1977," Murphy said. "Using the image
of the solar system being the size of your palm, Voyager would only have
travelled from the center of your hand to the edge of your palm in 12 years.
And thats traveling at 40,000 mph."
But that does not stop people from reporting sightings:
* In July 1952, officers at the Selfridge air base in Harrison Township were
swamped with late evening calls from residents who reported seeing mysterious
orange and blue lights and flying disks in the sky.
Among the witnesses were a World War II bomber pilot and a Baptist minister.
* In October 1973, two Detroit police officers reported seeing a UFO with
red aad white flashing lighs at 6 a.m. while patroling near Marygrove
College. Both agreed it couldn't have been a airplane because, one said,
"Planes can't travel that fast straight up."
* ln September 1967, three people, including a United Press lnterntional
business manager, reported seeing 8 UFOs behind an Air Force jet over
Detroit one night. They thought it was a bright star or weather balloon
until they noticed it was keeping up with the jet. The object atopped
completely for a minute, then sped away from the plane, they said.
UFO devotees hope _Fire in the Sky_ will bring more people forward to
tell their tales of abduction. The movie focuses on Travis Walton,
then 22. He and five crew members were returning from a job on a back-
woods road near Heber, Ariz., about 100 miles southwest of Flagstaff, when
they saw a bright light.
They said a UFO appeared in front of their truck. Walton got out to
investigate and was hit by a ray from the craft, the workers said.
The remaining workers fled in terror. When they returned, Walton was
missing. Walton turned up several days later, and staggered into Heber,
supposedly suffering from shock and partial amnesia.
Walton's story of abduction was revealed under hypnosis with three
physicians in attendance. ln his retelling, Walton described his exami-
nation in the spacecraft by aliens with large heads and hands that had
no fingernails.
Others called Walton's story bunk. Philip J. Klass a retired senior editor
for Aviation Week and Space Technology magazine concluded Walton and logging
crew leader Michael Rogers concocted a hoax to win a National Enquirer UFO
-sighting contest and manufacture an excuse for missing a logging deadline.
Walton, Rogers and the others split a $5,000 prize, but have denied any
hoax Klass said Walton flunked his first lie detector test, and respected
polygraph examiner John J. McCarthy concluded Walton committed "gross
deception," and, "in concert with others, is attempting to perpetrate a
UFO hoax.
Coyne disputes Klass' findings saying: "I wouldn't give you 2 cents for
for Phil Klas. He's thebiggest debunker out there. He's an armchair inves-
tigator. He's a liar. He's never even talked to anyone who has been abducted.
These abductions happen and they happen to people just like you and me.
Does MSU's Muphy believe human beings have been abducted by UFOs?
"Maybe I'm not the best person to ask about that,"Murphy said. "Talk to
to a psychologist. I think there are some disturbed people out there who
need some help."
But he does believe life exists ouside the solar system.
"The materials are all out there," Murphy said, "The substances of life are
found freely in space. If the conditions are right there's a good chance
that life does exist, but for it to be intelligent and want to visit us
is a huge stretch of the imagination."
Coyne and other students of UFOs say the cynicism hasn't stopped them from
enjoying _Fire in the Sky_.
"I thought it was well done," she said. "It sticks exactly to wht happened
to Travis Walton."
Detroit News Staff writers Mike Best and Tom Greenwood contributed to
this report.
-END-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-SIDEBAR-
Most alien abduction storys share these elements:
> A UFO is sighted.
> Victims report a period of unaccounted, missing time.
> Details of the abduction are revealed only after the victim undergoes
hypnosis.
> Someone appears to have medically examined the abducted victims.
> Victims display psychological problems and sometimes physical after-
effects.
> Victims' story is substantiated with a lie detector test.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIDEBAR: SOUNDOFF
Have you ever seen a UFO? Tell us about your experiences.
Please include your name, town and a daytime phone number.
You can:
> Fax your response at 222-2335.
> Call the hotline at 222-2284 or 222-2287.
> Or write Soundoff, The Detroit News, 615 W. Lafayette, Detroit MI 48226.
-END-
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

73
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2743.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
SUBJECT: MISSING TIME FILE: UFO2743
The Sysop's Bookshelf
---------------------
TITLE: Missing Time: A Documented Study of UFO Abductions
AUTHOR: Budd Hopkins
PUBLISHED BY: Marek
AT: New York, 1981
VIEWPOINT: Zetetic
258 Pages
Budd Hopkins is an artist of no little repute, who has maintained an
interest. in the UFO phenomenon for 20 years. While writing a UFO
column for the Village Voice, he became involved in a particularly
fascinating aspect of the field,. the abduction cases. Starting with
the famed Betty and Barney Hill case, many. people claim to have been
actually taken aboard UFOs and examined by their humanoid occupants. In
most of these cases, the actual abduction is erased from the victim's
memory, leaving only a vague fearfulness and an unexplained lapse of
several hours -- missing time. The encounter with, and abduction by,
aliens is brought out only through the use of regressive hypnosis
In this riveting book, Hopkins documents several abduction cases with
the transcripts of the actual hypnotic sessions. The basic accounts by
the various subjects so nearly match each other that there can be
almost no question of hallucination or fantasizing. Unless Hopkins has
written a work of total fiction, the reader is confronted with
inescapable evidence of alien encounters
The most important contribution the book makes is to reinforce the
rather sketchy image we have of our visitors. The race we are dealing
with seems to be humanoid,.about 4-5 feet in height, with slender
bodies, bulbous, hairless heads, small mouths, nose and ears, and large
almond-shaped eyes. Their skin is grey, with a leathery quality,
alternately described as like "putty" or "marshmallowy". They almost
invariably communicate via a form of telepathy
The presentation of this knowledge counteracts yet another of the many
insidious claims by arch-skeptic Phil Klass. In a letter to myself,
Klass maintained that "one of the characteristic fingerprints of
'pseudo-science' that distinguishes it from true science is that the
passage of time and effort adds no increased knowledge, or
understanding, for pseudo-sciencetoday, 20 years after I entered the
field of UFOlogy, we do. not know an iota more about what UFOs 'really
are' than was 'known' two decades ago." It would seem, with the
publication of this book, that Klass himself has redefined UFOlogy as a
true science
Now I'll offer a generalization of my own. One of the surest signs of
the truthfulness of a paranormal phenomenon is when the "explanation"
offered by. its would-be debunkers is more extraordinary than the claim
itself. Just what. do the skeptics make of the incredible tales told
under hypnosis in Missing Time? "A subconscious reliving of the birth
trauma." Besides being patently ludicrous on its face, this explanation
ignores the palpable physical evidence presented in the book -- scars
from wounds inflicted by the alien examiners Scars that appear, in many
cases, on the exact same place from victim to victim, and correlate
perfectly with the description of the "operation."
SUMMARY: This is not a book I would recommend for those who prefer not
to believe that we are under surveillance. For the rest of us, it may
be the most important book written since the days of Donald Keyhoe
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

51
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2744.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
SUBJECT: Q & A ON PROJECT SETI FILE: UFO2744
Sun 26 Apr 92 2:05
By: Don Allen
To: All
Re: Q & A on "Project" Seti
** Forwarded from Usenet **
=========================================================================
From: Bob_Dixon
Subject: What is the Current Status of Project SETI?
Date: 21 Apr 92 15:21:57 GMT
In response to Jon Noring's questions of Apr 17:
There is no such thing as Project SETI. SETI is just an acronym that
stands for a particular field of research, like brain surgery. There are
many Projects around the earth, run by many different people and
organizations, that are engaged in the field of SETI.
The longest-running SETI program on Earth is the one at here at Ohio
State. Another very important one is at Harvard. The only other
continuous program is one started recently in Argentina.
NASA plans to start their own program next October, using various radio
telescopes around the world (primarily NASA-owned).
The SETI detection protocol discussed earlier on this newsgroup
formalizes the distribution of any discoveries, making it unlikely that
they could be classified. But even without that, classification does not
seem to be a real threat. No government has ever mentioned such a
possibility. Nobody in a position to classify anything knows what is
going on day-by-day at any observatory. Surely the scientists involved
will notify one another at the various observatories before making any
announcement. By then it will be too late for classification to make any
difference.
Bob Dixon
Director, OSU SETI Program
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

76
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2745.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
SUBJECT: THE OGRE HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED ! FILE: UFO2745
The 'OGRE' has been identified!
On the morning of August 6th at 4:05 am EDT Norman W. McLeod III and
Robert Reifer were out observing the Aquarid/Perseid meteor showers when
they noticed a 3rd magnitude flash near RA 22:55, DEC +10. The flash
lasted approximately 5 seconds and showed little motion to the naked eye.
On the morning of the 7th at 4:25 am they again saw the flash in the same
area.
On the morning of the 8th they were prepared with a telescope and at 4:45
am they again saw the flash. Robert proceeded to get the object in the
telescope and watched as the object faded to about 10th magnitude. He
then followed it in a southernly direction. With Robert following it in
the scope Norman saw it brighten again to 3rd magnitude and Robert
verified that it did. The object proceeded to fade again to about 10th
magnitude. This pattern was repeated 4 more times with the object being
lost at about RA 23:10, DEC -8. At this time I do not know how long a
period there was between flashes. The brightest flash was about 2nd
magnitude with the rest of the flashes peaking at about 3rd magnitude and
lasting approximately 5 seconds.
The object producing these flashes appears to be a polar orbit satellite
in a period of 24 hours and 20 minutes. Norman predicts that they will
see the flashes again at 5:05 am EDT on the morning of the 9th and at
5:25 am EDT on the morning of the 10th. If anyone else is able to check
for these flashes from other parts of the country it would be greatly
appreciated. The observing location is located at LAT 26 deg 32 min and
LONG 81 deg 30 min south of Lehigh Acres, Fla.
Please send any reports to:
Norman W. McLeod
4232 Scott Ave.
Ft. Myers, FL 33905
This may finally settle the identity of the "OGRE". We couldn't identify
it as being a satellite because the only previous flashing satellites we
had seen were known to be geo-synchronous satellites. They had followed
the 24 hour 20 minute period however but they varied in intensity with
one bright flash followed by a half dozen or so naked eye flashes with
each one being a magnitude or so fainter. They were then followed in the
scope for another half dozen or so flashes until they leveled off at 9th
or 10th magnitude. They were definitely geo-synchronous because the
scope had to be locked in position with the motors off and they could be
followed for an hour or so.
We are still wondering what is causing the flash on the satellite. I have
been told that lasers are used for position verification but I would like
someone to either support or deny that positively. Sunlight could also be
doing it but why for only a short period?
In response to anyone saying that what they saw had only one flash and as
such couldn't have been a satellite like this take note of the first two
nights of sightings, Norman and Robert only saw it once. On the third
night when they were able to see where it was going did they finally see
it more than once. From personal experience observing many hours with
these two observers for them to have missed the secondary flashes means
that a lot of others could also have missed them. Norman can spot
anything out of the ordinary faster than anyone else I know.
I will update this with Norman's report for the 9th and 10th.
Brian Risley
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

44
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2746.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
SUBJECT: OKLAHOMA MUFON ABDUCTION CASE FILE: UFO2746
MUFONET-BBS GROUP - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
ARTICLE / OKLAHOMA MUFON
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[From: Oklahoma Mufonews Newsletter January 1992]
ABDUCTION
~~~~~~~~~~~
We have completed another abduction case. There is always the likely
possibility that another session would bring out more data, but the
expense, time and effort control just how many sessions a particular
case will have. There are still many people waiting for regressions.
In this particular case, the individual was contacted twice. The first
time was when he was a child. Memories caused him to remember a small
fragment of the incident which in turn caused him to fear darkness and
being alone in a house. The second time occurred just a year ago.
Indications are that the victim will not have further interruptions.
He and his wife talked over whether the victim should undergo hypnotic
regression. They decided to have the work done. The very next
morning a tiny bump at the base of the skull, on his neck, was missing
and a small hole had appeared. Too, where a rash had previously been,
a small crescent scar was found.
Generally, the case was rather classic. The account ran pretty much
like so many other abduction cases. We are very excited about this
one, though, for experiences and descriptions came forward that have
not been published, yet, other abductees have reported similar
experiences.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

163
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2747.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
SUBJECT: ALIEN IMPLANTS IN HUMANS FILE: UFO2747
Filename: Omni-8.Art
Type : Article
Author : Paul McCarthy
Date : 06/01/91
Desc. : Alien Implants in Humans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following article was originally published in the science magazine
OMNI. It is reproduced here exactly as it appeared in its original
form, without so much as a misplaced comma, period, or question mark.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
From "OMNI"--June 1991
CAN UFO RESEARCHERS PROVE THAT ALIENS ARE TAGGING AND TRACKING
HUMANS WITH TINY DEVICES IMPLANTED IN THE BODY OR BRAIN?
by Paul McCarthy
One of the most insidious forms of alien technology ever reported by
UFO buffs is the implant--a BB-like object said to be inserted in the
brains or bodies of UFO abductees. According to some UFO advocates,
E.T.'s use these tiny devices to tag and track human abductees just as
earthbound wildlife specialists tag and track animals.
But how can anyone know whether a reputed implant is real or not?
How, some UFO investigators have begun to wonder, can they authenticate
an implant should a sample emerge?
One person addressing this issue is David Pritchard, a physicist at
the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. According to Pritchard, no
matter how strange the structure or material of an alleged implant, if
it is not some "out of this world" material like "heavy metals or quark
matter" it won't be possible to convince a lot of people.
But, Pritchard adds, there are other ways to skin the cat. For
example, researchers could peg an insert as such if it worked like a
flashlight but was a hundred times brighter than any flashlight on
Earth. If the implant sent complex but unrecognizable signals, he says,
"that would be pretty convincing as well." Finally, Pritchard believes,
evidence would mount if investigators found the exact same type of
implant in numerous people making abduction claims.
Yet another means of studying the so-called alien implant is a high-
tech imaging technique called magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI. The
technique was tapped by reputed abductee Whitley Strieber, who says he
remembers the insertion of needles in his head. His MRI brain scans, he
adds, now show strange white spots. "Are the unknown objects in my
brain an outcome of such intrusions?" Strieber asked in his recent
book, TRANSFORMATION. Pritchard says the dots prove nothing; they could
be air bubbles. But a statistical argument could be made he adds, if
researchers can show that professed UFO abductees have significantly
more dots than a random control group.
Longtime UFO skeptic Phil Klass, who doesn't believe that aliens have
ever come to Earth, takes a different tack. First, he says, he would
want to know "where the implant came from," and would feel more
confident if it had been removed by a surgeon. Then, if it were
something "that could not form naturally in the body," he would want to
know if it could be made with terrestrial technology. If the answer to
that is no, says Klass, "I think you have your proof."
Even more skeptical is Robert Sheaffer, author of THE UFO VERDICT,
who says the whole question of UFO abductions is dubious and that the
idea of alien implants is "certainly rubbish." According to Sheaffer,
the UFO is a slippery phenomenon that always manages to fade away
before the evidence becomes too convincing, and alien implants are an
example of this. "Some people might be saying they were kidnapped by
aliens for the money," says Sheaffer. "Others might be doing it because
they really believe that they were abducted. But there is not a shred
of evidence to substantiate this claim. Alien implants are just too
good to be true."
According to UFO abduction expert Budd Hopkins, author of MISSING
TIME, and INTRUDERS, a number of radiologists are privately doing MRI
scans on people who claim they have been abducted by aliens--and that
the aliens have inserted devices in their bodies or brains. But a
neurosurgeon advised him that if, as claimed, implants exist somewhere
above the upper nasal passages, then they are near the optic nerve. In
that case, he says, "it would be very risky for a surgeon to try to get
one out." What does Hopkins say about the prospect of actually
validating these wierd alien implants? "It'd have devastating societal
impact," he says, "I am not looking forward to something like this."
One of the most insidious forms of alien technology ever reported by
UFO buffs is the implant--a BB-like object said to be inserted in the
brains or bodies of UFO abductees. According to some UFO advocates,
E.T.'s use these tiny devices to tag and track human abductees just as
earthbound wildlife specialists tag and track animals.
But how can anyone know whether a reputed implant is real or not?
How, some UFO investigators have begun to wonder, can they authenticate
an implant should a sample emerge?
One person addressing this issue is David Pritchard, a physicist at
the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. According to Pritchard, no
matter how strange the structure or material of an alleged implant, if
it is not some "out of this world" material like "heavy metals or quark
matter" it won't be possible to convince a lot of people.
But, Pritchard adds, there are other ways to skin the cat. For
example, researchers could peg an insert as such if it worked like a
flashlight but was a hundred times brighter than any flashlight on
Earth. If the implant sent complex but unrecognizable signals, he says,
"that would be pretty convincing as well." Finally, Pritchard believes,
evidence would mount if investigators found the exact same type of
implant in numerous people making abduction claims.
Yet another means of studying the so-called alien implant is a high-
tech imaging technique called magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI. The
technique was tapped by reputed abductee Whitley Strieber, who says he
remembers the insertion of needles in his head. His MRI brain scans, he
adds, now show strange white spots. "Are the unknown objects in my
brain an outcome of such intrusions?" Strieber asked in his recent
book, TRANSFORMATION. Pritchard says the dots prove nothing; they could
be air bubbles. But a statistical argument could be made he adds, if
researchers can show that professed UFO abductees have significantly
more dots than a random control group.
Longtime UFO skeptic Phil Klass, who doesn't believe that aliens have
ever come to Earth, takes a different tack. First, he says, he would
want to know "where the implant came from," and would feel more
confident if it had been removed by a surgeon. Then, if it were
something "that could not form naturally in the body," he would want to
know if it could be made with terrestrial technology. If the answer to
that is no, says Klass, "I think you have your proof."
Even more skeptical is Robert Sheaffer, author of THE UFO VERDICT,
who says the whole question of UFO abductions is dubious and that the
idea of alien implants is "certainly rubbish." According to Sheaffer,
the UFO is a slippery phenomenon that always manages to fade away
before the evidence becomes too convincing, and alien implants are an
example of this. "Some people might be saying they were kidnapped by
aliens for the money," says Sheaffer. "Others might be doing it because
they really believe that they were abducted. But there is not a shred
of evidence to substantiate this claim. Alien implants are just too
good to be true."
According to UFO abduction expert Budd Hopkins, author of MISSING
TIME, and INTRUDERS, a number of radiologists are privately doing MRI
scans on people who claim they have been abducted by aliens--and that
the aliens have inserted devices in their bodies or brains. But a
neurosurgeon advised him that if, as claimed, implants exist somewhere
above the upper nasal passages, then they are near the optic nerve. In
that case, he says, "it would be very risky for a surgeon to try to get
one out." What does Hopkins say about the prospect of actually
validating these wierd alien implants? "It'd have devastating societal
impact," he says, "I am not looking forward to something like this."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

86
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2748.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON LINDA NAPOLITANO CASE FILE: UFO2748
Filename: Omni0492.Art
Type : Article
Author : Anita Baskin
Date : 04/??/92 - Omni April 1992 Issue
Desc : Linda Napolitano Case
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
OMNI Magazine April 1992 Page 75
ANTIMATTER
HIGH-RISE UFO ABDUCTIONS:
Alien abductions rountinely occur in big cities and high-rise
buildings around the world.
By Anita Baskin
If you had to guess the perfect time and place for a UFO abduction,
you would probably choose a deserted country road late at night. But
according to Budd Hopkins, author of two books on UFO adbuction, the
idea that aliens only snatch people from desolate areas is a myth. In
reality, Hopkins claims, abductions routinely occur in big cities
around the world.
But there's one catch: Alien craft do not actually land in populated
areas, Hopkins explains. Instead, they hover 15, 20, or even 30 floors
up and abduct people through windows. "I know it seems impossible that
this could happen in a place like New York City," Hopkins contends,
"yet it goes on alot."
"What's more," he adds, "high-rise abductions are extraordinarily
similar to their rural counterparts." Indeed, like the rural variety,
urban abductions occur in the wee hours of the morning. Urban
abductees, like their country cousins, report unpleasant medical exams
aboard the alien craft. And virtually all abductees say they've been
abducted repeatedly since childhood, regardless of their address. "If
they pick you up, they pick you up when you're a child, and you're like
a tagged elk," says Hopkins. "You're part of the ongoing thing."
Linda Nap (not her real name) is a typical high-rise abductee. Nap, a
secretary, claims that she was first abducted from her family's home on
the fifteenth floor of a Manhattan apartment building at the age of
six. Nap vividly recalls "a toy top with lights" on the roof of a
neighboring building and says that paralysis and fear were all part of
the bizarre childhood events. She is especially keen to describe an
abduction which she claims took place in the fall of 1989. "I was in
bed in my twelfth-floor apartment on Manhattan's East Side," she says.
Suddenly she found herself standing outside her window bathed in a
blue-white light.
"They'll get you anywhere," adds Gerald Chamberlain, a trombone
player who performs on Broadway. "When skies are overcast after dark,
there can be 50 UFOs sitting 200 feet off the ground of a big city, and
no one will know it." According to Chamberlain, aliens abducted him
from his backyard in Refugio, Texas, when he was a child, in 1953. He
also says he has been abducted "more times than I can count" from his
six-story apartment in Upper Manhattan, since the 1980s.
But if so many UFOs are visiting densely populated areas and
abducting victims, how is it that none have ever been documented?
According to Chamberlain, the aliens can "erase any episode from the
minds of witnesses. They can tell an entire borough to forget what they
saw. I recently saw a UFO in Queens. I was yelling and pointing and
there must have been 40 people in the street, but nobody looked. People
just don't watch the sky. Especially in the city. They just don't look
up."
"Crazy as all this sounds," adds Hopkins, "if one can accept the idea
of a craft that's circular, can stop on a dime, make right-angle turns,
and go almost instantly from zero to God-knows-what speed, then one has
to accept that these craft can visit the city,too."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

84
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2749.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
SUBJECT: RUSSIAN VIEW OF ALIENS FILE: UFO2749
Filename: Omni0792.Art
Type : Article
Author : Patrick Huyghe
Date : 07/??/92 (July 1992 Issue Omni Magazine)
Desc : Russian view of aliens
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Omni Magazine July 1992 Page 72
RUSSIA'S ALIEN IDEAS
By Partick Huyghe
Westerners were intrigued back in 1989 when the Soviet news agency,
Tass, reported the claims of some school children from the city of
Voronezh. A spectacular UFO landed in town, the children insisted,
along with its ten-foot-tall occupant toting a tube-shaped gun.
Scrutinizing the Tass report, the Western press assumed the Russians
were letting off steam after years of censorship. Some UFO buffs in the
United States called the episode a hoax, but one Western scientist
ignored the ridicule and left for Moscow instead.
In January of 1990, Jacques Vallee, a computer scientist regarded by
many as the world's major UFO researcher, held a week-long series of
meetings with the Soviet Union's leading UFO lights. He met with a
scientist who'd studied the mysterious explosion that had rattled the
Tunguska region of Russia in 1908 and with an ex-Soviet Naval officer
who detailed his UFO sightings by Navy personnel. But according to
Vallee, the most compelling sighting was the one in Voronezh itself.
In his new book, UFO Chronicles of the Soviet Union (Ballantine,
1992), Vallee describes the cast of dozens--adults as well as children-
-who reportedly witnessed the spherical Voronezh craft, its three-eyed
giant, and an accompanying robot. He also cites engineers who examined
an imprint allegedly left by the craft, an object they claimed weighed
11 tons. While Vladimir Migulin, a member of the Soviet Academy of
Sciences, attributed the markings to a rocket launched from Volvograd,
Vallee does not agree. "Migulin's skeptical attitude," he says, "is not
very different from what you would get from our own National Academy of
Science."
Why does Vallee believe the Soviet sightings are for real? The weight
of the craft, he notes, was "in the range of estimates reached by
French scientists studying physical markings left by UFO landings in
France." And though the beings bore no resemblance to the familiar,
short, Hollywood-style UFOnauts, they were similar to aliens reportedly
seen "in a very similar case in Argentina in 1978."
Vallee's sojourn--and his ideas--have taken fellow UFOlogists by
surprise. Some wonder how scientific the Russians really are, given
that they regularly use dousing to gather information about UFO sites.
"With all due respect," says Michael Swords, a professor at Western
Michigan University and editor of the Journal of UFO Studies, "some
Russians are questionable in terms of UFO research. They tend not to be
very well disciplined, nor are they good at documenting their work." As
for Vallee's book, Swords says "it sounds like 'What I Did on My Last
Vacation.' Vallee may have met a lot of interesting people and heard a
lot of interesting tales, but he doesn't document things properly, and
if he has, he never seems to share it with anybody."
But Vallee insists the Russian findings are significant, in part
because of the region's weak coverup system. "With the chaos spreading
over the Soviet Union," Vallee explains, "I felt there was genuine
information coming out from the witnesses."
Vallee supporter and experimental psychologist Richard Haines agrees
that the French researcher is onto something real. Explaining the
misunderstanding about Vallee's work, Haines says, "He's a
theoretician. He doesn't claim to be a field inverstigator. And I think
he has some very challenging ideas."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

66
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2750.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
SUBJECT: WHO ARE WE ? FILE: UFO2750
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Provided by The MufoNet-BBS Network
Digitized by The Tex*Star BBS, a MufoNet-BBS Network Board
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Operation Right to Know
WHO ARE WE?
Operation: Right to Know is a group of citizens united by the
conviction that the solution to the UFO "mystery" lies in political
action. Private groups have done a heroic job for over 40 years
documenting UFO sightings and trying to educate the public with very
limited resources. Despite their decades of hard work, however, the
publicis still largely in the dark.
One enormous barrier stands in the way of full public disclosure: The
U.S. government's 40-year policy of withholding and confusing the facts
of extraterrestrial contact. As long as this policy remains unchanged,
the truth will never be fully revealed. We demand full disclosure of
government UFO secrets and an open, public inquiry into the phenomenon.
We charge that the government's policy of tightly restricting UFO data,
however well-intentioned it originally may have been, causes far more
harm than simply telling the truth.
Operation: Right to Know held its first demonstration on March 28 in
front of the White House, the first public protest against UFO secrecy
on record. We will conduct a much larger "March on Washington" onJuly
5, 1993, following the MUFON symposium in nearby Richmond, Virginia.
Throughout the year, we will hold smaller demonstrations at major UFO
hotspots and secret government research sites, and keep the pressure on
lawmakers through letter campaigns, educational materials, and
lobbying. Grassroots sentiment to compel the government to reveal its
secret UFO files has been growing recently. Most citizens involved in
the UFO field are political novices, but a growing network is gaining
an education in political action. Our hope is that a highly visible
political campaign against UFO secrecy may enlist support from quarters
that have previously beem silent on the issue. Popular demonstrations
may also indicate to U.S. policymakers that the people are ready for
the extraordinary news that has been withheld from them.
We intend to spark demonstrations in many locales, organized at first
by UFO enthusiasts, but eventually involving all citizens concerned
about freedom of inquiry and our planet's future. Operation: Right to
Know will provide networking and support for these activities.
A bulletin, The Right to Know Forum, describing our activities is
available now, and will soon develop into a regular newsletter with
exciting news from around the country. For free copies of past issues
of The Right to Know Forum, and further information on how you can
participate in Operation: Right to Know, write to:
Mike Jamieson, 554 Randolph St., #2, Napa, Calif., 94559.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

138
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2751.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
SUBJECT: THE PENTACLE MEMO FILE: UFO2751
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
T h e P e n t a c l e M e m o
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SECRET
SECURITY INFORMATION
G-1579-4
cc: B. D. Thomas
H. C. Cross/A. D. Westerman
L. R. Jackson
W. T. Reid
P. J. Rieppal
V. W. Ellsey/R. J. Lund January 9, 1953
Files
Extra [this was handwritten]
Mr. Miles E. Coll
Box 9575
Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio
Attention Capt. Edward J. Ruppelt
Dear Mr. Coll:
This letter concerns a preliminary recommendation to ATIC on future
methods of handling the problem of unidentified aerial objects. This
recommendation is based on our experience to date in analyzing several
thousands of reports on this subject. We regard the recommendation as
preliminary because our analysis is not yet complete, and we are not
able to document it where we feel it should be supported by facts from
the analysis.
We are making this recommendation prematurely because of a CIA-
sponsored meeting of a scientific panel, meeting in Washington, D.C.,
January 14, 15, and 16, 1953, to consider the problem of "flying
saucers". The CIA-sponsored meeting is being held subsequent to a
meeting of CIA, ATIC, and our representatives held at ATIC on December
12, 1952. At the December 12 meeting our representatives strongly
recommended that a scientific panel not be set up until the results of
our analysis of the sighting-reports collected by ATIC were available.
Since a meeting of the panel is now definately scheduled we feel that
agreement between Project Stork and ATIC should be reached as to what
can and what cannot be discussed at the meeting in Washington on
January 14-16 concerning our preliminary recommendation to ATIC.
Experience to date on our study of unidentified flying objects shows
that there is a distinct lack of reliable data with which to work. Even
the best-documented reports are frequently lacking in critical
information that makes it impossible to arrive at a possible
identification, i.e. even in a well-documented report there is always
an element of doubt about the data, either because the observer had no
means of getting the required data, or was not prepared to utilize the
means at his disposal. Therefore, we recommend that a controlled
experiment be set up by which reliable physical data can be obtained. A
tentative preliminary plan by which the experiment could be designed
and carried out is discussed in the following paragraphs.
Based on our experience so far, it is expected that certain
conclusions will be reached as a result of our analysis which will make
obvious the need for an effort to obtain reliable data from competent
observers using the [... unreadable...] necessary equipment. Until more
reliable data are available, no positive answers to the problem will be
possible.
Mr. Miles E. Coll -2- January 9, 1953
We expect that our analysis will show that certain areas in the
United States have had an abnormally high number of reported incidents
of unidentified flying objects. Assuming that, from our analysis,
several definite areas productive of reports can be selected, we
recommend that one or two of theses areas be set up as experimental
areas. This area, or areas, should have observation posts with complete
visual skywatch, with radar and photographic coverage, plus all other
instruments necessary or helpful in obtaining positive and reliable
data on everything in the air over the area. A very complete record of
the weather should also be kept during the time of the experiment.
Coverage should be so complete that any object in the air could be
tracked, and information as to its altitude, velocity, size, shape,
color, time of day, etc. could be recorded. All balloon releases or
known balloon paths, aircraft flights, and flights of rockets in the
test area should be known to those in charge of the experiment. Many
different types of aerial activity should be secretly and purposefully
scheduled within the area.
We recognize that this proposed experiment would amount to a large-
scale military maneuver, or operation, and that it would require
extensive preparation and fine coordination, plus maximum security.
Although it would be a major operation, and expensive, there are many
extra benefits to be derived besides the data on unidentified aerial
objects.
The question of just what would be accomplished by the proposed
experiment occurs. Just how could the problem of these unidentified
objects be solved? From this test area, during the time of the
experiment, it can be assumed that there would be a steady flow of
reports from ordinary civilian observers, in addition to those by
military or other official observers. It should be possible by such a
controlled experiment to prove the identity of all objects reported, or
to determine p[ositively that there were objects present of unknown
identity. Any hoaxes under a set-up such as this could almost certainly
be exposed, perhaps not pubically, but at least to the military.
In addition, by having resulting data from the controlled experiment,
reports for the last five years could be re-evaluated, in the light of
similar but positive information. This should make possible reasonably
certain conclusions concerning the importance of the problem of "flying
saucers".
Results of an experiment such as described could assist the Air Force
to determine how much attention to pay to future situations when, as in
the past summer, there were thousands of sightings reported. In the
future, then, the Air Force should be able to make positive statements,
reassuring to the public, and to the effect that everything is well
under control.
Very truly yours,
[unsigned]
H. C. Cross
HCC:??
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

291
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2752.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON THE PENTACLE MEMO FILE: UFO2752
The "Pentacle Memorandum" has been a controversial item since its existence
was revealed to the wider UFO community by Dr. Jacques Vallee in his excellent
work _Forbidden Science_, (Copyright 1992, Jacques Vallee, North Atlantic
Books, Berkeley CA, ISBN 1-55643-125-2).
Vallee found the two page memo in 1967 while working with Dr. Allen Hynek
papers and partially described it in _Forbidden Science_, giving the author of
the memo the code name "Pentacle".
Shortly thereafter, a document which purported to be the Pentacle Memo came
into limited circulation among certain researchers. We obtained our copy from
Mr. Barry Greenwood of Citizens for UFO Secrecy, (Citizens Against UFO
Secrecy, (CAUS), P.O.Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238).
Among other things, this document contains confirmation that Battelle Memorial
Institute was working on UFO project(s) at the time of the Robertson Panel,
(January 1953), and apparently could exercise some amount of control over the
handling of the subject matter.
Since we believe that the 1952 - 1953 period is pivotal to understanding the
nature of our government's response to UFO, we were very pleased to discover
that Dr. Vallee was working in some of the same areas (preparing _Forbidden
Science_) as we were in preparing the _Confirmation Paper_, (available from
CUFON, The Computer UFO Network, see the end of this file for information).
Although there is now testimony of an important and respected person in the
'UFO Community' regarding the Pentacle memo's authenticity, confirmation of
the document by official release would be final proof. Since that has not as
yet happened, this file has been placed the "Other Files" file section of
CUFON.
This file contains the text of correspondence between Jacques Vallee and Dale
Goudie, and between Dr. Vallee and Barry Greenwood. Mr. Goudie has provided
the texts and we have chosen to post the letter from Vallee to Greenwood
because we felt that it represented a clear, concise statement of the reasons
Dr. Vallee thinks the Pentacle document so important, and as such, should be
made available. The text of the Pentacle Memo is also included.
17-AUGUST-1993 Dale Goudie Jim Klotz
REFERENCES:
"Disclaimer": CUFON lists the following references to the Pentacle Memo as a
service to the reader only; there is no intention of providing a
comprehensive listing of references. CUFON does not necessarily endorse any
of the viewpoints expressed in the listed articles.
1. UFO Magazine, Vol.8, Nos.2 and 3, 1993. UFO Magazine P.O.Box 1053,
Sunland, CA 91041-1053.
2. Just Cause, Number 35, March 1993. Citizens Against UFO Secrecy,
(CAUS), PO Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238.
3. International UFO Reporter (IUR), Vol. 18, No. 3, May/June, 1993.
J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS), 2457 W. Peterson Ave.,
Chicago, IL 60659
San Francisco, CA
12 June 1993
Dear Dale:
I welcome your inquiries, and I am glad to see that the 'Pentacle'
memo has come out of obscurity. The document you sent me appears to be
genuine. It corresponds to the one I saw.
The question of its origin may be unimportant. Perhaps the people who
released it will go public eventually (I have an idea who they might be). The
best course of action, however, would be to seek access to the original
document, and to others of the same vintage.
I enclose a copy of my recent comments to Barry Greenwood on the same
subject.
With best regards,
/s/ Jacques
===========================================================================
Dale: FYI
(I don't know if this will be published
by Greenwood.) J.V.
27 April 1993
Barry Greenwood
JUST CAUSE
Dear Barry:
Thank you for sending me your thoughtful commentary about the Pentacle
document. I do agree with you on one point: the significance of the memo
comes, in part, from what it does not say. In particular, it makes no
reference to any recovered UFO hardware, at Roswell or elsewhere, or to alien
bodies. The greater significance of what it does say will slowly emerge in
coming years as the overall implications come to light. Let me draw your
attention to three specific points.
1. Project Twinkle and other observational efforts by the military, which
you mention in an effort to show that Pentacle was only dusting off an old
idea, were purely passive projects. In sharp contrast the Pentacle proposal
goes far beyond anything mentioned before. It daringly states that "many
different types of aerial activity should be _secretly and purposefully
scheduled within the area_ (my emphasis)." It is difficult to be more clear.
We are not talking simply about setting up observing stations and cameras. We
are talking about large-scale, covert simulation of UFO waves under military
control.
2. The greatest implication, which is perhaps not obvious on first reading
but which amounts to a scandal of major proportion in the eyes of any
scientist, has to do with the outright manipulation of the Robertson panel.
Here is a special meeting of the five most eminent scientists in the land,
assembled by the government to discuss a matter of national security. Not only
are they not made aware of all the data, but another group has already decided
"what can and cannot be discussed (Pentacle's own words!)" when they meet. Dr.
Hynek categorically stated to me that the panel was not briefed about the
Pentacle proposals.
3. Revelation of this document may seem irrelevant to _Just Cause_, but its
explosive nature wasn't lost on Battelle. As I noted in _Forbidden Science_,
and as Fred Beckman vividly recalls to this day, the Project Stork team
reacted with fury when Hynek went back to Battelle in 1967, demanding to know
the truth. The man I have called Pentacle snatched his notes away and told him
in no uncertain terms that the contents of the memo were not to be discussed,
under any circumstances.
I find it odd that a group that claims to be interested in the historical
study of our field, as _Just Cause does, should fail to see the significance
of the Pentacle Memo, which is an authentic document, when so much time, money
and ink have been devoted over the last several years to an in-depth analysis
of the MJ-12 papers, which were faked. Perhaps the Pentacle memo only proves
that scientific studies of UFOs (and even their classified components) have
been manipulated since the fifties. But it also suggests several avenues
of research which are vital to the future of this field: why were Pentacle's
proposals kept from the panel? Were his plans for a secret simulation of UFO
waves implemented? If so, when, where and how? What was discovered as a
result? Are these simulations still going on? I invite your group to turn its
investigative resources and its analytical talent to this important task.
In reading _Forbidden Science_, you should recognize that the book is a
Diary, not an analytical report or a memoir. Therefore many important
inferences, many relevant details, can only be found by reading between the
lines. Your preliminary analysis of the Pentacle memo is not unfair, but it is
somewhat simplistic, and it takes it out of context. I invite you to go back
for a second, closer reading.
cc: Fred Beckman
/s/ Jacques Vallee
SECRET
SECURITY INFORMATION
G-1579-4
cc: B. D. Thomas
H. C. Cross/A. D. Westerman
L. R. Jackson
W. T. Reid
P. J. Rieppal
V. W. Ellsey/R. J. Lund January 9, 1953
Files
Extra [handwritten]
Mr. Miles E. Coll
Box 9575
Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio
Attention Capt. Edward J. Ruppelt
Dear Mr. Coll:
This letter concerns a preliminary recommendation to ATIC on
future methods of handling the problem of unidentified aerial objects.
This recommendation is based on our experience to date in analyzing
several thousands of reports on this subject. We regard the
recommendation as preliminary because our analysis is not yet complete,
and we are not able to document it where we feel it should be supported
by facts from the analysis.
We are making this recommendation prematurely because of a
CIA-sponsored meeting of a scientific panel, meeting in Washington,
D.C., January 14, 15, and 16, 1953, to consider the problem of "flying
saucers". The CIA-sponsored meeting is being held subsequent to a
meeting of CIA, ATIC, and our representatives held at ATIC on December
12, 1952. At the December 12 meeting our representatives strongly
recommended that a scientific panel not be set up until the results of
our analysis of the sighting-reports collected by ATIC were available.
Since a meeting of the panel is now definitely scheduled we feel that
agreement between Project Stork and ATIC should be reached as to what
can and what cannot be discussed at the meeting in Washington on January
14-16 concerning our preliminary recommendation to ATIC.
Experience to date on our study of unidentified flying objects
shows that there is a distinct lack of reliable data with which to work.
Even the best-documented reports are frequently lacking in critical
information that makes it impossible to arrive at a possible
identification, i.e. even in a well-documented report there is always an
element of doubt about the data, either because the observer had no
means of getting the required data, or was not prepared to utilize the
means at his disposal. Therefore, we recommend that a controlled
experiment be set up by which reliable physical data can be obtained. A
tentative preliminary plan by which the experiment could be designed and
carried out is discussed in the following paragraphs.
Based on our experience so far, it is expected that certain
conclusions will be reached as a result of our analysis which will make
obvious the need for an effort to obtain reliable data from competent
observers using the [... unreadable...] necessary equipment. Until more
reliable data are available, no positive answers to the problem will be
possible.
===========================================================================
Mr. Miles E. Coll -2- January 9, 1953
We expect that our analysis will show that certain areas in the
United States have had an abnormally high number of reported incidents
of unidentified flying objects. Assuming that, from our analysis,
several definite areas productive of reports can be selected, we
recommend that one or two of theses areas be set up as experimental
areas. This area, or areas, should have observation posts with complete
visual skywatch, with radar and photographic coverage, plus all other
instruments necessary or helpful in obtaining positive and reliable data
on everything in the air over the area. A very complete record of the
weather should also be kept during the time of the experiment. Coverage
should be so complete that any object in the air could be tracked, and
information as to its altitude, velocity, size, shape, color, time of
day, etc. could be recorded. All balloon releases or known balloon
paths, aircraft flights, and flights of rockets in the test area should
be known to those in charge of the experiment. Many different types of
aerial activity should be secretly and purposefully scheduled within the
area.
We recognize that this proposed experiment would amount to a
large-scale military maneuver, or operation, and that it would require
extensive preparation and fine coordination, plus maximum security.
Although it would be a major operation, and expensive, there are many
extra benefits to be derived besides the data on unidentified aerial
objects.
The question of just what would be accomplished by the proposed
experiment occurs. Just how could the problem of these unidentified
objects be solved? From this test area, during the time of the
experiment, it can be assumed that there would be a steady flow of
reports from ordinary civilian observers, in addition to those by
military or other official observers. It should be possible by such a
controlled experiment to prove the identity of all objects reported, or
to determine positively that there were objects present of unknown
identity. Any hoaxes under a set-up such as this could almost certainly
be exposed, perhaps not publicly, but at least to the military.
In addition, by having resulting data from the controlled
experiment, reports for the last five years could be re-evaluated, in
the light of similar but positive information. This should make
possible reasonably certain conclusions concerning the importance of the
problem of "flying saucers".
Results of an experiment such as described could assist the Air
Force to determine how much attention to pay to future situations when,
as in the past summer, there were thousands of sightings reported. In
the future, then, the Air Force should be able to make positive
statements, reassuring to the public, and to the effect that everything
is well under control.
Very truly yours,
[unsigned]
H. C. Cross
HCC:??
============================================================================
** End **
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

490
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2753.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
SUBJECT: THE PHOENIX FOUNDATION FILE: UFO2753
Welcome to the Phoenix Foundation
Many of you have probably at one time or another watched MacGyver,
the popular TV series (no longer in production) about the guy who works
for the Phoenix Foundation.
There is a real Phoenix Foundation, incorporated in 1981. I've been
told by a reliable source (who has been an actor on the series) that
the show was inspired by a copy of a newsletter, The Omega Report, that
is produced by the real Phoenix Foundation.
The television show paralleled many of our real-world projects: UFOs,
power lines, espionage and politics.
I'd like to take this opportunity to tell you a little bit about the
Phoenix Foundation and invite you to join as a member. We will also be
uploading the texts of our newsletter, The Omega Report, to various
CompuServe Libraries.
We are, to my knowledge, the only non-profit institute in America (at
least) that is dedicated to the study of Extremely Low Frequency (ELF)
energy. ELF affects every one of us every day. Our brains operate on
the ELF frequency band (0-3000 hertz). So do the brains of every living
creature on earth. Even the earth itself oscillates at an ELF
frequency.
I have testified in federal court as an expert witness on power line
radiation. If any of you are concerned about high-voltage power lines
or substations near your home or office, or about their environmental
effects, you definitely need to know more about the Phoenix Foundation.
We have received calls and letters from around the country on this
growing problem (which a secret utility memo compares to the asbestos
crisis), and we would like to form an international network of
citizens, organizations and researchers interested in identifying the
risks and the causes, and in finding solutions that are fair and
equitable to all, including the utilities. In fact, we invite electric
utility participation.
The story of the Phoenix Foundation goes back beyond 1981. I
personally carried out a lot of the research since 1961, and founded
the Phoenix Foundation as a formal organization to further my own
personal research.
The Phoenix Foundation - just like MacGyver indicates - is involved
in many things: weapons research, paraphysics research,
extraterrestrial research, biophysics, psychotronics, electronics,
agriculture, journalism, AIDS research, conflict resolution,
spiritual/scientific research, environmental protection, space
research, and political history.
I was the author, in 1975, of "A Skeleton Key to the Gemstone Files",
available on CompuServe and must reading for anyone who wants to
understand how and why our society has deteriorated to the point it
has. The story BEHIND the Gemstone story is one of the most incredible
you will ever come across, and it can be thoroughly documented. As time
and finances permit, we will begin uploading thousands of pages of
documentation to substantiate the claims made in the Gemstone Files.
These files were the reason behind the famous Watergate burglaries.
Richard Nixon wanted to find out just how much we knew and who we had
shared this information with.
We (I) have investigated the assassinations of John and Robert
Kennedy since they happened. We hope to upload a series of exclusive
articles I wrote for a national magazine in the 1970s that carries the
JFK story farther than Oliver Stone ever dreamed. This information was
made available, upon request, to the Senate Select Committee on
Assassinations. It links Watergate to Dallas. This story also involves
mind control - something virtually unknown by the public that is again
interested in what happened November 22, 1963.
I have personally spent months in jail in Tennessee for trying to
bring this information to the public. My crime was publishing a
newspaper on Sunday. (More about this in future uploads). My home and
office were ransacked by sheriff's deputies, the CIA and the Ku Klux
Klan, working together. I was virtually imprisoned as a political
prisoner right here in America.
I have been urged over the years by hundreds of people to tell my
story, but that has been very difficult to do. It has cost me my
employability except in the most menial jobs. It cost me my family and
all that I owned (you can't pay your bills when you're behind bars).
Perhaps now is the right time, as America faces the most dangerous
period in her history. And perhaps CompuServe is the right forum, for I
can ill afford the cost of printing the thousands of newsletters or
magazines it would take to get this story out to the American people.
Unless we are halted in our efforts, we will begin uploading to you
the story behind Watergate and Iran-Contra, the real story about AIDS,
and much more. I've been there, in a unique position to witness history
in the making.
In 1961, at the age of 16, I was building spy satellites. (This is
documented in an accompanying upload - see OBSAT.TXT) Little did I know
then how a science fair project would so dramatically alter my life.
It was in 1961, in a tour of Boeing Aircraft-Wichita, that I first
discovered that the United States had recovered a crashed aircraft from
an extraterrestrial civilization and had bodies in deep freeze.
In 1963, I was involved in tornado research at the University of
Kansas, using the super-secret U-2 spy plane.
By 1964, I was working with the Cuban Student Directorate (Des Moines
branch), a CIA-funded group of Cuban exiles involved in clandestine
raids into Cuba to destroy sugar mills in an attempt to overthrow Fidel
Castro. It was years before I learned that I had actually been working
for the CIA and that this group had been involved in Kennedy's
assassination.
By 1966, I was a reporter for a daily newspaper (Pratt (KS) Daily
Tribune). At 19 I was the youngest departmental editor of a daily
newspaper anywhere in the US or Canada.
Two years later I was in Chicago, working as an investigative
reporter and national columnist for National Features Syndicate,
investigating the Kennedy assassination and working with a staff member
from the office of New Orleans DA Jim Garrison. It was there that I
stumbled across the story of how the US was using "behavioral
modification" (we know it as "mind control") to monitor and control
assassins such as Sirhan Sirhan and Jack Ruby.
While there I was savagely beaten by the Mafia - a warning to lay
off. I didn't lay off. I uncovered a Mafia-operated counterfeit
operation that was manufacturing "Longines-Wittnaur" watches by the
tens of thousands, undermining the legitimate company. By the time I
realized what I was involved in, it was too late. The Chicago Mob's hit
men made their move. One helluva story there!
That same year I was working (briefly) as a volunteer for Robert
Kennedy's presidential campaign. Then he was murdered. Within weeks, I
was Illinois State Chairman of Senator Eugene McCarthy's presidential
campaign (not to be confused with rabid anti- Communist Joe McCarthy).
I took on the Daley political machine in a courtcase that went all the
way to the U.S. Supreme Court (I won).
That case has been used as precedent by independent presidential
candidates ever since - both conservative and liberal. The story of how
both George Wallace and Richard Nixon campaigns tried to fund us to
destroy the Democratic Party is worth telling, as is the story of how
the movement was infiltrated and taken over by explosive SDS and
Weathermen radicals who wanted to dynamite the polling booths. How many
of these were federal "agents de provacateur" I'll never know, but I
publicly quit in disgust and outrage. Violence is not at all what
democracy is supposed to be about.
In 1969, with a Mafia contract out on me, I fled to Tennessee and
started publishing a small weekly newspaper in 1971 that landed me in
even more hot water. I discovered small towns are more dangerous than
the cities. They can keep a better eye on you, and destroy you much
more effectively.
My children were shot at as they played in the front yard. Friends
were offered money to put me in the hospital and shut me up. A deputy
sheriff was murdered one night when he tried to bring me a story he had
written about how corrupt the sheriff's department was, running a
burglary ring that covered several counties, and dealing drugs. When
all that failed, I was arrested and jailed for three months for having
my newspaper office open on Sunday. (That story made the papers,
television and even Editor & Publisher magazine).
When I got out of jail in 1975, I started writing my Modern People, a
Chicago news weekly (not to be confused with People Magazine). My
assignment: solve the Kennedy assassination. My undercover work for
Texas Senator Henry Gonzalez (who spearheaded the renewed JFK probe and
who later became committee chairman, only to quit after he himself was
the target of a Mafia contract) brought me even more problems after I
revealed it was Watergate burglar E. Howard Hunt who was in charge of
the secret CIA photo team across the street from the Cuban consulate in
Mexico City. That team produced the photos of Lee Harvey Oswald that
were not Oswald at all, but a CIA assassin. When it became obvious that
the Senate Committee had been infiltrated by the very people covering
up the assassination truth, both I and Gonzalez quit.
In April 1975, I completed "A Skeleton Key to the Gemstone Files" -
which is available for download on CompuServe. In May my home was
broken into and a copy of the manuscript was stolen, then later
published in the City of San Francisco Magazine.
The Williamson County Sheriff's Department placed me under heavy
surveillance. My neighbor, a redneck if there ever was one, was making
lists of the license numbers of every car that visited my house, and
turning them over to the sheriff. I was told by the Fairview police
chief (a friend) that "something is going on" and that it was out of
his jurisdiction. He had been told not to intervene. In exchange for
his "help", my neighbor was given carte blanche to go through the house
of my other neighbor, who had died, and take whatever he wanted. The
dead man's house sat vacant for months.
Not too long after that, Hustler magazine publisher Larry Flynt
(yeah, I know, he's a drugged out sleazeball), offered me $1 million
for what I had on the JFK murder. I sent him the Gemstone Files. Two
days after I discussed the story with his staff he was permanently
crippled by a would-be assassin. The story was rejected - then in
February 1979, Hustler published it - without paying for it - and even
misspelled the same words I had deliberately misspelled as protection.
I went to Charles Galbreath, former Tennessee Appellate Court Judge
and a friend of Flynt's. I wanted to know what was going on. Galbreath
wanted to sue. The story got even stranger at that point. Hustler
admitted they had receiced the story from me and offered a $2,000 out-
of-court settlement, which I rejected. (Maybe, in retrospect, I should
have accepted it).
Suddenly, Galbreath backed off, after saying Flynt was being
controlled by sinister powers.
At the same time this was going on, I was helping Richard Fann, a
former cop, in his campaign for the Fairview City Commission, and I
began publishing the Gemstone Files.
Within days, I was again arrested - on drug charges. I personally
watched from a creek (where I bathed) as Williamson County deputies
placed marijuana plants on my front porch - my front porch for
Chrissake. I heard one deputy say "I want the first shot at him." I hid
in the woods until dark, then tried to get away, but they had stolen
the keys to my car. I walked on foot for miles to a friend's house.
They nabbed me there. I was jailed, even though Judge Ann Franks told
them to release me on my own recognizance. Sheriff Fleming Williams
told the judge I had been released, when in fact, I had not, and was
being held incommunicado in the Williamson County Jail in Franklin. I
was alone in the world like I had never been alone before.
My landlady went to my house to discover "men in suits" going through
my files. She was told "if you want to keeep your family alive, you'll
get your butt back up the hill and forget you saw anything." She
didn't, but instead went to the sheriff's department, where she was
ignored. I wonder why. Years later, I found out who at least one these
men were - the Tennessee Grand Dragon of the Ku Klux Klan.
I was told I would never leave jail alive. They brought a humongous
deputy in (he must have weighed 400 pounds) and told me I would be shot
in the head trying to escape. They were going to take me for a ride. It
wouldn't be the first time this had happened in Williamson County.
Earlier an inmate, handcuffed behind his back, was shot in the back of
the head and killed when he "tried to escape."
I smuggled a letter out to the County Judge, Wilburn Kelley, whom I
had helped in his election. I also led a work strike by the inmates
when the deputies were stealing our food and taking it home, starving
us out. The letter was broadcast on the radio and Kelley visited the
jail; things improved for awhile.
I am alive today probably only by the grace of God and the compassion
of the Fairview police chief. I was taken to Fairview City Court to
face "check forgery" charges. I had signed my wife's name on a $5 check
for gas (she was at work and the gas tank was empty). She didn't
intiate any proceedings. The bank saw the signature was different and
the sheriff jumped at the possible charges. He flew into a rage when
the judge refused to force my wife to testify and the grand jury
refused to indict me. He swore he would take it over their heads to
insure I was put away for good.
The local charges were dismissed and when the sheriff's deputies
didn't show up to take me back to jail to face the "drug" charges, the
local police chief looked at me and said, "I'm not going to do their
dirty work for them. I don't care where the hell you go, just get out
of here." I fled to Nashville and stayed with a friend until my county
court date. When I showed up, they tried to arrest me for escape, but
Judge Franks said enough is enough. Stop right there. I was found
guilty, though, on the marijuana charge. I didn't stand a chance
against that. Sentence: time served.
As for Richard Fann, the cop running for office, he won with more
votes than anyone had ever received in Fairview history, and became
mayor.
My own life in shambles, I went to Nashville and waited tables while
I pursued the court case against Hustler, on my own, without an
attorney. I was doing alright, winning every motion, until a new lawyer
appeared on the scene to volunteer his help. He suggested I withdraw
the case from federal court and file it in state court, where a jury
would be more hostile to Flynt's values. Worst advice I ever took. Two
days later the lawyer vanished. I went to his house. It was bare. To
this day I have no idea whatever happened to him. Was he a plant to
sabotage the case? I don't know.
The Gemstone Files was widely published - but heavily censored - and
was made into a movie and a book by a CIA front corporation. Their
objective was to present it as fiction, so people would never again
regard it for what it was - FACT. The corporation that published it
was, in fact, a CIA proprietary airline like Air America. It was their
only venture into publishing. One of their agents tried to take credit
for the work.
At this point, I guess any person in their right mind would have
quit, just given up and said to hell with it. But then I guess I didn't
fit that description. I did tone it down (I had a family to support). I
held several nondescript jobs: typesetter, warehouse manager, retail
store manager).
In 1980, I served as Davidson County Co-Chairman of the John Anderson
presidential campaign. The campaign was infiltrated by Republican dirty
tricksters. When Anderson's daughter came to town, one of those
tricksters, who was posing as a doctor, was assigned as her driver. He
eluded the Secret Service and drove Eleanora around trying to get her
to do drugs. The Secret Service was in a panic when they couldn't find
her. I can imagine what kind of front-page scandal that would have
made. This is the first time anywhere that incident has been revealed.
It was during this same year that the Iran-Contra scandal began.
Reagan's people approached Anderson with information that Carter was
involved in some secret arms deal for the hostages. It was pure
bullshit! More dirt tricks.
In 1981, I founded the Phoenix Foundation and set up The Omega
Report, a computer-run bulletin board service. When I once again
started publishing the Gemstone Files, I was visited at work by an
individual who worked (and still does) at a top-secret communications
facility just across the street from where I lived.
This communications facility is on a hill that gives it an
unobstructed view of Nashville. It has high-powered surveillance
cameras on the tower. In fact, at a public meeting in front of some 500
people, I asked the head of the Tennessee Emergency Management Agency
about those cameras. He bragged they could read license plates at a
shopping center several miles away. My next action was a letter to
Mayor (and former Congressman) Richard Fulton asking why these cameras
were pointing into people's bedrooms (including my own) and on whose
authority. I would go out in the yard and the cameras would move,
following my direction.
The individual who showed up at work told me there was a thick file
on me making the rounds of the facility and that I had better be very
careful. I had pissed off some powerful people. I won't reveal this
person's name because I still have contact with him and do not want to
jeopardize his job. But he told me some of what was in the file -
enough private details that I knew he was telling the truth.
As Iran-Contra unraveled, the Foundation published a special Omega
Report (still available in limited quantities). We were the first to
reveal the Reagan deal to delay release of the hostages. I called it as
I saw it - treason. We reported the concentration camps set up in ten
states as part of Operation Rex 1984. These camps were built to hold
400,000 people - American citizens - who did not agree with Reagan's
Nicaraguan militarism. I sent a copy to every member of Congress (it
cost me a bundle!)
I've been told that as ABC-News panned the Iran-Contra hearing room
during breaks, copies of the report were seen on the desks of several
Congressional staffers. I can't verify that. We intend to upload that
report to CompuServe. You need to know what's going on!
We were the first to predict the Berlin Wall would fall - a year
before it happened. Using computer technology to analyze European news
events, we beat the CIA and the White House on that one!
We've produced a lot of material on the phony "War on Drugs." This
so-called war is a hoax. Uncle Sam is America's biggest dope dealer and
the "war" is simply an excuse to destroy the Bill of Rights. It's
working, too. (More to come on this).
We've produced a lot of material on the use of Extremely Low
Frequency (ELF) radiation for mind control. We've obtained, through the
Freedom of Information Act, CIA and DIA documents that prove it. We
are, according to a CIA document submitted to the Warren Commission,
being programmed "in a manner consonant with national plans" (Richard
Helms) in "the battle for the minds of men."
The DIA document tells how, in 1976, the military was using mind
control technology as a "barrier weapon" to literally change the
enemy's mind - creating temporary and permanent brain damage, inducing
hypnosis and "voices in the head."
We used it in Panama against Noriega and in Iraq against Saddam
Hussein. And in America against U.S. citizens. We suspect there is a
link between this and high-voltage power lines, as outlined in the DIA
document. The nation's electrical system and plumbing grid can be used
as a powerful ELF brain-wave transmitter to condition the population.
Even the judge in the Judas Priest "subliminal control" trial cited a
litany of how the CIA has attempted to use it "to alter the outcome of
national elections."
Remember that as you vote in November.
Another area we've been involved in - stemming from my 1961 trip to
Boeing - is extraterrestrial contact. There are a lot of paranoid nuts
out there with some wild stories, but there is also a lot of
frightening truth to what is being circulated. Our newsletters cover
some of this.
My background is journalism, engineering. I seek facts. Provable
facts. And I try to pass it on to you. We also present differing
opinions - since my role is not that of a censor, but that of
historian. Judge for yourself what may be real and what isn't.
Our involvement in high-voltage power lines has brought back the ugly
surveillance and smear tactics of the powers that be. Two years ago,
when a local utility company tried to place a high-voltage power line
in an affluent Nashville neighborhood, people were upset about the
aesthetics. We pointed out that there was much more to be concerned
about - birth defects, brain cancer, etc.
We were invited to speak to Brentwood homeowners - where a 175,000-
volt line runs only 20 feet from children's swingsets. But a power line
"volunteer" from Murfreesboro began writing letters and making phone
calls accusing me of being a convicted felon, a child molester, a CIA
agent and a communist, and warning people to stay away from me and the
Phoenix Foundation. I saw one such letter in court.
After $70,000 in legal fees (not my money), we gave up on the case,
even though I think we had a chance of winning it.
Undaunted, I set up the Global Village BBS in Nashville - America's
first community electronic newspaper and electronic town hall, with the
participation of the Democrat and Republican parties, city council
members, state legislators, the governor and Congressmen.
Within 30 days, I was again under attack. The State of Tennessee
demands to do a "routine" audit of every document, every bill, every
receipt, every check since 1988 - even though I've paid all state taxes
I've been told to pay. This audit is set to come up September 22.
That's where things stand now. I couldn't find a job anywhere. I am
unemployable. Employers who have had government contracts were told to
choose between me and their contracts. My last employer told me I was
one step away from being "hit", according to a private investigation.
This is what America has come to. This is the price you can expect to
pay for patriotism. I want to tell you - and those who may be watching
me - what patriotism is all about. It isn't relaxing in your easy chair
with a six-pack of Budweiser and Monday Night Football and accepting
every piece of crap fed to you on the news. It's about loving your
country and your people enough to take the necessary risks to make
America the nation she should be, the nation she deserves to be.
Let's not forget that people still risk their lives to make it to
America's shores. We are the best hope for freedom and democracy this
world has ever known. I just want America to be the best she can be.
THAT is my patriotism.
We've strayed from the spiritual values upon which we grew over the
past two hundred years. If we lose that, we lose it all. And I'm not
talking born-again, conservative fundamentalist Christian soldiers. I'm
talking God - in whatever form we know Him/Her. Murder, blackmail,
assassination - that has no place in my America.
Someone once said, "If you have nothing worth dying for, you have
nothing worth living for."
Dante wrote, in The Inferno, "The lowest depths of hell are reserved
for those who in a time of great moral crisis maintain their
neutrality."
One of Robert Kennedy's favorite sayings (and the one Ethel put on
his funeral invitation) was: "Some see things as they are and ask why.
Others see things as they could be, and ask why not."
The short-lived campaign of Ross Perot illustrated how hungry we are
for the America we want.
This isn't political. It isn't Republican or Democrat. It isn't even
just "America". The handwriting is on the wall for this New World Order
(Brave New World?) we face.
I invite you to join me - while you still can. The Phoenix Foundation
needs people like you who give a damn! I, personally, have something
worth dying for. I just hope it doesn't come to that, but I know my
name - like many of yours - is on that list for those concentration
camps. I believe God will watch over me until such time as He/She calls
me home. Until then, I can only continue to do what I can do to prove
that one person can make a difference. You are one person. And you,
too, can make a difference. Please join the Phoenix Foundation. Your
support will never go for anything more worthwhile. or more needed in
these times.
The Phoenix Foundation
P.O. Box 92008
Nashville, TN 37209
Membership: $25/year
I don't know how much longer we can hold out. But we will attempt to
upload as much documentation as we can before we are silenced.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

80
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2754.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
SUBJECT: PRICE'S 1955 ABDUCTION FILE: UFO2754
MUFONET-BBS Network - Mutual UFO Network
------------------------------------------
News-Wire
-----------
+----------------------------------------------------------+
:Date: 02-01-91 18:46 :
:From: David Stager :
:To: John Komar :
:Subj: Price's 1955 Abduction :
: :
:Price says he regrets telling story of being snagged by :
:aliens :
: :
: COHOES, N.Y. -- For 35 years Richard Price has :
:struggled with skeptics who say his story is out of this :
:world, and they are right. :
: :
: Price, 43, told the Albany Times-Union Sunday he :
:regrets ever having told anyone that he was abducted by :
:extraterrestrials as a child in 1955, but now feels the :
:need to tell his story to as many that will listen. :
: :
: Many have. Price has appeared on the television show
:"Hard Copy," been interviewed by Joan Rivers on her talk :
:show and had a Japanese television crew show up to tape his
:story. :
: :
: He is currently working on a book, and hopes to be :
:able to sell the manuscript so he can unburden himself from
:the past. :
: :
: Price says when he was eight-years-old, he and a :
:friend were playing in Oakwood Cemetery when aliens :
:appeared, ordered him aboard their craft, examined him for:
:several hours and then returned him. :
: :
: He claims they implanted a small piece of material :
:into his abdomen that remained there for years without :
:discomfort, finally working its way through his skin in :
:1989. The material is now in the hands of a physicist from
:the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, who is trying to
:identify it. :
: :
: Whatever happened, Price said for many years people:
:scoffed at his story and he went for long periods of time :
:without telling anyone about it, and his family suffered :
:also, until he began getting some exposure. :
: :
: "The kids used to get picked on at school, but it's:
:not as bad now," Price said. :
: :
: He said he struggles to keep jobs and is currently :
:unemployed, hoping his book will change the course of his :
:life. :
: :
: "That's when I'll probably go on Carson or :
:Letterman." he joked. :
: :
: Don Berliner of the Fund For UFO Research in Mt. :
:Rainier, Md., said Price's story may in fact be true, and :
:sympathizes with his struggles for respectability. :
: :
: "Skepticism is healthy, what bothers me is bull- :
:headed negativism, refusal to consider the possibility," :
:Berliner said. :
+----------------------------------------------------------+
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

258
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2755.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
SUBJECT: THE UFO EXPERIENCE - A SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY FILE: UFO2755
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
This is an excerpt from the book, "The UFO Experience - A Scientific
Inquiry", authored by J. Allen Hynek. Published by Henry Regnery
Company, 1972. Library of Congress Catalog Number: 76-183827
This excerpt covers pages 182-187. I found this especially illuminating
in regards to why not much got accomplished during Project Blue Book's
time and in Hynek's words as to why it was that way.
=======================================================================
** Begin Excerpt **
The popular impression through the years was that Blue Book was a full-fledged,
serious operation. The public perhaps envisioned a spacious, well-staffed office
with rows of file cabinets, a computer terminal for querying the UFO data bank,
and groups of scientists quietly studying reports, attended by a staff of
assistants.
The actual situation was unfortunately the opposite. The operation was generally
headed by an officer of lesser rank. In the military the importance attached to
a mission is usually in direct proportion to the rank of the commanding officer.
The relatively low-ranking officers in charge of Blue Book were usually assisted
by a lieutenant and sometimes only by a sergeant. For one long period of time a
sergeant with little technical training was given the chore of evaluating most
of the incoming reports.
This was not exactly a first-line, high priority operation. Blue Book had much
too small a staff to do justice to a phenomenon that so often greatly concerned
the public. Compounding the problem, the staff was able to devote only part of
its time to the technical problem at hand. During my regular visits to Blue Book
across the years I observed that much of the work in the office was devoted to
peripheral matters all done at a leisurely pace.
Further, Blue Book's low-ranking officers had no leverage to initiate the type
of investigations that were needed and for which I frequently asked. The
military is entirely hierarchical; a captain cannot command a colonel or a major
at another base to obtain information for him. He can only request. As long as
Blue Book did not have at least a full colonel in command, it was impossible to
execute its assigned task properly. In reviewing cases that had come in during
the previous month, I often asked that additional, often crucial information on
a case be obtained. The results were at best minimal; officers at other bases
were generally too busy to bother to investigate further. Why should they? They
all knew it was a finger exercise anyway.
Blue Book was a "cover-up" to the extent that the assigned problem was glossed
over for one reason or another. In my many years association with Blue Book, I
do not recall ever one serious discussion of methodology, of improving the
process of data gathering or of techniques of comprehensive interrogation of
witnesses.
The reader may well ask at this point why I did not either lay siege to the
Pentagon, demanding action, or simply resign in disgust. Temperamentally, I am
one who can easily bide his time. I also dislike a fight, especially with the
military. But most importantly, Blue Book had the store of data (as poor as they
were), and my association with it gave me access to those data. In a sense I
played Kepler to Blue Book's Tycho Brahe.
As far as demanding action from the Pentagon, I knew only too well the
prevailing climate and recognized that had I been too outspoken, I would have
quickly been discredited, labeled a UFO nut, lost access to data, and certainly
would have lost all further effectiveness. I have always been of the turn of
mind that "truth will out" if given time; if there was indeed scientific
"paydirt" in the UFO phenomenon, as time went on and the gathering of data
improved, even the most hostile skeptics would be powerless to sweep it under
the carpet. The astronomer traditionally adopts a very long time scale.
By and large, however, Blue Book data were poor in content, and even worse, they
were maintained in virtually unusable form. With access to modern electronic
data processing techniques, Blue Book maintained its data entirely unprocessed.
Cases were filed by date alone, and not even a rudimentary cross- indexing was
attempted. Had the data been put in line readable form, the computer could have
been used to seek patterns in the reports, to compare the elements of one report
with those of another, and to delineate, for instance the six basic categories
of sightings used in this book. Since all the thousands of cases were recorded
only chronologically, even so simple a matter as tabulating sightings from
different geographical locations, from different types of witnesses etc. was
impossible except by going through, manually, each and every report. A proposal
for elementary computerization of the data in the Blue Book files, devised by
Jacques Vallee and myself and submitted by me directly to Major Quintanilla at
Blue Book, was summarily turned down.
In view of the above and of the frequently contradictory and inane public
relations statements concerning UFO reports, which even the man on the street
found unconvincing, it is hardly a wonder that the charge was frequently made
that the publicly visible air force "investigation" of UFOs was merely a front
for a real investigation being carried on somewhere "higher up."
Were I the captain of a debating team whose job it is, of course, to marshall
the facts favorable to his side and studiously to avoid the other's, I could
defend either side of the argument. At no time, however did I encounter any
evidence that could be presented as valid proof that Blue Book was indeed a
cover-up operation. However, many indications, bits of information, and scraps
of conversation could be force-fitted into a yes for the cover-up thesis. Thus,
for instance, one time when I inquired into the specifics of a certain case, I
was told by the Pentagon's chief scientist that he had been advised by those at
a much higher level to tell me "not to pursue the matter further." One can make
of that what one will.
In a country as security conscious as is ours where central intelligence is a
fine art, it frequently seemed to me that very provocative UFO reports were
dismissed without any seeming follow-up - certainly an illogical if not
dangerous procedure unless one knew a priori that the report really was of no
potential information value to the security of the country (or that it was but
was being taken care of elsewhere). As an example, the report of five rapidly
moving discs, made by a member in good standing of the 524th Intelligence
Squadron stationed in Saigon and observed by him from the roof of the squadron's
headquarters, went untouched by Major Quintanilla and Blue Book on the grounds
that "the sighting was not within the continental limits of the United States."
It would seem almost inconceivable that the intelligence officer in question
would not have been further interrogated by some agency; certainly in an active
battle area his sighting might have presaged a new military device of the enemy.
Another example, one of many, was this, on the first day of August, 1965, and on
the following two days there occurred the "Midwest flap." From several states
strange Nocturnal Lights were reported by ostensibly reliable police officers on
patrol at various places over an area of several hundred square miles. Blue Book
dismissed this event as "stars seen through inversion layers," although I know
of no astronomer who has ever witnessed inversion effects that produced these
reported effects. Both past experience and calculations show that such illusory
effects, in which stars move over at a considerable arc of the sky, simply
cannot be produced by thermal inversions.
However, police officers weren't the only ones to report. The following is a
direct transcript of a Blue Book memo: In the early morning hours of August 1,
1965, the following calls were received at the Blue Book oifices by Lieutenant
Anspaugh, who was on duty that night:
1:30 A.M. - Captain Snelling, of the U.S. Air Force command post near Cheyenne,
Wyoming, called to say that 15 to 20 phone calls had been received at the local
radio station about a large circular object emitting several colors but no
sound, sighted over the city. Two officers and one airman controller at the base
reported that after being sighted directly over base operations, the object had
begun to move rapidly to the northeast.
2:20 A.M. - Colonel Johnson, base commander of Francis E. Warren Air Force Base,
near Cheyenne, Wyoming, called Dayton to say that the commanding officer of the
Sioux Army Depot saw five objects at 1:45 A.M. and reported an alleged
configuration of two UFOs previously reported over E Site. At 1:49 A.M. members
of E flight reportedly saw what appeared to be the same uniform reported at 1:48
A.M. by G flight. Two security teams were dispatched from E flight to
investigate.
2:50 A.M. - Nine more UFOs were sighted, and at 3:35 A.M. Colonel Williams,
commanding officer of the Sioux Army Depot, at Sydney, Nebraska, reported five
UFOs going east.
4:05 A.M. - Colonel Johnson made another phone call to Dayton to say that at
4:00 A.M., Q flight reported nine UFOs in sight; four to the northwest, three to
the northeast, and two over Cheyenne.
4:40 A.M. - Captain Howell, Air Force Command Post, called Dayton and Defense
Intelligence Agency to report that a Strategic Air Command Team at Site H-2 at
3:00 A.M. reported a white oval UFO directly overhead. Later Strategic Air
Command Post passed the following: Francis E. Warren Air Force Base reports
(Site B-4 3:17 A.M.) - A UFO 90 miles east of Cheyenne at a high rate of speed
and descending - oval and white with white lines on its sides and a flashing red
light in its center moving east; reported to have landed 10 miles east of the
site.
3:20 A.M. - Seven UFOs reported east of the site.
3:25 A.M. - E Site reported six UFOs stacked vertically.
3:27 A.M. - G-1 reported one ascending and at the same time, E-2 reported two
additional UFOs had joined the seven for a total of nine.
3:28 A.M. - G-1 reported a UFO descending further, going east.
3:32 A.M. - The same site has a UFO climbing and leveling off.
3:40 A.M. - G Site reported one UFO at 70' azimuth and one at 120' . Three now
came from the east, stacked vertically, passed through the other two, with all
five heading west.
When I asked Major Quintanilla what was being done about investigating these
reports, he said that the sightings were nothing but stars! This is certainly
tantamount to saying that our Strategic Air Command responsible for the defense
of the country against major attacks from the air, was staffed by a notable set
of incompetents who mistook twinkling stars for strange craft. These are the
people who someday might have the responsibility for waging a nuclear war.
For some, incidents such as the above would be prima facie and conclusive
evidence that the cover-up hypothesis was the correct one, on the grounds that
no group charged with serious defense responsibilities for the country could
have been so stupid.
On the other hand, our hypothetical debating team captain could amass an even
more impressive cache of evidence to conclude quite the opposite: that the
entire Blue Book operation was a foul-up based on the categorical premise that
the incredible things reported could not possibly have any basis in fact. After
all, science pretty well understands the physical world and knows what's
possible and what is not. Since the reported actions of UFOs clearly didn't fit
this world picture, they simply _had to be_ figments of the imagination produced
in one way or another.
All my association with Blue Book showed clearly that the project rarely
exhibited any scientific interest in the UFO problem. They certainly did not
address themselves to what should have been considered the central problem of
the UFO phenomenon: is there an as yet unknown physical or psycho- logical or
even paranormal process that gives rise to those UFO reports that survive severe
screening and still remain truly puzzling?
Such lack of interest belies any charge of "cover-up"; they just didn't care.
There is another argument for the "noncover- up" viewpoint: the underlings in
the military hierarchy (and all Blue Book officers were such - generally
captains or majors, two of which finally made lieutenant colonel but never full
colonel) looked mainly toward two things, promotion and early retirement.
Therefore, in controversial issues it was always considered far wiser not to
"rock the boat," to please the superior officer rather than to make waves. Thus,
when the superior officers, who did not know the facts but were wedded to a
rigid framework of military thinking handed down from above, let it be known in
any controversial issue (whether UFOs or not) what the "right way" of thinking
is, no underling officer was going to oppose or even question it unless, of
course he was 99 percent certain that he could prove himself correct in the
controversy - and quickly.
Since the Pentagon had spoken in no uncertain terms about UFOs, no Blue Book
officer in his right promotion-conscious military mind was going to buck that,
even if he had private opinions on the matter.
Another factor added to the noncover-up theory. Turnover in the Blue Book office
was rather high. Sooner or later the officer in charge would be out of it, just
that much closer to promotion and retirement, if he just sat tight. From 1952 to
1969 the office was headed in turn by Captain Ruppelt (who did not make his own
views known until he was out of the air force), Captain Hardin (who had
ambitions to be a stock broker), Captain Gregory (to whom promotion was the
be-all and end-all of existence), Major Friend, and finally Major Quintanilla,
who had the longest term of office. Of all the officers I served with in Blue
Book, Colonel Friend earned my respect. Whatever private views he might have
held he was a total and practical realist, and sitting where he could see the
scoreboard, he recognized the limitations of his office but conducted himself
with dignity and a total lack of the bombast that characterized several of the
other Blue Book heads.
Thus one can have one's choice of whether Blue Book was a front or merely a
foul-up. But that there was certainly foul-up and complete divorce from the
scientific community within Blue Book was apparent. The members of the
scientific fraternity were, of course, wedded to the misperception-delusion
hypothesis (there was no need for interchange of ideas with Blue Book, which
held the same views), and some members rose to heights of vitriolic verbiage in
denouncing reporters of UFOs. This phase of the total phenomenon had many of the
aspects of a modern witchhunt.
** End excerpt **
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

42
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2756.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: PROPULSION PREDICTIONS FILE: UFO2756
MUFONET-BBS NETWORK - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
ARTICLE: PROPULSION PREDICTIONS
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[Provided by the Oklahoma MUFONEWS, February 1992]
One of the theories of how UFOs are propelled is that they defy the
force of gravity. Some sort of "force" would have to be created to do
that.
In 1986, in a mineshaft in Australia, scientists thought that the
gravity recorded did not follow Newton's inverse square law. If this
were true then they might well have been on the track of a fifth force
which defies gravity.
Scientists from the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla,
California, and other locations have tested the theory by measuring
gravity from a submersible moving through 5 kilometers of water along
the California coast. The participating scientists determined that the
experiments recorded the gravitational constant G to an accuracy of 2
parts in 1,000.
No signs of a fifth force were found. However, the experiments were not
able to test for the force over great distances. If a fifth force did
exist and show itself over 1,000 meters, the measurements should have
differed from those several kilometers above the seafloor - a distance
perhaps out of range of a theorized fifth force. No appreciable
variation was found.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

76
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2757.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
SUBJECT: THE PSYCHIC PROJECTION THEORY FILE: UFO2757
From UFOs and the Limits of Science by Ronald D. Storey c.1981
Reproduced for educational purposes.
The Psychic Projection Theory
The Psychic Projection Theory represents a modern school of thought in
UFO circles, which like the Ultraterrestial Theory, developed as a
reaction to the Extraterrestial Hypothesis. The theory was first
outlined by Jerome Clark and Loren Coleman in the mid-1970s, based on
Carl Jung's concept of the collective unconscious.
The authors, however, have gone beyond Jungian psychology and postulate
that the collective inconscious can psychically project material forms,
represented in modern times by the UFO, and that "...the UFO phenomanon
has absorbed many of the ancient archetypal forms in which human beings
have traditionally needed to believe and which they have sought to
complete their world.
Clark and Coleman saa a danger in the modern world of science's
disrupting man's close bond nature, to mysticism, and to the elements,
bringing him to "the brink of catastrophe." The message they see in the
UFO myth is that the collective unconscious "...too long repressed,
will burst free, overwhelm the world, and usher in an era of madness,
superstition, and terror - with all the sociopolitical accounterments;
war, anarchy fascism," and that "...when the unconscious can no longer
be contained, its liberated contents will destroy all that the
conscious mind has produced; the fruits of science and technology,
civilized order, and the very process of reason itself. Under the new
imbalance a spiritual dark age will blanket the earth."
UFOs, then, are merely "planetary poltergeists," which are generated by
the "psychic energy" of the collective unconscious (and sometimes by an
individual unconscious), as were fairies, flying saucer "spacemen," and
apparitions of the Virign Mary. In some respects, The Psychic
Projection Theory relies on the same kinds of evidence as the
Ultraterrestial Theory, and it is sometimes difficult to distinguish
between the writings of authorities in the two schools.
The Psychic projection Theory would have to depend, at the very least,
on both the reality of Jung's collective unconscious and the reality of
extrasensory perception (ESP). Jung's writings have had wide popular
appeal, but experimental work has failed to demonstrate empiracally
that man possesses a collective unconscious. Future research may shed
more light on the validity of Jung's theory.
ESP research is a continuing and active area of research by numerous
psychologists, biologists, and physicists. A very bitter and emotional
debate has ensued over the years concerning the validity of ESP. Some
believe that the whole subject is nonsense and should not be given any
serious consideration. Others claim that ESP effects have been
conclusively demonstrated in repeated laboratory experiments and that
efforts should be directed more toward understanding the effects than
toward attempting to convince the skeptics.
Until the matter is resolved, the Psychic Projection Theory must remain
as simply a fascinating idea. Even if ESP effects (precognition,
telepathy, telekinesis, etc.) were ultimately demonstrated to be
authentic phenomena, bringing parapsychology into the mainstream of
"normal" science, there has been no indication that such "psychic
energy" could actually materialize (i.e., project) objects, whether
they be fairies or flying saucers.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

169
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2758.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
SUBJECT: EVIL 3.0 FILE: UFO2758
Mon 6 Apr 92 2:17
By: Robin Gober
To: John Stepkowski
Re: Evil 3.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Evil 3.0
To recap. Some Contactees, who believe that we create our own
reality, don't like discussions about the possibility of Evil aspects
of the Phenomenon, because they seem to believe that this might
_influence_ other Contactees and create Evil encounters. Some
Contactees don't even like to discuss this subject in public because
even talking about the possibility of influencing a Contactee might be
enough to influence the Contactee. The general thinking seems to be
that We will simply keep this matter private and not worry your little
heads about it. After all you are not enlightened are you? So how can
you possibly understand such things. It wouldn't be fair to you at all.
My own feelings, perceptions and personal experience about this
subject of influence is like everything else, complicated.
My own perception of my own personal experience seems to be that one
can affect the phenomenon by how one thinks about it. Now that is only
my own personal belief. I could be way wrong. If I were a standard
Abductee and someone told me that the reason I was having such a hard
time with my Abductions was because I wouldn't let myself believe that
the Greys or Nords were really great fellows, I believe I would STOMP
that person into the ground! I feel out of respect to struggle of
Abductees that I need to say that. I am limited in my experience in
that I am not an Abductee. I have however had negative experiences, so
I feel that gives me a more balanced approach to the issue than the
Contactee who has never had a bad experience.
So it seems that the Contactees I am talking about may be right. I
may be able to influence a Contactee. But lets look at that a little
closer. Every day each and every one of us are bombarded with issues
and techniques designed to influence our thinking. Some of these do
influence us, some don't. When you get right down to it anything that
influences me, affects me, because at some level I allow it to happen.
Most of this is done on a subliminal level, but still some part of me
says "Yes!". I alone am responsible for what is inside my head. It's my
job to check out my head, keep what I like and deal with the rest. At
present I don't seem to be able to think of any other reasonable
answer.
Is the phenomenon EVIL? Many Contactees have asked themselves that
question from time to time. I believe that just about any thinking
Contactee might want to ask themselves that question. It seems like a
fair question to me.
This can be a touchy topic for a lot of Contactees. Some Contactees
identify themselves to a large degree with the Phenomenon. So it's sort
of a "love me, love my Phenomenon." So to these Contactees, to question
the Phenomenon is to question _them_. My usual response to that is
this, "What ever the Phenomenon is, it certainly seems capable of
taking care of itself. If I got a problem with you, that is between me
and you. If I got a problem with the Phenomenon that's between me and
the Phenomenon. So unless you are the Phenomenon, how about minding you
own affairs while the Phenomenon and I work this out?"
The knee jerk defense of the Phenomenon is something one can see on
the echoes from time to time. When speaking about Abductions someone
might point out that taking people against their will and subjecting
them to examinations just might be a little unethical. THEN the
rationalization starts:
"They aren't from around here so they don't have the same ethics we
do."
(They have been here for about forty years, seems like they could
learn our ethics.)
"Just think of what we would do if we caught one of them."
(Most Abductees have NEVER caught a Grey.)
"Think of all the times we have shot at their ships."
(Most Abductees have NEVER shot at a ship.)
"Look at our society, all the killing."
(Most Abductees aren't Killers.)
"Think of all the bugs you have stepped on in your life."
(With all due respect, I don't believe bugs are capable of
suffering the same sort of emotional trauma that Abductees go through.)
"They are here to help us."
(How do you know that?)
"Because they TOLD me."
(With all due respect, you could make just about any statement you
wanted to about the Phenomenon and find a Contactee somewhere who could
tell you in all honesty that is what they TOLD him.)
Ah yes, but is the Phenomenon Evil? The truth is I don't know. I wish
I could come up with some way to decide one way or the other. One of
the points that Vallee makes is that when ever one encounters the
phenomenon there is a sort of "Reality Exchange".
"Rather than a physical occurrence inside a spacecraft, did they
experience a temporary translation of their consciousness into an
altered reality followed by visions of archetypal creatures? Is it
possible to promote coincidences and peculiar effects of apparently
paranormal nature by creating physical structures shielded from
everyday noise and serving as informational singularities?"
_Dimensions_ Jacques Vallee 1988 ISBN 0-345-36002-8
That is all well and good but it isn't something I can prove, is it?
Whatever side one takes, and I question why someone should be required
to pick a side at all, you can make some good agurments for your case.
How- ever I don't believe any one can prove it either way.
What's a poor Contactee to do? I guess I could just wait an other
forty years and hope that the U.F.O. researchers will settle that one
for me, but the reality is I have a life to live and I can't really
wait. I'll give you my answer to the puzzle.
Is the Phenomenon Evil? I don't know, have no way of knowing, may
never have a way of knowing. I am still not sure what the Phenomenon
is, or how much self deremation it might pocess. At present I bleieve,
at least in my own life, that how I think about the process, seems to
affect the encounter, but I have no way of knowing what the degree of
that affection might be.
So here is my resolution to the question.
If the Phenomenon is good, than the best response to that is a live
well lived. I must take responibility for my own actions and take steps
to make sue that I am not a burden to those around me. I must be part
of the answer, not part of the problem.
If the Phenomenon is Evil, then the best response is still a live
well lived. I can't allow evil to infect my life and destory my
happiness. I must strive for my wholeness.
If the Phenomenon is neither good or evil, or part good, part evil or
even netural, then the best response is STILL a live well lived. For me
it answers the challange in the most productive manner. Think back to
the quote on Vasation. James Sr. was told it could be used for the
perpous of Transformation. That is the "out" for all Contactees. Use
it, don't abuse it, or be abused by it, or allow others to abuse you
because of it.
I am not sure if this was the sort of response you were looking for
John, but it is honestly the best one I could come up with. Thank you
for asking my opinnion and thank you for reading all of this.
take care!
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

202
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2759.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
SUBJECT: INTERACTION WITH THE PHENOMENA FILE: UFO2759
PART 1
Intro: You may upload this file anywhere you can get away with it. Provided
that you upload the entire thing.And you inclued my mailing address:
Mr.Robin Gober
Rt.#1,Box 53
Calhoun,Tn.37309
HI! My name is Robin Gober and this is a collection of files that I have
writien about my interaction with the Phenomena. My stuff is Poltergeist
events connected to UFO type encounters. I know this isn't talked about much
but it does happen alot. More and more of us are telling our stories.
I want to be clear about this I am saying that in some cases there are
Poltergiest events along with UFO contacts. I honestly feel that the two are
connected. My understanding of the Phenomena has changed over time. But I
thought it best to leave these files as they were writen in order to show the
different stages or levels of my understanding as I have worked on my Quest for
answers. I didn't get here alone. I would love to name each and every one of
the people who have helped me in my Quest. But there isn't enough room and I am
not sure they would want to be listed at this time. The errors in here are
entirely my own and the buck does stop here. And so "within the context of
friends" leading toward the "Golden Glow" of
friendship here is my story.
GHOST CHILDERN: The childern were a very pure white. They had a shape and
moved with grace. There were like vapor trails around them. When they stopped
moving the white mist they were made of kinda moved around them.
You could see through them but not easily. They were bright and happy and
seemed very friendly. They were playing around a cedar post that my mother was
using to grow vines on. They danced around the post and at times seemed to be
playing follow the leader. They were even floating over the post. You could
hear them or at least it seemed as if you could bearly hear them singing and
laughing. They motioned with their hands to ask us to come out and play. We
laughed but were too frightened to go to play. I don't remember being afraid of
them,I was more afraid that one of my parents would wake up and catch me
outside playing in the middle of the night.
Here we see the start of a pattern. The Phenomena shows it's self in a pleasing
and non-frighting way. We are given the choice to just watch or to join it in
play. I wonder ever now and then about how things might be different if I
had ever met them half-way. Here we see the start of a pattern. The
Phenomena shows it's self in a pleasing and non-frighting way. We are given the
choice to just watch or to join it in play.
GREEN LIGHTS: The first series of encounters began when I was between the
age of nine and ten. About 1965 or 66. At that time I shared a bed with my
younger brother Lyle, who was one year younger than myself. The events started
sometime around spring. I don't know how long it went on but I would wake up,
my heart pounding, sweat on my face,able to move my head only, a little, and
sooner or later I would pivot my head to the right and there it would be, a
green lump, the size of a softball clinging to the wall just a foot or so above
my brother. I would try to cry out and warn him but I couldn't speak. I would
try to move but it was as if I were stone. I could feel a great glee,a mad
delight pouring form the green light to me with feel-able force. This went on
night after night until one night when I had decided I could bear it no longer.
I had "had it" with this light, live or die, I did not care. I had been
frightened all I was going to be. I was fed up with it. As I lay there the
light changed. It grew smaller,the size of a thumb amd began to blink on and
off like a firefly.It flew across the room and headed torward the hall way
where we always kept a light burning. I thought,"When it goes into the hall
I will see it (as a firefly)" I waited and watched. Nothing. Then I saw
the light blinking on and off in the room where my two sisters slept. I watch
and with the logic of childhood I hoped that if it was going to get anybody;
better them then me.(I still feel guilty about that thought) The light had
changed yet a again. As I lay there watching it crawled back into my room. Now
the light was shaped like half a globe resting on the floor. It still blinked
on and off. In the glow I could see that it was no longer a firefly,now it was
a caterpillar. As it cwarled toward me I decided that this was it. I didn't
know if I would ever get a chance to confront it again. I deciced that when it
got close enough I would take a look at it. Upclose and personal. While the
light retained it's shape and size the caterpillar got smaller and smaller.When
it was at the head of my bed. I pounced! I rolled out of bed and landed with
my nose just above the larva. As I watched it blinked and then faded into the
carpet the way a drop of water is absorbed into fabric. I honestly felt that
I had won. That I had passed some kind of test. Now a few interesting facts
and thoughts. After that you would of thought that I would be a true blue
believer. But no, not me! I became a skeptic,a hard nose debunker! This is
called a "Reaction Formation" in psychology. (This is an other example of why I
think it is important that I am in therapy. Becuase of that I now know why I
became such a skeptic. I could not live with the fact that something strange
was going on, so instead I held on to the faith of nice, safe, clean facts. It
was at about this time that I began blocking my encounters. I began to lead
sort of a secret life, hiden even from myself. Now that I am older I am working
my way back through my past in order to find all of myself. You asked me
what I thought they were. I will answer as best as I can.The light felt "alive"
to me. I mentioned that I felt different emotions coming from it. That it had
intelligence, I am sure, of what order, I do not know. That it was been
directed by some, other, I feel very sure. But more importantly I feel now,
that it was some kind of test. And that it was rigged for me to win! All the
other times I saw it I was never able to move. Finally when my anger was hot
enough it moved and presented it's self to me. My actions were met with favor.
Now let me point out one more thing to you. It changed from a light,to a
firefly, to a caterpiller, to a larva, to nothing. That's metamorphosis in
reverse! This is a good example of how they communicate to us using our own
symbloic languae. I think of this as a "time delayed" message because the
meaning of metamorphosis was way above the head of a young child but sticks out
like a sore thumb to me as an adult. This is also an other example of how they
stack things in their favor. How they draw attention to themsleves,how they
offer proof that something did happen.
If it weren't for the metamorphosis angle I could of easily have written the
whole thing off as a dream. But the metamorphosis (and it's many meanings) is
just to sophistocated for a child of that age. This was the first story I
ever told my guy Linn and I find it awe inspiring that as I was starting my
metamorphosis as a person the key to that jounery would be a encounter with
metamorphosis. It almost seems planned. For those of you just tuning in,
Linn,who I sometimes call YODA,is my friend,therapist,guide and co-witness.I
find it so very odd that the menory of Some how I know that is very important
but I am not sure of it's meaning. Thank you for asking me about them. I have a
few more stories about green lights but I will have to wait for another time
before I write them up. thanks!
Green Globe: Like a lot of people my menory has not come back to me in the
order that it occured. Instead it comes in groups and batches. Only later am I
able to try to place them in order.
Later that year,in the cool early part of Spring, I happened to look out the
back window of the kitchen. Out there floating in the branches was a green
glowing cloud. It was a litte bigger that a beach ball the top and bottom were
flatter but that's what it looked like. The sun was just staring to burn away
the night. I could see stars shinning through the cloud. I went and woke up my
sister and younger brother to show them what I had seen. We opened the back
door and watched the cloud as the sun slowly worked it's way up in to the sky.
My sister thought that since my brother and I were the boys that we ought to go
get a closer look. We maintained that that she was the oldest and therefore she
should go! As the sky got brighter the cloud became more transparent.
Finally we tore oursleves away and went on to school. All day long I could
think of nothing but that glowing cloud. "What on earth could it be?" I
wondered. Finally by that eveing I had an answer. With all the matter of
factnees I could muster I explained the puzzle. "What we had seen was
nothing but a radiation cloud. We had all heard of radication we knew it glowed
in the dark. So apparently this cloud just floated off of a pile of radiation
somewhere and would up in our back yard. Nothing to it!" Let me point out a
few things here. I think part of all of this was an atemnp to make me less
fearful of them. In the first story they let me think I had broken free enough
to roll out of my bed and confront that green light. Showing in effect that I
was stronger than they. Now in this story they peresent themslves OUTSIDE,close
enough to be seen but far enough away so that there was nothing to fear. If
that cloud would of moved an inch we would have been behind closed doors so
fast you wouldn't believe it. But showing themsleves this way they were making
us feel more in controll of the situation. Most fear concerns control. The
less control you feel,you have the more fear you feel. This was a way of
breaking us in. I think it also shows a willingness to indulvialize the
event to the witness. What is there to be afraid of about a cloud? Nothing. But
if instead there was a ship of somekind out there that would have been too
frighting. I also feel it is important to say that the cloud to me felt
alive. And that the feeling I got from it was that it had somehow gotten lost
was very afraid. Can you see how that would make a kid less fearful of
something. To my mind,at that time, I felt it was a "Kid" cloud all alone in
the world.
Later that summer I saw the Green cloud for the last time.(I think.) My younger
brother,returning home in the eveing spotted the cloud once again in the
braches of the silver Maple that was in our back yard. I don't remenber much
about this except I am pretty sure that this time,I at least,walked down to get
a closer look. I felt happy. I felt as if I were meeting up with an old
friend. I had no doubt that this was the same cloud as before. I could "feel"
it. I got the feeling that he had found his way back to his family and that all
was well. It seems as if he was just passing by and wanted to let us know he
was okay.
He seemed a little older,like me and a little more sure of himself,again just
like me. I didn't hear this in words. I felt it in my head. I felt it the
same way you might feel that a certain number is the correct answer to a math
problem.
That is as close as I can get to describing that. I don't remenber saying
good bye. I do remenber not feeling sad. I got the impression that we would
meet again. I also knew I had a secert,a special secert. I wasn't supppose to
tell about "knowing" what he was feeling. It would hurt the feelings of the
others and there was no sense in doing that. Only now, right now that I am
writing this do I recall that I would "think" to him. Tell him about my day
that sort of stuff. And it seems that I would feel him talking to me. But not
in words in feelings, in that special kind of knowing. I wish I could describe
it better but sense it was a thing of "not-words""words" can't be used to
describe it. I can see that I am going to have to work on remenbering more of
that. Now some more points. By this time I was trained well enough that I
had little or no fear. Once again he shows up outside,in the same place,looking
a little bigger. He thanks us(me) and makes me feel all grown up. He is
grateful to me. Can you see this pattern I'm getting buttered up. Also this
communcation is very much indilvuglezed to me. I was the one who helped him. I
even think the feeling of the gender was made with this choice inmind. Ten year
old boys are nervous around females. There was a brother in arms kind of tone
to the whole thing. The exchange of information was done in "feelings". I am
sure that if words would of worked best with me I would of heard words. But as
I learned when I was learning Bio-Feedback I am not good with words. I get my
best results by remenbering a feeling and then making myself feel that feeling.
I am given secert. That secert bound us together just as much as if we had
become blood brothers. Here ends part one;
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

118
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2760.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
SUBJECT: INTERACTION WITH THE PHENOMENA FILE: UFO2760
PART 2
This is part two. I decided to go ahead and reprint this file. Green
Cloud: Later that summer I saw the Green cloud for the last time.(I
think.) My younger brother,returning home in the eveing spotted the
cloud once again in the braches of the silver Maple that was in our
back yard. I don't remenber much about this except I am pretty sure
that this time,I at least,walked down to get a closer look. I felt
happy. I felt as if I were meeting up with an old friend. I had no
doubt that this was the same cloud as before. I could "feel" it. I got
the feeling that he had found his way back to his family and that all
was well. It seems as if he was just passing by and wanted to let us
know he was okay. He seemed a little older,like me and a little more
sure of himself, again just like me. I didn't hear this in words. I
felt it in my head. I felt it the same way you might feel that a
certain number is the correct answer to a math problem. That is as
close as I can get to describing that. I don't remenber saying good
bye. I do remenber not feeling sad. I got the impression that we would
meet again. I also knew I had a secert,a special secert. I wasn't
supppose to tell about "knowing" what he was feeling. It would hurt the
feelings of the others and there was no sense in doing that. Only now,
right now that I am writing this do I recall that I would "think" to
him. Tell him about my day that sort of stuff. And it seems that I
would feel him talking to me.
But not in words in feelings, in that special kind of knowing. I wish
I could describe it better but sense it was a thing of "not-
words""words" can't be used to describe it. I can see that I am going
to have to work on remenbering more of that. Now some more points. By
this time I was trained well enough that I had little or no fear. Once
again he shows up outside,in the same place,looking a little bigger. He
thanks us(me) and makes me feel all grown up. He is grateful to me. Can
you see this pattern? I'm getting buttered up. Also this communcation
is very much indilvuglezed to me. I was the one who helped him. I even
think the feeling of the gender was made with this choice in mind. Ten
year old boys are nervous around females. The re was a brother in arms
kind of tone to the whole thing. The exchange of information was done
in "feelings". I am sure that words would of worked best with me I not
sure that I would of heard words. But as I learned when I was learning
BiO-Feedback I am not very good with words. I get my best results by
remembering a feeling and then making myself feel that feeling. I am
given sercet. That sercet bound us together just as much as if we had
become blood brothers. Ten year old boys (me at l east) take sercets
very seriously. Even the sercet works for them it puts a small wedge
between myself and my siblengs. The sercet also works to protect me.
For a long time now I have felt that the "don't tell rule" is for the
protection of the witness not the ETs. I don't think they have much to
fear about people knowing they are here. Hell plently of us know that
they are here, and it hasn't hurt them yet. I don't want to give the
wrong impression here. Some people might think that because I feel that
I was being mislead that I believe that the ETs are evil. I don't. I
think they were doing the best job they knew how with what they had to
work with. From time to time I do feel some anger, thats just part of
therapy. But when that anger comes up I just work through it and get on
with my life. There is something very different about this third
encounter,(I don't know if that's a pun or not). The second happened in
the early morning. As the sun rose the clould got thinner. This
happened in the eveing as the sun set the cloud got more solid. So far
that's all I remenber,I can't help but think that maybe we talked on
into the night. Maybe thats where I got the idea that I could "think"
to him during the day. Maybe thats when I learned what sort of things
he wanted me to think. Maybe one day I will remenber. Green cloud four:
There was a fourth visit,I feel very sure about this one,but I am not
sure of the time. It was warm because I ws wearning a short slveed
shrit. I think it was evening,but there was still plenty of sun left in
the sky. I don't remenber how I got there but I was standing very close
to the silver maple tree in our backyard and resting up in the branches
was my Green Cloud.
I kept as much of the tree between it and myself as I could. I was
sure that if it made a move for me I easily outrun it. It was while
standing there,looking at it,that I began to have a kind of
communication with it.As is ususal with me there weren't anyreal words
thought or spoken. It was more of a collection of feelings along with
visual displays fo events. It worked okay. Some where along here I
remenbered and began to think about a black and white short feature I
saw on television in this particular picece a young boy is playing with
a ballon that somehow gets away from him. He keeps sreaching and
looking for it. Finally after many trails he is reunited with his
friend. The impreesion I got from the Green Cloud was that "he" was
older now than the last time I had seen him. To his kind he was like a
teenager now. He justed stoped by to see how we were doing and to thank
us for letting him stay the last time he was here. He also went on to
give the idea that I was the o nly one who could talk to him,so maybe
it would be a good idea to keep it a sercet,as it would only hurt the
feelings of my brother and sister. Being a young boy of about 11 I
thought this was just a great idea. It made me feel really pround that
this "older" person" was willing to trust me. Those are the only clear
cut meniories I have of that encounter although it does seem to me now
that I use to check in with him from time to time by just thinking in a
certain kind of way. What I can't recall clearly is how or why I ever
broke off talking to him at all. It seems to me that something would
have to had happened to make me stop talking. I wonder what it was?
Here is an other example of how the phenonmea presents it'self in a
favorable like. What child could resist an older presense,(a teenager!)
wanting to share a sercet. I certainly couldn't. End notes: Please
remember my understanding of the Phenomena is different in some ways
now. I hope to add more to these files later. I welcome anything you
may want to say to me. You can usualy get to me on Dream Link and
Eckar-1. I also have posted my mailing my address in case you would
perfer to write to me. Thanks for letting me tell my story and good
luck to you in your Quest for answers!
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

113
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2761.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
SUBJECT: FLYING DISKS FILE: UFO2761
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following is the FBI memorandum from Fitch to Ladd, along with the
addendum, wherein Army Air Force Intelligence asks the FBI to assist in
the investigation. Format was altered to fit 80-characters. This is
from _The Roswell Report: A Historical Perspective_, George M. Eberhart
editor, 1991 the J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies. ISBN 0-929343-
59-X.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
OFFICE MEMORANDUM - UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
TO : D. M. LADD DATE: 7/10/47
FROM : E. G. Fitch
SUBJECT: FLYING DISKS
At request of Brigadier General George F. Schulgen, Chief of the
Requirements Intelligence Branch of Army Air Corps Intelligence,
Special Agent xxxxxxxxxxxxxx discussed the above captioned matter with
him on July 9, 1947. General Schulgen indicated to xxxxxxxxxxxx that
the Air Corps has taken the attitude that every effort must be
undertaken in order to run down and ascertain whether or not the flying
disks are a fact and, if so, to learn all about them. According to
General Schulgen, the Air Corps Intelligence are utilizing all of their
scientists in order to ascertain whether or not such a phenomenon could
in fact occur. He stated that this research is being conducted with the
thought that the flying objects might be a celestial phenomenon and
with the view that they might be a foreign body mechanically devised
and controlled.
General Schulgen also indicated to Mr. xxxxxxxxxxx that all Air Corps
installations have been alerted to run out each reported sighting to
obtain all possible data to assist in this research project. In
passing, General Schulgen stated that an Air Corps pilot who believed
that he saw one of these objects was thoroughly interrogated by General
Schulgen and scientists, as well as a psychologist, and the pilot was
adamant in his claim that he saw a flying disk.
General Schulgen advised Mr. xxxxxxxxx that the possibility exists that
the first reported sighting of the so-called flying disks were
fallacious and prompted by individuals seeking personal publicity, or
were reported for political reasons. He stated that if this was so,
subsequent sightings might be the result of a mass hysteria. He pointed
out that the thought exists that the first reported sightings might
have been by individuals of Communist sympathies with the view to
causing hysteria and fear of a secret Russian weapon.
General Schulgen indicated to Mr. xxxxxxxxxx that he is desirous of
having all the angles covered in this matter. He stated that reports of
his scientists and findings of the various Air Corps installations will
be available in his office. He advised that to complete the picture he
desired the assistance of the Federal Bureau of Investigation in
locating and questioning the individuals who first sighted the so-
called flying disks in order to ascertain whether or not they are
sincere in their statements that they saw these disks, or whether their
statements were prompted by personal desire for publicity or political
reasons. General Schulgen assured Mr. xxxxxxxx that there are no War
Department or Navy Department research projects presently being
conducted which could in any way be tied up with the flying disks.
General Schulgen indicated to Mr. xxxxxxxx that if the Bureau would
cooperate with him in this matter, he would offer all the facilities of
his office as to results obtained in the effort to identify and run
down this matter.
Mr. xxxxxxxxxx advised General Schulgen that his request would be made
known to the Bureau and an answer made available to him as soon as
possible.
------------
Memorandum for Mr. Ladd
Mr. xxxxxxxx also discussed this matter with Colonel L. H. Forney of
MID. Colonel Forney indicated that it was his attitude that inasmuch as
it has been established that the flying disks are not the result of any
Army or Navy experi- ments, the matter is of interest to the FBI. He
stated that he was of the opinion that the Bureau, if at all possible,
should accede to General Schulgen's request.
SWR:AJB
ADDENDUM
I would recommend that we advise the Army that the Bureau does not
believe it should go into these investigations, it being noted that a
great bulk of those alleged discs reported found have been pranks. It
is not believed that the Bureau would accomplish anything by going into
these investigations.
DML
(Clyde Tolson) - I think we should do this. [Handwritten, dated 7/15]
(J. Edgar Hoover) - I would do it but before agreeing to it we must
insist upon full access to discs recovered. For instance in the SW case
the Army grabbed it and would not let us have it for cursory
examination.
[Handwritten, undated.]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

177
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2762.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
SUBJECT: GOVERNMENT EXPLANATION OF UFO CRASH FILE: UFO2762
ATT: NEWS (Print. TV. Radio); FM MORNING SHOWS; AM TALK
*** FLASH *** PRESS RELEASE *** FLASH ***
Date: Friday, September 9, 1994
From BILL KNELL 718-591-1854, 16422 77RD, FLUSHING NY 11365
Subject: Response to Government Explanation of UFO Crash
Title: 50 YEARS OF LIES: THE AIR FORCE AND UFOs!
From USA TODAY (9/9/94):
THIS TIME UFO MYSTERY NUMBER ONE IS REALLY SOLVED. THE AIR
FORCE, AFTER 47 YEARS OF SILENCE, FINALLY ADUITTED THURSDAY
IT WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FAMOUS FLYING SAUCER OF ROSWELL,
NM. BEHIND THE MYSTERY: WRECKAGE FOUND IN A RANCHER'S FIELD
IN 1947. THE AIR FORCE SAYS IT LIED WHEN IT ORIGINALLY
EXPLAINED THE WRECKAGE AWAY AS A "WEATHER" BALLON. THE 1994
VERSION: THE BALLOON WAS PART OF "PROJECT MOGUL," A SECRET
EFFORT TO USE LONG-RANGE BALLOONS TO MONITOR SOVIET NUCLEAR
TESTS. THE 23-PAGE REPORT DENIES THE MILITARY COVERED UP THE
RECOVERY OF A CRASH (sic) SPACESHIP AND FOUR DEAD ALIENS.
THE AIR FORCE SAYS IT LIED. But, how many times? In July of
1947 Roswell Army Air Force Base Information Officer WALTER
HAUT put out a Press Release titled: ROSWELL ARMY AIR FORCE
CAPTURES FLYING SAUCER IN ROSWELL REGION.
The Roswell Base was the home of 9 Atomic Bombs according to
Air Force records. The Base was filled with TECHNICIANS,
SCIENTISTS and ENGINEERS. It was they, according to former
Information Officer WALTER HAUT, that said the object
recovered was a FLYING DISC.
The chief Air Force Investigator of the case, the late MAJOR
JESSE MARCEL, said before his death that the object was "not
a weather balloon or secret project..." Marcel was the Base
Intelligence Officer, highly briefed and familiar with any
and all secret projects on-going in the region. He was also
a Physicist in civilian life. Marcel indicated that bodies
of small, non-human creatures were recovered from the crash.
Former Chaves County Coroner and Mortician GLENN DENNIS
backed up the stories of the bodies. He said that the Air
Force called him to purchase all the child-size coffins he
had on hand and requested information about embalming
procedures for bodies that had been exposed to the open
desert. Dennis also states that a nurse working at the base
hospital confided in him that the non-human bodies were
autopsied at the Base Hospital.
Both DENNIS and HAUT still live in Roswell. I have
interviewed them on many of my trips to the area over the
past 20 years. I have also spoken to other witnesses who
were at the UFO crash site. These interviews are part of a
video cassette release called ROSWELL: WHAT REALLY HAPPENED?,
a 120 minute prcsentation which includes video interviews
with over 20 witnesses. The tape costs $30 (including
shipping anywhere. and is available at my lectures or by
mall from: BILL KNELL 164-22 77RD, FLUSHING, NY 11365.
CONTRADICTORY STATEMENTS
Last year Dayton TV Reporter CARL DAY produced a 30 minute
special called ALIEN ENCOUNTERS: THE WRIGHT-PATTERSON
CONNECTION. He interviewed the Information Officer for
Wright-Pattcrson A.F.B. in Fairborn-Dayton, Ohio because the
original Roswell Base press release said the WRECKAGE was
brought to Wright-Patterson for further study.
The Information Officer stated that "NO RECORDS EXIST ABOUT
THE ROSWELL MATERIAL..." He said he had carefully studied
the matter and made high-level inquiries.
I travel to the Dayton area (or through it) 5 or more times
yearly. I am regularly a guest on top-rated talk and music
stations (just today on WLW in Cincinnati, heard in Dayton
and six states clearly during the day). I have stated, many
times, that I believe Alien Spacecraft have been kept at
Wright-Patterson as early as 1947 and as late as 1989. Many
Callers to the radio shows agreed. NOT ONE CALLER HAS EVER
SAID I AM LYING OR THAT THE STORY ISN'T TRUE (there are over
8000 employees at Wright-Patterson, surely one would call
and say I was full of hot air!).
THE AIR FORCE REGULARLY LIES ABOUT UFO CASES
The NEW A.F. Statement about Roswell is a result of an
inquiry by Congressman STEVE SHIFF from New Mexico who was
concerned the Air Force was lying. But, it's just a re-hash
of older statements. When MAJOR MARCEL first told his story
about Roswell saying the A.F. had lied (he was interviewed
and filmed as early as 1978), the Air Force said what
crashed on the ranch was 'radar reflecting material
connected to a weather balloon..." that was part of a top
secret radar test. MARCEL knew about the tests and said that
twice before material had, indeed, crashed in the same
area. But, the radar-reflecting material was totally
different from the suspicious wreckage that caused the
famous FLYING SAUCER press release.
In 1965 a strange object crashed near Kecksburg,
Pennsylvania. Although described as what we might think of
as a UFO, the Air Force said first it was a meteorite. Then
news leaked that NOMAD had tracked the object which changed
course completely over Ohio and headed towards
Kecksburg. Meteorites normally do not do this. Then, they
said it was space junk. According to SKY AND TELESCOPE
magazine, no known or secret spy satellites came down at
that time. The Air Force took over the small town,
threatened local residents and officials and carted away
whatever crashed.
In 1989, according to former South African Air Force Colonel
JAMES VAN GRUNEN and documents he has made available to me,
an Extra-Terrestrial Spacecraft was brought to Wrlght-
Patterson from South Africa.
In May of 1989 NORAD tracked several objects of unknown
origin heading toward Africa. South African Air Force
Command was alerted and a Mirage Fighter was sent up to
intercept the Objects. One of these crafts was shot
down. The S.A.A.F. later recovered a disc-shaped object with
strange markings on it, three non-human creatures (1 dead, 1
severely injured and 1 in perfect shape) and removed this
material to Praetoria A.F.B.
Unable to cope with the creatures or material, these were
later traded to the U.S. Government for two nucluar devices
(unspecified) and brought, through a third nation, to Wright-
Patterson AFB. Sources there have said the story is true. I
have transcribed interviews with Van Grunen and others
involved including the SAAF Pilot who shot the object dnwn.
The Air Forces of the U.S. and S.A. have had NO COMMENT on
this case except to say that "No objects of unknown origin
were tracked by NORAD at that time..." But, NORAD says they
tracked over 10.000 objects of unknown origin during 1989
and many during that time.
The latest statement by the Air Force is just another
government attempt to elude the Public into believing that
no CREDIBLE case or evidence exists to support the belief
that UFOs are of Extra-Terrestrial origin or something other
then explainable objects. As in previous cases, this
statement is self-serving, misleading and
contradictory. Last year an Air Force Colonel was
interviewed for a tabloid TV show about AREA 51 (a secret
installation in the Nevada desert where former employees
claim real, captured UFOs are tested and back-
engineered). The Colonel said that what people were seeing
and videotaping out there was a new, secret plane called the
Aurora. But, on 2/8/94 CIA Director JAMES WOOLSEY sald that
there is no Aurora and, in fact, no current replacement for
the aging SR71. SR71's were seen being used in Saudia Arabia
during the Gulf War. The Air Force says all SR71s were
retired by 1989!
BILL KNELL is a veteran UFO investigator, popular media
yuest and consultant. Last year he i m estimated UFO cases
and presented 120 slide shows in 49 States and Canada. Bill
is available for guest spots and interviews. Call BILL or
CATHIE KNELL (24 hrs) at (718) 591-1854.
(End of File)
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

301
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2763.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
SUBJECT: FLYING SAUCERS AND MILITARY COVER-UPS FILE: UFO2763
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
From the "Shepherd Express" , Milwaukee, WI - June 17-24, 1993
===================================================================
Roswell's Legacy
Flying Saucers and military cover-ups
by Gillian Sender
If Don Schmitt has his way, by the end of 1994, Roswell, New Mexico
will be a location known to most people. Back in 1947 a UFO allegedly
crashed in Roswell. Schmitt, author and UFO investigator, has spent
the last five years trying to prove the military recovered the bodies
of extraterrestrial beings from the crash and covered up the evidence.
As the special investigator for the J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO
Studies (CUFOS), Schmitt said he is dedicated to continuing the work
that Dr. Hynek began. Until his death in 1986, Hynek was considered
the pre-eminent authority on UFO phenomena. A physics professor, Hynek
became involved with UFOs as a scientific consultant to the Air Force
Blue Book Project. He coined the phrase "close encounters of the third
kind," and worked as a technical advisor on the movie of the same
name. Schmitt spent eight years working and training with Hynek. A
good UFO investigator, explained Schmitt, is judged according to the
amount of solved and explained cases, not by the number investigated.
Schmitt said he solves more than 90 percent of the UFO cases he
investigates.
Schmitt said prior to investigating the Roswell case five years ago,
he often would publicly express his skepticism concerning crash
recoveries. He and author Kevin Randle "thought we could go down to
Roswell and prove once and for all that [a cover-up] didn't exist. The
government couldn't keep something of this magnitude a secret. And
they haven't. The Roswell case has been leaking for years."
Schmitt and Randle recorded 500 interviews with retired generals,
colonels, captains, military police, intelligence and other military
officials, and civilians.
"We have six generals telling us that it is true - Roswell happened.
We have eight living witnesses describing the recovered bodies, and we
have two dozen witnesses describing the material [the unfamiliar
material retrieved at the crash site]," Schmitt said.
In the 1991 book "UFO Crash At Roswell", Schmitt and Randle document
the July 1947 events. Research suggests there were two crash sites:
debris was retrieved at one site; extraterrestrial bodies at the
other. A few months ago, Schmitt secured a deathbed statement from a
military official. "That's the eighth deathbed statement just on the
bodies alone," he said.
Schmitt said there have been several cases where families discover
just prior to the death of a loved one that the person had been
involved in the Roswell events. For example, in the last two days of
one MP's life, "all he could talk about was Roswell." The family is
bitter because the MP lived with his fear for all these years; they
feel robbed because the last few precious days of this man's life were
spent talking about Roswell, Schmitt said.
In 1941, the 509th Bomb Group based in Roswell was the only atomic
bomber group in the entire world. Typically, the 509th shared very
little with their families. The United States, although fresh from a
World War II victory, felt threatened about developments in
communist Russia--Roswell. Army Air Field was a top secret, extremely
sensitive military base.
On Sunday, July 6, 1947, rancher Mac Brazel carried some strange
debris into the Roswell Sheriff's office. The military was immediately
notified, and Colonel William Blanchard and Major Jesse A. Marcel ar-
rived at the scene to examine the material.
Numerous witnesses describe the material as "thin as newsprint and
light as a feather. It was slightly flexible but very strong. The
material would not bend; nor would it burn or be dented with a
sledgehammer. The material was lighter and stronger and more fire
resistant than anyone had ever seen, and 'heaven help us if the
Russians had that type of material at this time.' "
Early the next morning, Brazel took the military officers to the crash
site. Marcel said in a 1978 interview that the material was "nothing
from the Earth." He described the debris area as "three-quarters of a
mile long and 200 to 300 feet across, with a gouge at the top end of
it that was about 500 feet long and 10 feet wide."
On the way back to the base later that night, Marcel stopped at his
home to show the debris to his family. Although Marcel has since
passed away, Schmitt interviewed Marcel's son, Jesse Jr. In a hypnotic
session, Jesse Jr, described the material to Schmitt and John Watkins,
a psychologist, professor, researcher and hypnotist. Under hypnosis
Jesse related that his father said "the debris was from a flying
saucer."
On July 8; 1947, Walter Haut, the 509th Public Information Officer,
released a press release that stated in part, "The many rumors
regarding the flying disc became a reality yesterday...The flying
object landed on a ranch near Roswell sometime last week." Later that
day, the military retracted that press release and said the debris was
identified as a weather balloon.
The Air Force invited a newspaper photographer to take pictures of
military personnel posing with a weather balloon. All the hoopla
surrounding the recaptured flying saucer died down and remained
dormant until Marcel began speaking to the press nearly 30 years after
the incident. Schmitt said if Marcel were the only one talking he
would not be working on the case, but Marcel is not the only one who
talked. Over time, witnesses-albeit reluctantly-gave matching
testimony.
"The military has done a damn good job of discrediting the subject,"
Schmitt said. "You name it; they did it: pressure on the press,
editors, reporters."
Several journalists working on the case told Schmitt and Randle that
military personnel searched their offices and removed recorded
interviews, papers and notes regarding the Roswell incident. After
Roswell, the military moved in to stop all reports. "Project Blue Book
is a master plan of manipulating the press," Schmitt said.
Project Blue Book was the Air Force's official UFO investigation
program. All the Air Force's UFO investigative cases are declassified
and supposed to be in Project Blue Book. In 1948, the Air Force
investigated UFOs under the name Project Sign. Later the program's
name was changed to Project Grudge, and in 1953 it became Project Blue
Book.
"Project BlueBook's objectives were two-fold," said Mark Ridley,
librarian at the Modern Military Reference Branch. "The first was to
determine whether UFOs posed a threat to United States security. The
second was to determine whether UFOs exhibited any unique scientific
information and advanced technology that could contribute to
scientific or technical research."
On Dec. 17, 1969, the Blue Book Program was terminated. An official
Air Force press release stated in part, "The decision to dis-continue
UFO investigations was based on a number of factors... No UFO
reported, investigated and evaluated by the Air Force has ever given
any indication of a threat our national security... Between 1948 and
to 1969 the Air Force investigated 12,618 reported UFO sightings. Of
these, 11,917 found to have been caused by material objects such as
balloons, satellites, and aircraft; immaterial objects such as
lightning, reflective and other natural phenomena; astronomical
objects such as stars, planets, the sun, and the moon; weather
conditions; and hoaxes. Only 701 reported sightings remain
unexplained.
Project Blue Book was eventually declassified and transferred to the
Modern Military Reference Branch and National Archives in Washington,
D.C.
Schmitt's mentor, J. Allen Hynek, was hired by the Air Force in 1952
as a scientific consultant for Project Blue Book, but after
discovering that some of the more dramatic unexplained sightings were
transferred elsewhere, he started CUFOS. Brad Radcliffe, Schmitt's
assistant at CUFOS, explained, "Hynek felt Project Blue Book was
merely a public relations front. Reports of lights in the sky were
forwarded to Project Blue Book. But the ones with police officers
chasing [the UFOs], or people reporting alien beings, or the Air Force
encountering UFOs, were reported to Langely Air Force Base in Wash-
ington, D.C., Wright Patterson in Ohio, and the Pentagon."
Schmitt said Hynek told him several times in private conversations
that "UFOs threatened national security so they were not part of the
Blue Book system. It was part of another investigation."
Schmitt said one of his Pentagon sources, a colonel, told him, "There
is a top-secret investigation that continues today. There is a
top-secret organization on top of Blue Book, and that is where your
Roswell case is."
There is no mention of the Roswell Case in Project Blue Book. Edward
Reese of the Military Reference Branch of the National Archives said
he has been dealing with Project Blue Book since 1973. He made
extensive searches among the released documents under the subjects
MJ-12, majestic, unidentified flying objects, UFO, flying saucers,
extraterrestrial biological entities and Aquarius, and "these searches
were all negative."
Reese admitted he finds it "strange" that there is no mention of
Roswell, even though there is an official military answer. "Although
the Air Force listed a balloon as an explanation for the Roswell case,
the balloon is not listed in Blue Book."
If a weather balloon is not the reason for the Roswell incident, then
the case should not be classified. Several weather balloons were
recovered in the 1940's and '50's but none of these cases was
classified and the finders were often given permission to keep the
balloon.
The Roswell case is still guarded by intense security. The retired
officers are often reluctant to speak: "They are still under military
regulations that make any disclosure sensitive to UFO material
punishable by a forfeiture of any pension and benefits, plus a
$10,000 fine and/or prison," Schmitt said.
Schmitt said several top military officials say they are "sworn to
secrecy and couldn't talk to us. Why after all these years are
military men telling us they are sworn to secrecy for a weather
balloon?"
Schmitt said when initially contacted, many officers at first deny
their involvement with Roswell. In Schmitt's book, "UFO Crash At
Roswell," a plainclothed senior counter intelligence agent; a member
of the predecessor to the current CIA, is quoted throughout but never
mentioned by name.
"At first he would say he wasn't there. Then when we showed him
documents that place him there, he would say, 'well, nothing was
recovered.' Then he would tell me he was there; but it was a radio
sound balloon. But that is the wrong balloon. The official explanation
is a Rawin target balloon. Why is he telling us that it is the wrong
balloon?"
However, in Schmitt's follow-up book to "UFO Crash" - scheduled for
release in late 1993-the counter-intelligence officer, Sheridan
Cavitt, is identified. Cavitt leaked crucial information to Schmitt
and Randle. "We have him on tape saying it could very well have been a
flying saucer," Schmitt said.
Critics contend that military officers would be reprimanded for
speaking out of line. Schmitt disagrees. "Officially they can't talk
to us. But they talk to us off the record." There is also a Catch-22.
If the debris are from a weather balloon, then where is the violation?
"But if it is the real thing, and if there is a reprimand, then they
are blowing the cover. They are conceding that they did break
security," Schmitt said.
For example, Brigadier General Arthur E. Exon, while a lieutenant
colonel, was at Wright Field in July 1947. In "UFO Crash At Roswell,"
Schmitt wrote, "He was there when the wreckage from the Roswell crash
came in and was aware of the recovery in New Mexico. He knew that it
was brought in and knew where it was sent...He saw the wreckage, and
learned from his colleagues that the bodies had arrived on the base."
"Here we have a general officer telling us that Roswell happened and
that it is true," Schmitt said. He is a general-who is going to
reprimand him? "And as Exon told me, he could tell the vice president
where to go," Schmitt added. "This is his testimony. He can't prove
the physical reality of Roswell, but he can tell us that it
happenned."
As the officers reach their declining years, more and more are
beginning to talk. In addition to the eight deathbed statements
describing the bodies, the second book will include eight living
testimonies. All the testimonies described the bodies identically:
"They are humanoid; approximately 4 feet in height. Slightly
disproportionate heads; larger eyes; ashen grey skin, and wearing
aluminum one-piece jump suits," Schmitt said.
The Air Force vehemently disagreed with Schmitt's conclusions. An Air
Force press release states in part, "Periodically, it is erroneously
stated that the remains of extraterrestrial visitors are or have been
stored at Wright-Patterson AFB. There are not now, nor ever have been,
any extraterrestrial visitors or equipment on Wright-Patterson Air
Force Base."
Before believing the government, Schmitt said people should examine
the evidence: Government documentation and the testimony of
collaborative witnesses. Schmitt said six congressional offices are
convinced there is a cover-up. "The question is, will they push for
hearings?"
Congressional hearings could raise subpoena power with many witnesses
who are still sworn to secrecy. But time is running out; the witnesses
are getting older.
Schmitt believes 1994 will be a key year for the Roswell case.
Documentaries by CBS, CNN, and French and Australian production
companies are in the works; a well-known movie star will play Major
Marcel in an upcoming film.
This publicity could very likely ensure the opening of government
documents. With the release of part two of "UFO Crash At Roswell," the
movie, and then numerous documentaries, Schmitt hopes public pressure
will push the government for a full disclosure.
"They might not have all the answers but they do know the truth,"
Schmitt said. The truth being the UFO phenomenon is real. I am
convinced of this."
The government's current position is similar to the last scene in
Steven Spielberg's film, "Raiders of the Lost Ark," where, after the
government finally receives the mysterious ark, officials place the
ark in a crate and bury it with thousands of other crates. Hynek, a
close friend of Spielberg, told Schmitt this was Spielberg's intent.
After nearly 50 years, the cover-up is beginning to unravel.
** End **
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

469
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2764.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
SUBJECT: TIMELINE OF THE ROSWELL EVENT FILE: UFO2764
TIMELINE OF THE ROSWELL EVENT
Note: Bracketed [] entries are those for which we have only indirect
evidence or for which a time slot could not be definately established.
This chart is a revised version of the one that appeared in _UFO Crash
at Roswell_.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date/Time | Events at Roswell, N.M. | Events elsewhere
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Tue. 7/1 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| | Sherman Campbell discovers
| | weather balloon debris
| | near Circleville, OH.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Wed. 7/2 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Night | 9:50pm. Mr. & Mrs. Dan Wilmot report |
| oval-shaped UFO moving NW, toward the|
| crash site. William Woody and his |
| father also observe a bright, arching|
| light with a red contrail as they are|
| driving NW of Roswell. |
| Mac Brazel and others hear loud |
| explosion. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Thu. 7/3 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Mid- | Mac Brazel, accompanied by 7-year-old|
morning | D. Proctor, discovers a large amount |
| of light-weight, metallic debris on a|
| remote pasture (the debris field). |
| |
Late | Brazel visits his neighbors, the | Aborted V-2 rocket launch
morning | Proctors, and shows them some of the | at White Sands Proving
| material. | Grounds, NM.
| |
Evening | Brazel removes a large, circular |
| piece of debris from the debris field|
| and stores it in a shed. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Fri. 7/4 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Holiday. | 1:00-2:00pm. Flying disks
| | observed at Portland, OR.
| | 9:12pm. United Air Lines
| | flight crew watches 9
| | disks over Emmett, ID.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Sat. 7/5 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Brazel goes to Corona, NM, and tells |
| some acquaintances about the find. |
| On the way back he stops again at the|
| Proctors. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Sun. 7/6 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Morning | Brazel drives to Roswell to visit | [Army Air Force captain
| Sheriff Wilcox. | sees flying disk near
| | Fairfield, CA.
| |
Early | Brazel and Wilcox call Roswell base | 1:45pm B-25 crew observes
afternoon | and report the find. | silvery disk over Clay
| | Center, KS.
| |
| Col. Blanchard, Maj. Marcel, and CIC |
| Captain Cavitt arrive at Wilcox's |
| office to interview Brazel. |
| |
Mid- | [Blanchard returns to the base with | [General Ramey alerts the
afternoon | a portion of Brazel's debris and | Pentagon about the find.
| alerts General Ramey in Fort Worth | The Pentagon orders debris
| about the find.] | sent to Fort Worth.]
| |
Late | Marcel and Cavitt accompany Brazel |
afternoon | back to his ranch to go to the debris|
| field. |
| The two deputies return to Sheriff |
| Wilcox, having found an area of |
| blackened ground. |
| |
Evening | 1st flight out. Debris flown to |
| Fort Worth. |
| |
Night | Marcel and Cavitt stay at Brazel's | Col. Alan D. Clark flies
| ranch and examine the large piece | debris in a B-26 from Ft.
| stored in the shed. | Worth to Washington, DC
| | for Gen. McMullen.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Mon. 7/7 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Early | Brazel takes Marcel and Cavitt to |
morning | debris field. |
| |
Daytime | | 11:45am. Koshkonong, WI,
| | flying disk sighting.
| [General Twining makes an unannounced| 2:30pm. East Troy, WI. case.
| visit to Kirtland Air Field, near | 9:00pm. William Rhodes takes
| Albuquerque.] | photograph of flying disk
| | over Phoenix, AZ.
| |
Late | Marcel and Cavitt leave for the | [Debris from Washington
evening | Roswell base after loading their | is sent to Wright Field,
| vehicles with debris. | near Dayton, OH.]
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Tue. 7/8 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Very early| Marcel stops at his home (2:00am) and|
morning | shows some of the debris to his wife |
| and son before proceeding on to the |
| base. |
| |
Early | Blanchard orders Maj. Easley to post |
morning | guards on the access roads to the |
| debris field. |
| [7:30am] Staff meeting held by |
| Roswell base officers to discuss |
| debris. |
| |
Mid- | 9:00am Cavitt and his assistant M/Sgt|
afternoon | Rickett obtain a staff car and drive | 9:30-11:50am. Series of disk
| to Brazel's ranch to pick him up and | sightings by pilots and
| return to the debris field. | officers at Muroc Air Base
| Troops arrive at debris field to | CA.
| begin recovery. |
| [11:00am] Blanchard dictates a press |
| release on the recovery of a flying |
| disk to PIO Walter Haut. |
| |
Mid-day | Haut goes into town to deliver his |
| press release to the radio stations |
| and newspapers. His first stop is at|
| station KGFL, where he gives the |
| release to Frank Joyce. |
| Noon. The information is put on the |
| AP wire. |
| 1st flight in arrives from Washington|
| DC, carrying a special team of photo-|
| graphers and W/O Robert Thomas. |
| William Woody and his father, still |
| curious about their sighting, drive |
| toward Corona. They are turned away |
| by MPs posted on outlying roads. |
| |
Early | News of the recovery spreads as the |
afternoon | story hits the wire services. Phone |
| lines at the base, at the sheriff's |
| office, and at newspaper and radio |
| news offices are tied up. |
| Sheriff Wilcox sends two more |
| deputies to the debris field; they |
| are turned back by MPs. |
| Cavitt and Rickett return to the |
| Roswell base with Brazel. |
| |
Mid- | Brazel is flown back to the debris |
afternoon | field from the base; other planes |
| from Roswell are similarly recon- |
| noitering the area. |
| The impact site is discovered from |
| the air; ground troops are directed |
| toward it. |
| [Barney Barnett and a group of |
| students and archeologists or rock- |
| hunters are already at the impact |
| site and see debris and bodies; they |
| are escorted off by the Army.] |
| Col. Blanchard "goes on leave" from |
| the base, but he actually leaves to |
| visit the debris field. |
| Material has been brought from the |
| debris field and loaded onto a C-54; |
| this 2nd flight out is flown by Capt.|
| Pappy Henderson to Wright Field. | J. Bond Johnson, of the
| 3rd flight out, a B-29, carries | Fort Worth Star-Telegram,
| Marcel to Fort Worth Army Air Field. | is told to go to Fort
| A few wrapped packages [of debris] | Worth Army Air Field to
| are also on the plane. | cover a flying disk story.
| |
Late | Clean-up continues at the crash | Marcel arrives in Fort
afternoon | sites. | Worth and confers with Gen.
| Brazel is flown back to the base, | Ramey; at some point
| then leaves and is located by Walt | remnants of a balloon are
| Whitmore, Sr., of radio station KGFL,| substituted for the real
| who interviews him about the find. | debris.
| Blanchard visits the debris field | A press conference is held
| and impact site with his staff. | in Ramey's office; Johnson
| A 2nd flight from Washington, DC, | photographs Marcel and
| arrives at the base; Rickett gives | Ramey with the balloon
| the crew a sealed box filled with | remnants; W/O Irving
| debris; the plane returns shortly to | Newton identifies the
| Washington (4th flight out). | material as a balloon with
| The Roswell Daily Record carries | a radar target device
| "RAAF Captures Flying Saucer" story. | attached.
| | Ramey issues a statement
| | claiming that the Roswell
| | officers were fooled and
| | that the material was from
| | a weather balloon.
| |
Early | Sgt. Melvin Brown looks under a tarp | 6:17pm Memo from FBI Dallas
evening | on the back of a truck at the impact | office to SAC regarding
| site and sees several alien-looking | weather balloon cover
| bodies. | story.
| Glenn Dennis, a local mortician, is | Ramey gives an interview
| intrigued by several inquiries from | on Fort Worth radio station
| the base about tissue preservation | WBAP about the weather
| and the smallest caskets he has | balloon cover story.
| available. |
| Truck carrying the bodies arrives at |
| the base. |
| A preliminary autopsy is attempted at|
| the base hospital by pathologist Dr. |
| Jesse Johnson, Jr. |
| Dennis tries to visit the base |
| hospital but is turned away forcibly;|
| a nurse friend warns him to leave |
| before he gets in trouble. |
| [8:30pm] Barnett returns home to |
| Socorro. |
| |
Night | Capt. John Martin, Sgt. Brown, and |
| other MPs guard a crate containing |
| the bodies that has been placed |
| inside an empty hangar. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Wed. 7/9 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Early | Troops continue clean-up at the crash|
morning | sites. |
| At the base, three C-54's begin to be|
| loaded with crates filled with debris|
| (8:00am). |
| [Senator Dennis Chavez calls Walt |
| Whitmore Sr. to warn him against |
| broadcasting an interview with |
| Brazel; a representative of the FCC |
| threatens to pull his broadcast |
| license.] |
| |
Mid- | Officers from the base locate Brazel |
morning | (who had stayed with Whitmore) and |
| return him to the base for |
| questioning. |
| |
Late | Brazel is taken by the military to |
morning | the office of the Roswell Daily |
| Record, where he gives a revised, |
| sanitized version of the story. |
| [A special secret service envoy |
| representing President Truman arrives|
| from Washington (3rd flight in.)] |
| |
Noon | The crate with bodies is moved from |
| the hangar to Bomb Pit Number One. |
| [Floyd Proctor, Lyman Strickland, |
| and others observe Brazel in town |
| escorted by soldiers.] |
| |
Early | Officers from the base visit | General Schulgen requests
afternoon | newspaper and radio offices in town | FBI cooperation in solving
| and recover all copies of Haut's | the flying disk problem.
| original press release. | The War Department tells
| Brazel is taken to radio station | the FBI that the disks
| KGFL, where he gives a revised | do not belong to the
| version of his story. | Army or Navy.
| |
Late | Three fully loaded C-54's (5th-7th |
afternoon | Flights out) carry debris to Los |
| Alamos, NM, via Kirtland Field. |
| 4:00pm. The crate from Bomb Pit |
| Number One is transferred to a B-29 |
| and flown (8th Flight out) to Fort |
| Worth. | 5:00pm. Ball of light
| The Roswell Daily Record carries a | deposits odd metal on
| sanitized version of Barzel's story. | ground near Midland, MI.
| |
Early | | 6:00pm. Officers and a
evening | | mortician in Fort Worth
| | meet the incoming B-29
| | from Roswell; the flight
| | crew returns to Roswell
| | with Marcel.
| |
Late | 8:00pm. Marcel arrives back in | 11:30pm. Constable in
evening | Roswell (4th Flight in). | Grand Falls, Newfoundland,
| | observes 4 flying disks.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Thu. 7/10 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Clean-up continues at the crash | [A flight from Wright Field
| sites. | arrives in Fort Worth and
| Brazel continues to be interrogated | returns to Wright Field
| and held at a guest house on the | with more debris and a
| base. | large, metallic container
| [Remaining debris confiscated from | on board.]
| Sheriff Wilcox by military | FBI memo, Fitch to Ladd.
| personnel.] | Aborted V-2 launch at
| | White Sands.
| | [General Twining stops at
| | White Sands before return-
| | ing to Wright Field.]
| | President Truman derides
| | flying disk stories.
| | 4:00pm. TWA representative
| | sees flying disk at Harmon
| | Field, Newfoundland.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Fri. 7/11 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| MPs and others involved in the |
| retreival are debriefed and told to |
| forget that it happened. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Sat. 7/12 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Bill Brazel Jr. returns to his | 6:30pm. Flying disk follows
| father's ranch; no evidence of a | a C-47 at Elmendorf Field,
| military presence remains. | Alaska.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Late July | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| July 15 - Mac Brazel returns to his |
| ranch from the Roswell base after his| 7/20- Silver-white disk
| interrogation. | moving at great speed
| | reported near Cumberland,
| | MD.
| | 7/26- National Security
| | Act passes, which
| | coordinates the Army, Navy,
| | and Air Force into a single
| | national military
| | establishment under the
| | Secretary of Defense. The
| | Army Air Force becomes
| | the U.S. Air Force.
| | 7/30- The first Air Force
| | "estimate" of the nature
| | of the flying disks is
| | drafted by Gen. Schulgen's
| | staff.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
August '47| |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Mac Brazel and Tommy Tyree spot a | 8/19- FBI memo, Fitch to
| piece of debris in a sinkhole near | Ladd.
| the debris field. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Sept. '47 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Prof. Lincoln LaPaz, secretly charged| 9/5- Gen. Schulgen tells
| with reconstructing the object's | the FBI that the disks do
| trajectory, arrives from Washington | not belong to the Air
| and rediscovers the area of black- | Force.
| ened ground with Rickett. | 9/23- Gen. Twining calls
| | for an official invest-
| | igation of the flying
| | disks.
| | 9/24- Alleged memo from
| | Truman to Forrestal,
| | establishing Operation
| | Majestic Twelve. Vannevar
| | Bush meets with Truman.
| | 9/25- FBI memo, Ladd to
| | Hoover, advising that FBI
| | discontinue flying disk
| | investigations.
| | 9/26- Sidney Souers named
| | head of new National
| | Security Council, which
| | holds its first meeting.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Oct. '47 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| | 10/1- Truman letter to
| | Vannevar Bush, the sig-
| | nature of which matches
| | the MJ-12 memo of 9/24.
| | 10/28- Schulgen issues a
| | draft collection memo-
| | randum that outlines the
| | essential elements of
| | information required to
| | analyze flying disk
| | reports.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Sep. '48 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| LaPaz tells Rickett that he is still |
| convinced the Roswell debris was an |
| unoccupied probe from another world. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
Summer '49| |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| The gouge is still visible at the |
| debris field. |
| Mac Brazel, having found various |
| scraps of debris for the past two |
| years, mentions in Corona that he |
| still has the material. The next day|
| a Capt. Armstrong and three others |
| from the base confiscate the pieces. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
1978 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| | Pappy Henderson confides
| | to a close friend that he
| | had flown wreckage from
| | a crashed saucer to Wright
| | Field; he still has a
| | fragment of the debris.
| | Marcel, located by
| | researcher Stan Friedman,
| | says he is sure the debris
| | was nothing from earth.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
1980 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| | In Search Of interviews
| | Marcel, who says he is
| | sure the Roswell debris
| | was nothing from earth.
| | Charles Berlitz and William
| | L. Moore publish their
| | report on the case, The
| | Roswell Incident.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
1982 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| | Pappy Henderson tells his
| | wife Sappho about his role
| | in the recovery.
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
1988 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Oct.- An Air Force pickup truck is |
| seen on the Foster Ranch; the driver |
| asks ranch hand Jim Parker if the |
| Roswell crash site is nearby. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
1989 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| Sept. 15-19 The Center for UFO |
| Studies conducts an expedition to |
| the debris field. |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
1991 | |
----------|--------------------------------------|---------------------------
| | July- Kevin Randle and
| | Donald Schmitt's account
| | of the case, UFO Crash
| | at Roswell, is published
| | by Avon Books.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

97
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2765.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
SUBJECT: SCIENCE AND THE UNKNOWN FILE: UFO2765
MUFONET-BBS Network - Mutual UFO Network
------------------------------------------
January 27, 1989
American-Statesman
Austin, Texas
SCIENCE AND THE UNKNOWN
Private citizens <20>who <20>have <20>reported <20>UFO <20>sightings <20>to <20>government
officials sometimes complain of secrecy, frustration and laughter.
Floyd Petri <20>founded <20>the Center for <20>Instrumented <20>UFO <20>Research <20>in
Bastrop in part to circumvent such bureaucratic hassles.
"Our <20>purpose is to confirm the existence or nonexistence of the <20>UFO
by scientific means," said Petri, a retired police chief.
"Before organizations such as this existed, an individual was nothing
more than a UFO buff or a witness. Often, after people made a report to
the <20>authorities, <20><>that was the last they heard of it. <20><>Any <20>physical
evidence they offered went up in smoke."
Petri <20>said <20>the <20>10-year-old center is <20>accumulating <20>equipment <20>and
personnel to set up a monitoring station and a field unit, <20>probably in
a van. Both will be equipped with devices such as radar, mangetometers,
cameras, <20>video equipment, radiation and sound detection equipment, and
chart recorders.
"There are many Americans who are funding this kind of research right
out <20>of their own pockets," <20>he said. <20>"Just like there are people <20>who
spend thousands of dollars a year fishing. This is my hobby. This is
where my money goes. There also have been donations and benefactors
interested in our research."
The scientific instrumentation -- much of which the center owns --
sounds impressive. But some of the most fruitful research -- retrieving
government documents pertaining to UFOs --forces the private UFO
investigator to use simpler but equally powerful tools such as
typewriters and the mail.
"The Freedom of Information Act is one of the nicest things that ever
happened to us," Petri said. "There is a world of information in the
hands of the government and individuals. If it was gathered, studied
and disseminated properly, the information would shed some light on the
UFO enigma. Many groups are trying to do that now."
Petri's organization is interested in investigating suspected landing
sites and trace materials from all kinds of encounters -- from cattle
mutilations to indentations thought to be made by saucer landing pods.
And the center is involved in the computer enhancement of photos
showing UFOs to determine their validity.
UFO abduction cases also draw the center's attention if there's
evidence in addition to an abductee's account.
Petri also serves as state section director of Bastrop and Travis
Counties for the Mutual UFO Network.
The center and MUFON work together to train UFO investigators,
discuss cases and plan field trips for investigations. Joint meetings
are under the acronym PULSE --Project UFO Landings, Sightings and
Encounters -- so the two organizations can maintain separate
identities.
"The goals are to share information and ferret out bad, distorted
information," Petri said. "So the organizations don't mind
communicating."
Ten members are training to be field investigators. Three have been
trained. Most are professional people with skills such as photography,
computers, legal investigation and medicine.
Membership is by invitation. The center seeks people with
professional expertise that could be of use in UFO investigations.
Though it costs nothing to join, members must subscribe to the MUFON
UFO Journal.
"We're not here to make converts but to collect evidence," Petri said.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

56
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2766.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
SUBJECT: THE SECRET WEAPON THEORY FILE: UFO2766
From UFOs and the Limits of Science by Ronald D. Story c. 1981
Reproduced for educational purposes only.
The Secret Weapon Theory
This theory, which was more popular in the 1950s, refers to advanced
technological flying devices constructed by the U.S. government or some
foreign power. The proposition has some very serious problems. First,
UFOs were reported soon after World War II, when military jet aircraft
were barely operational. Had the U.S. had operational "saucers" capable
of the performance described, it would not have expended the hundreds
of billions of dollars that it has, since that time, in the development
of alternate and less efficient military weapons systems.
Secondly, even if such craft had been experimentally tested or even
operationally deployed, they would not have been permitted to approach
civilian airports, urban centers, and all the everyday places where
UFOs are reported. Also, they would not have been deployed to the
dozens of countries where UFOs are reported. On the other hand, such
craft would very probably have been revealed to the world as a major
technological breakthrough and as a warning to all potential
adversaries. The political advantages of the latter would have been
enormous.
A third problem would be the question of security. The development and
operation of such craft would have involved many thousands of persons
over a long period of time, and it is almost inconceivable that the
secret would not have eventually surfaced. These same arguments can, of
ocurse, be applied to a Soviet secret weapon, or one from any other
country. A British/Canadian Secret Weapon Theory, for example, was once
in vogue, and one organization has been promoting a Nazi Secret Weapon
Theory, interwoven with Adolf Hitler's possible survival and escape
from Berlin. The organization has published a book supporting this
claim and also makes available other Nazi-oriented books, posters,
bumper stickers, and tapes (such as "Beautiful Nazi Songs and Marches,"
"Songs of the Brownshirts," "Dr. Goebbels and the Third Reich," and
"Adolf hitler Speaks to the Reichstag"). As with all other "secret
weapon" theories, it is difficult to imagine how such craft could have
been operated for more than thirty years without political utilization
or without the truth emerging.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

98
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2767.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
SUBJECT: NASA'S SEARCH FOR E.T. ABOUT TO BEGIN FILE: UFO2767
MUFONET-BBS NETWORK - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
--------------------------------------------
ARTICLE / OKLAHOMA MUFON
--------------------------
NASA'S SEARCH FOR ALIEN LIFE ABOUT TO BEGIN
---------------------------------------------
Provided by: Oklahoma Mufonews Newsletter January 1992
Green Valley, W.VA. - It could be a crucial moment in human history,
the start of a new age of exploration that leads to discoveries
eclipsing those of Christopher Columbus. Or it may be an interstellar
wild goose chase.
Next Columbus Day, after almost two decades of skepticism and debate,
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration plans to launch a
seven-year, $100 million effort to scan the heavens for the equivalent
of two little words: "Greetings Earthlings"
The program, called the Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence,
will be humankind's most ambitious effort so far to pick up radio
signals from beings outside out solar system.
"It would probably be the biggest advance since the birth of
language," said astronomer Eric J. Chaisson, senior scientist at
Baltimore's Space Telescope Science Institute, who sat on the panel
that helped plan the search.
For the first few years, all SETI work will involve borrowing radio
telescopes normally used for astronomy or satellite tracking.
But in 1995, when a huge new radio telescope is completed at the
National Radio Astronomy Observatory here, SETI astronomers will get
the full-time use of the observatory's current workhouse-a 140-foot
wide, white steel dish that looms above the farmland in this isolated
Appalachian valley.
Observatory Director George Seielstad, who navigates a battleship-
gray diesel sedan (the spark plugs in gasoline-powered engines cause
radio noise) around the observatory grounds, is typical of many
astronomers in that he has come to suspect that life probably has
developed on planets orbiting other stars.
And on some of those planets, he thinks, intelligent life probably
has built technological societies.
But the odds against finding those civilizations, he figures, are -
well, astronomical.
Even if extraterrestrial civilizations pepper the starry night,
scientists speculate they may not want to advertise themselves. Or they
might be too advanced, or not advanced enough to use radio signals.
Or their signals may be drowned out by the rising babble of earthly
radio transmissions, especially those produced by the world's military
forces and the growing number of global communications satellites.
Or those cultures may simply be scattered too thinly in what
scientists call the "cosmic haystack" - the universe's billions of
galaxies, each containing hundreds of billions of stars.
Chaisson, a former member of the panel of astronomers that planned
the SETI project, compared the task to sifting the sands of the
Atlantic beaches by hand in search of a single small diamond.
Still, many scientists support the hunt.
"The reward is so enormous." Seielstad said, "It's such a significant
discovery that you have to find out. As humans, our intellectual
curiosity sort of demands we find out if this is true."
"At least this set of measurements will let us know something," he
says. "You're trying. You're not just speculating. It's not just asking
how many angels can dance on the head of a pin."
"Anybody who thinks they know the chances of success is a fool," said
astronomer Frank D. Drake, who has estimated that there may be a few
thousand extraterrestrial civilizations scattered among the Milky Way's
400 billion stars. "But my guess is we have a real chance of succeeding
by the turn of the century."
Others think it will take much longer. In 1985, one astronomer at a
SETI conference offered the "fairly optimistic" assessment that a
successful search might take 5,000 years.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

171
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2768.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2768
PART 1
Filename: Harry1.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 03/12/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL CORRUPTION
By Harry V. Martin
A NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel, 1991
March 12, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
EDITOR'S NOTE: When discussing the widespread corruption in the
federal Bankruptcy Courts, it is difficult to focus on just the
Northern California jurisdiction. This new series will focus on the
extent of the corruption throughout the nation and its linkage to
various courts.
When the U.S. Government sent Anthony Souza to Northern California to
investigate what government officials called "the dirtiest system" in
the United States, it was aware that the entire bankruptcy system is
unraveling. Former LendVest Trustee Charles Duck was the main focal
point of Souza's investigation-even though a local bankruptcy judge
called him the most "honest man" he had ever known. Duck's ties to
bankruptcy judges throughout the Bay Area is providing a picture of
intense corruption going deep inside the law enforcement agencies. Even
Souza admits privately that his hands are tied.
There has been one known murder in Northern California that has
strong possible links to the bankruptcy system. There have been several
more in Texas. This series will focus on different incidents from
various parts of the country.
One of the most bizarre cases of corruption in the bankruptcy system
involves a small Washington-based computer software firm called INSLAW.
In 1982 the firm signed a three year contract for $10 million with the
U.S. Department of Justice. The software program INSLAW developed was a
case-management computer program called PROMIS. The software, which was
developed by Bill Hamilton, enabled the U.S. attorneys to keep track of
information on cases, witnesses and defendants, and to manage their
caseloads more effectively.
Though the U.S. Attorney's Office placed the PROMIS program into
operation in several of its offices, it refused to pay Hamilton.
Subsequently Hamilton was forced into the bankruptcy court. Former U.S.
Attorney General Elliot Richardson, representing Hamilton, advised him
to sue the Justice Department for stealing his software.
Anthony Pasciuto, who was the deputy director of the Executive Office
for U.S. Trustees, which oversees bankruptcy estates on behalf of the
court, had stated that the Justice Department was improperly applying
pressure on his office to convert INSLAW's Chapter 11 reorganization
into a Chapter 7 liquidation, which would mean that all company assets,
including the rights to PROMIS would be sold at auction.
U.S. Trustee Cornelius Blackshear corroborated Pasciuto's story. Two
days after he was visited by Justice Department officials, Blackshear
issued a sworn affidavit recanting his earlier testimony.
The Justice Department recommended that Pasciuto be fired. The memo
seeking his dismissal reads ". . . but for Mr. Pasciuto's highly
irresponsible actions, the Department would be in a much better
litigation posture than it presently finds itself."
Federal Bankruptcy Judge George F. Bason, Jr., ruled in 1987 that the
Justice Department had acted illegally in trying to put INSLAW out of
business. Bason sent Edwin Meese a letter recommending that he
designate an appropriate outside official to review the dispute because
of the prima facie evidence of perjury by Justice Department officials,
Meese did not respond.
Later that year after nearly three weeks of trial, Bason ruled in
favor of INSLAW in its suit against the Justice Department. "The
department (of Justice) took, converted, stole INSLAW's software by
trickery, fraud and deceit," the judge stated, adding, "the Justice
Department engaged in an outrageous, deceitful, fraudulent game of cat
and mouse, demonstrating contempt for both the law and any principle of
fair dealing." Judge Bason ordered the Justice Department to pay INSLAW
$6.8 million. Bason's verdict was upheld on appeal by U.S. District
Court Judge William B. Bryant. Three months after Bason's ruling, he
was denied re-appointment to the bankruptcy court.
Hamilton's trouble began when a friend of Meese attempted to buy out
INSLAW, but Hamilton turned him down. In a court document, the
potential buyer is quoted as saying, "We have ways of making you sell."
It was after that the trouble for INSLAW began.
The Senate Permanent Subcommittee on investigations, chaired by
Senator Sam Nunn, began an investigation into the INSLAW case. Once the
inquiry got under way, the Senate Judiciary Committee's chief
investigator, Ronald LeGrand, received a phone call from an unnamed
senior officer at the Justice Department--a person LeGrand had known
for years. The caller told LeGrand that the "INSLAW case was a lot
dirtier for the Department of Justice than Watergate had been, both in
its breadth and its depth."
The Nunn Committee completed its investigation and published its
report. It recognized that INSLAW has been a victim of the system and
stated that "the Justice Department had been uncooperative, refusing to
allow witnesses to testify without representatives of the litigation
division being present to advise them. The effect of their presence was
to intimidate those who might otherwise have cooperated with the
investigation." The report states, "The staff learned through various
channels of a number of Department employees who desired to speak to
the Subcommittee, but who chose not to out of fear for their jobs."
Congressman Jack Brooks of Texas has opened a new investigation into
the INSLAW case. Brooks is investigating allegations that Justice
Department officials--including Meese--conspired to force INSLAW into
bankruptcy in order to deliver the firm's software to a rival company.
The rival firm, according to court records and law enforcement
officials, was headed by Earl W. Brian, a former Cabinet officer under
then California Governor Ronald Reagan and a longtime friend of several
high-ranking Republican officials. Meese had accepted a $15,000
interest-free loan from Brian. Meese's wife was an investor in the
rival company. This is the same company that allegedly sought to buy
INSLAW from Hamilton and made the alleged threat.
What happened to PROMIS?
* The program is in use throughout the nation and has been used also
for military intelligence information. It has the ability to track
troop movements.
* An official of the Israeli government claims Brian sold the PROMIS
program to Iraqi military intelligence at a meeting in Santiago,
Chile. The software could have been used in the recent Persian Gulf
War to track U.S. and allied troop movements. Ari Ben-Menashe, a 12
year veteran of Israeli intelligence, made the statement in a sworn
affidavit to the court.
* The software is now operative with the CIA, the National Security
Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency, and the U.S. Department of
Justice. Only the Justice Department is authorized by the court to
use the software.
* Brian now claims he acquired the property rights to the software and
consummated a sale to Israel, although he had allowed its use by the
Israeli intelligence forces for as many as five years before the
actual sale.
In essence, a small company in Washington developed a very sensitive
computer program which the Justice Department obtained. The courts
ruled in favor of the developer and the judge who made the ruling was
never re-appointed. The software was acquired by a friend of Meese and
the Justice Department has never paid for its use and has allowed other
agencies the right of its use.
The bankruptcy court was a tool--as it appears to be with other
jurisdictions--to support the economic gain of a few. Charles Duck was
not alone--as the record will prove.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

121
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2769.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2769
PART 2
Filename: Harry2.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 03/15/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
HOW THE JUSTICE DEPARTMENT USED THE BANKRUPTCY COURT
By Harry V. Martin
Second of a New Series
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel, 1991
March 15, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
The corruption of the bankruptcy system is endemic of a political
patronage system with its roots going back to former U.S. Attorney
Edwin Meese, according to many former employees of the Department of
Justice. The INSLAW case--reported last week in the "Napa Sentinel"--is
a microcosm of the entire system.
As a result of the INSLAW cases, many heads in the Justice Department
were lopped off. When Judge George Bason, a bankruptcy court judge,
refused to liquidate INSLAW, ruling instead that the Department of
Justice used deceit, trickery and fraud, he was only one of four who
were not re-appointed to their jobs. A total of 132 were re-appointed.
But to show the collusion of the Justice Department, when it removed
Judge Bason from the bench after his ruling against them and for
INSLAW, they had S. Martin Teel appointed to the bench to replace
Bason. Who was Teel? He was a Department of Justice attorney who
unsuccessfully argued the INSLAW case before Judge Bason.
Tony Pasciuto admitted that he was ordered to pressure the bankruptcy
judge to rule against INSLAW. After being subpoenaed by INSLAW's
attorney, Pasciuto was offered a long-awaited transfer by the Justice
Department from Washington, D.C. to Albany, New York. Pasciuto bought a
home in Albany and then changed his testimony. After the testimony was
completed, the Justice Department cancelled his transfer. Pasciuto had
to commute from Albany to Washington.
Former Attorney General Elliott Richardson made a list of the
baffling questions of why the Justice Department wanted INSLAW declared
insolvent and why it wouldn't pay a $6.8 million settlement to the
small company. INSLAW received an offer to sell their company and they
refused. The buyer informed the company that he had powerful political
influence and "We have ways of making you sell." Within 90 days of that
threat, the Justice Department commenced its attack on INSLAW.
The company that made the attempt to buy INSLAW had financial
connections to Meese and some of Meese's cronies. When the battle
ended, INSLAW was broke, an attorney, a Justice Department
whistleblower and a judge were out to work, but INSLAW was saved by a
corporate giant--IBM--who rescued the company virtually from the
auction block.
The company that allegedly made the threat was Hadron. It has had
brushes with the Security Exchange Commission, it has gone to the brink
of being broke and one of its companies has been accused by the SEC of
fraud and manipulation of stock prices, the company lost $4.3 million
in one year. It soon sunk $12 million in the red.
But once Meese became Attorney General, Hadron suddenly received
lucrative Pentagon contracts, along with the Agency for International
Development. The company was also awarded a $40 million contract from
the Justice Department, despite protests against the bidding process.
One member of Hadron's board was Dr. Earl Brian, who was in Reagan's
California cabinet along with Meese. Meese was chief of staff in
California. The Deputy Attorney General was D. Lowell Jensen, who had
competed against INSLAW years earlier. The person in charge of making
Justice Department payments for INSLAW's software--and who didn't--was
an employee who had been fired from INSLAW. Jensen was also in trouble
when the Senate was investigating the Iran-Contra scandal. Apparently
the Senate committee discovered a memo written by Jensen to the
National Security Council warning that the Miami federal prosecutors
where on Ollie North's trail. The memo revealed that the Justice
Department, who was supposed to prosecute the Iran-Contra affair,
actually was tipping off the government in advance.
One Justice Department official testified at the INSLAW hearing that
INSLAW's software could be dangerous. Thomas Stanton testified "INSLAW
could besmirch the U.S. Trustee program." The program is so
sophisticated that it could trace all assets, track all trustees and
judges. Another Justice Department employee stated that the U.S.
Trustee program was flagrantly political. "It was a way of getting
cronies into office. There would be 50 or 60 positions to be filled...
it was Meese's baby." The official also stated, "It was always puzzling
to me how he got away with what he got away with. He'd do things that
were blatantly wrong and no one would question him--it's kind of
scary."
The Meese program would concentrate too much power in one government
department. "It's supposed to act as a watchdog over lawyers and
trustees, but the problem is it's more. It has a considerable amount of
power to control the administration of cases. When a case moves from
bankruptcy to liquidation, the U.S. Trustees office names the trustee,
who converts the assets, oversees the auction, and retains appraisers
who will put a price tag on the leavings. The U.S. Trustee's program
also links Justice and the IRS. The thing that's a little frightening
about it is that the U.S. Trustee department sees itself as a part of
the tax-collecting function of government. The Justice Department
represents the IRS, and the IRS is often the biggest creditor in
liquidation," states a leading bankruptcy attorney.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

130
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2770.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2770
PART 3
Filename: Harry3.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 03/22/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part III
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BANKRUPTCY, JUSTICE SCANDAL COULD EQUAL WATERGATE
By Harry V. Martin
Third in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel
March 22, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
As if things weren't getting hot enough for the federal bankruptcy
court system, but now the INSLAW case is becoming another Watergate.
INSLAW was a Washington, D.C.-based computer firm that sold a highly
technical tracking software program to the U.S. Department of Justice.
Federal judges have upheld INSLAW's contention that the Justice
Department, under Attorney General Edwin Meese, stole INSLAW's computer
program.
A bankruptcy judge that made the ruling was not re-appointed to a 14-
year term. Several Justice Department officials have since been fired
or quit over the case.
Now a U.S. House Subcommittee is investigating the case and putting a
lot of heat on the Justice Department. Attorney General Dick Thornburgh
has been placed in an awkward position because of the case. Though he
was not Attorney General at the time the INSLAW scandal broke, he was
the man who investigated it and cleared the Justice Department of wrong
doing.
Testimony has come forward that the Justice Department, under Meese,
pressured the bankruptcy courts to declare INSLAW insolvent, forcing
the company to release its assets--including the critical software.
INSLAW was once threatened if it didn't sell its company to a close
Meese associate. After the threat, INSLAW's life was made miserable by
the Justice Department. When INSLAW sued the Justice Department it was
awarded $6.8 million. The judge who made the award was fired and
replaced with a newly appointed judge--the man who prosecuted the case
for the Justice Department. A second judge upheld the first judge's
ruling.
The House subcommittee is accusing Thornburgh of stonewalling the
Committee's request for hundreds of documents involved in the INSLAW
case. Two years ago, the same stalling tactics by the Attorney
General's office played havoc with a Senate investigation of the same
problem. But Texas Congressman Jack Brooks is putting the heat on the
Justice Department to turn over its records on INSLAW-- Brook's
committee controls the purse strings of the Justice Department and has
more clout than did the Senate Committee.
The protected software has been pirated to the Canadian government.
Those who were found responsible for the pirating were close associates
of Meese. "No sooner had the piracy been confirmed in Canada than an
Israeli intelligence officer alleged that PROMIS (INSLAW's software
program) was being used illegally by the CIA and other U.S.
intelligence agencies," states James J. Kilpatrick in the March 15
edition of "The Miami Herald."
After the re-appointment of the federal bankruptcy judge was halted
because of his ruling on the INSLAW case, almost every bankruptcy judge
that is handed the case declines to have anything to do with it.
"Nobody wants to touch the case," states Chief District Judge Aubrey
Robinson.
According to Brooks, the Justice Department is now ready to turn over
the documents, states the "Legal Times" of Washington, D.C. The scandal
touches many high officials in the Justice Department or formerly
associated with the Department. They include:
* Edwin Meese, former Attorney General.
* Attorney General Richard Thornburgh.
* U.S. Attorney Jay Stephens.
* Justice Department Watchdog Michael Sheheen, Jr.
* Gerald McDowell, chief of the Criminal Division's Public Integrity
Section.
* Lawrence McWhorter, head of the Executive Office of the U.S.
Attorney's Criminal Division.
* Bankruptcy Judge Cornelius Blackshear.
* North District of California Federal District Judge D. Lowell
Jensen, who was a former Deputy Attorney General and once chief
competitor to INSLAW in California.
The Brooks Committee has also learned that the Justice Department's
computer system is "all botched up" and has also learned that there is
a lot of sensitive data within the Department of Justice computer files
that is not secure. The INSLAW program was to organize everything and
track cases all over the country.
The Justice Department is the prime law enforcement agency in the
United States. A scandal there could rock the nation in a similar
fashion as Watergate did during the Nixon Administration.
The Justice Department oversees the Federal Bankruptcy Court and the
Trustee system. The Justice Department is investigating the Federal
Bankruptcy Court and the Trustee System. The Justice Department has
been caught using the Bankruptcy System for their own interest. In
other words, the Justice Department is investigating the Justice
Department's Bankruptcy System for potential wrongdoings by the Justice
Department.
But is there really justice in this land?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

128
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2771.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2771
PART 4
Filename: Harry4.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 03/29/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part IV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
BANKRUPTCY COURT EXAMINES SOFTWARE ALLEGATIONS
AGAINST JUSTICE DEPARTMENT PIRATING
By Harry V. Martin
Fourth in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel
March 29, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
If you own a VCR or rent or buy movies, you will be familiar with the
warning that appears on your screen that the film you are viewing is
protected by a copyright and that the Federal Bureau of Investigations
or Interpol can arrest you for copying the film. The warning is to
prevent "pirating" of someone else's copyrighted material.
But what's good for the goose is not always good for the gander. The
United States Justice Department stands accused of pirating copyrighted
material--having supplied it to the Canadian government, the Israeli
government and Iraqi government . . . and to the FBI, itself.
That is how deep the INSLAW computer software case has become. The
case started out when the Justice Department bought PROMIS, a
copyrighted software program that helps to track criminal cases
throughout the United States. When friends and associates of then
Attorney General Edwin Meese attempted to buy the software company,
INSLAW turned them down and then life was made miserable for INSLAW.
Within 90 days the Justice Department reneged on their contract with
INSLAW and refused to pay for the software program, even though it was
using it. The Justice Department is accused by federal judges of
attempting to bankrupt INSLAW and then hasten the bankruptcy court to
declare them insolvent. Instead, the courts ruled that the Justice
Department used "fraud, deceit and trickery" against INSLAW and awarded
the small computer software company $6.8 million in damages.
The case became deeper when friends of Meese began to sell the
program to foreign military establishments and the Justice Department
began to provide the copyrighted material to other U.S. government
agencies. A man who was once fired from INSLAW was put in charge of
INSLAW's payments--which were never forthcoming. Another Justice
Department official, who is now a Federal Judge in Northern California,
was a direct competitor to INSLAW in California. The Judge who made the
$6.8 million ruling lost his job. The attorney for the Justice
Department who fought against the Judge's ruling was promoted to the
Judge's vacant position. There have been wholesale changes and firings
at the Justice Department over the INSLAW case.
The Justice Department is now under investigation by a House
subcommittee and this committee is receiving many documents to support
the premise that the Justice Department has a skeleton in its closet
that stinks greater than Watergate.
But new documents emerging in the case demonstrate a wider scandal.
In an affidavit dated February 17, 1991, Ari Ben-Menashe describes his
12 year service for the Government of Israel in foreign intelligence
and provides an eyewitness account of a presentation to an Israeli
intelligence agency in 1987 in Tel Aviv, by Earl W. Brian of the United
States.
Brian is a close associate of Meese from his California days. Brian
and Meese were both in Ronald Reagan's California Cabinet when Reagan
was governor.
According to Ben-Menashe's affidavit, Brian stated in his presence
that he had acquired the property rights to the PROMIS computer
software and that as of 1987 "all U.S. intelligence agencies, including
the Defense Intelligence Agency, the Central Intelligence Agency and
the National Security Agency, were using the PROMIS computer software."
Ben-Menashe further states in his affidavit that Brian consummated a
sale of the PROMIS computer software to the Government of Israel in
1987.
He further claimed that Brian also sold the PROMIS computer software
to Iraqi Military Intelligence. According to Ben-Menashe's affidavit,
the Israeli intelligence officer learned of this sale from an
eyewitness who helped Brian broker the sale in his office in Santiago,
Chile--Carlos Carduen of Carduen Industries. Carduen has been a major
supplier to the Government of Iraq with weapons and munitions.
The Federal Government of Canada has admitted that INSLAW's PROMIS
software is currently operating in at least two federal departments,
including the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. The Mounties are using the
program in 900 locations in Canada.
INSLAW never sold its software to Canada, Iraq, Israel, the Central
Intelligence Agency or the National Security Agency. It also has not
been paid by the Justice Department for its use, despite the $6.8
million ruling in INSLAW's favor.
The Justice Department insists that the FBI is not using the PROMIS
program. Yet FBI Director William Sessions and Deputy Assistant
Director Kier Boyd, have made it clear that the FBI now is unable or
unwilling to provide assurances that pirated software is not included
in the case management information system used by FBI field offices.
And in a startling development, a man named Charles Hayes has
asserted that the U.S. government has pirated the PROMIS computer
program. The Justice Department has sued Hayes in the U.S. District
Court in Lexington, Kentucky, seeking to compel him to return copies of
computer software left on equipment Hayes' salvage business purchased
from the U.S. Attorney's Office in Lexington. Hayes has publicly
claimed that the salvaged equipment contained pirated copies of
INSLAW's PROMIS software.
One cover-up begets another cover-up? This is how Watergate spread.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

178
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2772.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2772
PART 5
Filename: Harry5.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 04/02/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part V
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Watergate
Iran--Contra
Savings & Loan Scandal
INSLAW Theft
Federal Bankruptcy Scandal
CIA Covert Operations
Did you ever wonder what the fathers of our country
would think about it if they came back to visit today?
KEY WITNESS IN INSLAW CASE ARRESTED BY JUSTICE DEPARTMENT AS PREDICTED
By Harry V. Martin
Fifth in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel
April 2, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
Within eight days of signing a damaging statement against the U.S.
Justice Department in the INSLAW software case, a key witness against
the government has been arrested and held without bail. Michael J.
Riconoscuito was arrested Friday night and is being held without bail
at Snohomish County jail in Everett, Washington.
Riconoscuito is being held without bail and no charges have been
filed against him. He was arrested with two local men who had just sold
him computer equipment for $1000. The two were known drug users.
Riconoscuito, according to jail officials, is being held for the U.S.
Marshal's Office--not on any alleged local criminal violation.
Riconoscuito, and the two other persons, were arrested Friday night
by more than a dozen U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration agents.
On March 21, Riconoscuito, a computer software technician, filed an
affidavit in the INSLAW case. In February, Riconoscuito was called by a
former Justice Department official and warned against cooperating with
an investigation into the case by the House Judiciary Committee. The
former Justice Department official is reported to have threatened
Riconoscuito with criminal prosecution if he talked about the INSLAW
case. The Justice Department has been accused by a Federal bankruptcy
Judge of stealing INSLAW's PROMIS software which has the capability of
tracking criminal and military movements. According to sworn
affidavits, Riconoscuito was allegedly told by U.S. Justice Department
officials that if he did testify in the INSLAW case he would be
criminally prosecuted in an unrelated savings and loan case and would
suffer an unfavorable outcome in a child custody dispute.
The threat was made by telephone and a recording was made of the
conversation, according to Riconoscuito. He indicated that two copies
of the recorded telephone conversation were confiscated by federal
agents when he was arrested. Riconoscuito told the "St. Louis Post-
Dispatch" that at least one other copy remained in a secured location.
Riconoscuito's testimony, along with others, claims that the U.S.
Justice Department illegally distributed INSLAW's software to military
and intelligence agencies in Iraq, Libya, South Korea, Singapore,
Israel, Canada and other nations.
A Federal Judge ruled last week in Washington, D.C., that the INSLAW
case be transferred from the Bankruptcy Court to the U.S. District
Court.
During the early 1980s, Riconoscuito served as the Director of
Research for a joint venture between the Wackenhut Corporation of Coral
Gables, Florida and the Cabazon Band of Indians of Indio, California.
The joint venture was located on the Cabazon reservation. The joint
venture sought to develop and manufacture certain materials that are
used in military and national security operations, and biological and
chemical warfare weapons. The Cabazon Band of Indians are a sovereign
nation and thus have immunity from U.S. regulations and stringent
government controls.
The Wackenhut-Cabazon joint venture was intended to support the needs
of a number of foreign governments and forces, including forces and
governments in Central America and the Middle East. The Contras in
Nicaragua represented one of the most important priorities for the
joint venture. The joint venture maintained close liaison with certain
elements of the U.S. Government, including representatives of
intelligence, military and law enforcement agencies. Among the frequent
visitors to the Wackenhut-Cabazon joint venture were Peter Videnicks of
the U.S. Department of Justice and a close associate of Videnicks, Dr.
Earl W. Brian--who served in the California cabinet of Governor Ronald
Reagan and who has very close ties and business dealings with Meese.
In connection with Riconoscuito's work, he engaged in some software
work in 1983 and 1984 on the PROMIS computer software product,
developed by INSLAW but being used--without payment--by the U.S.
Department of Justice. A federal court has awarded INSLAW $6.8 million
against the U.S. Department of Justice.
According to Riconoscuito's court affidavit, Brian was spearheading
the plan for the worldwide use of the PROMIS computer software--which
was licensed and patented to INSLAW. "The purpose of the PROMIS
software modifications that I made in 1983 and 1984 was to support a
plan for the implementation of PROMIS in law enforcement and
intelligence agencies worldwide." He said that some of the
modifications that he made were specifically designed to facilitate the
implementation of PROMIS within two agencies of the Government of
Canada: the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and the Canadian Security and
Intelligence Service. "Earl W. Brian would check with me from time to
time to make certain that the work would be completed in time to
satisfy the schedule for the RCMP and CSIS implementations of PROMIS."
Brian, without permission from INSLAW, but acting with the U.S.
Department of Justice and U.S. Attorney General Edwin Meese, reportedly
sold this version of PROMIS to the Government of Canada, according to
Riconoscuito."
Riconoscuito predicted his own arrest eight days later. In his
affidavit filed with the court on March 21, 1991, he states, "In
February 1991, I had a telephone conversation with Peter Videnicks,
then still employed by the U.S. Department of Justice. Videnicks
attempted during this telephone conversation to persuade me not to
cooperate with an independent investigation of the government's piracy
of INSLAW's proprietary PROMIS software being conducted by the
Committee on the Judiciary of the U.S. House of Representatives.
"Videnicks stated that I would be rewarded for a decision not to
cooperate with the House Judiciary Committee investigation. Videnicks
forecasted an immediate and favorable resolution of a protracted child
custody dispute being prosecuted against my wife by her former husband,
if I were to decide not to cooperate with the House Judiciary Committee
investigation.
"One punishment that Videnicks outlined was the future inclusion of
me and my father in a criminal prosecution of certain business
associates of mine in Orange County, California, in connection with the
operation of a savings and loan institution in Orange County. By way of
underscoring his power to influence such decisions at the U.S.
Department of Justice, Videnicks informed me of the indictment of those
business associates prior to the time when that indictment was unsealed
and made public.
"Another punishment that Videnicks threatened should I cooperate with
the House Judiciary Committee, is prosecution by the U.S. Department of
Justice for perjury. Videnicks warned me that credible witnesses would
come forward to contradict any damaging claims that I made in testimony
before the House Judiciary Committee, and that I would subsequently be
prosecuted for perjury by the U.S. Department of Justice for my
testimony before the House Judiciary Committee.
As predicted, after Riconoscuito's affidavit was filed with the court
and reported in the "St. Louis Post-Dispatch" and "Washington Post," he
was arrested and is now being held without bail and with no charges.
The INSLAW case is becoming another Watergate and involves former
Attorney General Edwin Meese, a federal judge, several high officials
of the U.S. Department of Justice and even former White House aide
Robert C. McFarlane, who transferred INSLAW software to Israel.
There are many affidavits being filed in the case to verify
wrongdoing on the part of the Justice Department. Yet the Justice
Department continues to refuse to supply the House Judiciary Committee
with any documents in the case. The Committee is now threatening to cut
U.S. Department of Justice funding if they don't cooperate in supplying
these documents.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

123
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2773.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2773
PART 6
Filename: Harry6.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 04/05/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part VI
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
HOUSE JUDICIARY INVESTIGATORS SEEK NEW DECLARATION
By Harry V. Martin
Sixth in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel, 1991
April 5, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
Congressional investigators have flown to Tacoma, Washington, to
interview Michael Riconoscuito--a key witness in the INSLAW case.
Riconoscuito provided a damaging statement against the U.S. Justice
Department in the stolen software case that potentially could become
another Watergate.
Riconoscuito stated in his declaration that the U.S. Justice
Department had threatened to have him arrested should he cooperate with
the House Judiciary Committee investigation into the U.S. Justice
Departments role in the INSLAW case. Two federal judges have ruled that
the U.S. Justice Department stole INSLAW's PROMIS software and used
"trickery and deceit" in the the case. One of those judges was not re-
appointed to the bench after his ruling. The House Committee has
already heard testimony that accuses the U.S. Justice Department of
attempting to interfere with the courts in an effort to have INSLAW
declared insolvent. Instead, the courts awarded INSLAW $6.8 million in
damages.
Within eight days of Riconoscuito's declaration he was arrested and
held without bail. Drug Enforcement Agency agents made the arrest. On
Wednesday a Federal Grand Jury indicted Riconoscuito on one count of
distribution of methanphetamines. He is still being held without bail.
Whether or not the U.S. Department of Justice retaliated against
Riconoscuito's willingness to testify before the U.S. House Judiciary
Committee, the House investigators are questioning Riconoscuito at
Kitsap County Correctional Center. One member of the investigation
stated that the House Committee is deeply concerned with the timing of
Riconoscuito's arrest, particularly after he signed an affidavit
stating he was threatened with arrest if he did testify.
The Judiciary Committee is investigating allegations that top Justice
Department officials under former Attorney General Edwin Meese engaged
in a criminal conspiracy to steal software developed by INSLAW and then
furnished it to other countries including, Iraq, Libya, South Korea,
Israel and Canada.
Congressman Jack Brooks, chairman of the Committee, has accused the
Justice Department of a cover-up by withholding more than 200 documents
in the INSLAW case. A U.S. Bankruptcy judge ruled in 1987 that
officials of the Justice Department stole the sensitive computer
software--used to track criminals and also military movements--"through
fraud, trickery and deceit." The ruling was later affirmed by another
federal Judge.
Riconoscuito has a previous drug conviction for manufacturing PCP
aboard a Seattle houseboat 18 years ago. Riconoscuito's declaration
states that he was hired to modify INSLAW's PROMIS software so that it
could be sold to Canada and other customers. During the time of
modification, Riconoscuito was working on a joint venture with a
private security firm and the Cabazon Indians in Indio, California. The
joint venture also included military equipment and biological and
chemical warfare weapons for use and/or sale in Central America and the
Middle East.
One Indian and two companions who were opposed to these operations
and who alleged that tribal money was being filtered into foreign
banks, were found slain execution style in Ranch Mirage. No one has
been arrested in the case. The sister of one of the slain men reported
the Indian ties with the Iran-Contra scandal and the software
modification. That report was delivered to a New York television studio
seven years ago. She is now preparing all of it in declaration form and
supplying it to the U.S. House Judiciary Committee investigation.
In other related matters, another affidavit was filed in the INSLAW
case which reports that a man bought U.S. Justice Department computers
and court computers for salvage and found the pirated PROMIS software
program in the surplus computer. The General Accounting Office has
expressed grave concern over the salvaged computers, noting that the
U.S. Justice Department has sold surplus computers without first
erasing sensitive information from the memory banks. "The error may
have put some informants, witnesses and undercover agents in a `life-
and-death' situation," the GAO states. The data could include the names
of government informants, federally protected witnesses and undercover
agents, grand jury proceedings, sealed indictments, confidential FBI
investigations and personal data about Justice Department employees.
These computers were sold by the Justice Department for as little as
$45. The man in Lexington, Kentucky, who found the pirated PROMIS
software in the U.S. Justice Department surplus computer also found
sealed grand jury indictments.
Charles Hayes was the man who bought the equipment in July 1990 for
$45. He has now been sued by the U.S. Justice Department for the return
of the computers, stating that the memory bank had not been erased. The
U.S. Justice Department did not go after Hayes until after he signed an
affidavit about the protected PROMIS software. It is not certain
whether the U.S. Justice Department wants the sensitive material back
or they want the computers to block them from being used as evidence
against them in the INSLAW case. Hayes did return the equipment. This
was not an isolated case. Another U.S. Attorney Office notified federal
agents that once again sensitive data that could potentially identify
agents and witnesses may have been lost.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

112
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2774.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2774
PART 7
Filename: Harry7.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 04/12/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part VII
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
CANADIANS BEGIN PROBE ON PIRATED SOFTWARE FROM JUSTICE DEPARTMENT
By Harry V. Martin
Seventh in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel, 1991
April 12, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
The growing INSLAW software theft is now reaching foreign
proportions. While the U.S. House Judiciary Committee is investigating
the theft of INSLAW's PROMIS software by the U.S. Justice Department,
the Canadian Parliament will commence its own investigation.
Two agencies of the Canadian Government, the Royal Canadian Mounted
Police (RCMP) and the Canadian Security and Intelligence Service
(CSIS)--equivalent to the CIA--are using the pirated PROMIS software,
allegedly supplied to them by Dr. Earl Brian, a close associate and
financial partner of former U.S. Attorney General Edwin Meese and a
former California cabinet officer under then Governor Ronald Reagan.
A Federal Bankruptcy judge--who was not re-appointed to the bench
after his ruling--said the U.S. Justice Department used trickery, fraud
and deception in "stealing" the PROMIS software. The sophisticated
software is used for tracking criminal and military activities. It was
illegally sold to South Korea, Iraq, Israel, Canada and Libya by the
United States.
According to an affidavit, the software was converted in a joint
venture between Wackenhut Corporation of Coral Gables, Florida, and the
Cabazon Band of Indians of Indio--an independent nation. The
declaration by Michael J. Riconoscuito alleges that Dr. Brian was
deeply involved in the joint venture. One Indian and two of his
companions who objected to the joint venture--which also dealt with
military weapons, biological and chemical warfare--were found murdered
in execution style. That execution was reported on 20/20 by Barbara
Walters and the CIA was named as the prime suspect in the case. The
software was specifically modified for the Canadian government.
Riconoscuito stated in an affidavit he was warned by officials of the
U.S. Justice Department that if he cooperated with the U.S.House
Judiciary Committee he would be arrested. Eight days after he signed
the affidavit he was arrested by more than a dozen Drug Enforcement
Agency officers near Tacoma, Washington. He was held without bail for
several days and then charged with a single drug count. Though arrested
in the State of Washington, he was held without bail awaiting a federal
marshal to pick him up.
He, along with several others, have stated in an affidavit to the
court and to the U.S. House Judiciary Committee, that the PROMIS
software was modified and sold to several countries, including Canada.
Late last week, Members of Parliament demanded that the Solicitor
General of Canada, Pierre Cadieux, appear before a parliamentary
committee to answer charges the RCMP and CSIS are using stolen computer
software. Cadieux's ministry is responsible for the RCMP and CSIS.
Though both the RCMP and the CSIS originally denied they are using
PROMIS, court documents show a Canadian communications department
official admitted last year that the RCMP was using PROMIS, although
INSLAW never authorized its Canadian sale.
"Did CSIS and the RCMP use PROMIS software or modifications of it? If
so, what were the circumstances of the acquisition? Was the software
stolen, and if so, was the Canadian Government aware of it?" These are
the questions Parliament wants to ask Cadieux. The Canadian Solicitor
has indicated that the Government is already launching its own
investigation into the pirated software scandal. Canadian officials are
indicating that the pirated software sales may have helped to illegally
fund the Contras in Nicaragua. Contra funding and supplies was one of
the most important aspects of the Cabazon-Wackenhut joint venture.
Riconoscuito has had inside connections with the CIA and U.S. Justice
Department and some testimony put forward states that he helped to
launder $40 million for the Bush-Quayle campaign--that report has not
been substantiated by any more than one government source.
Brian is the owner of a holding company which has interests in the
Financial News Network, United Press International and Hadron, Inc.
Hadron was the company that was unsuccessful in buying out INSLAW,
Affidavits on file with the court allege that Hadron, through Reagan
cronies, attempted to force INSLAW out of business after it was awarded
a $10 million contract by the U.S. Justice Department.
The scandal involves Meese, Brian, former National Security Advisor
Robert McFarland, several senior staff members at the U.S. Justice
Department, and even federal judges. The "Vancouver Sun," the leading
newspaper in Western Canada, states, "The pirated software battle
already has been compared to Watergate and the Iran-Contra scandal."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

154
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2775.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2775
PART 8
Filename: Harry8.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 04/16/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part VIII
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
MURDER OF THREE INDIANS MAY BE PART OF HOUSE PROBE ON INSLAW CASE
By Harry V. Martin
Eighth in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel, 1991
April 16, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
A security guard, who linked the CIA with the execution-style murder
of one Indian and two other men who objected to the tribe's
manufacturing of weapons, chemical and biological warfare devices and
the conversion of INSLAW''s sensitive software, fled to Sonoma and Lake
counties right after the murders. The security guard's secret hiding
places were sanctioned by the Riverside County District Attorney's
Office and the state Department of Justice.
The security guard testified in a video-taped interview about the
murders and named names. The video-taping was taken by the Riverside
County District Attorney's Office after a Cabazon Indian and his two
companions were found slain. The security guard's testimony to the DA's
Office revealed that he was the bag man who carried $10,000 from the
Indian Reservation in Indio to the top of an aerial tram in Palm
Springs. The $10,000 was "hit" money. According to the testimony,
several ex-Green Berets, then employed as firemen in the City of
Chicago, executed the three Indians.
Who paid for the executions? According to the testimony, a man who
was once closely associated with Jimmy Hoffa and who then operated the
Bingo Parlor on the Indian Reservation, provided the $10,000 for the
killing. The three slain men had raised serious objections to the
Wackenhut-Cabazon joint venture. Wackenhut was involved as agents for
the CIA to provide arms to the Contras and also to convert INSLAW's
stolen PROMIS software for use by the Canadian Government. The Canadian
Government has ordered an investigation into the pirated software
scandal and the U.S. House Judiciary Committee is conducting its own
investigation in what has been described as the U.S. Department of
Justice's "trickery, deceit and theft" of the software. The U.S.
Government has been connected with the illegal sale of the sensitive
software to South Korea, Libya, Iraq, Israel and Canada, as well as
being pirated by a number of U.S. agencies, including the CIA, National
Security Agency and other military units. The software is also in use
by the FBI. Only the U.S. Justice Department was licensed to use the
software, which tracks criminals and can be used for military tracking,
as well. INSLAW was awarded $6.8 million by two federal courts against
the U.S. Justice Department.
The scandal has deepened considerably, especially since the testimony
of Michael J. Riconoscuito, who worked closely with the Wackenhut
company, and Dr. Earl Brian--a close aid and financial business
associate of former U.S. Attorney General Edwin Meese and former
California Cabinet official in the Ronald Reagan governorship. The
scandal has caught several members of the U.S. Justice Department, the
National Security Council, the federal bankruptcy court, and other
government officials in a vice. Newspapers from Canada and the United
States rate the INSLAW case equal to the Iran-Contra scandal and
Watergate.
Riconoscuito provided an affidavit which compromised the U.S. Justice
Department and covert CIA operations. The affidavit stated that
Riconoscuito was warned by U.S. Justice Department officials that if he
cooperated with the House Judiciary investigation of the INSLAW case,
he would be arrested. Within eight days of signing the affidavit,
Riconoscuito was arrested in the State of Washington and held without
bail. He was later charged with one count of distribution of
methanphetamines--a crime that usually has a low bail. Riconoscuito was
being held for U.S. Marshals. Investigators from the House Judiciary
Committee interviewed Riconoscuito in a Tacoma jail last week.
Riconoscuito's mention of the Wackenhut-Cabazon joint venture,
sparked more controversy. The House Judiciary Committee is now also
reviewing information on the Indian murders.
The "Sentinel" was able to obtain an exclusive interview with people
closely associated with the Cabazon nation and the murders. The
security guard, who was the bag man, had just left the military service
as an airborne ranger working on covert assignments. He was hired as a
security guard for the Cabazon nation. Another man, a licensed
investigator, was hired to question the security guard about what he
knew. It was learned that a key Indian of the tribe was making strong
objections to the laundering of money from the Bingo Parlor. The main
antagonist was Fred Alvarez.
The security guard was given $10,000 to give to a hit man in Palm
Springs. He has subsequently video-taped his confession to the
Riverside County District Attorney's office. Alvarez, in an exclusive
interview with the "Desert Sun," complained about the U.S. Government's
abuses of the Indian nation. He told the "Sun" that people were going
to kill him. Alvarez was murdered in execution style after the
interview.
The Riverside District Attorney's Office and the California
Department of Justice commenced their separate investigations of the
murders. A report was issued by the state linking the people behind the
Cabazons with direct links to organized crime--a chief Mafia Family,
the Gambino Family--and the CIA. The Cabazon reservation, however, is
an independent nation. In video interviews, the security guard told how
Wackenhut demonstrated new weapons with both the FBI and the CIA
present. He also testified to the presence at these demonstrations of
Dr. Earl Brian.
The man who paid the security guard $10,000 was later convicted of
attempted murder after five more Indians were shot to death. He was
linked by law enforcement officials to organized crime and CIA covert
operations.
The security guard testified that the Indio reservation was
convenient for the U.S. Government because it was an independent nation
and because it was close to the Mexican border, where arms were shipped
enroute to the Contras. The security guard's testimony was so
sensitive, that late one night the Riverside County District Attorney's
Office arranged for an armed escort to get him off the reservation. He
went to Sonoma and Lake counties, and then back to Southern California
to work with the Department of Justice. He fled to New Mexico and now
has left the country. He may return to testify before the House
Judiciary Committee, though he is in fear of his life right now.
Like in the INSLAW case, those principles involved have fallen like
flies. The first federal judge to rule in INSLAW's favor against the
U.S. Justice Department was not re-appointed to another 14-year term.
Many members of the U.S. Justice Department quit or were fired in
direct relationship to this case. The chief investigator for the
Riverside County District Attorney's Office was later taken off the
case and transferred to the Juvenile Division and then given early
retirement. Shortly after his retirement, the DA investigator states
that he was pulled off the road one day by a CIA agent and told to
forget all about the "desert" if he wanted to enjoy his retirement.
The man who gave the money to the security guard for the murder, was
also the same man who is reported to have been the trigger man in Chile
in 1971--the target: President Salvador Allende.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

118
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2776.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
SUBJECT: FEDERAL CORRUPTION FILE: UFO2776
PART 9
Filename: Harry9.Art
Type : Article
Author : Harry Martin
Date : 04/19/91
Desc : Federal Corruption Series Part IX
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
INSLAW CASE GETS DEEPER AND UNCOVERS MORE `BODIES'
By Harry V. Martin
Ninth in a NEW SERIES
(c) Copyright Napa Sentinel, 1991
April 19, 1991
Reprinted with permission of the Napa Sentinel
When Michael J. Riconoscuito signed his affidavit implicating the
U.S. Justice Department in the theft and pirating of INSLAW's PROMIS
software, he opened a can of worms that may never go away. Riconoscuito
revealed in his affidavit that the CIA, U.S. Justice Department and the
FBI all had links to the Cabazon Indians and to John Phillip Nichols
and that the Indian reservation in Indio, California, was linked
directly to the Contras. Those links resulted in the death of many
people.
Riconoscuito also warned in his affidavit that he was going to be
arrested if he cooperated with a U.S. Congressional probe of the
Justice Department involving the pirated software. Within eight days of
signing the affidavit, like clock work, Riconoscuito was arrested and
held without bail for the U.S. Marshal. But not to be thwarted,
investigators from the Congressional Judiciary Committee met and
interviewed Riconoscuito.
Riconoscuito's statements, however, have sparked a new inquiry into
the entire Wackenhut-Cabazon Indian joint venture and additional
coverups by the U.S. Government over the stolen software, money
laundering, Mafia ties and illegal shipments to the Contras. It was the
U.S. Justice Department that warned Riconocuito not to speak out. His
statements have also launched an investigation into the pirated
software by the Canadian Government, as well.
One Indian and two companions who protested against the manufacturing
of military equipment--including chemical and biological warfare--the
alteration of the PROMIS software, and shipments to the Contras, were
murdered execution style. The man who was used to transport the blood
money from CIA operatives and the killers, has fled the country, but
not before providing video taped testimony on the murders.
Implicated in the entire Wackenhut-Cabazon Justice Department affair,
was a man called John Phillip Nichols. Nichols took over the Bingo Hall
and later the reservation. The Cabazon Indians are an independent
nation.
Nichols, who has been linked to Jimmy Hoffa and assassination
attempts of Fidel Castro and Salvador Allende, has strong Mafia ties.
He has been convicted of soliciting murder.
Linda Streeter, the sister of Alfred Alvarez, the slain Indian, has
asked the California Department of Justice to assign a special
prosecution unit to investigate the case. The information on the
murders has been forwarded to the Congressional Judiciary Committee now
probing the U.S. Justice Department.
The Riverside County Grand Jury and the Riverside County District
Attorney's Office have extensive testimony on the murders.
Even 20/20 has done a segment on the Indian involvement and the
murders. Nichols is the one who persuaded the U.S. Government to
provide the Cabazon Indians with military and security equipment.
Nichols' ties are oulined on page 304 of "Inside Job--the Looting of
America's Savings and Loans" by Stephen Pizzo, Mary Fricker and Paul
Muolo.
"At San Marino Savings in Southern California we heard about a major
borrower, G. Wayne Reeder (who also attempted a couple of failed
ventures with Herman Beebee), meeting in late 1981 at an arms
demonstration with Raul Arana and Eden Pastora, Contra leaders who were
considering buying military equipment from Reeder's Indian bingo-parlor
partner, Dr. John Nichols. Among the equipment were night-vision
goggles manufactured by Litton Industries and a light machine gun.
Nichols, according to former Reeder employees and published accounts,
had a plan in the early 1980's to build a munitions plant on the
Cabazon Indian reservation near Palm Springs in partnership with
Wackenhut, a Florida security firm. The plan fell through. Nichols was
a self-described CIA veteran of assassination attempts against Castro
in Cuba and Allende in Chile. Authorities said he was a business
associate of members of the Los Angeles Mafia. He was later convicted
in an abortive murder-for- hire scheme and sentenced."
The intertwining mess of the U.S. Justice Department, FBI, CIA,
former Attorney General Edwin Meese, Dr. Earl Brian, a former Reagan
California Cabinet member, and the Federal Bankruptcy Courts
demonstrates a broad stroke of corruption throughout the higher
echelons of government. Today, a Congressional Committee is attempting
to sort everything out--but a Senate Committee once tried the same
thing and was totally thwarted when the U.S. Justice Department refused
to cooperate.
We have, in the past year, examined the CIA-Contras-Nazi-Banking
connections, the CIA-Justice Department-Bankruptcy Court connections,
and the CIA-Mafia-Drug connections. It is a never ending story.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

204
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2777.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
SUBJECT: SOVIET UFO SECRETS FILE: UFO2777
Soviet UFO Secrets
__________________
The Summer 1994 issue of Flying Saucer Review contains an article entitled
"Soviet UFO Secrets", by Bryan Gresh. The article also appeared in the MUFON
UFO Journal for October 1993.
Brian Gresh is stated as being the Senior Vice-President of Altamira
Communications Group and an associate of George Knapp, described as a
renowned UFO researcher. I am personally familiar with Knapp's work and as
far as I am aware he is highly regarded.
The article details information obtained by both men during a 10 day visit
to Russia in March 1993.
The entire article is too lengthy to reproduce, however, the following
extracts contain the main substance of the article:
[START]
The trip to Russia took seven months to set up and was arranged by our man in
Moscow, Nikolai Kapranov. Kapranov is a Russian physicist who served as
Security Advisor to the Soviet Parliament.
Our goal was to talk, face to face, with those who were in the know...
One of the bigger gems was Boris Sokolov, a retired Russian colonel from a
distinguished military family. Sokolov ran an unprecedented study, the likes
of which, he is undoubtedly correct in saying, will never be repeated. "For
10 years," Sokolov says, "the entire Soviet Union became one gigantic UFO
listening post." The year was 1980.
"We had 40 cases where our pilots encountered UFOs," said Sokolov.
"Initially, they were commanded to chase, then shoot, the UFO. But when our
pilots would engage, the UFO would speed up. The pilot would give chase,
lose control and crash." That happened three times. Twice, the pilots died.
"After that," Sokolov said, "the pilots received another order: When they
see a UFO they should change course - and get out."
With the exception of the original "engage" order, Sokolov says the Soviets
adapted a passive observation stance - if they saw a UFO, fine. The Soviet
attitude was unlike the Americans, Sokolov says, who had set up some 30
radar stations to track UFOs.
October 5, 1983 is a date Sokolov will long remember. He received an order
from his commander to leave immediately for an ICBM base in the Ukraine. The
reason for the urgency? A report from the base commander to the Chief of the
General Staff that the day before, from 4 until 8 that evening, a UFO had
been observed near the base. During that time, the lights had lit up on the
base control panel - the launch codes for the ICBMs had, mysteriously, been
enabled.
"They received an order to prepare the launch of the ICBMs," said Sokolov.
"The chief of the General Staff wasted no time in sending in our UFO
experts."
Fortunately, no missiles were launched.
Rimili Avramenko's world is somewhat unique. He is one of the chief
scientists working on Russia's version of SDI. Avramenko has been entrusted
with the highest possible clearances.
We began our interview of this highly-regarded scientist with what we
thought would be a good ice-breaker: is the UFO phenomenon for real? The
question was quickly brushed aside, in no uncertain terms.
"My colleagues and I don't even think that's a question!" he bellowed. "Of
course they are real!"
The exchange of information between aliens and humans, the scientist claims,
has led to the development of what he referred to as the "weapon of the
aliens," the plasma beam. The space age weaponry was incorporated into the
Soviet version of SDI. Dr. Avramenko also confirmed for us that the Russians
knew UFOs were from somewhere else as early as 1959. The Americans knew that
too, he said, because both sides had the same type of satellite defense
warning systems. Dr. Avramenko shared with us a couple of other startling
pronouncements: during the Vietnam War, he said, a massive UFO flew over
Hanoi. Although every major weapon in that city had its sights set on the
craft, it didn't budge. Dr. Avramenko also slipped up and told us the only
craft which can approach the speed of UFOs is the American "Aurora" which is
being flown in Nevada. When the look of amazement registered on our faces,
Avramenko quickly back-tracked and said his information was based solely on
articles in the popular press.
Another of our meetings put us across the table from the Ministry of
Defense official who is in charge of the current study. By agreement, we are
not yet able to make his name public, but we can give the name of the study,
"Thread-3." One illuminating section of those papers contains details of UFO
sightings by Soviet cosmonauts. Unlike American astronauts' reluctance to
talk about the subject, Soviet references to UFOs were reported from the
very beginning, with Yuri Gagarin himself. In the documents, Gagarin is
quoted as saying UFOs are real, they fly at incredible speeds and that he
would tell more about what he had seen in orbit - provided he be given
permission to do so. The documents also provide information on American
space encounters, including several references to things seen on the Moon by
our astronauts, and how that information was removed from NASA's public
files.
What do the Russians know about the most celebrated of all UFO crashes, the
July, 1947 report of a crashed disc outside Roswell, New Mexico? Our next
interview made it seem apparent that, even in the 40s, the Russians weren't
buying the weather balloon explanation of Roswell being proffered to the
American people at the time by the US military. The interview was with
Valeriy Burdakov, a man who, to my knowledge, has never granted an interview
to a Western journalist. In the 1950s, Burdakov was a scientist at the
prestigious Moscow Aviation Institute, birthplace of the Soviet space
program. Burdakov's interest in UFOs led to lectures on the subject,
lectures which came to the attention of Sergei Korolyov, the dean of Soviet
rocketry and the founder of the Russian space program. But Korolyov did not
admonish the younger Burdakov; instead he confided in him.
As the now-60-something Burdakov relates, Joseph Stalin invited Korolyov to
a meeting in 1948. The dictator brought Korolyov to a room where, spread out
on a table, were piles of material and information collected during a top
secret study. Some of the information was gleaned from reports of Soviet
operatives in place in New Mexico at the time of the alleged crash. Stalin
was anxious to know, what did Korolyov make of this reported crash of a UFO
near Roswell?
"Korolyov told Stalin the phenomenon was real," said Burdakov. "He told him
the UFOs were not dangerous to our country, but they were not manufactured
in the United States, or any other country. Stalin thanked him and told him
his opinion was shared by a number of other specialists."
Burdakov says he has no doubts about the extent of the American government's
involvement in the UFO phenomenon. Several branches of the American
military, he says, are involved in active research and study. "We know that
the United States Air Force possesses plenty of material," says Burdakov.
"The U.S. Navy has a big amount of material as well. We know that special
orders have been given to keep all materials secret. When curious people ask
for the materials they are told they're not there, that they've been
destroyed."
Ron Varlamov of the Moscow Technology Institute believes evidence abounds.
We met with Dr. Varlamov at his small apartment outside Moscow for an in-
depth interview. Dr Varlamov has travelled to a number of reported UFO
landing sites in Russia, including 10 in the direct vicinity of Moscow, to
conduct a variety of tests on physical and chemical changes in the soil and
the environment. Among his voluminous findings; identical quartz timepieces,
one placed inside a landing site, the other just outside, record time at two
different speeds. The quartz timepiece inside the landing circle speeds up.
Dr Varlamov has also discovered that inside the reported landing site
circles the land is all but sterile, yielding just a few individual samples
of single-celled animals per cubic centimeter of soil. Just outside the
circles, tens of thousands of single cell animals flourish in every cubic
centimeter.
Amongst his other fascinating findings: evidence of what is knows as "angel
hair", a type of by-product of UFO exhaust. Varlamov has obtained a sample
to analyze the content. Dr. Varlamov also claims at least six attempts have
been made to make pre-arranged contact with alien intelligence. Some of
these contacts, he claims, were successful.
Varlamov's findings are supported by a government biologist and close
colleague. His name is Yuri Simakov.
Another of Dr Simakov's discoveries comes from two reported landing sites
in Siberia. Simakov found microscopic worms in the soil. Nothing too unusual
there, except these worms are particular to Mexico, and don't occur
naturally anywhere in the former Soviet Union.
[END]
There are obviously many fundamental repercussions arising from the content
of this article. If we take it at face value, then:
1. Both the former Soviet Union and the American governments (and presumably
others) have been aware of the existence of extra-terrestrial life for
many years and have orchestrated a cynical cover-up.
2. Contact has been established with extra-terrestrial life forms.
3. Advanced technology has been obtained from these life forms.
4. They have the ability to engage ICBM's and possibly other nuclear weapons
systems.
5. U.S. astronauts did encounter extra-terrestrial craft and there was a
significant sighting made on the moon, all of which have again been
cynically covered-up.
6. The U.S. Air Force and Navy do possess "material" from extra-terrestrial
craft.
7. Extra-terrestrial life forms have the ability to "distort" time, as we
know it.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

42
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2778.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: SUPPORT PROGRAM FOR ABDUCTEE'S FILE: UFO2778
By: Sandy Barbre
To: All
Re: support program
St:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dr. Mundy sent me the following:
Support Program for Abductee's Contact Efforts (SPACE)
If you are a UFO abductee, you are invited to join S.P.A.C.E. (the
Support Program for Abductee's and Contactee's Efforts).
The support group, founded by abductees themselves, is being formed in
the New York City metropolitan area to give us a chance to talk openly,
to explore our experiences on the human-alien frontier and to interface
with it.
The formation of this interactive and proactive group would try to
provide understanding, caring support, meaningful feedback and
professional resources to abductees who have been traumatized by their
experiences and to encourage them toward positive, transformative,
empowerment by devleoping new life skills, overcoming fears and through
interaction with aliens in a middle ground situation.
Meetings will be held in private places without public participation
and notice to protect individuals. For information, please call (718)
748-8913.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

78
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2779.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
SUBJECT: SPACE PROBE FILE: UFO2779
Matched keyword: SPACE...
=START=
XMT: 20:02 Tue Apr 17
EXP: 20:00 Tue Apr 24
SPACE PROBE PRODUCES "DISTURBING" LACK OF EVIDENCE
WASHINGTON (APRIL 17) UPI - A space probe exploring the evolution of the
universe has produced a "disturbing" lack of evidence to explain the
uneven distribution of galaxies through the cosmos, scientists said
Tuesday.
While preliminary data from the Cosmic Background Explorer, known as
COBE, continues to support the "big bang" theory of the universe's
creation, the information gathered so far has failed to explain its
current "lumpy" formation.
"The smoothness is disturbing us a lot. At this point we're beginning to
expect little warts and dimples to appear," said David Wilkinson, a
professor of physics at Princeton University.
Wilkinson spoke at a news conference at an American Institute of Physics
meeting about the latest results from COBE, an ultra sensitive satellite
launched in November 1989 on a two-year mission.
The $160 million orbiting space probe was designed to answer fundamental
questions about the formation and evolution of the universe by collecting
data about faint radiation left over from the big bang explosion.
Scientists theorize the universe exploded into existence 15 billion years
ago in a hot, dense fireball that instantly began expanding in all
directions.
During the news conference, scientists from NASA's Goddard Space Flight
Center in Greenbelt, Md., and the University of California at Berkeley
said the data collected so far by COBE appears consistent with those
theories.
"It's astonishingly consistent with the big bang theory," Wilkinson said.
The NASA scientists also released a new color photograph of the Earth's
home galaxy, the Milky Way, based on a composite of data collected by
COBE.
"This thing that he gave you is spectacular. I mean that's wonderful,"
said Wilkinson of the image. "My God, it's as though you were in
Andromeda taking a picture of our galaxy."
But COBE has failed to find any traces of significant energy release
after the first huge explosion. That is inconsistent with the current
"lumpy" state of the universe, with its massive clusters of galaxies and
giant dark voids.
The researchers stressed, however, they have barely begun to sift through
the huge amount of data the satellite is collecting. Years of data
collection and analysis will follow and is expected to yield
revolutionary findings, they said.
"One year or two years from now, if those pictures are still looking
smooth at the accuracies we'll have then, then there's real trouble. Then
there's real big trouble," said Wilkinson.
=END=
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

66
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2780.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
SUBJECT: SPACE ANIMAL THEORY FILE: UFO2780
From UFOs and the Limits of Science by Ronald D. Story c.1981
Reproduced for educational purposes only.
Space Animal Theory
The Space Animal Theiry was first brought to public attention,
curiously enough, by the U.S. Air Force during its Project Sign
activity in the late 1940s. The Project "Saucer" (Sign was then still a
classified code name) press release of April 27, 1949, admitted that
the idea had been "remotely considered" and that many UFOs "acted more
like animals than anything else." The Air Force concluded that few such
reports were reliable. The concept was also contained in the final
Project Sign Technical Report of February 1949 (declassified in 1961).
Trevor James Constable (writing under the pen name of Trevor James)
advocated a space animal explanation for UFOs in 1958, and no other
that Kenneth Arnold, the man whose sighting opened the UFO era and who
was responsible for coining the label "flying saucer," concluded the
UFOs "...are groups and masses of living organisms that are as much a
part of our atmosphere and space as the life we find in the oceans."
Naturalist Ivan T. Sanderson again addressed the question, and many
others, in 1967, concluding that there was "...nothing illogical,
irrational, or even improbable about it. In fact, it is so probable
that it must be given first rank in consideration of the question,
'What could UAO's [unexplained aeiral objects] be?'" That same year,
Vincent H. Gaddis addressed the topic, attributing the original idea to
a John P. Bessor, who had sent it to the Air Force the month following
Arnold's classic 1947 sighting. Gaddis discussed the writings on the
subject by Austrian Countess Zoe Wassilko-Serecki and John Cage, a New
Jersey inventor, and concluded that "...the time will come when one or
more of these entities will be caught, weighed, measured, and
exhibited."
Trevor James Constable again wrote about space animals in the 1970s,
this time in more detail. He postulated that the UFO space animals
"...are amoebalike life-forms existing in the plasma state. They are
not solid, liquid, or gas. Rather, they exist in the fourth state of
matter - plasma - as living heat substance at the upper border of
physical nature." He also believed that they are of low intelligence
and, because they remain in the infrared part of the electromagnetic
spectrum, usually invisible. he concluded that they had "...deeply
confused UFO research."
Although life may be found in the most unlikely places and under the
harshest of conditions on the surface of the planet, it is doubtful
that biological forms could evolve in space or even in the upper
regions of the atmosphere, where exposure to cosmic rays and other
radiations, such as those originating from solar flares, would be
maximized. The absence of oxygen for carbon-based life would also rule
out biological space animals, and the possibility of life existing in a
plasma state is, at best, speculative.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

76
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2781.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
SUBJECT: LIFE OF A UFO RESEARCHER FILE: UFO2781
UFO UPDATE:
UFO researchers say their work involves endless stress
and deprives their families of time, energy and love.
To the typical UFO buff, the daily life of the UFO researcher seems
romantic indeed. According to the common perception, this lucky
individual spends days tracking down spectacular sightings and nights
hypnotically probing the psyches of alleged UFO abductees. When the
researcher comes up for air, moreover, he tweaks the nose of
established science and jousts with the government for classified proof
of UFOs. What a life!
But the UFOlogists themselves say their profession is costly and
stressful, exacting an enormous toll on earning capacity and family
life. The pain and pressure of the work, they say, is rarely mentioned
on the talk show circuit or in UFO magazines. Stressful career
problems, for instance, have plagued investigator Richard Hall, who
worked with the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena
during the Sixties and Seventies and is now on the board of the Fund
for UFO Research. Says Hall, "UFOs on my resume interfered with me
getting straight jobs for years."
UFOlogist David Jacobs, meanwhile, says his work takes so much time
it seems "like a bottomless pit." As an abduction expert and a
historian at Temple University in Philadelphia, he can't find enough
hours in the day for either activity. When push came to shove, Jacobs
says, he chose to study abductions. But a senior member of his
department at Temple informed him that he would have to go back to
regular historical scholarship if he "hoped to advance in his career."
His abduction work has also strained his family life, though he feels
guilty when he takes a break.
Toronto psychotherapist David Gotlib reports similar strains. Gotlib
spends hours providing therapy for abductees and also produces a
newsletter for abduction researchers. Between the newsletter and UFO
conferences, Gotlib says, he is "out thousands of dollars worth of
time." He deals with the pressure by reassessing his commitment to
UFOlogy every six months. "I'll close down the newsletter," Goblib
says, "when I get a relationship or get married."
Larry Bryant, head of the Washington, DC, office of Citizens Against
UFO Secrecy, says he has literally given up on a social life for the
sake of UFOs. Bryant, a Pentagon employee by day, comes home to a world
of unanswered phone messages and UFO correspondence. "It's a full-time
part-time job," he says. Bryant says he recently received a poor job
rating at the Pentagon because of his UFO work. The rating was improved
only after he paid a lawyer thousands of dollars and filed a lawsuit.
Finally, artist and abduction expert Budd Hopkins claims the research
has deprived his family of "time, energy and love." But even more
disturbing, he says, is a frightening feeling he calls "terminal
impotence." This oppressive sensation sets in, he notes, "because there
is no way to stop the abductions or ultimately help the abductees."
Given these drawbacks, why do the researchers persist? David Jacobs
explains. The work, he insists, is critical because "the abduction
phenomenon is the most important thing that has ever occurred."
--PAUL McCARTHY
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

110
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2782.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
SUBJECT: THE BIG ANNOUNCEMENT FILE: UFO2782
MUFONET-BBS GROUP - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
------------------------------------------
The BIG Announcement: Part 1
------------------------------
[Contributed by Bruce Widaman, of the UFO Study Group of Greater St.
Louis, and State Director - Missouri MUFON]
I attended a lecture at the Holiday Inn in Collinsville, IL on
12/20/91 given by Bill Knell, a UFO investigator, that was to deal with
"The UFO Coverup". Having never met Mr. Knell before, I didn't know
exactly what to expect. I must admit though, after hearing him on the
radio prior to the meeting, I was braced for "the big announcement."
His presentation was very good. I personally have not been exposed
to most of mr. knell's material. He was well received by the sixty or
so people in attendance. But, unfortunately, the big announcement is
still somewhere out there in the future.
MUFONET-BBS GROUP - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
------------------------------------------
The BIG Announcement: Part 2
------------------------------
[Contributed by Sheryl Jacobs of the UFO Study Group of Greater St.
Louis]
The following press release announced a special episode of "Unsolved
Mysteries" that was due to air last month. Even though the regularly
scheduled program (Wednesday, 12/25/91) included a segment on the
Bentwaters Air Base incident, the special government episode has not
been aired to date.
The Bentwaters story, although a repeat, did include some additional
details that hadn't been presented originally.
"Unsolved Mysteries" must be commended for presenting cases from a
balanced and objective position. The Belgium story done in November
was done in a far from even neutral manner; instead, it was done in a
very positive and professional way with striking special effects. The
high profile of the show, together with the regularity in which UFO
subjects are presented, will help the masses cope should the "big one"
ever come along.
MUFONET-BBS GROUP - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
------------------------------------------
The BIG Announcement: part 3
------------------------------
[Contributed by the UFO STUDY GROUP of Greater St. Louis]
[What follows is the press release]
For Immediate PRESS RELEASE
-----------------------------
SUBJECT: A SURPRISE U.S. GOVERNMENT ANNOUNCEMENT CONCERNING THE
REALITY OF THE U.F.O. (Unidentified Flying Objects)
PHENOMENON
and
AN UNEXPLAINED U.F.O. - MILITARY ENCOUNTER ON EARLY
WEDNESDAY, 12/11/91 IN THE MIDEAST, MIDATLANTIC AREAS
DATE: 12/12/91
FROM: BILL KNELL, U.F.O. Investigator/Researcher speaking on behalf
of ISLAND SKYWATCH, 164-22 77TH ROAD, FLUSHING, NEW YORK 11365
718-591-1854. (A NY-based, non-profit organization dedicated
to the scientific and objective study of the U.F.O.
Phenonenon)
The United States government plans to make a surprise announcement
revealing that U.F.O.s are real, intelligently-controlled aircraft of
unknown origin sometime within the next two weeks. This announcement
will coincide with a special, unscheduled episode of the nbc network
television program "unsolved mysteries' on sunday, december 22, 1991.
Neither the content, nor the format of this announcement is known at
this time.
This exclusive information was revealed to veteran U.F.O. investigator
Bill Knell during the past 48 hours by two reliable sources. The first
is Dr. Robert Carr, a professor at the university of South Florida,
State of Florida, U.S.A. and the second is a person who works for TRW, a
company which has examined captured or crashed UFOs for the government
at trw facilities according to this source and one former employee of
that company. Both sources say they have participated in the filming of
the special "unsolved mysteries" episode and have been told by unamed
government contacts that the forthcoming announcement concerning UFOs
will be made on the same date as the airing of the tv episode. The
person, agency or format of the announcement and concerning it is
unknown at this time.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

184
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2783.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
SUBJECT: THEATER OF THE LONG WINDED FILE: UFO2783
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Taken from consecutive messages in the Human Dimension Echo
By Dan Brown - January 1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Yes! It's time for another installment of...
"Theater of the Long Winded"
Brought to you tonight by the Society for Unintended Studies
In today's episode Uncle Dan, that gruff but lovable moderator of the
Human Dimensions echo, gets in over his head and, as usual, delivers
one of his typically off centered, but thoroughly strange editorials...
And now, with the wave of a hand, the curtain rises, the house lights
dim, and a small but steady spotlight finds its way to the podium where
our evenings lector stands ill at ease, but with enough enthusiasm to
keep from running off as he sees the audience, tomatoes in hand, poised
and ready as kittens on newly found mice.
Nevertheless, he proceeds. . .
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Disclaimer: Since this is my personal theory, and only an editorial, I
do not plan to include a bibliography, or overly long drawn
out exemplary structures in genetic coding, RNA/DNA, or the
structures of the neural pathways dealing specifically with
genetic communication. I don't think my typing fingers
could take that much abuse, and proving natural selection
is not my specific point in writing this editorial.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
In the past years, through my observations and moderate studies into
the genetic structure of homo-sapien, it has come to be my belief that
at this point in time, we are beginning to visibly experience an
emergence of something exceptionally rare. Our species, in my belief,
is moving into a state where the genetic factors that control and route
our neural-communicative structures are now reaching a point in their
mutations wherein they are allowing dormant facilities to become viable
and active.
This is not something that has only recently happened, but has been
underway for countless millenia, and has occurred several times in the
past to the human species as a whole since the beginning of our genus.
This process of natural selection has, by nature, always been one of
genetic origin and has brought us to our present state, and will take
us further, as I believe it is doing now.
With the emergence of the humankind, genetic instructions dealing
with the communication processes of thought and action were simplistic,
and allowed for only the simplest of neural-structural communications,
that originally being "Survival." As time moved onward, the mutation
of the genetic code allowed for the routing of other neural pathways
to become active wherein other forms of new communication were
possible and manifested themselves accordingly, and so on throughout
all of the classic evolutionary forms of higher intelligence and
communication.
So basically, Man starts out as a really simple, and not too bright,
creature, and evolves to what he is today through the extremely slow
process of genetic mutation and concurrent re-routing of the neural
pathways. Natural selection. . .
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
"Theater of the Long Winded". . .
When we last left off, Uncle Dan was just about to get to the point
of his editorial. As we know from experience, that is not something
that is accomplished easily for him. . .
Now let's return.
Ahem... (Clearing throat)...
(Taking a small sip of water)...
(Clearing his throat for the second time)...
(The microphone does not seem to work)...
(Tap... Tap... Tap... Testing 1 2 3...)
Ah, there we are! In part one, we covered my view of the process of
natural selection as brought about through the genetic code mutation.
In this continuation, I will endeavor to connect this with the
phenomena of specific extra-terrestrial activities on this, our planet.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Disclaimer: I must, at this point, clarify something. Before anyone
presumes that I am theorizing that we as a race are the
genetic experiment of some other-worldly civilization, let
me assure you that this is not my attempt at such.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
All life forms that we are familiar with continually going through
genetic mutation on a day to day bases, but every once in awhile, over
hundreds of thousands of years (as speculated,) the mutations reaches a
state where the genetic coding can structurally allow for the
activation and maintenance of newly routable neural circuitry. This is
the process of an evolving species in action! The very keys of who we
were, who we are, and who we will be as we meet the future ahead.
From a good section of the contact and abduction reports I have come
across, which is by no means an exhaustive collection, a common thread
emerges. In many reported conversations with extraterrestrial life
forms, ET's, specifically a certain groups called "Greys", and others
that are of similar makeup, have commented that their very existence is
threatened due to genetic problems within their species and they need
to radically improve/change their genetic strain, else they will cease
to be.
If I may digress for a moment. . .
In my youth, I found out where our planet was located in relation to
the rest of the galaxy. I found myself questioning the reasons why
extra-terrestrials would want to come here. After all, we sit in the
western spiral arm of the galaxy, a veritable desolate no-man's-land.
Surely there must be some other planets with similar life forms as
ourselves, and inevitably much closer to the center of galactic
activity that would easily be much more suitable for experimentation or
information gathering than our small, out of the way, little planet! So
why do they keep coming? I have one speculative answer. . .
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Now I know I'm probably making a stretch here, but as you can
probably see, there is a highly possible connection between the genetic
evolution of the human species, and the attention we are getting from
the outside.
The firing off of formerly dormant genetically triggered neural-
circuits is something so rare; a new phase in out evolution, and
if our genetic structures are similar to those of other-worldly
cultures, then this is an event of such magnitude and importance that
it would draw interest from near and far. In the current state of our
genetic development, we may be seen by some as a source of genetic
salvation for an ailing alien civilization. In others this may
be nothing more than a scientific rarity that must be be catalouged
and studied. In any case, we are moving into a new era as a
species, and with or without an audience, it's the greatest show in
the universe. . .
To bring this into summary form, let me say this, then I'll leave you
alone and shut up. . .
The unique genetic evolutionary state which we are in presently has
made us a very curious and important commodity. We are in the midst of
a change as a species, and although this has been transpiring for a
great deal of time, it has finally come to the place where we are
seeing genetic change in an ever increasingly tangible manner. In my
opinion, this is the about the only reason we are being visited at all.
Right now, whether voluntarily or not, we have something to offer that
the rest of the galaxy wants, or wants part in. But we should rejoice
in this! We are seeing the evolution of creation taking place within
each of us.
Take care,
Dan Brown
D.E.Brown
1710 1/2 "X" Street (Lower)
Sacramento, California
95818
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

61
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2784.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
SUBJECT: MISSING TOWN FILE: UFO2784
Date: 11-25-90 13:44
Subj: Re: MISSING TOWN
The only information I myself have been able to extract from RCMP
files and such is remarkably similar to what Streiber put forward in
his lattest book, "Majestic". And it is basically a repetition of what
appears in the report made by the National Board of Estimates entitled
"Intelligence Estimates on Flying Disk Motives". The book gives a
transcript of that report written by the narrator...
"In the winter of 1930 a profoundly disturbing incident took place in
Canada. Trapper Arnaud Laurent and his son observed a strange light
crossing the northern sky. It appeared to be headed for the Lake
Anjikuni area. The two trappers describe it as being alternately
bullet-shaped and cylinder shaped. It can be assumed from this that it
was an object of irregular configuration that was tumbling as it moved.
Another trapper named Joe Labelle had snowshoed into the village of
the Lake Anjikuni people, and been chilled to discover that the
normally bustling community was silent. Even the sled dogs, which would
normally have bayed welcome, were silent.
The shanties were choked with snow, and not a chimney showed smoke.
The trapper found the village's kayaks tied up on the shore of the
lake. Inside the shanties the trapper found a further surprise: there
were meals left hanging over fires, long grown old and moldy,
apparently abandoned as they were being cooked. The men's rifles were
still standing by the doors. This really scared the trapper, because he
knew that these people would never leave their precious weapons behind.
He reported his discovery to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, who
investigated further. They discovered that the town's dogs had died of
hunger, chained beneath a tree and covered by a snowdrift. More
disturbingly, the town graveyard had been emptied. The graves were now
yawning pits. Despite the frozen ground, the graves had been opened and
the dead removed.
The RCMP continues the case opened to this day. A check with their
records department indicated that the matter remains unsolved, and
despite a search of the whole of Canada and iquiries throughout the
world, not a trace of the missing twelve hundred men, women and
children has ever been found."
Prepared by Office of Research and Analysis, Central Intelligence Group
Copy 1 of 2
July 8, 1947
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

469
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2785.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
SUBJECT: UFOs AND MIND CONTROL FILE: UFO2785
Fri 10 Jan 92 22:45
By: John Powell
Re: Abductions
----------------------------------------------------------------------
> Meeting: UFO CONTACT CENTER INTERNATIONAL GROUP MEETING, 1988
> Speaker: Martin Cannon
> Subject: UFOs and Mind Control
[THIS IS A TRANSCRIPT OF TAPED TALK GIVEN BY MARTIN CANNON VIA
TELEPHONE TO THE UFO CONTACT CENTER INTERNATIONAL GROUP MEETING IN
1988. BECAUSE IT IS A TRANSCRIPTION, SOME OF THE NAMES MAY BE
INCORRECTLY SPELLED, BUT THE CONTENT OF THE INFORMATION RELAYED REMAINS
100% ACCURATE.]
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
All I can say is that I have been, for over a year now, pursuing a
specific theory of UFO abductions which has royally ticked off
everybody that I've come in contact with -- believer and skeptic alike.
This is a theory that, I think, designed to make me hate it. I'm
primarily interested in the government's involvement in the UFO
phenomena.
Specifically, it seems to me, and I might as well lay out all my cards
on the table at once, it seems to me the abduction phenomenon might
just be a ploy, that the aliens are a paper-mache mask, as I sometimes
put it, for something else that's really going on.
All theories of UFO abductions that I've ever come across (excepting
the entirely skeptical ones put out by people like Philip Klass), they
all include some aspect of the concept of mind control. Now it seems to
me that if people's minds are being controlled, and I think that this
technology is in existence, then we have to ask the question: can we
trust the participant's reports of what they are seeing, in terms of
perhaps even the UFO's that they are seeing, but certainly the nature
of the abduction experience itself?
Do we even have to assume that the little gray aliens exist simply
because people tell us that they do, even if they believe that they
exist?
Drawing from a very old example out of hypnotism, and Aileen being
herself a hypnotherapist, can perhaps tell you more about this -- it
was a very common practice, going back many, many decades, to see if
somebody was under some hypnotism, they would introduce them -- they
would take the subject, hypnotize them, and say that there was a small,
black dog in the room, and he's coming up, and would you pet him.
And the subject will often actually see the dog just as thoroughly,
just as concretely, as they would see any normal dog that you might get
out of the animal shelter.
Now if the human brain can be tricked to that extent, then is it not
possible that the ET's that people are seeing are of an exactly like
substance to that dog?
I think it is. I have done a great deal of research into the subject of
the government's involvement in mind control operations. They like
people to believe that that was all something that they were doing back
in the 50's and the 60's, and it was all to catch up with the Russians
who had this huge lead in the field, but they stopped doing it around
1963 and they never really found anything -- it's all a lie!
I mean, basically, I've just come to the conclusion where I can say
that right now. These programs went very, very far. We got there first.
We were far ahead of the Russians. I even can give you a memo where
Allen Dulles admitted that to the Warren Commission, of all places.
It went back to World War II, possibly to the 30's, in fact I've just
recently came across some information that occult groups have been
doing experimentations with what they call electronic mind control,
going all the way back to the 19th century. In fact there isn't a
single technology of mind control that doesn't go back to that time.
And so, one of the problems, well, I should say that in researching
this I have not only looked up, read every book available on this
subject, some of which are EXTREMELY hard to find. I mean, I'm sorry to
sound too paranoid but I'm really beginning to get the idea that
somebody has been going around to the libraries and hussling them off
the shelves, because I keep on finding, you know, there are certain
books that I keep on looking for, and I find that they are not checked
out, and they are not only the library shelves either! And I'm
wondering what's happened to them.
But I think I've now amassed quite a library on the subject, and I've
also gone to Washington, D.C. and I saw some 20,000 documents, these
are de-classified CIA / Defense Department documents, as well as many
interviews with scientists working on these programs back in the 50's
and 60's, and these were all compiled by John Marks, for his book _The
Search for the Manchurian Candidate_.
I would suggest that all of you people read that book, but you must
understand that that book is incredibly conservative, and that the
whole subject goes far, far beyond that. I don't know why John Marks
wrote it the way he did. Certainly, there was much more information in
his files than he allowed to come out in his book.
Another good book which I'm sorry to say is very, very difficult to get
a hold of, and probably the best book on the subject, is called
_Operation Mind Control_, and that's by Walter Bowart. But even then,
after you've gone to that literature, you know, you have to search
through a great deal of periodicals and scientific papers and so forth,
and also conduct a great many interviews.
I've interviewed people who claim to have been under mind control,
specifically in Vietnam. And what they describe is very, very similar
to what the abductee's are describing in many respects. Not only that,
I've spoken to abductees. And this is a subject on which I feel a
certain amount of hesitancy in describing and talking about.
One abductee, I called her Veronica in an article I wrote in UFO
Magazine (it's a long and extremely complicated and fascinating case),
under hypnosis, and I did not hypnotize her, in fact she is the one who
wanted the hypnosis and it was administered by a professional
hypnotist. In the 4th hypnotic session she described one of her
abductions, which as she dug deeper turned out not to have taken place
at all in any kind of Unidentified Flying Object, but in fact took
place in a house outside the Los Angeles area.
And of course, we kept zeroing in on the house and its location, and so
on and so forth.
Now, I must state directly here that there is some possibility, of
course, whenever there is a hypnotized subject -- it is often stated
wants to please the hypnotist, therefore might confabulate details that
would fit that hypnotists' particular thesis. I must say that Veronica
came up with the CIA thesis long before I ever met her. She was saying
that that was just one possibility among others.
It also seems to be a nagging possibility that other abductees that I
have read about and talked to have come up with, although they didn't
explore it. There is something about the idea of being in contact with
alien beings that is extremely attractive to them, and they don't want
to give it up very easily.
Anyway, to go back to the hypnotic session -- she had talked about -- I
won't give you the details of this kind of terrifying session that she
underwent in this man's house -- but, after the session, I found out
later she was told under some sort of hypnosis, even though the
hypnotist had tried to get her out of it, and she said that she was no
longer in trance, but apparently she still was. But I said, "Well,
okay, let's drive there."
And we did. And I got a location, we found the location, and she
suddenly got very scared and we had to turn back. Well, I later did a
little bit of detective work and I found out who lived there. I won't
give the name, because there is obviously a certain possibility of
lible involved, but I found out that the man who lived in that house
was a scientist who worked on the CIA's mind control programs. These
programs had projects like ARTICHOKE, BLUEBIRD, MK-ULTRA.
Not only that, while on the way there, Veronica described the interior
of this house, including one specific unusual detail that almost nobody
has in his living room, and I later found out from somebody who had
been in that house, that she described it accurately. Unfortunately,
Veronica now says that she can remember nothing of our conversation
together and I didn't tape her admission of what was inside the house,
so there is no way I can prove this, which is why I am very, very wary
of mentioning names, and possibly giving way to a lible suit.
But I will say that for my purposes, and I can't prove it to anybody
else, but it has been proved to me that in at least one instance this
thesis is correct.
I must tell you right now that I am as loath as anybody else to give up
on the alien hypothesis. I mean I grew up with it, I read alot of UFO
books in my time. I've never been plugged into the UFO Network... I've
never spoken to the actual researchers until just recently. And even
then it's only quite tangential. Aileen is probably the one I know
best. And so, it gets very, very difficult for me to give up entirely
upon the idea of the aliens. And I know that people will get angry at
me, because I am exploring another possibility. But it just seems that
this is a path which has to be looked at.
I do know that from the internal CIA correspondence that I've looked at
in Washington, that one of the problems they had, is that -- it was a
"disposal problem" -- whenever they were experimenting on someone to
see how firmly they could control that person's mind, even though they
would try many techniques to get them to forget the session, as it
were, it was almost impossible to make them forget entirely. Memories
would come out, often-time in dreams, of what was going on.
One of the scientists who worked on it, I think that was Martin Warren,
you may recall Martin Warren because he's mentioned prominently in
Philip Klass' skeptical book on UFO abductions. Martin Warren -- what
Philip Klass doesn't tell you is that Martin Warren was a CIA operative
going back to the very early 60's...
But one of the things they mentioned in this context of people
remembering, was they will remember any scenario that they are told. In
other words, you can tell them: "Yes, something happened there... but
you know...", you can fix the memory -- in other words, arrange a cover
story. And so, yeah, the person might wake up in the middle of the
night with this terrible, terrible feeling in that back of his head
that he has been hypnotically told to forget something that happened to
him. But as long as he misremembers that, then the actual truth of the
matter will never come out.
Now I think that something very much like that happened to a man named
Marty Kosky. Marty Kosky was a Finnish citizen. He was staying in
Canada sometime in the mid to the late 1970's, and I have alot of
material from him. He claims to have been a victim of mind control.
Now, by the 1970's this whole technology was getting extremely baroque.
In the 50's and the 60's, according to John Mark's informant, nobody
knows his name, I don't even think John Mark's knows his name -- he was
given the nickname "Deep Trance" -- according to Deep Trance the mind
control was basically, the technology had to do with drugs and some
with hypnosis. In the 70's it started to turn to things like
implantations in the brain and microwaves. And the two of them can work
together.
Now Marty Kosky claims, this Finnish citizen claims to have been a
victim of the microwave experimentations happening in Canada. He had
first, in 1977 or thereabouts, came out with a brochure that was, well
you know, he learned English only a couple of years previously, and he
wasn't a professional writer, and claimed to be microwaved in his
brain, and so obviously you can tell that the pamphlet that he came up
with was not very impressive, and people looking at it probably
dismissed him as a nut. Later, though, he came out with a still not
particularly well-written, but much more convincing set of materials
which I believe that Aileen might have copies of there, and we can
certainly get some copies distributed to you people, if you're
interested in it, in which he tells the story in greater length. He
talks about being taken to a hospital, having things implanted in his
brain, hearing of voices. Now I must say that even though this sounds
like the story of an absolute Loony Tune, I know for a fact that this
sort of thing does occur -- I mean, is technologically possible --
there was a scientist named Allen Fray in the late 60's, early 70's,
who discovered that you can induce, with microwaves, voices in the
brain -- that you can actually hear.
As always, with these things, you only get the first experimentations
along these lines, the first successful notes of what was happening and
then of course, it's all clamped down, you don't get any more
information on follow-up experiments. But we do know, at least from the
early work, that people were able to hear things, directly perceived
words, as spoken over a microphone, directly in their mind... not just
through the ears or anything like that. Which makes me look twice
whenever I hear about people who claim to be hearing voices. Because I
know that that is a classic symptom of schizophrena, but many of these
people are also extremely hypnotizable.
Classic schizophrenics are not easily hypnotizable, yet these people
are. They fall into a separate category, and I'm wondering if the
voices that they hear, if they too might be -- it's a possibility among
other possiblities, let's put it that way -- if these people are also
possible subjects of this sort of experimentation.
Anyway, getting back to Kosky -- I won't tell you his entire story,
because I think it would be better if you read it entirely -- he talks
about being kidnapped and taken to a hospital and given what he called
"spy training". Much of his descriptions of what happened to him in the
hospital I think are quite incorrect, but who knows what happened to
his mind during those times.
I do know that of the released MK-ULTRA papers from the 50's and the
60's many of the absolute worst atrocities being committed by the CIA -
- they were trying to invade the space between people's ears -- were in
fact taking place in Canada.
So, it's entirely likely that these things will be happening in Canada.
Don't think that simply because Kosky points the finger at the Royal
Canadian Mounted Police, doesn't really mean that the CIA or some other
government agency isn't behind it. In fact, some of what I've read has
indicated that the government agency that is now most involved in the
mind control experimentation is called DARPA. And I've also just
recently come across some information that NASA, of all people, of all
places, I don't know why, is possibly, just possibly involved with
that. There is whole story I can tell you along those lines.
One of the things that Kosky was told after he got away from the
hospital and after he was trying to re-establish his sanity after these
terrible experimentations that were done to him, he was told that the
people talking to him were from Sirius. Now, this is one of the best
links I have between the mind control technology and the UFO abduction
phenomenon. That this is a victim of mind control claiming that he
knows that the controllers were using UFOs or aliens as a cover story
for their operations. He was even more explicit in his original
pamphlet. Where he was saying that: "The test program fluctuates from
spying education to meeting humanoids from other planets, people from
Mars and Sirius, if you are a religious person, you can even talk to
the Lord."
So, in other words, they find out exactly how your personality is
structured, and then they will assume a persona to meet that, which
also makes me look at these people who claim to be hearing voices from
Jesus or from Satan. I know recently there was a rash of people hearing
the voice of Satan, I think it was a group of teenagers out in
Tennessee. And they progressed from -- they were committing horrible
atrocities -- first they were watching these terribly violent
videotapes which for some reason are now being made available to
teenagers, including videotapes of actual deaths and then the voices
told them to start torturing and murdering small animals, until finally
they actually murdered one of their numbers.
Well, I know that this sounds like an outrageous story and possibly not
connected to what I am saying, but in fact it is connected because that
was one of the ways they trained -- one of the primary, I should say,
motivations for the entire mind control technology as we know it from
the papers in the 50's and the 60's, was to train people to commit
assassinations. And this is why I am very frightened whenever an
abductee -- and I've had a couple come up with this now -- start
talking about guns. In fact, you know, in that very same abduction
hypnotic session where we are talking about her abduction, she said
that the entities had told her to bring a gun to Martin (!), which did
not exactly make me feel very good, I mean I really don't know what was
behind that, but I must say that I've rather limited my contact with
that woman ever since.
Now I should say, where was I -- oh yes -- again, I'm not used to
giving a lecture to large numbers of people whom I can't see, so I'll
probably be flitting from one thing to another, but anyway, I do have
documents which prove that that was the ultimate goal, to get people to
commit atrocities without any emotions, without any affect. That was
the primary purpose, and the way they did it was first to desensitize
people.
There was a doctor named Nereut, who I think in 1974 spilled the beans
to the London Times saying that he was performing these kinds of
experimentations on soldiers of the Green Berets and Navy Seals, and
other Special Forces, and they were taught under hypnosis, and
sometimes not under hypnosis to desensitive themselves to violence,
usually through a series of films, and then you would progress from
that to not caring if you tore the head off a chicken. And then you
were told that the enemy was less than subhuman and so you would go out
there and commit unbelievable atrocities which, if you dig into it, you
know were committed in Vietnam.
And then, according to the some of the people who claim to be mind
control victims that I've spoken to, you can be hypnotized into
forgetting that you committed the atrocities, and this is actually
quite beneficial, because you don't want that sort of thing on your
memory, you just won't be able to function. I spoke directly to -- I
can't give his name -- and I know that it would be very difficult for
me to convince your people of the truth of what he said. All I know is
that I sat directly across from him in the room. And I met him almost
by coincidence, I was interviewing him on another subject and told him
I was interested in mind control and he said this had happened to him.
He gave me specific examples of things that occurred with him in the
1960's, how he was put through this sort of program. Much of what he
described as to how this -- not just the mind control, he knew the
technology involved, he knew many of the terms involved, he would have
to do a great deal of studying in order to have gotten this
information. And he talked about the way that these sort of secret
missions would be directed out of a Naval intelligence ship, which I
knew from other sources to be absolutely true. So I believed what he
had to say to me, in other words. And he fingered the Veterans
Administration hospital out here in Northridge as one place where they
continue to have scientists operate in these capacities. And that was
very interesting to me, because I later have, and I just now had an
abductee tell me that she had memories of something terrible happening
at that very same Veterans Administration hospital.
So that all fits together, again, I'm telling you this to explain to
you why I believe what I believe. I don't necessarily have all of the
facts and that I can put it in a book and prove it, but I have enough
that definitely my suspicion is raised. Now you may ask about
implantations, the scars that Budd Hopkins will show you photographs
of, and these implanations, intracerebreal implantations which are just
now beginning to show up in MRI scans on contactee's. I've just now
made friends with a woman out in Lancaster, who is studying abductees
who claims to have gotten alot of these MRI scans definitely having
"bogies" showing up on them.
Again, this was a part of the technology. There was a book published in
1968, I believe, called _Were We Controlled_ by a man with the
psuedonym of Lincoln Lawrence, and I would suggest that you people read
that. Now this is a book obstensibly about the John F. Kennedy
assassination, looking into the possibility, and this has been raised
by a number of people, outrageous as the possibility may seem, that
Jack Ruby and Lee Harvey Oswald were somehow hypnotically programmed to
do what they did. To tell you the truth, although I am willing to
accept any numbe number of unusual possibilities, I am not entirely
convinced of that. However, I know for a fact that much of the
information given in that book regarding the CIA's and the Defense
Department's mind control program is right on target, because it
checked out with material that was released only about fifteen years
later, or ten years later, under Freedom of Information.
Lincoln Lawrence had to have, and I know that he was in fact an FBI
agent, and therefore probably did have the sort of connections. He had
to have connections to people who were in the know as to the technology
involved. And the technology that he fingers, and it's come up in a
couple of other sources, again we don't have actual internal government
documentation on this, unfortunately just yet, but the technology that
he fingers is something called Radio Hypnotic Intracerebreal Control,
that coupled with another technology called EDOM, Electronic
Dissolution Of Memory. And basically, EDOM is nothing more or less than
"missing time", exactly what Budd Hopkins talks about. Making people
forget what they've done for the past two or three hours. According to
Lincoln Lawrence, and I'm tending more and more to believe him, that is
a technology that we, not the aliens, but we have had in our hands for
my goodness, twenty, thirty years perhaps. Similarly, Radio Hypnotic
Intracerebreal Control is a technology which, even in its most
primitive form, according to some of the Russian literature mentioned
in Lincoln Lawrence's book, and again I gave a copy to Aileen there,
goes back to the 1930's. And that has to do with alot of arcane
subjects -- implantations, intracerbreal implantations in the brain.
By sending electronic pulses to these intracerebreal implantations, you
can train the frequencies of the brain to a point of hypnotic
suggestibility, and then voices, which can be, as I mentioned earlier,
which can be placed into the brain will act as a sort of remote
hypnotist. One that has a far greater suggestibility than an actual
hypnotist that you might pay money to go see. And this is somebody who
can make you believe that you are seeing -- when this is happening to
you they can make you believe that you are seeing, or have seen, if
they want to erase a previous memory, say a van that kidnapped you,
when in fact they might tell you that it was a UFO that kidnapped you.
Or, as another story that I got from an abductee...
He had this strange memory of -- you know, he was talking about his
abduction, and how he climbed into this saucer-shaped craft. But you
know, just before the saucer-shaped craft appeared in his mind he has
this strange memory that there was this truck in there, and that the
same guy who was on the craft was in that truck, and he couldn't quite
put the two together. Well, you know, I heard this from Budd Hopkins
once. He said that there was an abductee he talked who said that there
was, you know when he was abducted, that at first he thought it was a
helicopter, or some sort of helicopter that grabbed him and took him up
into the air.
No, it couldn't have been that -- what it was, was this UFO -- and so,
Budd Hopkins is saying well obviously the helicopter was the screen
memory for this terrible UFO experience.
Possibly, but the possibility that I'm looking into is, what if it
really was a helicopter and it was a UFO that was an induced screen
memory, possibly induced by this technology that I'm looking into
called Radio Hypnotic Intracerebreal Control, RHIC. There was a Doctor
named Jose Delgado, still working today, who wrote a book called
_Physical Control of the Mind: Towards a Psycho-Civilized Society_.
These implants that everybody are talking about -- people are thinking
that only a highly advanced technology such as the aliens could come up
with. Well, Delgado was in business as early the late 1950's, he put
these implants in a bull in a Spanish bull-ring, and had the bull
charge him, and then he pushed a button on a box, it was like the same
sort of box you would get with a radio-controlled airplane. He pushed a
button -- and there are photographs of this that I can show you -- with
the bull like just a few feet in front of him and ready to gore the guy
to death -- came to a complete stop. Pushed another button, the bull
walks away.
Now if that can happen to animals in the 50's why can't it be happening
to abductees?
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Thanks, take care.
John.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

782
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2786.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
SUBJECT: MORE GOVERNMENT INVOLVEMENT IN THE UFO COVERUP FILE: UFO2786
CHRONOLOGY: (Based on FOIA Papers and personal testimony) Version 2.09
COPYRIGHT SEPTEMBER 8, 1988 by PEA RESEARCH
ULTRA MAJIC BBS, (916)684-5578
............................................................
(UFOHIST2.TXT PART2 Conclusion)
Early 1960's...Frank Scully dies. (Author of "Behind the Flying
Saucers".)
Aug. 13, 1960..Red Bluff, CA: CHP Officers Charles A. Carson and
Stanley Scott were on patrol when they sighted what they thought was an
airliner about to crash. When the UFO had descended to about 100 or 200
feet altitude it suddenly reversed direction and climbed to 500 ft.
Description: round or oblong surrounded by a glow (color not mentioned)
and having definite red lights at each end. They continued to watch the
UFO as it performed "unbelievable" aerial feats. The local RADAR
operator confirmed the UFO at this time but denied it the next day.
Other Tehema County Sheriffs' officers also saw this UFO and another
similar one that same night. (NICAP, 1964)
May, 1961......In the May issue of "Fate" magazine, Master Sgt. O.D.
Hill admits that we are still loosing Air Force planes to UFOs. The
first case was an F-86 jet fighter that was sent aloft to investigate
an UFO that had been plotted on the Radar scope of an Air Base (name
and dates classified). The Radar Operator spied the UFO heading
straight for the craft. The operator radioed for the F-86 to climb at
once, but it was too late. The two blips merged as one and the UFO was
tracked moving away. Classified as "mysterious" not a single shred of
the F-86 was ever found. (ref. Kinross AFB where an F-89 with crew of
two merged with an UFO and disappeared.-Donald Keyhoe)
Second Case: A radar operator was tracking a transport plane carrying
26 persons aboard when, suddenly, another blip appeared on the screen
closing at 2500 mph on the transport. Before the operator could warn
the transport the two blips emerged as one. The remaining blip sped
straight up at tremendous speed. A surface search in the vicinity
revealed no oil slicks on the water, although a Generals' briefcase was
found floating around. (see 4/1/59;9/29/59)
1961-1963......Near Nellis AFB, NE: "Mat", a radio maintenance engineer
at Nevada's AEC between 1961-1963, provided evidence to the MUFON
Journal that Project REDLIGHT was secretly being conducted at nearby
"Area 51", a 50-mile-square quadrant of land east of Nellis AFB. This
Project "involved flight-testing of an UFO which had been shipped there
from Edwards AFB." The craft flew silently, was about 20 to 30 ft. in
diam., and had no wings or tail.
Apr. ,1962.....Flight Commander P.J. (initials), attached to TAC
Fighter Wing was deployed at Wright-Patterson AFB and mistakenly broke
into an air hanger where he thought the gym was located. Upon entering
the hanger he was approached by an air police sentry with a sub-machine
gun. Behind the sentry was a saucer approx. 12-15 ft. diam. suspended
off the ground by two engine test stands. There were no markings or
insignia on the saucer. It had no rivet markings. The saucer was roped-
off and 8 guards stood at parade rest around it. P.J. and his friend
were encouraged to leave the hanger. P.J. returned to MyrtleBeach AFB,
S.C.
July 17, 1963..A passenger of a Convair-880 related to UFO
investigator, James Moseley, that the 4 engined jet airliner she had
been flying in was pursued by an UFO. The jet , traveling at 600 mph,
made a sharp turn to avoid the UFO, now rapidly closing in on the
plane. Just as they were about to collide, the UFO swerved away at
fantastic speed and disappeared in the night sky. When the (unnamed)
woman confronted the pilot about the incident, he said, "I wouldn't
dare risk telling the airline of the incident. If I could tell you of
some of the experiences my buddies have had, you'd never fly again!"
Apr. 15, 1964..USAF Intelligence officer meets with 2 Aliens at
prearranged location in the desert of New Mexico. Project SIGMA
operates at AFB, New Mexico. (see 1959)
Oct., 1964.....Air Force and Army radar stations tracked an UFO as it
hovered over and flew along the demilitarized zone between North and
South Korea. The UFO was visible for over an hour.
Dec. 10, 1964..Fort Riley, KA: Recovery of Saucer by A.K. (initials).
(see 11/00/65)
Dec. 19, 1964..MEMO to Chief, Contact Division: NICAP case #(censured):
Subject: UFOs over Patuxent Navel Air Station between 1500 and 1530
hours. Two UFOs approached Air Base at 3800 mph. Another UFO approached
at 6000 mph. Radar operator, Chief Pinkerton had visual on Radar. US
Coast Guard had "visual" on the UFOs. OFFICIAL statement to press: the
(single) blip was caused by faulty radar equipment! (see 1/25/65)
Jan. 25, 1965..MEMO to Chief, Contact Division: NICAP Case #(censured).
(see 12/19/64)
1965...........While visiting the Air Force Museum in Fairborn, Ohio,
R.M. (initials), a government employee of 23 yrs., went through a
double- door marked "Off Limits" and suddenly came face to face with an
Alien in a self contained space suite. Description: About 4.5 ft. tall
with a translucent dome over its' large head; wasn't human; large eyes
under a heavy brow; no noticeable nose; a slit for a mouth; bluish
skin. When the creature walked it didn't bend its' knees. R.M. later
found out from a retired Air Force Colonel from Wight-Patterson AFB,
that 2 live Aliens were held in captivity in an artificial environment.
The Colonel also said that a 2-man sized craft crashed near Whitewater
Lake, Indiana, as a result of an electrical disturbance in the
atmosphere. [The Alien would have to lock his knees in a high-gravity
environment to avoid falling down.]
Feb. 11, 1965..Personal Interview report by Capt. D.M. (initials):
Aerial encounter of three UFOs with radar and visual sightings. Air
Force flight F-169 enroute from Anchorage, AL, to Japan. Capt. R.W.
(initials) and Capt. W. (initial) observed 3 UFOs on radar 5 miles off
the wing. The UFOs paced the Flying Tiger freighter aircraft for 30
minutes then climbed away at a steep angle at about 1200 knots ground
speed. Estimated size (thumb and finger method) approx. 200 to 1000 ft.
diam., glowing red and oval shaped. The pilot remarked, "we often see
UFOs on the Alaskan run!"
May 28, 1965...Police statement (interview); Bougainville Reef,
Australia: An Ansett-A.N.A. DC-6B airliner (VH-INH) en route to Port
Moresby, New Guinea, was buzzed by a UFO at about 3:25 a.m. The pilot
radioed the Townsville Ground Control Tower and talked to Mr. O.
(initial). Description: slightly spherical and oblate, flattened on top
and bottom; appeared to have exhaust gasses coming from it. Photos of
the UFO were taken by the pilot but were later confiscated at Canberra
as was the taped conversation to Mr. O., the Tower operator. Mr. O. was
threatened with dismissal if he talked about the incident.
July 3, 1965...Newspaper reports, ANTARCTICA: Argentine, British and
Chilean military and scientific personnel observed an UFO moving at a
frightening speed doing incredible maneuvers. It was something solid,
glowing blue-green and causing E/M interference with our equipment.
Lenticular shaped "flying saucer". Tracked by theodolite, binoculars
and magnetograph tapes. Also, 10 color photographs were taken of the
UFO.
Sept. 3, 1965..Project Blue Book File #(?): Damon/Angleton, TX. Deputy
Sheriffs Billy E. McCoy and Robert W. Goode were investigating an UFO
in the back-woods roads when the purplish UFO shot instantly towards
them to within 150 feet and hovered at 100 feet off the ground. The
bright glow illuminated the interior of the car and the surrounding
fields (11:30 p.m.). "Every blade of grass stood out clearly" in the
field. Officer Goode, who was driving with his arm out the window, felt
heat on his arm and later reported that a cut that was on his arm
healed more rapidly than normal [U/V effects].
Sept.16,1965...NICAP Report #(?): Pretoria, S. Africa: Constables John
Lockem and Koos de Klerk while on patrol (after midnight) suddenly had
a domed, disc shaped object come into their van headlights. It was
sitting on the road. The UFO was copper colored and about 30 ft. in
diam. Immediately the UFO lifted off, emitting tongues of flame from
two tubes or channels on the underside. The flames deflected about
three feet off the macadam road surface and were still visible after
loosing sight of the craft. Road damage: part of the road was caved-in,
and in a 6 foot area the gravel was separated from the tar. Samples of
the road surface were taken for analysis, which report was never
released. Lt. Col. J.B. Brits, District Commandant of Pretoria North
said the incident was "highly SECRET ... and inquiry is being conducted
in TOP circles."
Nov., 1965.....Fort Riley, KA: "AK" (Aaron Kaback) was on guard duty at
2 a.m. when the duty officer drove up and ordered him to hop into the
jeep. He and 3 other officers were driven out to a remote area where a
large oval objectwas resting. An army chopper was hovering above the
object and shining a bright light on it. The object was approx. 35-48
ft. in diam., had a fin on the end and an exhaust port or some kind of
hole below the fin. It had rows of squares around the rim and remained
completely dead for the 2 1/2 hours they guarded it. (Kaback seems to
be confused as to the actual date this incident occurred. see 12/10/64)
Mar. 20, 1966..Dexter, MI.: Frank Mannor, age 47, and Ronald Mannor,
age 19, went out at night through swampy, hummocky terrain to
investigate flashing lights in the swamp. They saw a domed, elliptical
object with a quilted surface hovering about 8 ft. off the ground in a
patch of apparent mist. The object glowed "blood red" and the body
lights disappeared. They lost sight of the UFO and didn't see it again.
(see 3/21/66;4/1/66)
Mar. 20, 1966..La Porte, IN: Patrolman Michael Spevak was on duty when
2 youths pulled over and pointed out an UFO that they said had been
following them from Michigan City to La Porte. According to the young
men, the object frequently burst into such a bright glare that it
blinded them, forcing them off the highway. It had been following them
at an altitude of about 60 ft. Both the young men and the patrolman
noticed a cross-shaped appendage protruding from the lower portion of
the UFO.
Mar. 21, 1966..Law enforcement officer F.B. (initials) at Dexter,
Michigan, and officer "C" (initial) on patrol sighted a landed saucer
in a swamp. Description: Large craft, like a pot; no windows; had a
dull glow and steam was coming up from the water. Sounded like a
turbine, a low whine or hum. He notified Selfridge AFB which
immediately sent out MP's, well armed. All law officers were ordered
back and their film was confiscated. Later his report and other reports
disappeared from police headquarters. Then, everyone in the force,
including he and "C", were transferred to other parts of the county.
The UFO wasn't disabled. F.B. saw it take-off and climb straight up.
(see 3/1/67)
Apr. 1, 1966...From LIFE magazine: In a hastily called press
conference, the USAF spokesman J. Allen Hynek suggested that the
Dextor, MI, UFO and others seen in the swamps near Hillsdale may have
been marsh (or swamp) gas that had spontaneously ignited. (see
3/20/66;3/21/66)
Apr. 5, 1966...Congressman, Gerald Ford announces to Congress the need
to extensively examine UFOs.
Apr. 17,1966...Ravenna, OH, to Conway, Penn.: Deputy Sheriffs Dale
Spaur and Wilbur Neff of Portage County were on patrol when an UFO
stopped above them, illuminating them and the surroundings (it was just
about dawn). As the UFO moved away from them at about 300-500 ft. above
the road, it would alternately start and stop ahead of them playing cat
and mouse. At E. Palestine, OH, officer Wayne Huston joined in the
pursuit. At speeds of 100 mph in unfamiliar territory, they were soon
low on gas and had to give up the game with the UFO. Through local
police dispatch the officers alerted the Air Force, who sent out
fighter planes to investigate the UFO. As the officers saw the AF
planes approaching the UFO shot straight up and out of sight. (see
6/24/66)
Summer, 1966...Results of an Iowa Poll, Iowa: 45% Iowans queried
believe UFOs to be REAL objects. Of the 45%, 21% were of the opinion
that the UFOs were of extraterrestrial origin.
June, 1966.....Nha Trang, Vietnam: At this active Army Base at about
9:45 p.m., what was thought to be a flare lit up the north sky. The
bright UFO approached the base alternately moving at low to high
speeds. Upon descending toward the soldiers it hovered at an altitude
of 300-500 ft. All of a sudden the 6 generators failed along with the
engines of the idling Skyraiders, (TESLA energy discharge effects)
bulldozers and trucks. The entire valley and surrounding mountains were
illuminated by the hovering UFO for about 4 min. after which it went
straight up and disappeared in about 3 sec. After the incident a plane
load of officials from Washington arrived to investigate. (see 3/4/69)
June 24, 1966..Richmond, VA: Officer William L. Stevens, Jr., observed
a dirigible-shaped UFO at 3:30 in the morning near the fairgrounds. It
was about100 ft. long and 30 ft. thick with greenish-yellow lights on
its perimeter. Stevens attempted to chase the UFO but it maintained an
even distance from him even though he sped up and slowed down. "The
object seemed to be playing CAT & MOUSE with me," he later said. After
10-15 min. the UFO accelerated and sped away. (see 4/17/66)
Mar. 1, 1967...Lt. Gen. Hewitt T. Wheless, USAF, sends notice to all
branches of the military warning of persons imitating military officers
and harassing private citizens and confiscating UFO photos. (see
3/21/66)
Jul. 3, 1967... R.T. (initials), with ALPHA RED TOP SECRET CRYPTO
Clearance, rank PFC, assigned to Canine Corps at Camp Pendleton, San
Diego, CA., states that he and his dogs were air transported 2.5 hrs.
to a sight in a desert (unknown location) UFO crash-sight. Saucer:
Metallic, 30 ft. diameter, domed top, no windows. He also observed:
Large walk-in refrigerator, empty body bags, men at work with technical
instruments.
JAN. 19, 1968..DIA Intelligence Report from Liaison in Moscow, Russia
mentioning an attempt by the British Government in 1967 to collaborate
with the Soviets in UFO research. (see 2/22/68)
Feb. 22, 1968..UNCLASSIFIED AIRGRAM, U.S. Dept. of the State regarding
UFOs in the Soviet Union: Feb. 1968, Soviet Life published three pages
pertinent to UFOs, by Felix Zigel. He also published a UFO article in
1966. Until recently no study of UFOs had been made in the Soviet Union
(see 1/19/68)
1968...........Project xxxxxxxx (name CENSURED) established to evaluate
all UFO information pertinent to space technology. (see
1953,12/69,1976)
Mar. 4, 1969...Near Atlanta, Missouri: The City Marshall and Mail
Carrier in Elmer, Missouri, William R. Overstreet observed an UFO at
early dawn over the road ahead of him. It was about 100 ft. in diam.
apparently rotating clockwise and emitting a strong white beam of light
down to the road which seemed to magnify the size of the road it was
shining on. He felt intense heat from the direction of the UFO and his
CB radio was dead. As he neared the light beam from the UFO his truck
motor and radio quit. As the beammoved away from his truck he was able
to start the engine again.(TESLA energy discharge effects) He followed
the UFO for about 4 mi. staying away from the beam. The UFO followed
the contour of the land it was flying over. After 7-8 min. the UFO
veered away and went out of sight. "I had never believed in them too
much until I saw this," he said. "Now I know that there is something to
these UFOs!" (see 8/13/75,6/66)
1969?..........A retired Colonel from Wright-Patterson AFB with Top
Secret clearance states that a 2-man saucer crashed near Whitewater
Lake, Indiana as a result of an electrical disturbance in the
atmosphere.
Dec. 1969......Project xxxxxx (name CENSURED) continues after Project
BLUEBOOK is closed. (see 1968)
Oct. 1969......Jimmy Carter sees and reports a UFO. B1-E,516 CARTER,
JIMMY (Pres.)
1972...........Project SNOWBIRD established to test fly a captured
flying saucer.
Oct. 2, 1972...A letter from the Dept. of National Defence, Canada,
Brig. Gen. L.A. Bourgeois states: All UFOs reported to CFHQ are
investigated by the Director of Operations. It isn't a practice to
allow the public to study these files. Since the beginning of 1968
these UFO reports have been passed along to the NRC. Evidence suggests
that UFOs present no threat to the Technology world. They exhibit a
unique scientifically advanced technology. (see 9/19/26)
Sept. ,1973....At Great Lakes Naval Base, Instructor R.K., Gunnery
School Grade E-4, while delivering a sealed envelope to the Commandant
in the quonset hut, was surprised to see a saucer 30 ft. diam. and 10
ft. ht. resting on a wooden platform. Description: Silvery blue and
shimmering, it tapered like a teardrop with a flange running along its
topside from one end to the other and there were no windows. R.K.
believed this saucer to be the one shot down on its third pass over a
Navy vessel by a missile. The saucer crashed in 350 ft. water between
Hawaii and the mainland. It was retrieved by a Glomar Explorer, shipped
to Hawaii then stateside to Chicago.
Oct. 18, 1973..Capt. Lawrence Coyne, while flying an Army helicopter
with three other crewmen were 45 minutes out over Mansfield when Staff
Sgt. Robert Yanacsek spotted a red glowing UFO headed toward their
helicopter at an estimated 600 mph. It stopped abruptly 500 ft. above
them. It had a big, gray, metallic looking hull about 60 ft. long,
shaped like an airfoil or streamlined cigar with a red light in front
and a green light in the rear, the lead edge glowed red a short
distance from the nose. There was a center dome. The 'copter radio
wouldn't function and the copter was set for a 20 degree dive but
gained altitude from 1700 ft. to 3500 ft. with no power applied. After
a slight "bounce" the UFO took off to the N.E.
Oct. 25, 1973..Director of FBI, Clarence M. Kelley, states: UFOs are
not and never has been a matter that is within the investigative
jurisdiction of the FBI.
Jan. 8, 1975...CONFIDENTIAL Spanish Report, Spanish Air Force: UFO
spotted by military personnel at Las Bardenas Reales near Zaragoza Air
Base.
Mar. 28, 1975..Letter from Senator Barry Goldwater stating: Ten or
twelve years ago I tried to get access to the building at Wright-
Patterson (HANGER-18) where UFO artifacts were stored and I was
understandably denied access. It is still classified above TOP SECRET.
I've heard they plan to release some of the information in the near
future and hope not to have to wait too much longer.
Aug. 13, 1975..Near Haderslev, Denmark: Police Officer Evald Hansen
Maarup was driving home at 10:50 p.m. when all of a sudden his car was
engulfed by a bright blue light while at the same time his car lost all
power. The temperature in his car rose to that of a warm summer day and
his radio was dead so he couldn't call for help. The bright beam from
the UFO was conical in shape with a bottom diam. of 4-5 meters and a
top diam. at the UFO of 10 meters. Two dome-like protrusions were
visible on the underside of the UFO that was hovering at about 20
meters altitude. He activated a special camera on the patrol car which
automatically took 3 pictures of the UFO. As the UFO sped away he
regained power to his car. The developed film which was later turned
over to the Danish AF showed the light source of the UFO on it. No
report or analysis has been available from the AF to date. (see 3/4/69)
Aug. 13, 1975..Alamogordo, NM: Staff Sgt. Charles L. Moody, USAF, drove
out to the outskirts of town late one night to watch for meteors. As a
disc-shaped UFO descended toward him, he tried to start his car to get
away but it wouldn't start. He heard a high pitched whining sound from
the UFO and saw shadowy figures in it and felt numbness, after which
the UFO departed. After driving home he found he couldn't account for
1.5 hours. The next day his back was enflame and he discovered a small
puncture wound over his spine and a few days later he developed a body
rash. As months passed he regained memory of the missing 1.5 hours. He
remembered that he had been in the UFO and in telepathic communication
with small 4'8" humanoids. They had whitish gray skin, large heads,
large eyes, small slit-like mouths and mask-like features. He had been
in a drug-like state on a table and they had poked a rod like device
into his back. After this they escorted him about the ship and later
dropped him off at his car. (see 3/4/69)
Oct. 28, 1975..CONFIDENTIAL CINC/NORAD Report: UFOs, suspicious objects
seen by ground personnel. Sounded like jet aircraft. Intermittent radar
contact made with object. Jets scrambled to intercept but objects
lights went out interceptors passed and then came on again. Then the
object increased in speed and raised to a high altitude and could not
be discerned from the stars. Description: Through binoculars, looked
like 100 ft. sphere and appeared to have craters around the outside. To
date, AF and SAC helicopters have failed to provide a positive I.D. of
the UFO. (see 11/11/75,7/52)
Oct. 29, 1975..NMCC Joint Staff Memo: Subject: AFB penetration. At
290200 EST, AFOC informed NMCC that an unidentified helicopter (UFO),
possibly two, had been sighted flying low over Loring AFB, Maine, in
proximity to a weapons storage area. Army Nat. Guard helos called in to
assist in locating UFO. NORAD informed of the incident by SAC. Received
authority to proceed into Canadian airspace, if necessary, to locate
UFO. A similar incident was reported the evening before.
Nov. 11, 1975..CONFIDENTIAL CINC/NORAD Report. (see 10/28/75)
Jan. 21, 1976..MEMO from NMCC by Rear Adm. J. B. Morin stating: Two
UFOs reported near the flight line at Cannon AFB, N.M. Security Police
report the UFOs to be 25 yards (75 ft.) in diameter, gold/silver in
color with blue light on top, hole in the middle and red light on the
bottom.
Apr. 9, 1976...CONFIDENTIAL CIA Message: Source (name Censored) seeks
guidance from CIA UFO experts as to material in his report that should
remain classified.
July 30, 1976..NMCC Joint Staff Memo: Subject: Reports of UFOs. At
approx. 0345, EDT, the ANMCC received several reports of UFOs near Fort
Ritchie. At 0130, civilians reported an UFO to the NAB. At 0255, two
separate patrols sighted three UFOs; oblong with a reddish tint. At
0300, the Desk Sgt. (name with held) sighted an UFO over the ammo
storage area at 100-200 yds. altitude. At 0345, an Army Police Sgt.
sighted an UFO in the vicinity of sight R. ANMCC was requested to have
each individual write a statement on the sightings. One person said the
UFO was the size of a 2.5 ton truck.
Sep. 19, 1976..Tehran, Iran: Civilians reported an UFO to the AFB. The
Iranian AF scrambled an American F-4 for intercept. As the F-4 was
vectored towards the brilliant UFO, all communications and
instrumentation were suddenly lost. As the pilot broke off pursuit, all
aircraft functions returned to normal. A second F-4 that was scrambled
began closing in on the UFO at greater than Mach 1 and was closing on
the UFO at 150 nautical mph., but the UFO accelerated and stayed ahead
of the F-4 (confirmed by Radar). Multi-colored flashing lights were
visible on the UFO. The moment the F-4 pilot tried to lock an AIM-9
missile at the UFO he lost all weapons panel and communication control.
The UFO launched two smaller UFOs, one of which began to follow the F-
4. After evasive action by the F-4, the smaller UFO returned and united
with the larger UFO. The other smaller UFO seemed to have landed on the
ground so the pilot flew down to investigate it. The landed UFO
appeared to be 12 feet in diameter? As the pilot descended the light
from the landed UFO went out and he lost sight of it. The DIA termed
this sighting as "an outstanding report. This case is a classic which
meets all the criteria necessary for a study of a UFO phenomenon." And,
"an inordinate amount of manuverablilty was displayed by the UFOs."
(see 10/2/72,9/20/76)
Sep. 20, 1976..DIA MESSAGE: UFO sighted over Tehran, Iran. "Initiate"
IPSP PT-1440. The Iranian Air Force scrambled an F-4 to intercept the
UFO. Due to its brilliance the UFO was visible 70 miles away. When the
F-4 approached within 25 mi. of UFO the F-4 lost ALL instrumentation
and communications (UHF and intercom). As the first F-4 banked away
from the UFO he regained instr. and comm. A second F-4 was dispatched,
2 man, with radar.The radar return was of a craft the size of a 707
Tanker. As the F-4 closed within 25 NMi. of UFO, the UFO launched a
bright white object about one third the apparent size of the moon. The
pilot attempted to fire an AIM-9 missile at the second UFO but at that
moment he lost all instruments and communication.As he banked away from
the primary object the secondary object went to the inside of his turn
then returned and rejoined with the primary object. Afterwards the F-4
regained control of instr. and communications. (see 9/19/76)
1976...........Project SIGMA becomes an independent project from
project xxxx. (see 1968)
Sept. 1, 1977..Air Force Letter from Col. Charles H. Senn, Wash., D.C.,
to Gen. Duward L. Crow (Ret.), NASA, Wash., D.C. stating: Enclosed are
the UFO Fact Sheet and standard response to UFO public inquiries you
requested. I sincerely hope you are successful in preventing a
reopening of UFO investigations.
Jan. 18, 1978.. MP at Ft. Dix shoots and kills an Alien. Incident
report sent to Col. Landon and Brig. Gen. Brown (AFOSI). The reporting
officer was S. W. (initials), Lt. 1st Class. Sgt. J.M. (initials),
Security Police Squad (PACAF) also witnessed and reported the incident
(Sept. 16, 1980).
Feb. 1, 1978...NASA Information Sheet: NASA is not involved in a
research program involving UFOs, nor is any other government agency.
The U.S. Air Force nolonger investigates UFOs. (see NASA arrest laws
re. private citizens) (see 11/17/80)
July 18, 1978..DOD Staff Message: UFO spotted over North TEHRAN, Iran.
Oct. 21, 1978..Aircraft Accident Investigation Summary Report: Fredrick
Valentich vanished while reporting a UFO playing cat and mouse with his
airplane which was a Cessna 182L. It's hovering above me... it's got a
green light and sort of metallic (like) it's all shiny (on) the
outside... it's hovering and it's Airplane not an aircraft... (end of
transmission...pilot presumed dead).
Nov. 9, 1978... L. Gordon Cooper, in a letter to the U.N., states that
UFOs are interplanetary vehicles and crewed by Aliens.
May 10, 1980...DOD Report: The FAP (Peruvian Air Force) spotted a UFO
twice and tried to intercept and destroy the UFO without success. (see
7/52)
Aug. 9, 1980...through Sep. 3, 1980: AFOSI Complaint Form:at Kirtland
AFB three persons report seeing UFO over a Restricted Test Range.
On Aug. 9th a Sandia Security Guard drove down the Coyote Canyon access
road to check out an alarmed building and observed a landed UFO next to
an alarmed building. The UFO was a round disk shaped object. As he
approached the object on foot equipped with a shotgun the object took
off in a vertical direction at a high rate of speed. His radio wasn't
working right at the time so he couldn't reach dispatch. The building
contained HQ CR 44 material. [Nature of material not known.]
Sept.16, 1980.. Sgt. J.M. (initials) of the PACAF writes to Len
Stringfield that he was stationed at McGuire AFB, N.J., when, on Jan.
18, 1978, an MP shot and killed an alien at the Ft. Dix Army base next
to the AFB. (see 1/18/78)
Nov. 17, 1980..SECRET USAF OSI Document: Analysis of photo of UFO
following C-5A aircraft inclusive. Photo analysis of Cylinder Shaped
UFO legitimate. PhotoE. showed legitimate disc shaped UFO of 37 ft.
diameter with trilateral insignia on object. USAF still has an interest
in all UFO sightings over installations and test ranges. Several other
Government agencies, lead by NASA, actively investigate legitimate
sightings through COVERT COVER. One agency that deceives the public
whict such covert cover is the UFO reporting center at U.S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey, Rockville, MD. 20852. [The results of PROJECT AQUARIUS
is still classified TOP SECRET with access limited to "MJ-12".] The
Paul Bennewitz case still being monitored by NASA. Still receiving
assistance from Fugate(?) Miller. (see 2/1/78)
Dec. 27, 1980..USAF UFO REPORT signed by Lt. Col. Charles I. Halt,
Deputy Base Commander, RAF Woodbridge stating: Two USAF security police
patrolmen saw a UFO either hovering or on legs outside the back gate,
Woodbridge. Being early morning, it illuminated the entire forest with
a white light. Description: Metallic in appearance and triangular in
shape, pulsing red light on top and banks of blue lights underneath.
Approx. 2-3 meters across and 2 meters high. It maneuvered through the
trees and disappeared. (see 12/29/80)
Dec. 29, 1980..Lt. Col. C. I. Halt, sees a UFO that separates into 5
UFOs and later sees 3 other UFOs. (see 12/27/80)
Dec. 29, 1980..A low flying UFO was escorted by a large number of
helicopters (23) including some Chinooks and possibly Hueys, near
Dayton, Texas. It was probably escorted to the TOP SECRET underground
installation within Fort Hood, Texas. The SECRET air force base is NOT
listed in the Air Force Officer's Guide or the Air Force Almanac [it is
an Army AFB]. The name of the Secret base is Gray AAF, Texas.
(12/29/80, cont'd) The special group piloting the helicopters Escort
for UFO are known as the "BLUEBOYS". The Texas Department of Public
Safety works closely with Gray AAF on UFO cases. (see 6/6/88)
Jan. 13, 1981..(BENTWATERS AFB) Air Force MEMO from Lt. Col. Charles I.
Halt, Deputy Base Commander. (see 12/27/80,12/29/80)
Oct. 19, 1981..Barry Goldwater, Senator, Arizona, in a letter to Lee
Graham, f Aeroject Electric Systems, Azusa, Calif., states that he has
given up trying to get into the BLUE ROOM at Wright-Patterson AFB where
UFO artifacts are stored by the Air Force. (see 3/28/75)
Nov. 3, 1981...Civil Action, Case No. 80-1562, goes against the
plaintiff and for the defendant, the NSA. The NSA retains the right to
withhold 156 TOP SECRET records containing communications intelligence
(COMINT) reports which were produced between 1958 and 1979. Only
military personnel with a Top Secret Clearance were allowed to view the
documents for the court hearing. NOT even the Judge was allowed to see
them, even though he ruled against the plaintiff (CAUS). (see 6/24/83)
Nov. 27, 1982..Palatine, IL.: Police Commander Michael McDonald was on
patrol at 5:00 a.m. when the area around his car was lighted, as if by
a phosphorousflare. Looking up he saw a large white UFO with tinges of
red at an altitude of 900-1000 ft. Two other officers, alerted by
radio, also observed the UFO. The other two cars gave pursuit to the
UFO at speeds of between 60-65 mph but the UFO outdistanced them. A few
minutes later another UFO was noted by the commander and then the other
two officers. It was a diffuse "domed disc" which was seen to emit a
beam of light towards the ground. The UFO then disappeared behind the
tree line of a forest preserve. The police report includes a tape
recording of the radio communications during the sighting.
Jun. 24, 1983..Larry W. Bryant, Director of CAUS, filed a Civil Action,
Case No. 83-1932 (Judge Oliver Gasch) petitioning for a Writ of Habeas
Corpus EXTRATERRESTRIAL, in the United States District Court for the
Dist. of Columbia, seeking to obtain the release from custody of "one
or more occupants of apparent extraterrestrial origin." Mr. Bryant
contends that the Government action in maintaining secret custody,
detention, and prosecution of such extraterrestrials is unlawful and a
violation of their basic rights and is seeking to restore their civil
rights. (see 11/3/81)
Nov. 29,1983...Dr. Robert I Sarbacher, President and Chairman of the
Board, Washington Institute of Technology, in a letter to William
Steinman states persons definitely involved in operations of recovered
saucers were John von Neuman and Dr. Vannever Bush. Also, Dr. Sarbacher
thought that Robert Oppenheimer was also involved. Dr. Sarbacher had
been invited by President Eisenhower to attend several discussions
associated with the reported recoveries, but was unable to attend them.
He did receive Special Reports on the recoveries at the Pentagon but
was instructed NOT to remove them from his office.
1984...........From the Air Traffic Controllers Manual: Controllers
MUST report UFOs immediately to AIS (Military), LATCC. A completed
report MUST be sent to MOD (AFOR). A list of phone numbers and
locations is shown in the directory at Appendix H.
May 16, 1984...Dept. of the Army letter to W. S. Steinman stating that
the IPU was disestablished in the late 1950s and all records were
transferred to the Air Force. Therefore the Army isn't aware of what
their function was even though it was a Secret unit of the Army. [FOIA
requests to USAF] (see 3/12/87)
Mar. 19, 1985..(LONDON, ENGLAND) In a letter from Ministry of Defence,
Lord Trefgarne states, "There is no organization in the MOD appointed
solely for the purpose of studying UFOs, and no staff are employed on
the subject full time... the staff in the Department... examine the
reports as part of heir normal duties... and we cannot inform observers
of the probable identity of the objects seen."
June 28, 1985..USAF ACCESS RESTRICTED NOTICE: Report TR-DE-3A, Oct. 15,
1955, from Air Tech. Intel. Ctr., file no. TS5-2862, has been WITHDRAWN
from the National Archives and is classified a TOP SECRET UFO REPORT.
Aug. 27, 1985..Darlian, CHINA, the "China Daily" reports: 20,000 people
are involved in UFO research. The first recognized photo of a UFO in
China was taken in 1945. In 1981 CSUR UFO research organization was
established. More than 600 UFOs have been reported within the past 5
years in China. Studies will be done on UFOs and Human body science
relationships.
May 11, 1986...Near Sadona, AR: Minister Robert H. Henderson and his
wife, Nann, of Phoenix, AR, were flying at an altitude of 8500 ft. at 4
p.m. when a very bright UFO was seen approaching head-on to them. As he
prepared to take evasive action the UFO passed quickly to the left and
below of his plane. The UFO was seen to be wingless and resembling a
"modified half-sphere, with the flat side down." The closure rate was
estimated at about 1200 mph.
May 19, 1986...Near Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Between 9:00
to 12 midnight the Brazilian Air Defense and the Civil Air System were
swamped with Radar and pilot UFO sightings. As Ospires Silva, President
of Petrobras Oil Company were preparing to land, the control tower
informed him of UFO targets on their radar. He and his companion, Alcir
Pereira da Silva, saw bright red-orange UFOs, not at all like stars or
planes. They attempted to pursue the UFOs for 30 min. but gave up as
the UFOs seemed to be jumping from place to place. At this time three
F-5E fighter jets were scrambled from Santa Cruz AFB. Capt. Marcio
Jordao was able to approach within 12 miles of an UFO, visible to him
as a bright light changing from white to green. Lt. Kleber Caldas
Marinho chased another UFO which was a very intense light, changing
from white to green then red again. Both pilots broke off chase as they
were running low on fuel. Ground Radar picked up 10-13 more UFOs that
surrounded another plane with Capt. Armindo Souza Viriato de Marinho,
K.C. Freitas piloting it. Capt. Freitas tracked the UFOs on his radar,
but only de Freitas, A.S.V. saw them visually once as they climbed
vertically past him. Brig. Gen. Octavio Moreira Lima made these events
public at a press conference and allowed the pilots and radar operators
to be questioned by the media. (see 7/52)
Feb. 15, 1987..The San Jose Mercury states that the Pentagon has a
"Black Budget" which has become a "Black Hole" for SECRET Projects
spending! It is far bigger than the federal budget for education or
transportation or agriculture or the environment. These Projects are
classified above Top Secret, therefore very few federal investigators
have the security clearances necessary to audit black programs.
Mar. 12, 1987..U.S. Army Intelligenc letter: The IPU (Interplanetary
Phenomenon Unit) of the Scientific and Technical Branch, Counter
intelligence Directorate, Department of the Army was disestablished
during the 1950's and never reactivated. All of its records were turned
over to the USAF (which can't seem to locate them). This letter was
sent to Timothy Good. (see 5/16/84)
Sep. 4, 1987...JMP (Justice for Military Personnel) letter sent to
President Ronald Reagan. This letter, verified by: Astronaut L. Gordon
Cooper, Maj. Donald E. Keyhoe (USMC, Ret.), MUFON (Sequin, TX), APRO
(Tucson, AZ) and Just Cause (Coventry, CT) states that:"WE (military
personnel) have been ordered by the CIA to shoot at UFOs, silence
pilots who have seen UFOs, intimidate, harass, jail, confine to
institutions,and destroy military carreers of witnesses to UFO
sightings. We VIOLATED the Freedom of Information Act by hiding
Government documents." (see 7/52,9/24/47)
Nov. 17, 1986..Near Fort Yukon, Alaska: Japan Airlines flight #1628, a
Boeing 747 freighter, was cruising at 35000 ft. altitude and at 5:11
p.m. the pilots noticed bright lights 30 degrees to the left and below
them. The UFOs moved up directly in front of the 747 and, said Capt.
Kenju Terauchi, "most unexpectedly, two spaceships stopped in front of
our face, shooting off lights (like numerous exhaust pipes). The inside
cockpit shined brightly and I felt warm in the face." The UFOs appeared
as two rectangular clusters or arrays of light, one above the other. As
the larger UFOs moved away from the 747 Airlines Flight 1628 there
remained two smaller flat white UFOs. At about 5:30 p.m. Capt. Terauchi
checked the pale white light behind their craft visually. He saw a
gigantic "walnet-shaped" UFO (Saturn-shaped) following them. As an
evasive action the Capt. ordered the 747 to turn away from the giant
UFO that was following them, at which time the UFO "spaceship"
disappeared.
Dec. 21, 1987..CIA letter to Mr. Richard Hall stating the CIA's reasons
for denying certain FOIA requests about himself on the basis of
national defence reasons and must be kept secret. Mr. Hall is an UFO
investigator.
May 5, 1988....For the third time, publicly, President Ronald Reagan
states that the nations of the earth would unite if we were threatened
by an Alien race from a hostile planet.
Jun.6, 1988....Letter received from Paul F. Bennewitz describing
Project Beta: Alien base located in New Mexico consisting of type
"Grey" Aliens. NASA CIR film has aided in locating this base and
revealing US Military involvement with the "Greys". Aliens helped US
Military to build a working saucer, Atomic Powered. Two women and a boy
exposed to radiation burns by this saucer. Government is not picking up
the medical bills. "Grey" base is currently abandoned. Another group
called "Orange" is based on the west slope of Mt. Archeleta near "the
Diamond". Goal of Project Beta: to locate, inventory and propose ways
of destroying Alien bases! (see 12/29/80)
Some sources of information:
....."UFO CRASH RETRIEVALS:" series by Leonard H.Stringfield
A. Status Report ONE, c.
B. Status Report TWO, "Amassing the Evidence", c.1980,pub. by MUFON,
Sequin, TX.
C. Status Report THREE, "New Sources, New Data", c.1982, pub. by
Leonard Stringfield.
............................................................
REFERENCES:(A) ADDRESSES of AUTHORS, RESEARCHERS:
1. UFO Photo Archives, P.O. Box 17206, Tucson, Arizona 85710, USA.
(B1-E, p.580)
2. STEINMAN,William S., 15043 Rosalita Dr., La Mirada, Calif. 90638,
USA.
3. CAUS, Citizens Against UFO Secrecy, 3518 Martha Custis Drive,
Alesandria, Virg. 22302, USA. Larry W. BRYANT, director,
Washington, D.C. Office.
4. L/L Research, P.O. Box 5195, Louisville, Kentucky 40205, USA.
5. STRINGFIELD, Leonard H., 4412 Grove Avenue, Cincinnati, OH 45227,
USA. (B1-E, p.580)
6. Flying Saucer Information Center, 7803 Ruanne Court, Pasadena, MD
21122, USA.
7. MUFON, Mutual UFO Network, 103 Oldtowne Rd., Seguin, TX 78155-4099.
(B1-E, p.583)
8. Just Cause, PO Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238 USA.
9. APRO, 3910 E. Kleindale Road, Tucson, AZ 85712 USA.
10. KEYHOE, Major Donald E., (USMC, Ret.)(now deceased)
11. MOORE, William L., Publications & Research, 4219 W. Olive St., Ste.
247, Burbank, CA 91505. (B1-E, p.580)
12. FRIEDMAN, Stanton T., PO Box 2246, Berkeley, CA 94702. (B1-E,
p.583)
13. BRAY, Arthur, PO Box 5528, Station-F, Ottawa, Ontario K2C 3M1. (B1-
E, p.566)
14. MACCABEE, Bruce, PO Box 277, Mount Ranier, MD 20712.
15. STEVENS, Wendelle C., 3224 So. Winona Circle, Tucson, AZ 85730.
(B4, p.168)
16. McINTYRE, W.F., c/o MARCEN, 123 Olney-Sandy Spring Rd., Sandy
Spring, MD 20860.
17. BECKLEY, Timothy G., c/o UFO Review, PO Box 753, New Brunswick, NJ
08903.
UFO HISTORY V2.09: Copyright 1988,1991,1992,1993 by PEA Research, Elk
Grove,CA.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

110
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2787.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
SUBJECT: CHINESE EXPLORE UFOs FILE: UFO2787
MUFONET-BBS GROUP - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
------------------------------------------
UFOLOGY NEWS - WIRE
---------------------
+------------------------------------------------------------+
:=START= XMT: 06:54 Mon May 11 EXP: 07:00 Tue May 12 :
: :
:CHINESE SCIENTISTS MEET TO EXPLORE UNIDENTIFIED FLYING :
:OBJECTS :
: :
:BEIJING (MAY 11) UPI - Chinese scientists are huddling this :
:week to explore the latest mysteries of unidentified flying :
:objects, from reports of sightings and abductions to claims :
:that Chinese mystics are in contact with life on other :
:planets. :
: :
:The nearly 200 researchers from around the country are :
:meeting in Beijing at a conference sponsored by the China :
:UFO Research Society, the national organization that :
:coordinates studies in China of ''fei die,'' which in :
:Chinese means ''flying saucer.'' :
: :
:The society, known by its English acronym CURO, is engaged :
:in research that spans the gamut from cold science to the :
:weird and wacky, including efforts to speak to outer space :
:without all the high-tech gadgetry employed by Western :
:researchers. :
: :
:''One of our important missions is to establish a way for :
:people on Earth to communicate with other planets without :
:resorting to modern communications methods,'' said Wang :
:Changting, the research society's affable director. :
: :
:Nearly 5,000 UFO-type sightings have been reported in China :
:since the late 1970s, with all but around 200 later :
:discounted as natural or man- made objects such as weather :
:phenonema and aircraft. :
: :
:The unsolved cases include sightings of floating :
:basketballs, orange-lit washbasins and flying straw hats. :
:Around 40 of those are the ''close encounters'' variety, :
:with reports of contact or kidnappings by vaguely :
:described extraterrestrials. :
: :
:In one case, a teacher in eastern Tianjin reported seeing a :
:shimmering ball overhead as he bicycled around a park at :
:night. He lost consciousness and awoke the next morning at :
:the park gate to find the time on his watch an hour behind :
:the actual time. :
: :
:A month later, he suddenly recalled having been abducted :
:onto a strange craft by two short beings in unidentifiable :
:space suits. :
: :
:Along with those reports, and research into related topics :
:like atmospheric phenomena, some of the 3,500 CURO members :
:nationwide are studying claims by Chinese mystics that they :
:can locate UFOs or communicate with aliens. :
: :
:Some claim to use ''qigong,'' a practice that marshals the :
:Chinese concept of life energy, to make contact. Although :
:qigong is an accepted exercise discipline, adherents also :
:make fantastic claims of supernatural powers or faith :
:healing ability. :
: :
:''Sometimes we cannot mix Western reality and Oriental :
:belief,'' shrugged Wang. ''Of course there are some :
:illogical things involved, but the line between science and :
:mysticism cannot be separated only as illogic.'' :
: :
:Among other areas of research are theoretical and practical :
:studies of space flight, the possibility of life on other :
:planets and the potential impact of UFOs on the Earth's :
:environment. :
: :
:UFO research is taken seriously in China. Several years ago,:
:a UFO sighting over an open air film show in rural south :
:China sparked a stampede by panicked villagers that left two:
:people dead and 300 injured. :
: :
:The Chinese military, which sometimes scrambles air force :
:jets to try to catch a glimpse of UFOs, conducts its own UFO:
:studies and maintains contact with CURO researchers, Wang :
:said. :
: :
:But not even scientists are immune to the more outlandish :
:aspects of UFOs, he added, noting a report by a CURO :
:researcher who claimed he had been ''invited'' aboard a :
:space craft and taken to a planet thousands of light years :
:away. :
: :
:''This man was a scientist, so we don't believe that what he:
:told us is altogether nonsense,'' Wang said. ''But we can't :
:explain it.'' :
: :
:=END= :
+------------------------------------------------------------+
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

311
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2788.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
SUBJECT: CINCINNATI OHIO RESEARCHERS FILE: UFO2788
Hi Everyone
My name is Dale and I belong to a local group of UFO
researchers in the Cincinnati, Ohio area.
Besides going out into the field we produce a tv
program. This program is aired on Warner Cable's public
access in Cincinnati. Along with the tv program we have a
newsletter that reflects the program but also provides
information on the UFO phenomenon.
I hope this is of interest to you all.
Vol. 1, No. 1 UFO Update Jan./Feb 1994
Premiere Issue
Welcome to UFO Update newsletter. This publication is not
simply a companion piece for the UFO Update cable access program,
but an informative and -- hopefully -- thought provoking forum on
the UFO phenomenon.
A regular feature in each edition will be an entry focusing
on the most recent segment of the UFO Update cable program. More
than just a synopsis, each article will provide additional
background information and commentary on the topic discussed.
One can never know enough about UFOs, especially since it is
difficult to find objective reporting in mainstream publications.
We will also occasionally report on local cases of interest,
even those that turn out to have down-to-earth explanations. It's
important that our readers understand that UFO research requires
patience, persistence and an understanding of general scientific
principles.
When an interesting UFO book hits the newsstands, we'll let
you know what we think of it. We'll also keep you informed about
other UFO related media and materials.
Finally, we'd like to hear from you. If you have any
questions or comments regarding UFOs, please send them along.
Even if your letter doesn't get printed, we'll try to drop you a
line in response -- so please include a self-addressed stamped
envelope. Remember, we reserve certain editorial privileges, and
your letter may have to be condensed to fit our limited space.
Send your correspondence to
UFO Update Newsletter
239 East State Road
Cleves, Ohio, 45002-1369
A reminder -- If you'd like a response, please include a
self-addressed, stamped envelope. Who knows? If your letters are
a good enough, you might be asked to submit an article!
What's on Ice at Wright-Pat?
One of the more enduring rumors of UFO lore has been the
story that alien cadavers are being kept in cold storage at
Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. As crazy as it sounds, there is
some logic behind this claim: Wright-Pat is home to the Foreign
Technologies Department of Air Force intelligence. It's difficult
to imagine a more foreign technology than an extraterrestrial one.
The story actually has its beginnings in a book written by
Frank Scully in 1950. BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS tells of the 1948
retrieval of one downed UFO near Phoenix, Arizona and two others
that crashed near Aztec, New Mexico. In total, thirty-four alien
bodies were recovered along with the three craft.
Scully's source was one Silas Newton, who in turn was acting
as a liaison for an enigmatic "Dr. Gee". Subsequent investigation
by J.P. Cahn for TRUE magazine revealed that Newton had been
involved in a number of previous schemes, including fraudulent
stock practices. "Dr. Gee" turned out to be Leo GeBauer. Who owned
a radio and television parts supply house -- a far cry from his
claim to being the "top magnetic research specialist in the United
States."
With Scully's book exposed and discredited, any reference to
crashed saucers was avoided by the major UFO groups of the 50's:
NICAP and APRO. It was difficult enough to garner objective press
for UFOs without inviting guilt by association.
Nevertheless, the story persisted. Independent researchers
developed contacts and leads that seemed to lend some credence to
the hearsay. By the mid and late 70's, investigator Len
Stringfield had compilation impressive file of witnesses who had
firsthand knowledge of alien bodies and/or crashed saucers. Much
of this data was released by Stringfield in a number of status
reports issued over the last fifteen years.
The watershed event came in 1978 when Col. Jesse Marcel, Sr.
was interviewed on the old IN SEARCH OF... television program. He
told of his task, as intelligence officer attached to Roswell Army
Air Force Base, of collecting strange material from a ranch in
Corona, New Mexico in early July 1947. Marcel described the
substance as being like nothing found on Earth. This observation
was later supported by Jessie Marcel Jr. and Bill Brazel -- whose
father, Mac, discovered the debris and notified the air base.
The collected scraps were taken back to the Roswell air field
where they were loaded on to a transport plane and flown to
Wright-Patterson. Accompanying the crates of fragments were three
or four oblong boxes inside which were concealed alien corpses.
These had been found some miles west of the debris field, along
with the rest of the fallen saucer.
In 1980 THE ROSWELL INCIDENT was published. Although flawed,
Charles Berlitz and William Moore's book broke through the Scully
stigma and established a degree of credibility for the crashed
saucer reports. A decade later, Kevin Randle and Donald Schmitt
interviewed over two hundred people in compiling UFO CRASH AT
ROSWELL, solidifying the scenario even more. Stanton Friedman
and Don Berliner came along a year later with CRASH AT CORONA,
which argued that a second saucer -- part of a midair UFO
collision -- came down on the Plains of San Augustin. Clearly,
the circumstances behind the Roswell UFO crash mystery are among
the most fully researched in ufology.
But where are the alien bodies now? As Part of in the IN
SEARCH OF... investigation, a trip was made to Building (Hangar)
18 at Wright-Patterson. As could be expected, when the film crew
got there the cupboard was bare. Interestingly enough, however,
was that Building 18 housed a deep freeze unit. Jet engines were
tested there to see how they'd hold up against the frigid
temperatures of the Aleutian Islands. Not a bad place to keep a
few extraterrestrial carcasses.
If there ever were alien bodies, the almost forty-seven years
since their recovery has probably seen them distributed widely to
countless research facilities. In many cases, the examiners probably had no
idea what it was they were ordered to classify. An oath of silence that
carried unspoken threats held the questions at bay. Such would be secrets
taken to the grave.
Local Connection
There is a local string tied to this mystery. In 1959 Charles
Wilhelm heard the strange confession of his neighbor who was dying of
cancer.
A young man at the time, Charles had been hired by the woman
to cut her grass that summer and had earned her confidence. As death
approached, she took Charles aside and told him a secret she was unwilling to
take to the grave.
Accordingly, the woman held a clerical post with Top Security
Clearance at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base and was often charged
with cataloguing equipment and supplies. In the course of these duties
she had seen, concealed within a secret hangar, two saucer-shaped craft.
One of the objects was intact, while the other was damaged. She further
claimed that the bodies of two small beings were being preserved in another
secret building and that she had handled their autopsy reports.
Then in 1966, Charles Wilhelm obtained apparent verification
of his late neighbor's revelations from a friend of his in the Army
Reserve. This man's father was once assigned to Project Blue Book and held
high security clearance. Nearing death, the father admitted to his son
that two disc-shaped craft -- one intact, the other damaged -- were
secured in a hangar at Wright-Patterson. Additionally, he acknowledge that a
total of four humanoid bodies were kept preserved in chemicals.
The confessions were made well before the current Roswell
investigations were started, but they tally well with what was
allegedly recovered from that New Mexico ranch so many years earlier.
Kecksburg
In the late afternoon hours of December 9, 1965, something
fell from the sky and landed in a wooded ravine just west of Kecksburg,
Pennsylvania. There was concern that it might be a small airplane,
and the fire department responded to the scene. Four teams of rescuers
combed the area and eventually something was found. It wasn't an airplane, it
just may have been something not of this world.
Shortly after the firefighters made their find, a detail from
the Air Force's 662nd Radar Squandron, based near Pittsburgh, arrived
to seal off the area. Moore troops and a flatbed truck soon arrived and the
object was remove from the ravine and spirited away. Stan Gordon, MUFON
state director for Pittsburg who has studied the case for over ten years,
has gathered goverment documents that indicate that as many as 212
military personnel were on the scene that night.
According to eyewitnesses the object appeared bell- or
acorn-shaped amd measured ten feet long by eight feet wide. It was bronze
colored and adorned with a collar near its rounder end. On the collar were
etched strange figures that resembeled no earthly language.
The original, official explanation was that the Kecksburg
object was a meteorite. Clearly, the eye-witness descriptions eliminate
this rationale.
A more recent identification has been offered by NASA
scientist, James Oberg. Although there is no record of such an event, he
contends that the object was a Russian payload. The Air Force arrived to take it
away so that its heat shield could be analyzed. One would also hope they
studied what made it shatterproof, too! After all, an accidental re-entry
is a high velocity event, and any manmade object would either burn-up in
transit or disintegrate upon impact with the earth.
Both the meteorite and Russian satellite theories are ruled
out by another interesting point: the object flew no faster than a small
airplane and made no fewer than four sharp course changes before touching
down in Kecksburg. The descent was powered and controlled. If it had been
a manned Soviet capsule, we would have been accused of somehow shooting it
down to steal Russian space science secrets! Sorry, Dr. Oberg, try again.
So, what did become of the Kecksburg UFO? Most likely it was
shipped to Wright-Patterson where the Foreign Technologies Division
would try to take it apart. There is, in fact some testimony that might
bear that out.
Kecksburg Connection
On September 19, 1990, NBC's UNSOLVED MYSTERIES aired a
re-enactment of the Kecksburg incident. It was a evenhanded treatment that
featured comments from eyewitnesses and Stan Gordon. Soon after the
broadcast, Gordon was overwhelmed with calls from viewers who thought they
might add some information to the case. One of the callers was an Ohio man
who claimed to have seen the acorn shaped object a few days after the Kecksburg
event while deliverying bricks to property adjacent to Wright-Patterson.
Gordon passsed this story on to a local investigator Len Stringfield.
Stringfield, assisted by researcher Brian Thompson, pursued the case and
interviewed the witness. At the time, the source preferred to go by his
first name: Myron.
The followinf is a summary of his testimony:
Myron and his cousin, "JS", delivered a large inventory of special
glazed bricks to Wright-Patterson just a few days after the Kecksburg
event. Curiously, the order came through the Navy. The bricks were to be
used to construct a double-thick, lead lined structure 50 x 80 feet in size,
inside an already existing red brick building.
After following a jeep bearing an officer (possibly a general) and a
driver to the site, they were left to unload the bricks. Myron noticed that
there were several men dressed in what resembled decontamination suits
scurrying about. He also reconized the Navy officer who had selected and
ordered the special brick. After some time, Myron took a break from his
labors. His curosity got the best of him, so he decided to have a look at
what was so important. The security officers had apparently grown used to
Myron's presence and failed to check his approach soon enough.
Although his glimpse was brief before being hustled back to the brick
delivery by a gaurd, Myron claimed to have seen plenty. There, inside the
building and supported by metal scaffolding was a bell-shapped object about
ten feet tall.
Although Myron describes the object as bell-shapped, it was his viewing
of the UNSOLVED MYSTERIES program that caused him to contact Stan Gordan. In
fact, when asked by Stringfield if "acorn-shaped" was a suitable description,
Myron agreed it was.
Myron's story is supported by his cousin, JS, who was able to add his
own observation.
The day before he worked with Myron, JS had made a solo run to
Wright-Patterson with the first load of bricks. He recalled seeing a flatbed
trailer near the red brick building. It's carge, although convered with a
tarp, was "liberty bell" shaped and stood eight to ten feet tall.
Clearly, there is a strong indication that Myron and JS witnessed the
arrival and intial analysis of the Kecksburg object at Wright-Patterson.
But there are some questions that must be asked: Why were the bricks ordered
through the Navy?
If the Navy was the investigative body, why wasn't the object taken to a
naval base?
Was this action directed by the Joint Chief of Staff?
The implications are astounding and suggest that the Kecksburg object was
considered by the U.S. military as a violator of American air space.
For an in-depth examination of the Kecksburg episode, the reader is
encouraged to consult UFO CRASH/RETRIEVALS: THE INNER SANCTUM by Leonard
Stringfield. THE ROSWELL INCIDENT, UFO CRASH AT ROSWELL, and CRASH AT CORONA
are all still available through local bookstores.
NEXT ISSUE:
THE FACE ON MARS
Acknowledgements
This modest periodical was made possible through the efforts
of serious researchers dedicated to the scientific study of UFOs.
Special thanks goes to Jerry and Peggy Black, Pat Packard, Brian Scow
and Bob Leibold.
UFO Update Newsletter
Terry Endres - General editor
Illustrator
Bill Owen - Contributing artist: page 1
Kim Endres - Patient spouse
Text 1994 by Terry Endres
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

146
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2789.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
SUBJECT: THE UNDERWATER CIVILIZATION THEORY FILE: UFO2789
From UFOs and the Limits of Science by Ronald D. Story c. 1981
Reproduced for educational purposes only.
The Underwater Civilization Theory
Reports of unknown objects entering or leaving large bodies of water or
proceeding through them have been made from time to time and have been
labeled unidentified submarine objects (USOs). Numerous theorists have
consequently speculated that secret UFO bases might be located on the
ocean beds, far from man's activities and possible detection. By moving
underwater, UFOs would have access to all continents, and, by
proceeding up major rivers and tribituaries, could reach many inland
locations without risking detection by atmospheric flight.
Vehicles capable of interstellar flight, some proponents of the
extraterrestial hypothesis point out, would certainly be able to
withstand the pressures and stresses of deep oceanic environments. This
point has some validity, and it can also be stated that some of the
most remote areas of the planet are located in parts of the southern
Pacific and Indian oceans, providing easy access from the atmosphere
with minimum chance of visual or electronic detection.
At the same time, it could be asked why the UFO operators go to such
lengths to remain unobserved, only to display their vehicles so
blatently in such populated areas as the U.S. and Europe.
One of the proponents of the Underwater Civilization Theory was the
late naturalist, Ivan T. Sanderson, who proposed not only that an
extraterrestial civilization could be using the ocean depths, but that
a native civilization, one having evolved underwater long before man,
could also be doing so. He concluded, in fact, that "it is much more
likely that both suggestions apply." Although he provided no sources or
references, Sanderson stated that more than 50 percent of all UFO
reports concerned objects over, coming from, or going toward (or into)
bodies of water.
Related to the "Underwater Civilization" idea for UFOs is the popular
explanation for the disappearances of ships and planes in the so-called
Bermuda Triangle.
During the past thirty years, more than 100 ships and planes with more
than 1,000 persons on board have supposedly disappeared - some say
"mysteriously, without a trace" - in an area variously dubbed "The
Bermuda Triangle," "The Devil's Triangle," "The Hoodoo Sea," "The
Triangle of Death," and "The Graveyard of the Atlantic." It is actually
a large area of undefinable shape around and including the triangle
formed by Florida, Bermuda, and Puerto Rico, where sea and air traffic
is said to be the greatest. For reasons which are to follow, some
writers have "theorized" a UFO connection to explain the "strange"
disappearances.
The Bermuda Triangle-UFO link to missing vessels was perhaps first
hinted at in the 1930s by Charles Fort (1874-1932), who, as his
biographer Loren Gross writes: "played with the notion that mysterious
vanishments of ocean vessels and their crews...may be due to wanton
seizures by spacemen." Two decades later, astronomer Morris K. Jessup
(1900-1959), in his book, The Case for the UFO, wrote: "To attempt to
postulate motive for space inhabitants kidnapping crews from ships..is
in the realm of pure speculation. On the other hand...our space friends
would want to know what has happened to us since they left, or what has
happened to us since they put us down here. Again, there is always the
possibility that the open seas provide an easy catching place."
More recently, author Charles Berlitz capitalized on the triangle and a
possible UFO connection by quoting in his best-selling book, The
Bermuda Triangle, his friend, J. Manson Valentine, who reported several
UFO sightings in the area. Berlitz also quoted a reporter by the name
of Art Ford, who claimed that a final radio transmission, picked up by
a ham operator from one of the doomed pilots (in this case, Lieutenant
Charles Taylor, flight leader of the five Navy torpedo bombers that
disappeared on December 5, 1945), contained the warning: "Don't come
after me...they look like they are from outer space." But according to
a transcript from the Navy Inquiry Board, what Taylor actually said
was" :I know where I am now. I'm at twenty-three hundred feet. Don't
come after me."
Also, there are claims of unusual electromagnetic effects occurring in
the triangle, a common feature of many UFO reports. Actually, none of
the "magnetic anomalies" reported in the area appear to be true.
Reports of compass needles spinning crazily have never been
substantiated. The fact that the compass points to true north from the
triangle does not cause confusion, but rather, simplifies navigation.
The compass points to true north from many other places in the world.
The only part of the triangle from which it does point directly north
is at the southern tip of Florida. Those who claim that the north-
pointing compass is strange or confusing lack even the most fundamental
knowledge of magnetism, compasses, or navigation. The presence of a
"space\time warp" (whatever that means) is, again, unsubstantiated.
Popular author John Wallace Spencer in a revised version of his book,
Limbo of the Lost, offered a provocative theory. He reasoned that:
"Since a 575-foot vessel with 39 crew member disappearing 50 miles
offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, and commercial airliners disappearing
while coming in for a landing cannot happen according to earthly
standards and yet are happening, I am forced to conclude that they are
actually being taken away from our planet for a variety of reasons."
In a 1975 version of the book, retitled Limbo of the Lost - Today,
Spencer modified his UFO theory so that the extraterrestials were no
longer carting the captives away from Earth but were taking them to
hidden underwater facilities, where the ETs conducted experiments on
the earthlings and their machinery. However, Spencer offered no
evidence that UFOs had been present or were even sighted in conjunction
with any of the incidents he described. Consequently, many think that
these authors, in order to attempt to make a bigger story, are
"dressing up" their accounts by including UFOs.
The UFO-capture theme was again used in the movie Close Encounters of
the Third Kind: The five Navy torpedo bombers that disappeared in 1945
had been taken aboard a gigantic "mother ship"; all of its captives
(unaged over the years) were released at the end of the movie to
demonstrate that the extraterrestials are friendly after all.
In reality, the "Bermuda Triangle Mystery" has been shown to be a sham
-an accumalation of careless research, misconceptions, sensationalism,
and downright falsification of data - and is so regarded by most
leading UFO researchers. For example, the 575-foot ship that Spencer
claimed had disappeared was found within two weeks, sunken in shallow
water. Volatile fumes in the holds had exploded, nearly tearing the
ship in two. The airliner that Spencer said had disappeared while on a
landing approach was a chartered DC-3 that lost its way at night in
1948, out of sight of land, because of radio navigational problems.
Thorough investigations of other incidents by Larry Kusche (author of
The Bermuda Triangle Mystery - Solved) led to similiar down-to-earth
explanations.
According to the April 1978 issue of J. Allen Hynek's International UFO
Reporter: "the Bermuda Triangle stories...are NOT relayed by the pilots
or sailors who experience them; they are the fraudulent literary
distortions of a small handful of authors. All triangle mysteries so
far have been examined. Would that the more baffling UFOs (which are
themselves the mysteries) were so easily resolved."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

87
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2790.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
SUBJECT: HOME GROWN SIGHTING FILE: UFO2790
Fri 10 Jan 92 22:06
By: Bob Fletcher
To: All
Re: Where is Valentich
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Hello All!
Whilst this is a home grown sighting, there has been much written on
the Valentich disappearance on 21 October 1978. Up to now most of what
I have read has been from papers and the occasional debate by the UFO
community. I understand that Richard Haines did write a book ?'The
Melbourne Incident' but I have not been able to get hold of this.
I have just been reading a commentary by British Ufologist Nigal
Watson. Watson is noted for his sober reporting of UFO events. He
raised a number of points that I was not aware of and I would like
others to comment on this.
a. Frederick filed only a one-way flight plan to King Island although
he had indicated his intention to return the same evening.
b. He made no arrangements for the landing lights at King Island to be
turned on.
c. Police found no one who had arranged to sell crayfish to Frederick -
the stating intention for his flight.
d. The aircrafts long range fuel tank was filled to its 303 litre
capacity.
e. Cape Otway lighthouse keepers and Bass Strait fishermen did not
report seeing any light aircraft in the vicinity.
f. Despite ideal conditions, at no time was the aircraft plotted on
radar.
g. Melbourne Police received reports of a light aircraft making a
mysterious landing not far from Cape Otway at the same time as
Valentich's disappearance.
h. Although Bass Strait - and later Cape Otway and King Island - were
searched for signs of wreckage, nothing was found.
i. He had $300 cash on his person. (A lot of money in '78)
j. He arranged to meet his girlfriend, Ms Rushton on the same evening
at 7.30pm - a date he couldn't have possibly kept.
k. Frederick's father claimed that, 8 or 10 months before his
disappearance" 'My son told me he had seen a large brilliantly lit
object in the western sky which was flying at a tremendous speed from
south to north'. His father also stated that Frederick firmly believed
in the existence of UFO's. Yet no mention was made of a UFO during his
last radio communication.
l. On the tape recording of the last conversation with the young pilot,
there was no hint of panic in his voice.
The above points seem to have been forgotten by the many ufologist that
have discussed Frederick's "Abduction"
So what did happen to Valentich and why. It is not unknown for people
to disappear for no apparent reason and later to assume to totally new
identity. There are many disappearances and we cannot and must not
assume that UFO's and ET's are responsible.
I would like some comments on the above.
Bob...
REFERENCE:
Enigma Variations,Nigal Watson, Fortean Times #30, London
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

458
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2791.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
SUBJECT: ANOTHER VIDEO LIST FILE: UFO2791
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ͻ
<20> <20>
<20> mike christol's ufo video tape list <20>
<20> <20>
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ͼ
tHE <20>FOLLOWING LIST OF VIDEOS ARE AVAILABALE FOR TRADE OR SALE BY <20>mIKE
cHRISTOL, ufo iNVESTIGATOR. pLEASE LEAVE A MESSAGE ON THIS bOARD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
A - 000 -- LONG ISLAND LANDING CASE - "CONFIDENTIAL DO NOT RELEASE!"
A - 001 -- HIDDEN TRUTH: THE UFO STORY - BY: BILL KNELL 120 MIN
A - 002 -- JOEL MARTIN: LONG ISLAND UFO INVESTIGATIONS
(12/88) 120 MIN. COLOR
A - 003 -- UFO'S AND THE MYSTERY OF ANIMAL MUTILATIONS:
A Presidential Briefing Paper on UFO'S.
(7/88) 58 MIN COLOR
A - 004 -- THE SKELETON-KEY EFFECT: Unlocking The Secrets of Alien
Abductions. (7/88) 58 MIN. COLOR
A - 004-a- INSIDE EDITION: Alabame UFO Sighting - Feb. 21, 1989
Fyfe, Alabama
A - 005 -- SUMIT UNIVERSITY FORUM - FIVE PART UFO DISCUSSION:
Speakers: Stanton Friedman; Linda M. Howe; Bruce
Maccabee; Bud Hopkins. Host: Elizabeth Clare
Prophet
A - 005-a- 1. Anatomy of a Cover-up
2. Abducted by Aliens: The Common Threads Of Experience
3. Crashed Saucer and Government Cover-up At Roswell:
The Secrets of Operation MJ-12
4. UFO'S and The Mystery of Animal Mutilations;
A Presidential Briefing Paper on UFO'S
5. The Skeleton-Key Effect: Unlocking The Secrets
Of Alien Abductions (7/88) 3 1/2 Hrs. Color
A - 005-b- USA TODAY: Three Part UFO Special (3/17 - 20/89) 15 MIN
A - 006-a- George Fawcett Lecture and Workshop (3/19 - 20/88)
Aprox. 3 1/2 Hr. Color
-b- Central Weekend - BRITISH T.V.(9/5/86) 45 MIN COLOR
-c- Interviewing The UFO Witness 40 MIN. COLOR
-d- NOVA: THE CASE OF THE UFO (10/12/82) 58 MIN. COLOR
-e- USA TODAY - 2 Parts (3/17 - 20/89) 10 MIN. COLOR
-f- BOB RABY INTERVIEW (Partial) Aprox. 20 MIN. COLOR
A - 007-a- KMO-TV TOWN MEETING; Seattle, Washington (1982) 50 MIN.
COLOR
-b- UNIDIFIED FLYING OBJECT (1956?) BLACK/WHITE 1HR.28 MIN.
-c- UFO REPORT # 3 - AL FRY Aprox. 2 HR. COLOR
-d- WALT ANDRUS; Director of MUFON: ARKANSAS UFO CONFRENCE
(FEB.,1988) 1 HR. 53 MIN. COLOR
-e- BURKE VIDEO SHOWCASE (5/1/85) 9 MIN. COLOR
A - 008-a- UFO'S ARE REAL (1987) 1 HR. 33 MIN. COLOR
-b- WHITLEY STREIBER; PEOPLE ARE TALKING (1988)
Aprox 20 MIN. COLOR
A - 009-a- CONTACT: Eduard Albert "Billy" Meier Case (1982)
90 MIN. COLOR
-b- GARY COLLINS, HOUR MAGAZINE (11/11/88) APROX. 45 MIN.
COLOR
-c- STRAIGHT TALK: Scott Ross (4/7/89) 45 - 50 MIN. COLOR
A - 010 -- THE OSCAR JORDAN ABDUCTION CASE (9/28/89) MIKE CHRISTOL;
INVESTIGATOR - 4 1/2 HR. COLOR
A - 011-a- DOES THE U.S. GOVERNMENT HAVE A UFO? 39 MIN (7/18/1988)
-b- LARGE COLLECTION OF UFO FILMS FROM 1950'S - 1980'S
-c- UFO'S AND HOLLYWOOD (7/18/1988) 11 MIN. COLOR
-d- HOW TO GIVE A UFO LECTURE: (Updated Version Jan. 1989)
3 HRS. 58 MIN. COLOR
-e- ARE UFO ALIENS ALIVE IN NEVADA, USA? 39 MIN. (7/18/1988)
A - 012-a- HOW TO GIVE A UFO LECTURE IN YOUR HOME TOWN: (7/18/1988)
Part 1. Introduction - "How To Start" - 35 MIN.
Part 2. "The UFO Lecture" - 3 HR. 20 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE LARGEST COLLECTION OF UFO FILMS EVER
28 MIN. (7/18/1988) COLOR
-c- THE ROSWELL CRASH ( (7/18/1988) 39 MIN. COLOR
A - 013-a- UFO'S AND THE BIBLE - Rev. Barry H. Downing (10/8-9/88)
59 MIN. COLOR
-b- GOVERNMENT UFO COVER-UP CONTINUES - Larry Fawcett
(10/8-9/88) 1 HR. 4 MIN. COLOR
-c- BROOMFIELD COLORADO UFO SHOW: UFO's And The Inner Earth
(10/28/1988) 1 HR. COLOR
A - 014-a- INTRUDERS, THE LATEST RESULTS - BUD HOPKINS
(10/8-9/1988) 1HR. 23 MIN. COLOR
WALLY GEROGE - "ALIENS ON EARTH" - VIDEO DAVE
(2/89) 6 MIN. COLOR
ANATOMY OF AN ALIEN - DAVID JACOBS, PHD
(10/8-9/1988) 1 HR. 36 MIN. COLOR
A - 015-a- UFO REPORT # 1 (AL FRY) 2HR. 14 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO: THE BENTWATERS INCIDENT (CNN) (1988) 21 MIN. COLOR
-c- (1) ELIZABETH CLARE PROPHET INTERVIEWS ZECHARIA SITCHIN
ON THE 12TH PLANET (1986) PART # 1. 57 MIN. COLOR
(2) ELIZABETH CLARE PROPHET INTERVIEWS ZECHARIA SITCHIN
ON THE 12TH PLANET (1986) PART # 2. 58 MIN. COLOR
-d- INTERVIEWING THE UFO WITNESS (MICHIGAN MUFON; DAN WRIGHT)
40 MIN. COLOR
-e- CALL RAIFORD; GEORGE FAWCETT (CHARLOTTE TV 36)
(10/6/1985) 49 MIN. COLOR
-f- CAROLINA CAMERA (TV Interview With George Fawcett)
(7/22/1981) 5 MIN. COLOR
-g- ROUTE # 9; GEORGE FAWCETT (LINCOLNTON, North Carolina)
5 MIN. COLOR
A - 016-a- UFO: TOP SECRET (1986) 1 HR. 36 MIN. COLOR
-b- THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY (19 ) 47 MIN. COLOR
-c- THE TRUTH ABOUT UFO'S & E.T. (1982) 1 HR. 22 MIN. COLOR.
-d- MYSTERIES OF THE GODS: WILLIAM SHATNER
(1976) 1 HR. 27 MIN. COLOR
-e- A STRANGE HARVEST: LINDA M. HOWE (1980) 52 MIN. COLOR.
A - 017-a- A STRANGE HARVEST - Linda M. Howe (1980) 60 MIN. COLOR
-b- THAT'S INCREDIBLE : VAL JOHNSON UFO/AUTO COLLISION
15 MIN. (2/4/1977) COLOR
-c- BEHIND MORT DOWNEYS UFO SHOW: "What Really Happened!!!"
DR. GENE MUNDY - SPEAKER
LONG ISLAND UFO CONFRENCE (10/19/1988)
35 MIN. COLOR
-d- THE JOEL MARTIN SHOW: JOEL MARTIN & THE MEN IN BLACK
(10/19/1988) 26 MIN. COLOR
A - 018-a- UFOLOGY: AT THE TURNING POINT - William Moore; Bud
Hopkins; Stanton Friedman (1989) 2 HRS. COLOR
-b- HIGHLIGHTS OF THE 1988 ARKANSAS UFO CONFRENCE: COLOR
EUREKA SPRINGS, ARK. (4/25-26/1988) APRROX 4 HRS.
-c- VIDEO OF UFO IN JAPAN (7/8/89) APROX. 1 MIN. COLOR
A - 019-a- CHARIOTS OF THE GODS 1 HR. 25 MIN. COLOR
-b- MYSTERIES FROM BEYOND EARTH 1 HR. 34 MIN. COLOR
-c- BOB RABY INTERVIEW (1/9/1988) 1HR. 43 MIN. COLOR
-d- PSYCHIC PHENOMENON: The World Beyond; J. Allen Hynek
(2 Programs) 75 MIN. COLOR
-e- 5 P.M. MAGAZINE: John Lear and Bill Moore
A - 020-a- THE UFO EXPERIENCE 1 HR. 49 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO SYNDROME 1 HR. 35 MIN. COLOR
-c- LLOYD ARNOLD INTERVIEW BY KEN DEMARY (DENVER, COL)
(7/10/1988) 1HR. 32 MIN. COLOR
-d- BOB RABY INTERVIEW (8/9/1987) 25-28 MIN. COLOR
-e- PRESONAL MESSAGE FROM DANNY BARGER - TO MIKE CHRISTOL
LINCOLNTON, N.C. (7/89) 15 MIN. COLOR.
-f- MORE FROM TOWN MEETING, (1987) (60 MIN. MINUS) COLOR
A - 021-a- UFO CONTACT SEMINAR - Billy Meier Story
LECTURER: Randy Winters (11/14/1987)
APROX. 2 HRS. COLOR
-b- THE FORCE BEYOND (1981) 1 HR. 26 MIN. COLOR
-c- UFO'S, WHAT'S GOING ON? (HBO) (1985) 58 MIN. COLOR
A - 022 -- DOWNSTATE NEW YORK MUFON UFO CONFRENCE (6/3/1989)
DR. GARY LEVINE, BILL KNELL, BUD HOPKINS
ANTONIO HUNEEUS. 1 HR. 50 MIN. COLOR
A - 023-a- LONG ISLAND UFO'S
-b- WESTCHESTER & NYC UFO ENCOUNTERS
-c- INTERVIEWING THE WITHESS (MICHIGAN MUFON; DAN WRIGHT)
40 MIN. COLOR
A - 024-a- CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE 4TH KIND IN NY & CT: COLOR
PHILLIP IMBROGNO (10/8-9/1988) 1 HR. 12 MIN.
-b- BEYOND CLEAR INTENT: LARRY FAWCETT (10/8-9/1988)
1 HR. 4 MIN. COLOR
-c- FAMOUS UFO PHOTOS: BRUCE MACCABEE (10/8-9/1988)
55 MIN. COLOR
-d- MY ABDUCTION BY ER'S: DEBRA TOMEY (KATHEY DAVIS)
(10/8-9/1988) 30 MIN. COLOR
A - 025-a- U.F.O. CHRONICLE: ANTONIO HUNEEUS (1989)
2 HR. COLOR (2 TAPES - SP) TAPE # 1
-b- U.F.O. CHRONICLE: ANTONIO HUNEEUS (1989)
30 MIN. COLOR (SP) TAPE # 2
-c- CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO'S; LARRY BRYANT
(8/29/1989) 7 MIN. COLOR
-d- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: UFO CHRASH AT ROSWELL, N.M.
(9/20/1989) 23 MIN. COLOR
-e- THE JOAN RIVERS SHOW: PEOPLE WHO SEE UFO'S
(12/7/1989) 25 MIN. COLOR
A - 026 -- LET'S LEARN BASIC UFO INVESTIGATION (1989)
Written and Narrated by Bill Knell
90 MIN. COLOR
A - 027 -- THE TRUTH ABOUT THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT:
Preston Nichols, Alfred Bialek, and Duncan Cameron.
(IMPROMPTU LECTURE/QUESTION AND ANSWER SESSION WITH
SLIDES) (1989) 3 HRS. 20 MIN. COLOR
A - 028 -- INSIDE REPORT:
-a- CATTLE MUTILATIONS AND UFO'S
-b- OGGO POGO MONSTER IN CANADIAN LAKE
-c- BIG FOOT CHASER
-d- INVASION UFO: (MOVIE WHICH FOLLOWS ALONG THE LINES
OF ALTERNATIVE 003)
A - 029-a- "UFO'S THE BEST EVIDENCE: (11/89) GEORGE KNAPP
(KLAS TV, LAS VEGAS, NEV.) INCLUDES INTERVIEW
WITH ROBERT LAZAR AND AREA 51 AT GROOM LAKE
1 HR. 35 MIN. COLOR
-b- VIDEO TAPING OF REAL ET?
-c- HARD COPY: GOVERNMENT COVERUP
-d- "BEST EVIDENCE" HIGHLIGHTS
A - 030-a- UFO SPECIAL: "THE BEST EVIDENCE" (11/89) GEORGE KNAPP
(KLAS TV, LAS VEGAS, NEV) INCLUDES INTERVIEW
WITH ROBERT LAZAR AND AREA 51 AT GROOM LAKE
(FIRST COUPLE MINUTES MISSING) 1 HR. 33 MIN COLOR
-b- PLEADIAN CONNECTION: RANDY WINTERS ON BILLY MEIER.
(1989) 1 HR. 30 MIN. COLOR
-c- SCIENCE REPORT (BRITISH TV): REPORT ON ALTERNATIVE 003
(POOR CONDITION, BUT VIEWABLE, SOUND FAIR TO GOOD)
(JUNE 20, 1977) 51 MIN.
-d- THE JUPITER MENACE: DEALS WITH ALIGNMENT OF PLANETS AND
EARTH CHANGES COLOR
A - 031-a- LLOYD ARNOLD INTERVIEW: UFO CONTACTS AND PSYCHIC
PHENOMENA; FIRST SIGHTING 1915 (SUMER 1988)
1 HR. 32 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO INTERVIEW: LLOYD ARNOLD AND KEN DEMARY; CHANNEL 10
BROOMFIELD, COL. (1988) 1 HR. COLOR
-c- DENVER UFO SOCIETY; KEN DEMARY, CHANEL 10: INNER EARTH
1 HR. COLOR
-d- DENVER UFO SOCIETY: GUEST SPEAKERS; MARY LYNN NOBLE
AND ROBERT ACHZEHNU; ABDUCTIONS (9/23/1988)
2 HR. COLOR
-e- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES; ABDUCTION AND MISSING TIME AT
CAPE COD, MASS. (11/30/88) 23 MIN. COLOR
A -032 -- 1989 MUFON INTERNATIONAL UFO SYMPOSIUM - JUNE 30 - JULY
1 & 2 LAS VEGAS, NEVADA TAPE # 1 OF 2
-a- JOHN LEAR COLOR
-b- BILL COOPER COLOR
-c- BILL ENGLISH COLOR
-d- DON ECKERT COLOR
A -033 -- 1989 MUFON INTERNATIONAL UFO SYMPOSIUM - JUNE 30 - JULY
1 & 2 LAS VEGAS, NEVADA TAPE # 2 OF 2
-a- STANTON T. FRIEDMAN - 1 HR 07 MIN COLOR
-b- WILLIAM L. MOORE - 1 HR 56 MIN COLDR
-c- JACQUES VALLEE - 57 MIN COLOR
-d- JOHN E. BRANDENBURG - 1 HR 18 MIN COLOR
-e- PANEL DISCUSSION; Q/A 51 MIN COLOR
A -034 -a- UNEXPLAINED MYSTERIES: GULF BREEZE, FLA. UFO REPORT
(1-5-1988) 15 MIN. COLOR
-b- UFO COVER-UP LIVE FROM WASHINGTON, D.C.
(10-14-1988) 1 HR. 31 MIN. COLOR
-c- INCREDIBLE SUNDAY: MIB'S (MEN IN BLACK)
JOHN KEEL, BETTY LUCA (5-14-1989) 7 MIN COLOR
A -035 -a- CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO'S; LARRY BRIANT
(8-29-1989) 7 MIN COLOR
-b- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (SEASON PREMIER)
"ALMOST TOMORROW; The Second Wave"
(12-1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-c- A CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO LANDING IN RUSSIAN PARK
MICHAEL C. LUCKMAN - DIR., N.Y. CENTER FOR
UFO RESEARCH (12-1989) 10 MIN. COLOR
-d- A CURRENT AFFAIR: UFO SIGHTING IN CENTERVILLE,
IOWA; CAROL DRAKE, RESIDENT
(12-1989) 5 MIN. COLOR
-e- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 2)
"NO DIRECTION HOME"
(1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-f- CBS NEWS REPORT: RUSSIAN UFO LANDING
(12-1989) 1 MIN 15 SEC. COLOR
-g- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 3)
"DOOMSDAY" (1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-h- UNSOLVED MYSTERIES: TEXAS GHOST LIGHTS
(10-25-1989) 9 MIN COLOR
-i- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 4)
"TERMINAL ROCK"
(1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-j- THE COUSTEAU ODYSSEY: "CALPSO'S SEARCH FOR
ATLANTAS - PART # 1
(1978) 1 HR. COLOR
-k- A CURRENT AFFAIR : TRIBUTE TO ELVIS'S VISION
OF MUSIC VIDEOS - IMPERSONATOR PERFORMS
BRUCE SPRINGSTEIN'S - "I'M ON FIRE"
(12-1989) 2 MIN 45 SEC. COLOR
-l- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 5)
"BREEDING GROUND" (1989) 45 MIN COLOR
-m- WAR OF THE WORLDS T.V. SERIES (EPESODE # 6)
"SEFT OF EMUN" (1989) 45 MIN COLOR
A -036 --- UFO'S WHAT'S GOING ON - HBO (1985) 58 MIN COLOR
A -037 --- PHIL DONAHU SHOW - WHITLEY STRIEBER, JOYCE DEWITT,
RICHARD LAVELIN & BRIAN O'LEARY
(1988?) 45 MIN. COLOR
A -038 --- 34 VARIOUS UFO PROGRAMS FROM 1 MIN TO 49 MIN. DURATION
STORIES INCLUDE: CHARLES HICKSON; WENDELLE
STEVENS; J. ALLEN HYNEK; BUD HOPKINS, ETC. ETC.
(19?? - 1989) 6 HR. COLOR
A -039 -a- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 1 (DEC 5 - 6 -1987)
2 HR COLOR
-b- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 2 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-c- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 3 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-d- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 4 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-e- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 5 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
-f- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 6 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
A -040 -a- J. RANDOLPY WINTERS' "UFO 201" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
WEEKEND PART # 7 (DEC 5 - 6 - 1987)
2 HR COLOR
COMPLETE PROGRAM: 14 HR. WORK BOOK AVAILABLE
BUT NOT INCLUDED. INQUIRE IF INTERESTED.
=====================================================
-b- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS': UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
(NOV 14, 1987) 4 HRS COLOR
-c- THE FORCE BEYONE: DOCUMENTARY; UFO'S
(1981) 1 HR 26 MIN COLOR
-d- UFO'S, WHAT'S GOING ON - HBO (1985) 58 MIN COLOR
-e- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 1 (NOV 7, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
-f- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 2 (NOV 7, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
-g- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 1 (NOV 14, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
-h- J. RANDOLPH WINTERS' "UFO 101" UFO CONTACT SEMINAR
PART # 2 (NOV 14, 1987) 2 HR COLOR
A -041 --- OMNI: "THE REAL E.T.; S . E. T. I"
(1988) APROX. 40 MIN. COLOR
A -042 --- "THE OUTER SPACE CONNECTION" DOCUMENTARY
HOST: ROD STERLING
(1975) 1 HR. 34 MIN COLOR
A -043 --- "UFO JOURNALS" (1978) 1 HR 32 MIN COLOR
A -044 --- NOVA: "UFO'S: ARE WE ALONE? The Truth Behind UFO
Sightings" (1988) 1 HR COLOR
A -045 --- "ATTACK FROM OUTER SPACE" Are We Alone In The Universe?"
(1986) 1 HR 36 MIN COLOR
A -046 -a- "UFO'S IT HAS BEGUN (UFO'S: PAST, PRESENT, & FUTURE)
(1979) 1 HR 34 MIN COLOR
-b- "OVERLORDS OF THE UFO'S" (1976) APROX. 1 HR 45 MIN
COLOR
-c- KNBC-TV LOS ANGELES, 6 PART UFO SPECIAL
(1989) 33 MIN COLOR
A -047 -a- "SAUCERS" KCET-TV, LAS ANGELES - SPECIAL
(NOV 21, 1988) 30 MIN COLOR
-b- KVBC-TV LAS VAGAS; 5 PART UFO SPECIAL
(1988) 20 MIN COLOR
-c- "ON THE RECORD" KLAS-TV, LAS VEGAS - GEORGE KNAPP
PART # 1 JOHN LEAR - UFO BASES IN NEVADA
(1988) 1 HR. COLOR
-d- "ON THE RECORD" KLAS-TV, LAS VEGAS - GEORGE KNAPP
PART # 2 JOHN LEAR - UFO BASES IN NEVADA
(1988) 1 HR. COLOR
A -048 -a- KTTV NEWS T.V., LAS ANGELES, CALF.
UFO SPECIAL REPORT: ABDUCTEES
(1988) 3 MIN COLOR
-b- UFO JOURNALS (1978) 1 HR 32 MIN COLOR
-c- EYEWITNESS NEWS LAS ANGELES, SPECIAL REPORT
UFO'S: WYOMING "ENCOUNTERS"
HOST: PAUL MOYER; OBSERVER: PAT MCGUIRE
WITH: L.A. PSYCHIC MARY COLMAN
AND PSYCHOLOGIST DR. LEO SPRINKLE
(JAN 1980) 15 MIN COLOR
-d- INSEARCH OF: "UFO COVER-UPS" HOST: LEONADR NIMOY
(1980) 22 MIN COLOR
-e- UFO EXCLUSIVE (1979) 1 HR 45 MIN COLOR
-f- THE OUTER SPACE CONNECTION; HOST: ROD STERLING
(1979) 1 HR 34 MIN COLOR
A -049 -a- PAT MCQUIRE RANCHER AND UFOS (1980) 15 MIN COLOR
-b- LOOK AT US...UFO SHOW HOST: RICHARD CRENNA
JOHN SHEPHERD (19??) 7 MIN COLOR
-c- PEOPLE ARE TALKING: "SEARCH FOR UFOS AT MT RAINER"
(10-28-1981) 8 MIN COLOR
-d- LATE NIGHT, DAVID LETTERMAN: "FBI MAN SEES UFO"
(8-6-1982) 9 MIN COLOR
-e- INSEARCH OF: "UFO CAPTIVES" 23 MIN COLOR
(MISSED PART) "UFO LANDINGS" 8 MIN COLOR
"EARTH VISITORS" 23 MIN COLOR
"UFO COVER-UPS" 23 MIN COLOR (1980)
A -050 -a- KNBC-TV; NBC 6 PART UFO SPECIAL (SAME AS A-046 -c-)
(1989) 33 MIN COLOR
-b- SOUND OFF...RANDOLPH WINTERS: "BILLY MEIER STORY"
(JAN, 1987) 22 MIN COLOR
-c- GERALDO: RAP SESSION "UFO ABDUCTIONS"
GUESTS: BUD HOPKINS, DR. BRUCE MACCABE
ABDUCTEES: PETER ROBBINS AND HIS SISTER
HELLEN WHEELS; ROSMARY OSNATO; "LEIGH"
PHOTO PRESENTATION BY: ELLEN CRYSTALL
(11 - 2 - 1987) APROX 42 MIN. COLOR
-d- ASSORTED UFO NEWS CLIP SHORTS: (1) ARNOLD ARIAS; COLLEGE
PROFESSOR AT CHAFFEY COLLEGE, ALTALOMA, CALF.
IN TROUBLE WITH FACULTY FOR IDEAS ABOUT UFOS
(1987?) 2 MIN KABC-TV, LAS ANGELES, CALF
(2) WHITLEY STREIBER; "MR. UFO" NEWS SPECIAL
REPORT (1987) 6 MIN. COLOR
-e- NIGHTLINE: TED COPPLE "MJ -12 DOCUMENTS"
STANTON FREIDMAN AND PHIL CLASS
(1987) APROX 21 MIN. COLOR
====================================================================
NEW TAPES WILL BE ADDED TO THIS LIST FROM TIME TO TIME AS I RECEIVE
THEM.
ANYONE HAVING PROGRAMS WHICH YOU DO NOT FIND LISTED ABOVE, PLEASE
CONTACT ME IF YOU ARE INTERESTED IN TRADING WITH ME FOR THOSE ON THIS
LIST WHICH YOU DO NOT HAVE.
MIKE CHRISTOL
2/13/1990 ATIVE 003)
A - 029-a- "UFO'S THE BEST EVIDENCE: (11/89) GEORGE KNAPP
(KLAS TV, LAS VEGAS, NEV.) INCLUDES INTERVIEW
WITH ROBERT LAZAR AND AREA 51 AT GROOM LAKE
1 HR. 35 MIN. COLOR
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

626
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2792.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
SUBJECT: WATCH THE SKIES FILE: UFO2792
WATCH THE SKIES by David Dudley.
(Baltimore) City Paper
October 9-15, 1992
Vol. 16 No. 41.
"On a cold morning just before dawn in the winter of 1991, Steve
Tobias saw a UFO. He wasn't impressed. It was over Baltimore-Washington
International Airport, for one thing, where the airspace is typically
abuzz with flying objects, identified and otherwise. But Tobias says he
saw something. He was working maintenance for a major airline - he'd
rather not say which one - cleaning the idle planes during the night
shift, when he saw 'a hurtling object, almost perfectly circular,
brilliant greenish-yellow, streaking across the lower blackened portion
of the morning sky,' according to his own written account. The light
skittered over the BWI control tower and disappeared into the distant
clouds in a few brief seconds. 'It seemed to have been moving at great
speed,' Tobias wrote, 'at which I could not begin to estimate.'
But he didn't think a great deal of it at the time. This was before
Tobias thought a lot about UFOs. He went in his office to get a cup of
coffee and warm up a little. One of the guys from the morning shift was
just showing up, and he was talking about the darndest things he had
heard on his CB radio driving into work a few minutes earlier. A couple
of truckers out on I-95 were saying they saw something up in the sky,
some kind of UFO or something.
'Don't tell me,' Tobias said, half-joking. 'It was green.'
It was green, of course, according to the truckers.
Tobias unwittingly had stumbled upon some independent corroborating
evidence for his early-morning fireball. And with that, Steve Tobias
decided that he had joined the ever-growing ranks of the human race
that have seen, or think they have seen, an unidentified flying object.
Since 1947, when a reporter named Bill Bequette added the term flying
saucer to our increasingly scary postwar lexicon after a pilot named
Kenneth Arnold spotted nine wingless craft scooting past Mt. Rainier,
in Washington State, at what he thought was 1,700 mph, hundred of
thousands of people from around the world claim to have seen them as
well. Elvis Presley saw one in the desert outside of Vegas. More
convincingly, my mom saw one in the skies over Adelphi, Greece, in
1952. Maybe you have seen one too.
If you have, welcome to the other side, that uncounted segment of the
human populace that believes We Are Not Alone, and has the visual goods
to prove it. You have plenty of company. Here in the U.S., in the land
where atom bombs and flying saucers appeared at more or less the same
time, the UFO has become a familiar tabloid totem, a hip 60's TV show,
a kitschy symbol of American cold-war paranoia, a British heavy-metal
band, and one of the most instantly recognizable government acronyms
around. Jung thought UFOs were collective psychic manifestations --
flying mandalas. The Air Force always seemed to think that they were
weather balloons -- or 'swamp gas,' whatever that is.
But through it all, or those of you who lost interest some time after
"Chariots of the Gods" but before the "Weekly World News" space alien
met with Ross Perot, the sightings never have stopped. By 1969, 22
years and hundreds of unresolved cases after the Mt. Rainier sighting,
the U.S. Air Force's Project Blue Book, the government's only official
UFO investigative unit, was under pressure to put up or shut up.
Earlier that same year, the Condon Committee, an Air Force-sponsored
civilian scientific study made by the University of Colorado and
chaired by astrophysicist Dr. Edward Condon, issued its infamous
report. This group - roughly equivalent to the Warren Commission in the
eyes of indignant UFOlogists - stated that there was still no
verifiable evidence that UFOs were either hostile or real, and
recommended that the Air Force stop fooling around with Blue Book.
Life in 1969 was deemed weird enough without flying saucers. On
December 17, on the anniversary of the Wright Brothers' first powered
flight at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, Project Blue Book was official
canceled. Nine years later, "Dragnet's" Jack Webb produced "Project
U.F.O.", a short-lived television series based on Project Blue Book -
it was also canceled.
This Monday, on another, slightly more famous anniversary, the
quincentennial of Christopher Columbus' discovery (or invasion,
depending on which side of the ocean you were on) of the Americas, NASA
will throw the switch on another project that will obliquely try to
answer that same nagging, terrifying question: Are We Alone? Or to put
in Age of Discovery terms, What's Over There?
The project is - or was - called SETI, the Search for Extra-
Terrestrial Intelligence, and if you get a chance to ask anyone in
charge, they'll be quick to say that it has nothing to do with UFOs. It
has so little to do with UFOs, in fact, that a few weeks ago they
changed the name of the whole program, because "Extra-Terrestrial"
tended to make people think about UFOs. It is now called the High
Resolution Microwave Survey, or HRMS, a more technically descriptive
but altogether less funky name. The ultimate goal and rationale behind
the program remains the same, however - to listen for positive evidence
of life beyond Earth.
After a glitzy LIFE magazine cover story in August and a bitter
funding fight in Congress, SETI (or HRMS) will be deployed (i.e.,
turned on) on schedule this Columbus Day and begin its high-tech sweep
of the cosmic radio dial, searching for a faint radio wave from the
distant light years that could indicate, finally, whether intelligent
life here is as lonely as it seems.
Steve Tobias, for one, doesn't need to be told by any big PR
government research study whether there's something out there or not.
He saw one of the damn things. And since that cold morning in 1991, he
has become convinced that not only is extraterrestrial life possible,
or likely - even NASA says that now - but it is going to show up en
masse any day now. And these discoverers are going to teach the third
planet from the sun a lesson in interstellar imperialism that will put
Columbus to shame.
On the phone, Tobias sounds worried.
'I haven't been in a good mood since I found out about these things,'
he says.
It sounds as if he means it. Even in the midst of a breathless bout
of doom-laden alien speculation, his voice has the desperate edge of a
man who has a very serious job to do, a man who must be heard, even if
it frequently is difficult to follow the thread of what he's trying to
say. Right now he is talking alternately about tidal waves, hurricane
Andrew, AIDS, and a passage in Virgil's "Aeneid," all of which may be
linked to extraterrestrial intervention. It may be a stretch for the
layman, but Steve Tobias has been doing his homework.
After his brief encounter at BWI, Tobias took a trip to his local
library and perused a few books on UFOs. Even after doing that, he
still wasn't all that convinced that they existed, but it seemed worth
following up on. Previously, he says, he was a typical skeptic,
uninterested in either the UFOs or even in the science-fiction
literature and films in which they figure so prominently. But one of
the books he picked up, David C. Knight's UFOs - A Pictorial History
From Antiquity to the Present, mentioned reports of glowing 'fireballs'
from the distant past - these sounded similar to what he had seen at
BWI. Other books told of crashed saucers in the New Mexico desert,
alien bodies in cold storage at Ohio's Wright-Patterson AFB, Air Force
pilots killed chasing flying discs in 1948, massive government cover-
ups, official disinformation campaigns, and scads of mysterious above-
top-secret evidence that Uncle Sam knew what UFOs were and where they
were coming from.
'I was flabbergasted,' Tobias says. 'Why in the hell was the
government sitting on this? Why wasn't this on MPT?' [Maryland Public
TV.]
The incidents that he stumbled upon are, of course, all familiar
pieces of the vast body of popular UFOlogy, the subjects of numerous
books and films and tabloid headlines. But for Tobias it was a
revelation, a call to action. And it was only the beginning. 'I was
shaken out of my dull-witted complacency and began to tie many other
events and trends together,' he writes in his account of the fateful
moment.
Since then, Tobias has tied a lot together. He also has formed his
own UFO investigation and research group, which he calls Citizens
Investigation of Phenomena Psychic, Astral, and Celestial (CIPPAC).
At this stage, he admits, CIPPAC is still pretty much just himself.
But he has great ambitions and a deadly serious mission. 'I decided
that the government made a grave mistake in trying to cover this up,'
he says. 'There is a possibility that we are all in a lot of danger.'
Before personally subjecting myself to CIPPAC's stockpile of alarming
new evidence, I figured it was time to apprise myself of some of the
latest in UFO literature. Since 1951, when Frank Scully's "Behind the
Flying Saucers" - a clumsily hoaxed account of a saucer that crashed in
New Mexico with its crew of 16 tiny, human-looking alien crewmen on
board - was published, the UFO phenomenon has perpetuated itself,
supported itself, and, arguably, scientifically crippled itself with a
thriving industry of freelance investigations, pseudoacademic
theorizing, and various starling firsthand accounts.
My favorite always has been "God Drives a Flying Saucer," an
amazingly wacky 1973 paperback by one R.L. Dione, which insists that
UFOs were merely the 'angels' of a distant supertechnological alien God
who accomplished the various miracles of Biblical renown (i.e., Jesus'
walking on the water, the revelation of Saul, the Immaculate
Conception) through force fields, hypno-beams, antigravity devices, and
other common saucer gizmos.
Couldn't find that one at the Pratt [Enoch Pratt Library, Baltimore],
but there were plenty of other new developments. The most dramatic and
well-documented recent incident is definitely the series of sightings
that occurred over a period of several months to a couple, Ed and
Frances Walters, in Gulf Breeze, Florida, in 1987-88. Compared to the
usual fuzzy black-and-white blurs that filled the UFO exposes of my
youth, the Walters' slick, full-color account, "The Gulf Breeze
Sightings," was almost absurdly well documented. These poor guys
couldn't get rid of their UFOs. Ed Walters claimed 20 separate
sightings and took 39 color photos, mostly Polaroids, of the various
saucers that buzzed his house, spoke to him telepathically, shot
immobilizing blue beams at him and his wife, deposited hostile little
big-eyed aliens on his porch, and woke up his dog, Crystal. The
pictures are amazing, almost too good. You can count the windows on the
saucers, which look kind of like Chinese lanterns or Christmas
ornaments. If it is a hoax, they certainly chose the corniest-looking
flying saucers imaginable.
I have yet to see a UFO of any kind, although I always have kept my
eyes open for them. I'm certain that anyone who grew up watching enough
television does too. Hollywood in the 70s painted a fairly sunny
picture of our alien visitors, compared with the lurking paranoia that
informed their 50's/atomic-age counterparts. (Ever seen the creepy 1953
film "Invaders From Mars?) In the 70s, however, wondrous, childlike ETs
descended from the heavens in glittering chandeliers to save petty,
grumpy humanity from our own miserable selves and treat us to eye-
popping special effects. Sounds good. Come on down. Sign me up.
My mother now says that she and a friend observed what could only
have been a UFO while on vacation in Greece in 1952, a huge year for
sightings, incidentally, according to Project Blue Book: 1,500 reports,
303 of them unexplained. Luckily, she did not volunteer this
information during my childhood, lest my imagination suffer a permanent
and debilitating overdose. And unlike Steve Tobias, my mom was not
transformed by her encounter into a crusader for UFO truth and justice.
She did, however, take it seriously enough to report the incident to
the U.S. consulate in Athens, where it was no doubt chuckled at and
thrown away.
Nevertheless, it was a fairly dramatic experience. For one thing,
Adelphi, Greece, is a fairly dramatic place to see a UFO. It was, after
all, the location of the Oracle of Apollo, a place the ancients called
'the navel of the world.' It was a stunningly clear day in pre-smog
Greece, not a soul around, and 'the most awful quiet,' Mom says. She
heard it before she saw it, 'a sort of whiny sound,' not a prop or a
helicopter, and certainly not a jet, which would have been exceedingly
rare in 1952 anyway. Then she and her friend saw it.
'It was shaped like and upside-down clamshell,' she says, 'and it
moved around jerkily. We must have watched it for ten minutes, but it
never occurred to me to take a picture.'
After hovering around and casing the place for a while, it 'shot
straight up like a helicopter,' she says, then vanished into the
cloudless sky at enormous speed. 'It was up and gone in about three
seconds.'
And that was Mom's UFO. It may not be quite as spectacular as Ed
Walters' pesky talking UFOs, but it struck me as being more remarkable,
for two reasons. One: even though '52 was a big UFO hysteria year, my
mom knew nothing of the existing body of evidence regarding sightings.
For that matter, she still doesn't. They're just not her thing. Yet her
account is completely consistent with most of the accepted recurring
elements in UFO behavior: the jerky hovering, the unearthly whine, the
last-second zip straight up and out of sight.... This is classic UFO
stuff. Ed's UFOs were doing that all the time.
Two: my mom wouldn't make this up.
'If you don't know what's going on,' Steve Tobias tells me, 'you're
sheep going to the slaughter. And the cruel thing is, it doesn't have
to be that way.'
He's running through his visual evidence, some of which is just clips
from infotainment shows such as Hard Copy and this season's new
Sightings. But he's also got NASA footage from some of the Apollo
flights - scenes of an astronaut's jerky spacewalk that Tobias believed
was closely monitored by small UFOs whizzing by periodically. He runs
the VCR back and forth in slow motion.
'There it is! Did you see it? I'll run it by again. If you're not
looking for something, you're not gonna see it.'
Sure enough, something - little more than a bright speck - keeps
flitting across the screen behind the astronaut's shoulder. Tobias says
that he has watched the scene countless times, has analyzed the
object's trajectory and the way the sunlight reflects off of it, and he
is convinced that the speck is a small round craft of some kind, under
intelligent control.
'They are out there and they have been seen,' he says. '[The
astronauts] notified mission control and it was covered up.'
Tobias is not the first to claim that the Apollo astronauts were
continually dogged by UFOs and that NASA scrupulously covered up the
reports. That has been a mainstay of UFO conspiracy literature for
decades. But he thinks that he may be the first to have picked them out
of NASA's own file footage.
This kind of low-budget home investigation now has become the guiding
passion of Tobias' life. Since an on-the-job injury put him out of work
in April 1991 (not long after his UFO sighting), he has used his free
time to immerse himself in the collective evidence of UFOlogy, filing
his Dundalk rowhome with dog-eared copies of 70s paperbacks such as
Timothy Goode's conspiracy tome "Above Top Secret", videos, xeroxed
documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, weird
newsletters from fringe UFO groups, and his own notebooks.
Now 40 years old, Tobias was a member of the Maryland Air National
Guard from 1972 to 1988, where he rose to the rank of technical
sergeant. It was his military experience, he says, that led him to take
on the thankless task of spreading the word.
'This whole thing points to a threat to the public,' he says. 'I'm
working on the assumption of imminent conflict. But not conflict as we
know it.'
Tobias has taken the old axiom of cosmologist Martin Rees and turned
it into a sort of manifesto of sorts. Rees said, in reference to
extraterrestrial life, that 'absence of evidence if not evidence of
absence.' For Tobias, absence of evidence is evidence of hostility.
'There's no reason to assume that the aliens have friendly
intentions,' he says. 'In the military, if you're using stealth, you
are in an aggressive posture.' He figures the reasons that UFOs, having
journeyed here for hundreds of thousands of light- years from a distant
galaxy, are being so coy with us is that they're scouting out the
battlefield. 'Reconnaissance is the staging for the final onslaught,'
he explains. For Tobias, this sneakiness is tantamount to an act of
war, and if the government refuses to fess up and tell the people what
the hell is going on, he will do it himself.
'I guess it's akin to Paul Revere saying the Redcoats are coming,' he
tells me.
Sipping iced tea in his living room, Tobias speculates grimly on the
final onslaught as his two young kids tromp in and out on a hot late-
summer afternoon. A kitten periodically clambers around and falls off
the sofa.
'This would not be a war of conquest,' he says. 'This would be
obliteration. This would be ... special genocide.'
Things are falling into frightening patterns here in Dundalk. Tobias
connects chains of seemingly random events and links them back to an
unseen alien hand. He sees world events and phenomena as diverse as the
fall of communism and the weather as sinister manifestations of an
intricate master plan to unbalance this hapless planet. Such as: Why
did hurricanes Andrew and Iniki lay waste only to American territory?
And finally: What was that seven-foot-tall reptilian creature those two
guys in South Carolina saw?
'What does that look like to you?'
Tobias shows me one of his CIPPAC documents, a Xerox of a strange
black silhouette, supposedly an infrared computer scan beamed to Earth
from the Soviet Phobos II satellite in 1989. He says that it is a vast
cylindrical object 15.5 miles long, lurking undetected in space behind
the Martian moon Phobos. With a bit of imagination, it looks sort of
like the ship in "Battlestar Galactica."
'I don't know,' I say. 'It's hard to tell.'
According to NASA (according to Tobias), it is a computer flaw. he
thinks it might be the invasion vessel itself, all 15 miles of it.
'I'm assuming the worst,' he says. 'There could be a thousand ships
behind that moon.... It's nice to see a movie called "Star Wars," but
from a military perspective, it boggles the mind.'
The kids are playing upstairs, too loudly. Tobias' wife marches
upstairs to settle them down. Tobias admits his wife would 'rather not
get dragged into this' and that most friends and family have been less
than receptive to his campaign.
'Most of them don't believe in UFOs,' he says. 'They're like
everybody else. They see the whole subject as entertainment.'
The fault for this, he believes, lies with the media. Because the
government is keeping all the hard evidence bottled up, no one can take
these things seriously anymore. 'Television and the movies trivialize
UFO phenomena,' he rails. 'It has made the public completely culturally
desensitized. It's lobotomizing the public consciousness. It's taking
away the right to wonder.'
One wonders, then, what to make of NASA's SETI program, the high-tech
search for just the kind of alien civilizations that the UFO community
has been insisting are visiting us regularly. The official NASA party
line, of course, has always been that UFOs are impossible, for all
practical purposes, because of the vast distances involved between star
systems and the colossal time and energy required to attempt a
crossing. The best hope for detection lies not in a physical visit from
a neighboring life form but rather in the radio waves that such a
civilization might conceivably be beaming our way.
For Steve Tobias, as well for many other freelance UFOlogists who
make a point not to trust NASA or any other arm of the government, the
hope and hype of the impending SETI program is an empty diversion.
'It's still the Big Lie,' Tobias says, 'but it's a different part of
the Big Lie.'
Tobias' theory is that SETI is just an elaborate gimmick, a PR trick
to further desensitize the public.
'NASA is trying to save their own integrity [with the SETI program],'
he says. 'It's an excuse. It would just tell us what has been slowly
massaged into the American consciousness.'
Similar rumbles are being heard throughout the UFO community,
according to the folks at the J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies, or
CUFOS, as it's known, in Chicago. CUFOS is probably the closest thing
UFOlogists have to a serious scientific research center. It was founded
in 1973 by the late Dr. J. Allen Hynek, the chairman of the astronomy
department at Northwestern University, an Air Force consultant
throughout the Blue Book era and a sort of scientific guru to the UFO
community. CUFOS is basically an information clearinghouse and archive,
supported by subscriptions to its monthly "International UFO Reporter"
and its biannual "Journal of UFO Studies," an academic journal.
CUFOS also tried to crank out two books a year, with much of the
recent material focused on the Roswell Case -- the 1947 New Mexico
saucer crash and cover-up of Hangar 18 fame. David Boras, the assistant
to CUFOS director Mark Rodeghier, says that he's heard plenty of rumors
about the SETI program.
'For the most part,' he says, 'people in SETI have a negative or
indifferent attitude towards UFOs.... They honestly don't believe in
the phenomenon. But there is that rumor in the UFO community that the
SETI people are going to release information [about a contact] as a way
to condition people into accepting the existence of UFOs.'
Boras stresses, however that there is 'no real evidence for this,'
adding it's just part of the fringe group of UFOlogy. Some people
believe that [the government] knows everything, that they have been in
contact for years... there have been treaties... all sorts of stuff.
And everyone believes that this year they're gonna tell.'
Boras sounds vaguely sad. Disheartened. As if maybe he's given up
hope. As if maybe the government is never going to tell.
'It just sorta messes things up, dealing with the fringe groups,' he
intones, sadly. 'It's keeping the brains in the scientific community
from wanting to pursue the field. It's certainly keeping the funding
away...' he says, trailing off. It sounds as if maybe he's had enough
of life on the UFO trail.
'It just gets kinda irritating.'
Michael Mewhinney, who's handling public relations for NASA's SETI
program from his office at Ames Research Center, in Moffett Field,
California, not far from San Francisco, is kind of irritated too. First
of all, the powers that be just changed the name of his project last
week, long after all the press material and general hoopla were sent
out, so now he has to make sure all reporters who call use 'HRMS' in
their stories instead of 'SETI.' Second of all, I just mentioned UFOs.
'NASA has nothing to do with UFOs!' he says, bristling. 'We are not
wasting taxpayer money.'
It sounds as if he's been through this before.
'This is not a frivolous enterprise -- this is serious science!'
Traditionally, folks at NASA are touchy about the UFO thing,
especially with all the trouble they have had trying to convince
Congress to fund a search for distant alien civilizations in the middle
of a recession. Dr. Gary Coulter, the program manager for the newly
titled HRMS, knows all about that. Coulter has been at NASA
headquarters, in Washington, D.C., throughout the funding fray, setting
records straight and nudging the $10-million-per-year program past
Congressional critics. He says that the new moniker has been in the
works for a while.
'It's a matter of semantics,' he says. 'It's been obvious that when
we've been criticized, it's not for the science. Most of what draws
criticism is the connotation that if you are searching for ETI
[extraterrestrial intelligence], it must be frivolous.'
According to Coulter, there's an official NASA name for this
phenomenon: 'SETI has what we call a Giggle Factor.'
The Giggle Factor apparently was the final straw for the project
acronym. 'The name had this lightning rod stuck in the middle of it,'
he says.
Mike Mewhinney back at Ames agrees. 'We're looking for intelligent
life, not ETs,' he complains indignantly. 'ET is that cute little guy
in the movies.'
In NASAspeak, ETI tends to lead inexorably to LGM (Little Green Men)
in the minds of the public. 'It's like putting a red flag in front of a
charging bull,' Coulter says.
Whenever NASA functionaries are faced with UFO-related questions,
these Little Green Men always show up somehow. They even have their own
acronym now. It is the ultimate shorthand put-down for nosy reporters,
instantly defusing the most loaded of questions and making the
unfortunate inquirer look and feel like a four-year-old in the process.
'Oh! You're talking about the Little Green Men,' they always say. It's
very effective.
Coulter manages to invoke the LGM only once, but he throws in a few
popular film allusions for good measure.
'This is not a Bug Hunt,' he says, recalling a line from the film
"Aliens." 'We are not a search-and-rescue team for UFOs. And I've never
felt a burning desire to climb the Devil's Tower, either.'
And as for those rumors about SETI/HRMS being a cover for an eventual
UFO disinformation campaign? Or a PR stunt?
'Well, I've never heard that one before,' he says in a tone of voice
that indicates he has heard plenty of others. 'Look, I've been program
manager for four years. There is not one shred of truth to that. I have
never heard, felt, seen, smelled, tasted, or used any other organs to
sense anything to that effect.'
Seemed convincing enough to me. But despite all the breathless
denials, SETI remains a ripe target for conspiracy theorists simply
because many just don't trust the government to tell the word if and
when the massive radio telescopes manage to pick up and verify and ETI
signal. To rectify this perception, NASA's SETI Institute called on the
International Academy of Astronautics, one of several international
space organizations composed of astronomers and scientific
professionals from around the world that had expressed support for the
project, to define the specific terms of this theoretical announcement.
They put their heads together and came up with a singularly remarkable
document.
It is called the Declaration of Principles Concerning Activities
Following the Detection of Extraterrestrial Intelligence, and it
states, in brief, that any verified ETI signal picked out of the
heavens by SETI/HRMS is the property of all the people of the planet,
not just the U.S. or NASA. In two pages of densely worded legalese, it
calls for the swift dissemination ('promptly, openly, and widely') of
the discovery to the United Nations, various academic institutions and
scientific channels, and then to the world media. 'The discoverer
should have the privilege of making the first public announcement,'
Article 4 of the declaration states.
'It's the ultimate freedom of information act,' Coulter says proudly.
But the declaration doesn't make any provisions for a potential
response to the signal, except to say that no response should be sent
'until appropriate international consultations have taken place.' This,
of course, would require another declaration.
Coulter thinks we may be getting a bit ahead of things. For one
things, he says 'we do not presume that the message is answerable
necessarily.'
Though numerous forward-thinking astrophysicists such as Carl Sagan
have speculated on coded beams of radio waves carrying the secrets of a
distant advanced technology through the stars for the benefit of less-
adept neighboring civilizations, the message may merely be 'Hello.' Or,
for that matter, 'Why did you cancel F Troop?'
Or as Coulter says, it may be just like a lighthouse beacon. 'No
matter how closely you analyze a lighthouse beacon, you're not gonna
get the Encyclopedia Britannica,' he says. 'Besides, those things are
so far off, it's not worth thinking about.'
And for those people working on the project, the detection alone, of
anything, would be plenty earthshaking in itself. Occasionally, Coulter
gets so caught up in trying to define what SETI is and isn't that he
loses the true magnitude of its stated goal. 'It's an attempt to answer
one of the most profound questions facing the human race,' he says,
sounding a bit stunned himself. 'It would be the most important non-
religious event in the history of the world, I guess.'
At this point even the canniest of NASA project managers must
struggle with the poetry of the moment. For some things there are yet
no acronyms.
'Philosophically, I see old Mother Earth spinning around as she has
for millions of years,' Coulter says slowly, silently constructing the
image in his mind. 'And I almost see old Mother Earth pausing for a
moment. And when she spins again, everything will be different.'
Meanwhile, back in Dundalk, Steve Tobias keeps up his lonely vigil,
playing old NASA footage over and over again on his beatup VCR, which
keeps breaking down, in search of those elusive white specks.
'I'd be making a fool of myself if I was pursuing something that
wasn't provable,' he says from beneath the brim of his Maryland Air
National Guard cap. 'I know that people with different forms of mental
delusions or dementia will grasp onto things. But that doesn't take
anything away from the phenomena.'
'This is a struggle between perceptions of what is and what could
be,' he says firmly. 'And I am going all the way.'
He keeps hearing rumors of mysterious 'government' operatives who
periodically appear on the doorsteps of intrepid investigators such as
himself to silence them forever - the 'Men in Black,' they are called.
Tobias is ready for them, whoever or whatever they are. 'No one can
intimidate me,' he says. 'If they showed up at my door, they would be
apprehended. One of us would die.'
Until then, he will keep compiling his odd fragments of information
and scraps of evidence, keep typing his densely worded, single-spaced
CIPPAC reports. 'Make copies,' he writes on the back of one in an
urgent red pen. 'Spread the word!'
But it's getting on toward evening now. Tobias has more evidence.
More books. A radio interview. A sketch of a possible alien footprint
in his notebook. And, before I go, that passage from Virgil's "Aeneid."
A sudden crash of thunder, and a shooting star slid down.
The sky's dark face, drawing a trail of light behind it.
He leaves me with a copy of his group's logo -- a picture of the
Greek discus thrower hurling an outsized flying saucer - and its motto:
'Seek after the truth.'
'I fear Tomorrow these days,' he writes in the first lines of his
first CIPPAC report. 'I fear for Your Tomorrows as well. All of you,
Humanity.'
For all his wild speculation and conspiracy bluster, Tobias really
means it. And if the world chooses not to stop to listen to his one-man
call to arms, it will not be for lack of his trying or for the weakness
of his convictions. Right or wrong, Steve Tobias has discovered
something.
'I don't consider myself a social martyr,' he says. 'I really wish I
had never found this out. I wish I could be like everyone else.'
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

99
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2793.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
SUBJECT: WORLD WAR II UFO'S FILE: UFO2793
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
History of UFO's During World War II
During world war II the accumulation of sightings of mysterious
celestial objects, finally started to worry the military authorities.
In both camps, high-ranking officials of the intelligence services
started to study these strange objects and investigation committees
composed of military and scientific personnel were set up in various
countries. They had a double purpose: first of all to determine the
nature of these flting objects and then to see if they constituted a
threat to the security of the nation.
During world war II, the Allies, just like the Germans, noticed the
persence of these enigmatic flying objects above their secret bases.
The first reaction of each side was obviously to suspect espionage on
the part of their enemy.
In 1943 the English were the first to set up a special group to enquire
into the question of these object. The British set up a small
organization to collect evidence. It was headed by Lieutenant General
Massey and was inspired by reports from a spy who, in fact was a double
agent operating under the orders of the Mayor of Cologne. He had
comfirmed that the "Foo-fighters" were not German devices, but that the
Germans thought that they were Allied weapons which, of course, the
British knew was not so.
Later in 1966, was learned from the British Aviation Minister that
project Massey had been officially classified in 1944. Perhaps it was
pure coincidence, but the double agent was denounced and executed at
the beginning of that year. For their part the Germans did not remain
inactive. But in 1944, the Wehemacht asked Oberkommando of the
"Luftwaffe (aviation)" to set up a center to collect information on all
the various sightings of these mysterious celestial object.
This was known as Sonderburo No 13 which, until the time of the German
defeat scrupulously applied itself to its job. The short time that this
commission was in existence prevented it from coming to any definite
conclusions, but it collected an impressive amount of information.
The first sighting, studied by the Sonderburo, went back two year and
came from a Hauptmann Fischer, an engineer in civil life. On March
14,1942, at 5:35 p.m., Fischer landed at the secret air base at Banak,
in Norway.
At that instant the radar picked up a luminous object and Fischer was
asked to go up and identify it. At about 10,000 feet the pilot caught
sight of the object, and gave a description by radio to the base: an
enormous streamlined craft about 300 feet long and about 50 feet in
diameter. The aerial whale which was Fischer's title for it stayed
horizontal for a long moment before rising vertically and disappearing
at great speed.
It was not a machine constructed by the hand of man, Fischer stated in
his report. On reading the report, Air Marshall Hermann Goering
concluded that the solitude of the north does not seem to have done
much for this pilot. The report of another interesting incident was
carefully preserved in the archives of the German Investiganion
Committee: that of the launching of an experimental rocket on February
12, 1944, at the Kummersdorf test center.
On that day the Minister of Propaganda, Joseph Goebbels, S.S.
Reichsfuhrer Himmler and S.S. Gruppenfuhrer Heinz Kammler were present
at the launching which was being filmed. Some days later the
authorities at the base organized a showung of the film. The astonihhed
spectators, could see very clearly a spherical body which followed the
rocket and circled around it.
The autorities immediately suspected Allied espionage. However, an
agent informed Himmler that the English were themselves victims of the
same sort of phenomenon and thought that it was a new type of German
prototype craft. However, the most convincing evidence filed away by
the Sonderburo came from a military flying ace.
On September 29, 1944, at 10:45 a.m., a test pilot was trying out a new
Messerschmitt jet, ME 262 Schwalbe, when his attention was suddenly
caught by two luminous points situated on his right. He shot at full
speed in that direction and found himself face to face with a
cylindrical object, more than three hundred feet long with some
openings along its side, and fitted with long antennae placed in front
up to about halfway along its length. Having approached within about
1,500 feet of the craft the pilot was amazed to see that it was moving
at a speed of more than 1,200 m.p.h.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

1918
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2794.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

84
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2795.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
SUBJECT: SPACE ALIENS SEND EARTH WONDER CURES FILE: UFO2795
Astonishing claim by top scientist.
Amazing cures for all human ailments - including old age - are being sent to
Earth by alien doctors but greedy medical authorities here want them kept
secret.
The cures are so simple that there would be no need for doctors or medicines,
according to three insiders who have seen the incredible transmissions from
space and tested them.
"The money machine for doctors and huge pharmaceutical companies would be shut
down overnight if the information was ever released," says Dr. William
Kellogg, who used to work for NASA.
Secret base
Kellogg claims NASA has been receiving alien medical information for the past
25 years at a secret base known only to a handful of top government and
business leaders.
"When the signals first came in, we thought someone was putting us on," says
Dr. James Rushing, a medical consultant with the space agency during the late
1960s and early 1970s.
"Their approach was so weird. Then, a few of us tried some and they worked."
Kelloggg claims he cured himself of liver disease, while another scientist
repaired his own damaged kidney.
Rushing says he grew a full head of hair after being bald for 20 years. After
more testing, Dr. Kellogg, Dr. Rushing and other medical experts were
convinced the claims were legitimate.
"Their approach is totally different from ours," says Rushing.
"It's difficult to explain because some of us were not allowed to see
everything after the top brass found out we were against suppressing the
information.
Stop aging
"But basically, the aliens claim the mind can be easily trained to beat
diseases from the common cold and acne to cancer and AIDS. The mind can even
stop the aging process.
"In fact, the mind can be trained to protect the body from ever getting sick
in the first place. We can will ourselves to live and to die. It's all in the
mind."
Several Russian scientists and medical experts reported their space experts
were picking up the same medical advice as the Americans, but they too had
been silenced by the former Soviet bureaucracy.
"The Soviet big shots said it was all a lot of religious nonsense," recalls
Peter Oganavich, a top level Soviet medical expert for 30 years.
"They didn't like the idea that the mind might have control over the rest of
the body."
Mind control
Like Kellogg and Rushing, Oganavich and a select group of Russian medical
specialists learned the alien technique of mind control and found it worked.
"I lost a foot in an accident when I was a child," says Oganavich. "I grew one
back in three hours."
Another Russian, cured himself of terminal lung cancer in less than a week.
"None of us has been sick in 10 years," Oganavich says. "We haven't aged
either."
The Russians have ended their link with the aliens, but the Americans still
communicate with them, according to Kellogg and Rushing.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

70
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2796.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
SUBJECT: CITIES FOUND ON VENUS FILE: UFO2796
BY MIKE JONES for SUN
Futuristic Cities have been photographed on Venus by the spacecraft Magellan,
but astonished NASA scientists are trying to keep the incredible discovery
under wraps.
The photos were taken in October as Magellan descended into the dense Venusian
atmosphere and reached a point approximately 10 miles from the planet's
mountainous surface.
Maps
"We didn't expect this at all," says NASA project engineer who has asked that
his name not be used for security reasons.
"There was no hint that anything lived or had lived on the planet while
Magellan orbited it the last four years."
During its four years circling Venus, it relayed a massive amount of
information about the second planet from the sun.
This included the make-up of the planet's atmosphere and amazingly detailed
maps of the surface, including towering mountain ranges and volcanoes and a
rocky surface littered with craters.
The mission was declared a success this summer and, having no way to bring
Magellan back to Earth. NASA decided to gradually lower the spacecraft to the
surface of Venus.
The spacecraft was expected to either break up or burn up when it got to
within 90 miles of the surface but did not.
Not only was it not destroyed, it continued to send data back to the Jet
Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena.
No life
At least six sprawling cities were photographed, appearing like fairly towers
silhouetted on the horizon against an immense sun.
However, there were no signs of life.
Venus' dense atmosphere, consisting mostly of carbon dioxide and sulfuric
acid, sis poisonous to human and animal life. Surface temperatures have been
recorded as high as 900 degrees.
If life as we know it ever existed on Venus, it has long since died out,
scientists believe.
"But that doesn't mean that some other sort of life might not exist," says Dr.
Nelson Burton, a California physicist who has followed the progress of the
space probe.
"It would have to be capable of functioning in a poisonous atmosphere almost
as dense as water, with high enough temperatures to cause paper to burst into
flames on contact." There are certain insects and bacteria on Earth capable of
enduring such conditions, Burton adds.
NASA big shots apparently want to withhold details about the discovery of
Venusian cities until they have studied the photographs closely.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

32
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2797.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
SUBJECT: TOP POLITICIAN SAW UFO ABDUCT WOMAN FILE: UFO2797
Did a high-ranking political figure witness an alien abduction in 1989?
According to UFO researcher Budd Hopkins, the answer is yes - and the unnamed
politician has not denied the incident.
Hopkins discussed the abduction - known in research circles as the Linda
Napolitano case - during a recent Independent UFO Network conference in
Sheffield, England.
The politician, accompanied by two government security guards, watched through
binoculars as Napolitano, a 45-year-old mother of two, floated out of the
closed window of her 12th-story Manhattan apartment and into a UFO.
Napolitano was asleep during the bizarre 3:15 a.m. incident, as was her
husband, who remembers nothing.
The lights on the limousine, other area vehicles and the nearby Brooklyn
Bridge all went out while the UFO was in the area - apparently to ensure that
the politican saw what was happening.
The whole thing was probably a demonstration, Hopkins says, to warn of what
the invaders are capable of.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

103
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2798.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
SUBJECT: I LOVED A SPACE ALIEN ! FILE: UFO2798
BY KEN O'HARA for SUN
I had his baby on his planet, woman claims.
A woman's incredible claim that she had a love affair with a space alien - and
bore his child - is being investigated by top scientists.
Elezabeth Klarer died in February 1994 at the age of 83, still sticking to
her story on her death bed.
Her claims are taken very seriously by ufologists and other researchers
because she wasn't a kook at all, but a brilliant graduate of Cambridge, the
top university in England.
Space ship
Elizabeth stuck to her story until the day she died, feeding information to
scientists, who are convinced that it could not have been a hoax.
Elizabeth had psychic experiences from early childhood, but it was at the age
of 47 that she says she met a space alien named Akon near her home in South
Africa.
She was at home when she suddenly got an unexplainable urge to climb a nearby
mountain.
There she saw a spaceship descend from the clouds. Through a porthole she saw
"the outline of a human figure" - her first sighting of the alien named Akon.
"He stood there with his arms folded across his chest, regarding me with a
compelling and hypnotic attraction about his eyes, which, even at that
distance, seemed to influence and control me," said Elizabeth.
Naturl
"At that moment time seemed to stand still. There was no fear, only a deep and
exciting happiness."
Then the spaceship flew away. But Elizabeth knew that the UFO alien would come
back for her.
One day she woke up, and instinctively knew that Akon had returned. She ran
back to the mountain and there he was, waiting for her.
"I never hesitated, but ran down the slope," she said.
"Laughing gaily he caught me around the waist and swung me up onto the hull of
his ship as though it was the most natural thing in the world."
Akon spoke perfect English, said Elizabeth - and making love with him was
simply out of this world!
She became pregnant - and nine months later was whisked to the planet Meton to
give birth to their son, Ayling.
Scientist
Elizabeth says she remained on the planet Meton for four months, and was then
returned to Earth in a spacecraft that controlled gravity and time waves.
Her son, Ayling , was raised by his father.
He even went into the same profession, becoming an interstellar research
scientist.
Meanwhile, Elizabeth resumed her earthly lifestyle - raising two children and
marrying three times.
Other worlds
But she never forgot her space alien baby - and never took the ring off her
finger that was given to her by Akon.
Elizabeth wrote about her amazing life in her autobiography Beyond the Light
Barrier.
She had no pictures of her space alien lover Akon or their UFO baby because
photos were forbidden by the aliens for security reasons.
But she did have photos of Akon's spacecraft, and painted several portraits of
him - one of which hung in the bedroom of her home in Johannesburg.
When Elizabeth was diagnosed with cancer, she had no fear of dying because she
had already seen beautiful other worlds.
In fact, she was becoming more and more impatient to leave planet Earth for
good.
"I'd much rather not be her," she said shortly before her death.
"Earth people are a primitive, stupid race and I'd prefer not to carry on
living with barbarians."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

90
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2799.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
SUBJECT: SPACE ALIENS GAVE ME A GIFT FILE: UFO2799
BY DEREK BARNES for SUN
Abducted girl says UFO crew left her with mystery box.
A California girl has stunned experts with her graphic description of an
abduction by the crew of an alien spacecraft.
The story she told had one incredibly important difference from similar
stories. She returned, she says with a mystery object.
The strange, yellow rectangular box - made of some kind of plastic - is being
studied by experts at a secret Pentagon laboratory.
So far, according to a SUN source, the scientists have not been able to
establish what the article is or whether it is possible to open it. Attempts
to X-ray its interior have been unsuccessful.
The story began when 17-year-old Katherine Podzus was visiting the Grand
Canyon with her parents last August.
Humming
She said that while her parents were asleep in their camper she went outside
at midnight for a short walk.
She says: "Suddenly the sky filled with a blue light, and I heard high-pitched
hum, which I found very painful. It made my head feel like it was going to
bust. After that, I remembered nothing until I found myself laying on a silver
bench in a large room, with that same odd blue light everywhere.
My clothes had gone but I was covered with some type of black wrap.
"I felt very calm, not at all frightened. It seemed quite normal that I should
be there, but now I tremble when I think about it.
"I was approached by a group of people, not at all like the popular idea of
space aliens. They looked quite human, but their faces had Asiatic features.
"it was impossible to see whether they were male of female because they all
wore the same things, sort of red, loosely fitting robes and golden, tight
fitting hats. But I don't even know if they head hair.
Understood
"I didn't hear them talk, but words came into my brain. I understood them to
be saying that I was not to worry and they had only needed me for a short
while to help them.
"Then, one of them pressed this yellow object into my hand. It felt very warm
and the voice in my brain said, "Take this. One day you will need it and
understand.'
"Then I found myself standing in exactly the same place about half a mile from
our camper. The only difference was that it was 9 a.m. I had been missing nine
hours. My parents were frantic with worry and had called the cops thinking
something terrible had happened to me.
"The next day after they had talked to me for hours, my parents took a picture
of me with the object> At that stage I think they were just humoring me.
"Eventually, after I had made a statement to the police, men came and took the
yellow thing away. They said they wanted to test it.
"But no one has returned it and whenever I ask about it I hit a brick wall."
Katherine's mother, 43-year-old Christian, said" "Our daughter is a good,
honest girl, and if she says something happened out there that night we
believe her.
"She has had a few bad dreams about the incident since but, considering what
sort of ordeal she must have been through she has been remarkably sensible and
calm.
Incredible story
"I was never a believer in UFOs, but now I am not so sure. Our daughter is a
happy girl and there's no reason for her to go missing and come back with such
an incredible story."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

49
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2800.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
SUBJECT: FIRE IN THE SKY FILE: UFO2800
BY DEAN JAMES for SUN
A woman in northern Florida went outside her home to photograph her
grandchildren - and instead captured a UFO on film!
These amazing pictures show a UFO in flight as it streaks across the night
sky. Florence Dillard, 60, was using an automatic winder and snapped several
pictures in sequence.
"I couldn't believe my eyes," she says. "I'm snapping shots of the little ones
at play and the next moment I'm shooting a flying saucer."
She watched the object dart back and forth at an astonishing speed while
multi-colored lights pulsated, matching its movements through the sky.
"I didn't even realize what I was doing at first. I guess instinct took over
when I spotted the streaking lights out of the corner of my eye." Florence had
been a photo-journalist for an aviation magazine and was practiced at
photographing swiftly moving objects.
Extraterrestrial
"I had to photograph new jets as they went over my head as quick as can be,"
says Florence.
"I only had a second to get it on film and I did. My reflexes are still quick
after all these years.
"The objects shot above me like a streak of fire in the sky. After a few
seconds it dived at high speed and what looked like an electrical charge surge
round it. Then it flew away and vanished."
After developing the film in her darkroom, Florence handed copies over to her
son-in-law, Roger Wilson, an astronomer and professor of astrophysics at a
local college.
Roger studied the photographs closely and believes that the object in the
series is extraterrestrial.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

70
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2801.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
SUBJECT: RIDDLE OF THE MAN WITHOUT A HEART FILE: UFO2801
BY MINDI LUCE for SUN
Amazed Paramedics couldn't find a heartbeat at first - and then they couldn't
even find a heart in an accident victim!
They were even more spooked when the FBI poped in and imposed a curtain of
silence over the peculiar discovery.
Now, an ambulance driver who asks to be known as "Mike" has lifted the lid on
the bewildering events which followed a horrendous head-on crash on a southern
California freeway.
Mutilated
"I think we were dealing with a creature from another world," says Mike, whose
first impression when he got to the scene was that everyone in the twisted
wreckage was dead - or should have been.
One man was still moving, but the paramedics couldn't find a pulse. They
rushed him back to the hospital, where the mutilated victim was x-rayed. The
two men in the other car were declared dead and taken to the morgue.
"The emergency room nurse said there was no heart," recalls Mike.
"We were thinking the machine had malfunctioned because the plates showed what
looked like a plate of spaghetti with meatballs.
"Then suddenly there were these guys in suits standing in the doorways and we
were told to get back to our stations."
Since then, Mike has gone back over every detail and compared notes with his
tow partners that night.
"There was this black stuff all around," he recalls.
"I was thinking it was crankcase oil from the wrecked vehicles, but now I
realize there was no blood. That stuff was his bodily fluids."
The paramedics also now know the "suits" who took control were FBI agents.
"They were so matter-of-fact," he says.
"It was like business as usual. I think they knew who he was, that maybe he
was even co-operating with them on something."
A reporter discovered that all records of the accident were expunged.
The strange thing that has been giving Mike many sleepless night, however, is
one glimpse of something he has trouble understanding. "The dying man was
slipping away when I saw to my horror...he had no face, nothing," he recalls.
"There was just a vague emptiness. Then just as quickly the man's face was
back, kind of grinning.
"It was as though he was enjoying the confusion he was creating among us
earthlings. He could make us see what he wanted us to see.
"But the x-ray machine was a different story. That showed he was a man with no
heart - at least not one that we could relate to."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

83
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2802.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
SUBJECT: SPACE ALIENS ARE ABDUCTING HOUSEWIVES FOR SEX FILE: UFO2802
BY R. NEALE LIND for WWN
A startling new book presents overwhelming evidence that space aliens are
having hot seamy sex with Earth women - and the women are loving it!
Without Consent by Carl Nagaitis and Philip Mantle features interviews with
intelligent, perfectly sane women who give detailed reports of sex with
extraterrestrials. They have nothing to gain by reporting their experiences and
everything to lose - reputation, jobs and friendships.
Yet these women, many of whom are happily married, do admit to passionate
encounters with humanoid creatures from another world.
Housewife Jane Murphy relates the chilling account of h how aliens appeared at
her bedside and injected her with something that caused her to black out. When
she regained consciousness she was on a table inside a UFO. A strange humanoid
creature was standing beside her.
"I looked into his big black eyes and knew what was going to happen," said
Mrs. Murphy. "It was like a dream. As he drew near to me I noticed his smell.
It wasn't a human smell at all.
"It was the best sex I ever had."
When she was returned to her home, her mind rebelled at the experience and she
tried to convince herself it was just a dream. But she saw the strange
puncture mark made by the injection.
A picture published in the book clearly shows the odd scar on her neck left by
the needle.
Mrs. Gabriella Versacci was abducted while giving her teenage daughter's
friend a ride home. Her car broke down mysteriously and when she got out to
fix it, "a robot-like creature" suddenly appeared. She was carried to a UFO
where she was given an examination. She then had sex with the being.
Researchers say Mrs. Versacci is a respected member of her community with no
reason to make the story up.
Lynda Jones of Manchester, England, was out in a field with her two children
gathering wildflowers when her daughter said, Mommy, the moon is coming toward
us."
Mrs. Jones looked up and discovered "the moon" was actually a bright shining
spacecraft. It landed near them.
At that point, Mrs. Jones lost her memory.
Weeks later, as often happens with women who are abducted and have sex with
aliens, she experienced some abnormalities in her menstrual cycle.
Later her doctors found some scarring that could only have been caused by an
ectopic pregnancy - a pregnancy in which the egg is fertilized in the
Fallopian tube.
"But I had never had an ectopic pregnancy," said Mrs. Jones. "And I would have
known if I had because they can be fatal."
Scientists believe the aliens may have impregnated her and then aborted the
pregnancy.
Author Philip Mantle is the director of the noted British UFO Research
Association.
He and Nagaitis were moved to write the book because they were deeply
impressed, not only with medical evidence and the number of women claiming to
be abducted, but also with the credibility of the women. If the women had been
attention-hungry, mentally unbalanced people, its authors might have dismissed
the stories. But the stories in Without Consent, come from respected,
upstanding women whose only interest in coming forward is to bring the truth
to light.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

79
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2803.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
SUBJECT: UFO HELPED WASHINGTON WIN REVOLUTIONARY WAR FILE: UFO2803
BY BASIL HILL for SUN
Amazing new revelations in George Washington's war diary suggest that the
Father of the Country pow-wowed with space aliens, thinking they were yet
another tribe of exotic and remote Indians.
What set alarm bells ringing is a dairy reference to a glowing round craft in
the snowy woods behind Valley Forge, Pennsylvania, where the first commander-
in-cheif wintered with his bedraggled Continental Army.
DAYBOOK
Ironically the news comes from a British historian who may h ave access to
captured documents that Americans have never seen.
Quentin Burde of EDinburgh believes he has several pages of the daybook the
general dictated to his military secretary nearly every day.
"The rub is that just when things get really interesting, there's a gap of a
page or two," says the independent Scots historian.
GLOWING GLOBE
But a reference to the glowing craft my clarify Washington's later references
to green-skinned Indians, or "Greenskins," as the commander sometimes called
them.
"Until now, historians have assumed Washington was referring to a tribe that
used green war paint," says Burde, who specializes in researching points in
history where he believes space aliens have intervened in human events.
Now Burde believes the Greenskins were space aliens who supplied Washington
with wise advice, information about British troop movements and tactics, and
perhaps even some superior technology that helped him win the war.
Whoever they were, Washington very much looked forward to his rare meetings
with the Greenskins, who lived in a glowing globe in the woods.
"The usual interpretation is that the glowing globe was rounded lodge made of
animal skins that glowed from the firelight inside," says Burde.
But Burde's discovery of references to a "hovering" and "disappearing" globe
leads him to believe the glowing lodge was really a spacecraft.
"It also strange that sometimes the globe is behind Washington's headquarters
and sometimes it's not," notes Burde. "An Indian lodge is either there or it's
not. This thing came and went, which is entirely consistent with a spacecraft
that pays occasional visits."
Burde believes there is crucial evidence yet so surface, and he is scrambling
to find the missing parts of the war diary. The pages were captured by the
British and languished for years in an Edinburgh archive.
The diary's importance was missed by historians when it did surface because
it's not in Washington's handwriting.
Burde's explanation for that is simple.
"Washington often dictated," he claims. " He had a military secretary, a Lt.
Johnson, at the time and these pages are definitely in his hand."
UNAWARE
Burde also believes Washington had no idea he was dealing with creatures from
another planet. "He probably thought he was talking with an extremely
talented Indian war chief, or a medicine man with powers bordering on the
magical," he says.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

134
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2804.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
SUBJECT: THE SEARCH FOR EXTRATERRESTRIAL INTELLIGENCE FILE: UFO2804
BY DAVID L. BURKHEAD
Are we alone? The question is often asked by those involved in the search for
extraterrestrial intelligence (SETI). It has tugged at the mind of humankind
since early history, probably since the first time a human looked up at the
sky and realized that some of those lights up there were other worlds.
The ancient Greeks told stories in which they populated the Moon with people,
people who were planning a war with people on the Sun. In the Middle Ages, the
Orlando Furioso had Duke Adolpho, one of Charlemagne's paladins, travel to the
Moon on the back of a hippogrif to meet some of the folk who resided there.
Such ideas seem quaint today, but the idea of life on other worlds is anything
but quaint. While none of the other planets in the Solar System are likely
homes for intelligent, tool-using life, our galaxy alone contains more than a
hundred billion stars, many like our Sun. Current theories postulate that
stars like the Sun are also likely to have planets, and if conditions are
right on those planets, then life should evolve.
The next question is how it might be possible to detect, perhaps even
communicate with, such life. For most of history, no means of observing even
the worlds around another star existed. However, in 1932 radio experimenter
Hiram Percy Maxim suggested that contact with another star might one day be
possible by radio.
The year before, unknown to Maxim, Karl Jansky of Bell Laboratories,
investigating sources of static in radio communications, traced one of these
sources to the heavens, specifically to the Milky Way, and thus created the
science of radio astronomy. Others expanded on Jansky's work, developing new
receivers and large antennas that could examine the sky for radio sources.
None of these radio telescopes sought signs of life elsewhere in the universe,
but they did develop powerful new tools for the detection and analysis of
faint signals coming from deep space. It was these tools that Frank Drake
applied to his Project Ozma, the first serious attempt to look for other life
in the universe. In 1961 at the radio observatory in Green Bank, West
Virginia, Drake observed two nearby sun-like stars considered by many likely
to have planets - Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridani.
While Project Ozma did not find any extraterrestrial signals, it did lead to a
conference of leading SETI researchers at Grand Bank in 1981. This meeting was
organized by the U.S. National Academy of Science and demonstrated that SETI
could now be taken seriously in science, even at the highest levels.
One result of the conference was the socalled Drake Equation. This equation
purports to estimate the number of intelligent, communicating civilizations in
the galaxy. Taking such factors as the number of stars in the galaxy,
probability of a given star having planets, probability of a given planet
developing life, etc., the equation then calculates the number of
civilizations expected in the galaxy. Unfortunately, many of the factors are
unknown and estimates are little more than wild guesses. Yet estimates are
made, and the most common result is about a million communicating
civilizations. If scattered evenly about the galaxy, this would put the
nearest such civilizations about 700 light years away.
This then, is one of the major problems with SETI projects. According to
Geoffrey Landis of NASA Lewis Research Center, given our current technology,
it would be impossible to detect the Earth from much smaller distances than
700 light years. The only signals that would be detectable even from the
nearest stars would be the Ballistic Missile Early Warning System (BMEWS).
Yet, because of Earth's rotation, any signal a hypothetical extraterrestrial
detected would only appear in short spurts, like many natural sources, unless
the exterrestrial's planet were situated along the line of Earth's axis.
Since there are no nearby stars along the line of the Earth's axis, the
hypothetical alien world could not detect the Earth and realize that they had
found signs of intelligence elsewhere. Likewise, it is extremely unlikely that
we would detect accidental emissions from other planets.
However, there is still the possibility of intentional transmissions. Frank
Drake and Carl sagan directed the transmission of the first (and to date only)
deliberate message sent into space. Transmitting from the Arecibo Observatory
in Puerto Rico, they sent a message consisting of 1,679 pulses that decode
into a crude image containing information about our planet, our place in the
solar system, and ourselves. This message was aimed at the Great Cluster in
the constellation of Hercules. The message will take 24,000 years to reach the
distant cluster, so no reply can be expected anytime soon.
If we can deliberately send a message into space, perhaps others have done so
as well. If any such messages have been sent in our direction, whether or not
Earth or the Sun is the intended target, we may be able to detect them. Such
messages are what various SETI projects have attempted to detect.
The problems faced by SETI researchers are enormous. First is finding the
signal. The signal can come from anywhere in the entire sky, and at any
frequency. Two approaches are generally used to search for signals. In one,
thousands or millions of frequencies are studied in a survey of the entire sky
in the hope of finding the needle in the cosmic haystack. In the other
approach, and attempt is made to determine what frequencies are likely to be
used by extraterrestrials wishing to broadcast to other beings and what stars
are likely to have such extraterrestrials, and then to concentrate the search
there. This is what Drake did for Project Ozma.
The next problem is that even if the signal can be found, it may not be
recognized. Nature has a way of conspiring to deceive astronomers about eh
nature of signals. In 1967, a source of extremely regular, steady pulses was
detected in deep space. Excitement rose, for no known natural source could
explain such regular pulses. The idea that they were from a beacon established
by extraterrestrials was put forward, but SETI advocates were doomed to
disappointment. The pulsating radio sources, known as pulsars, proved to be
rapidly spinning neutron stars. While they were exciting discoveries in their
own right, they had nothing to do with extraterrestrial intelligence.
SETI has largely remained a small sidelight of radio astronomy. Occasionally,
projects were funded, but they had to compete with other, more pressing and
popular projects. However, that seemed likely to change in 1992 when Congress
approved a new, extensive 10-year Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence to
be conducted by NASA. The project would combine both an all-sky survey and a
concentrated examination of nearby stars.
Ten years proved optimistic. In October of 1993, merely one year after the
initiation of the project, Congress cancelled it. That brought direct
government involvement in SETI to an end. The SETI Institute of California, a
private group, took over the project and renamed it Project Phoenix. So far
the group has raised $4.4 million, more than half the $7.4 million required to
keep the project functioning.
The search for extraterrestrial intelligence is a long, difficult one that
will probably not reach its goal for decades, if ever. Yet, many consider the
search important. We may be alone in the universe or we may share the universe
with possibly hundreds, thousand, or millions of civilizations. Either way,
the thought is staggering.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

93
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2806.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
SUBJECT: WHAT I SAW IN CENTRAL CALIFORNIA FILE: UFO2806
BY MAURICE L. RICKETTS
My sighting took place in 1977 at my home along the central California
coast line at Santa Cruz. I had been tied down for years raising a family and
running a small Mom and Pop business. I worked many hours both day and night
with no time to play. To run a small business it takes lots of family
cooperation. After my daughters grew up and got married and left home, I sold
out.
What freedom! I bought an old '67 pick-up truck and stared a handy-man
fixer up business. I drove the old Chev north to Bellingham to visit my
brother, Lee. We had not had much contact while growing up. He felt so
grateful that I had come all that way that he gave me a old CB radio. A
citizen band rig some guy had given him. Now I could cuss out smokey bear and
say buzz words like ten four good buddy on my way back.
A boisterous signal came over the air "Get yourself a side band rig with
all the extra channels in it and talk to those women down under in
Australia." I could hardy believe this. So I traded in the old CB for a side
band rig with all the off limit military channels in it. While struggling to
get my antenna higher, watching it careful, keeping it from falling, I saw
five flying discs going to some kind of intelligent formation in an orderly
south-westerly way. One would peel off and come down a little lower, hover for
a few seconds and then zoom back up to join the others. Then another took its
place and did the same thing. It was a clear day approximately 1:00 p.m. They
were approximately 30,000 to 40,000 feet high. I am not a fruit cake. This
happened to me. So who is going to believe it? So I kept quite until now. The
question is how are we going to make contact? As slow as things are going,
when it does happen I will be gone to meet my maker. Or maybe the real contact
will be made after death. It has been said by reliable sources that they are
non-human intelligence waiting for the right time.
We all have to answer to a higher power. Maybe them or that. One thing
for sure, there is truth in some of these sightings. Lets keep our minds and
eyes open. Lets all watch and wait . One PhD of math and inventions said "I'll
believe it when they come and give me a ride in it." If there was contact
would there be panic, pain, peace, war or what? We do know that they have
secrets that we would like to have. Wouldn't it be great if I I Me! is the one
that they would like to talk to and show proof. Hey! this book would sell like
crazy!
Old Jack in Gilroy said over the air (Ham Radio) "They are us. They have
been in control since the beginning of time. We don't know it yet. The time
isn't right. When that time comes we will all know about it. But you and I who
are in our 70s will be in a different dimension." My brother Lee said "there
were dairy cows killed near Bellingham by Big Foot. He cut away some body
parts and left some to rot away in the pasture. The police and the firemen
were looking for plastic bags and boxes to put the remains in. Right out here
close by, but no one has seen Big Foot yet. But he is around here in the
woods." Come on Lee, how do we know it wasn't UFO people or things? There is
no proof yet but there will be."
Some informed persons speculate that UFOs have been visiting here on earth
for years, taking humans and body parts back to their home planet. The
Russians and the Americans said "Okay! We won't do anything just give us the
formula for the speed of light." I don't know? Do you know? Let's share. There
is some indication that celestial life forms help build the pyramids. Strange
things in the Yucatan and the lost city of Atlantis have been reported.
In my laymans point of view, which is probable as good as the expert and as
much as there is tons of information dumped on us daily by world wide computer
inter nets 40 thousand nets all linked, we are still in there guessing. No
politicians want to risk being called a fruit cake, so they throw money at
experiments, like radio astronomy. They monitor the whole spectrum with many
parabolic dishes located around the world. It is possible U.F.O.
communications are outside of man's ability to detect. In other words, a
different dimension. Animals, birds, and insects communicate and we have not
be able to break their codes. The only thing we have going for us is signals
going at the speed of light 186,000 miles a second. You can't see or feel
them, but they are there. We can not see 90% of the universal mass , no light
is reflected from it. We are stumped and amazed at what we don't know. We have
a long way to go, on the other hand it could be a big cover-up.
Sgt. Boby Lee Chippen, a combat Vietnam Veteran and squad leader during
the heat of combat had a sighting. His squad of Nationals were resting in the
shad after a long hot patrol. Low and behold! right in front of them at tree
top level appeared a large grey disc. Hovering, seemingly looking at them. One
national cocked his machine gun ready to shoot. "No No" Chippen hallard,
"American American". It quickly shot side ways, zoomed over to the other side
of the valley, hovered for a few more second's, then zoomed out of sight over
the hills. "What the hell is that? They were aghast. Who the hell is going to
believe that, they said, so they did not report anything.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

376
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2807.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
SUBJECT: X-FILES FILE: UFO2807
BY DAVID BISCHOFF for OMNI
At the UFO conference, the alien presence lurks . . . At the Hyatt regency
Airport Hotel, it walks among people with almond-eyed extraterrestrials
emblazoned on their TV shirts . . . Among UFO sculptures, passing a painting
of a UFO hovering by a Brontosaurus . . . Among L.A. casual Newagers wearing
exotic jewelry and hard-nosed investigators scribbling in steno books . . .
As it hears Budd Hopkins speak of abduction trauma, it absorbs. As it observes
a panel on covert U.S. government activities, it takes notes. As it listens to
Richard Hoagland talk of alien structures on Mars, it calculates. As it passes
the display table for UFO magazine, it decides to decline a subscription and
continue picking up the occasional issue from the newsstand.
Los Angeles. Early June. UFO Expo West. No sightings. No contact.
Anecdotal evidence.
"Yeah. I was there," confesses Chris Carter, crator and executive producer of
Fox's X-Files. His voice is relaxed and friendly on the phone. Carter is 37
years old and success has apparently not spoiled or hardened him. I've seen
his picture in TV Guide. Blond. Slender. Handsome."I attended incognito. I had
a great time. I spent a whole day there in the gallery area."
He was? I didn't know that!" says UFO magazine's editor and publisher, Vicki
Cooper, her no-nonsense reporter's voice softening. "I would have loved to
have met him."
I'm calling around, trying to get a fix on this aerial phenomenon called X-
Files, and its paranormal show satelites. One of its two featured characters,
FBI Agent Fox Mulder, claims to write articles for Omni under pen names Omni
wants to know about him, and his show.
Vicki Cooper is only too happy to give her opinion.
"The X-Files is very entertaining. The concept that Chris Carter came up with
is intriguing not just to people who have greater info on and involvement in
the UFO field, but also to audiences in general. Most episodes are good
mysteries, and the mysteries are paranormal. I think there's a greater
interest in that sort of thing these days."
The Fox network seems to think so. It has renewed X-Files for another full
season of 24 episodes. Its other shows, Sightings and Encounters, put a
documentary spin on the subject matter of the outre, from flying saucers to
crop circles to ghosts. UFO books from the serious (Dr. John Mack's
Abductions) through the ethereal (Embraced by the Light) to the ridiculous
(The Celestine Prophecy) are levitating of bookstore shelves.
Not since the advent of spiritualism and H.P. Balatsky in the nineteenth
century have so many Americans been so interested in the possibility that the
bizarre is real.
These vibrations seem to emanate mostly from Friday nights at 9:00, as
synthesizer music sharmbles from TVs and the bastard child of the Twilight
Zone and the F.B.I. grabs millions of viewers by their lapels and gives them a
good, creepy shake.
The X-Files, for the uninitiated and the frightened, deals with a brilliant
psychologist named Fox Mulder (David Duchovny) whose excellent criminal work
with the FBI has given him license to take on the unusual cases the agency
receives. Mulder is a driven man. His sister disappeared when they wre both
children. Regressive hypnotherapy makes him believe she was abducted by
aliens, and event he watched helplessly while she called for help.
The button-down Efrem Zimbalist, Jr.-types are getting irked by "spooky"
Mulder's activities. They assign Dana Scully (Gillian Anderson), a medical
doctor with a specialy in forensics and at stron faith in the rational, to tag
along, help, and report back. However, Mulder is a loose cannon. The Truth is
out there, and Mulder means to get it, by hook or by crook.
The duo butt heads, bicker, wisecrack, argue, and debate. Mulder has seen
Scully in her underwear, but there's never been more than a whisper of sexual
interest or romance. Ultimately, after a season of firestarters, alien threats
to mankind, UFOs, genetically warped serial killers who eat human livers, evil
clone children, and of course--alien abduction galore, they trust only each
other.
Each episode is dead serious, often ending in ambiguity.
In "Ice," an excellent variation on John W. Campbell's "Who Goes There"
(filmed twice as The Thing), they thwart an alien menace in the Arctic Circle.
In "Ghost in the Machine," they must deal with an evil Al computer. In "Deep
Throat," they discover an Air Force base where the government is secretly
testing captured alien technology.
The direction is atmospheric, the scripts are tight, the dialogue is crisp,
the tone uneasy and grim.
How can anyone not love this show? Chris Carter used to be a journalist. He
wrote pieces on sports, mostly surfing. In 1985, one of his screenplays caught
the notice of Jeffrey Katzenburg, boy genius of Disney's film divison. Carter
found himself developing for Disney. A detour into sitcoms led to a
relationship with Twentieth Television, brainstorming TV projects.
Or so the Carter and the Fox press releases claim. Difficult to believe that
something so dark and moddy as the X-Files bubbled out of such a whitebread
background.
Perhaps Carter stumbled across that cryogenically frozen body of Walt beside
chained skeletons of animators in the Mouseswitz dungeons. Or he heard
whispers of ancient voodoo cabals in the halls of the Writer's Guild? Or one
night, surfing, he was picked up by a UFO!
Alas, all lof the above are emphatically false.
"I've never had a personal experience with the paranormal," Carter aserts.
"I've never seen a UFO. I've never been contacted by anything or anyone. My
personal opinion? Well, I should preface this by saying that I'm a natural
skeptic. My tendency is to discount most of th stuff because my personal
experience doesn't include it."
So just where did Scully ;and Mulder come from?
"Right out of my head. A dichotomy. They are the equal parts of my desire to
believe in something and my inability to believe in something. My skepticism
and my faith. And the writing of the characters and the voices came very
easily to me. I want, like a lot of people do, to have the experience of
witnessing a paranormal phenomenon. At the same time I want not to accept it,
but to quesiton, it. I think those characters and those voices came out of
that duality."
Are the names significantly metaphorical?
"No, not at all. Just co-incidence. I liked the sounds. They trip off the
tongue. And I grew up in L.A. where Vince Scully was the voice of God."
Do the stories have any roots in science fiction?
"I was never an SF fan, oddly enough. I resisted the SF label for the show
because of that, but I found that by having it called SF, it brought people to
the show that might not have bothered. Now I think it's not a bd label."
Still, wild as it may get, it's a here-and-now show--so much so that a recent
tour of the FBI offices by actors and staff brought lectures by FBI agents on
errors in weaponry and procedures.
Eerie things happen as well.
"Just last weekend I had aperson whom I've seen on a social basis come up to
me and say, 'You don't know how right you've got it.' And then he continued to
tell me for the next two hours about his experiences as well as his reaction
to them. A very strong personal reaction. Seeing those kinds of reactions
makes one believe that there are things that are affecting people out there,
whether they are real or imagined. There's too much evidence to dismiss it out
of hand."
Evidence is what the UFO field seeks. It has quite a bit on its subject.
Vicki Cooper is a journalist who's also been observing the media lately.
"TV programming--movies and documentaries like Sightings, for instance, with
ghosts alongside UFOs --dilutes the information base just a tad. There is a
database that can be based strictly on observed phenomena--stories that talk
about craft, stories and reports that are based on landing traces and physical
scarring and people who've had encounters with alleged UFO occupants. There is
additional reported information that does have a distinct paranormal aspect,
but most UFOlogists resiste this."
How is X-Files viewed among the UFO experts?
"Although the material is greatly fictionalized, the basic premises of many
episodes seem to be based on stories that have gotten a lot of attention in
the UFO field. Mulder's government source--Deep Throat. Some of what he says
mirrors the suspicions UFO researchers have had for years. But because this
has been cloaked in secrecy, there's no real way of telling what is real and
what isn't. There is seemingly a cover-up. What is being covered up and for
what reason hasn't been defined to everyone's satisfaction.
"I've been greatly amused and gratified to see how Chris Carter apparently has
really studied the UFO database. The show makes passing references to cases
that everyone in the UFO field recognizes, such as the Gulf Breeze case and
Area 51. He and other writers obviously very cleverly filtered into the
scripts real UFO info that we look at here in the UFO research field."
"We generally don't use consultants," says Carter. "There is no real Deep
Throat. Now that the character is dead, he has no counterpart working on our
stall. All of our research is done from diverse materials, wherever we can
find it. But I have to say that we take the information, but don't use it in
any kind of literal or verbatim way. We use it as a jumping-off point."
I pointed out that even the scientific research was well done, the dialogue
ringing with authentic phrasings.
"I did consult with a virologist to make sure that the genetic science in the
last show of the first season was correct. Beyond that we do it all
ourselves," Carter explains.
It took a little digging to discover some of the related books that Carter has
read. He never finished Whitley Strieber's Communion. He's read Howard Blum's
Out There. He was familiar with the work of John Keel, but only after I
mentioned some titles.
I admitted that Warner published my UFO fiction trilogy called The UFO
Conspiracy, and that I had done extensive research on the subject. What struck
me the most about X-Files was how dead-on the show had caputred the flavor and
tone of UFO and paranormal literature.
Carter chuckled mischievously.
While reading from my Warner UFO books, I found the focal part of my studies
in a Whole Earth Catalog book published by Harmony Press in 1989 titied The
Fringes of Reason.
I can't help but suspect that it sits on Carter's office shelves, wellthumbed.
Whether or not it is, anyone interested in the paranormal or UFOs or areas of
thought and theory and experience that tilt amazingly and amusingly off the
plane of the quotidian should know about this book.
Among the entries in a list of the nature of its contents on the back cover:
"Channeling. Psychic Powers. Crystals. Bigfoot. Shamanism. UFOs. Perpetural
Motion. Conspiracies. Flat Earth. Reincarnation. Spontaneous Human Combustion.
Weird Phenomena. Atlantis. Alien Abductions."
If it's not the Bible of the X-Files, then it makes a very fine substitute.
Fringers editor and contributing writer Ted Schultz is now a graduate student
in evoutionary biolory at Cornell University, studing entomolory--
specifically, species of ants that grow elaborate fungus gardens. He worked
with the Whole Earth people for years and, because his interest in the outre
was known, was invited to edit a special issue on the subject. It was one of
the most popular issues that Whole Earth ever did. An expanded version became
the book.
What a reader gets from The Fringes of Reason is the same thing that viewer
gets from X-Files: This subject matter is bizarre, it's creepy,it's
fascinating, it's wacky, and yet it is also very human.
It also expands the mind.
"In my childhood," says Schultz, "I was told that everyting had been figured
out. My job as a grade-school student was just to learn it. Then in fifty
grade I discovered an underground genre of literature. The Strange bu True
books, like Frank EDwards' Stranger Than Science. Thsi was a comic-book
frontier universe where things weren't known, where the rule was 'we don't
know what's going on, and it's not what the authorities tell us it is.' Ghost
books and flying-saucer books were big. Ivan Sanderson's Abominable S n o w m
a n books blew my mind. I discovered Fate magazine and started reading that.
"Along the way I believed in almost all these things. As an adult I got into
Eastern religion and psychic phenomena. Net effect: With the sheer vastness
and internal inconsistencies of the material, all of it can't be true. The
occult systems were mutually contradictory. There had to be some standard by
which they were judged. Ultimately this led me to a more rational standard. My
enthusiasm for the material has not diminished, but I now have an
anthropological or sociological outlook. I'm not sure what these belief
systems are telling me about the real world, but I think that psy;chology and
neurobiology are the fields best equipped to delve into this."
Could this be explosions of shamanistic needs from a culture cut off from a
rich aboriginal psychospiritual tradition that we still see, say, in American
Indians and other older groups?
"I think so. I don't believe in the paranormal, but I think there's an
entirely different dimension of the mind that we're only beginning to
understand."
Jay Kinney is publisher and editor-in-chief of Gnosis magazine, known as the
"Journal of the Western Inner Traditions." He helped put The Fringes of Reason
together and wrote articles for it. He voices a view from another side.
"In our materialist, scientifically based societ where people are only willing
to believe something they are able to prove with hard scientific fact, UFOs
are something like a tantalizing reminder that the universe is bigger than our
day-to-day philosophies allow for. In that sense, UFOs give an opening for
people's spiritual urges. Whether its an ultimately useful direction to take
those urges, I'm a little skeptical. Moretraditional religious and spiritual
paths can serve just fine. I'm not sure that aliens add all that much.
"Carl Jung viewed UFOs as a sort of eruption of archetypes out of the
collective unconscious. There's a new book out from Viking called Daimonic
Reality, by Patrick Harpur. He's positing that all this paranormal phenomena--
be it Bigfoot, UFOs, or Fairies--are outcroppings of the same category of life
which is basically in between the physical and some high spiritual other
reality. An in-between zone. A zone of tricksters like Pan. The Little People
the Celts talk about. Visions of the Virgin Mary. Contacts with aliens.
Entities whose existence isn't quite on the same plane as ours (UFO
researchers) John Keel and Jacques Vallee have similar theories."
Is X-Files dealing with the mythology of the twentieth century?
"I think there is some kind of correlation," says Chris Carter. "Myths try to
explain the invisible. We're playing, but we're not trying to draw any hard
conclusions. We work with the unknown, we explore the unknown, but we don't
pretend to have any hard answers."
Other journals take a different tack on these unusual subjects.
The Skeptical Inguirer is a fusty magazine filled with grumpy essays by
brilliant people. Though a vital antidote to open-minded magazines and the
more credulous of the other media, ultimately it is not as much fun.
What pray tell, do the editors think of X-Files?
"I've seen it on a number of occasions," says Barry Karr, executive director
and public relations director. "It's funny you should ask. Last week we were
taling about it at a meeting.
"CSICOP (the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the
Paranormal) is a group of individuals with different opinions. Some would have
problems with the X-Files, since it presents the paranormal as a given. I
enjoy the show. It's fiction; it's labeled as fiction. Our culture loves
horror stories, and the series is entertaining.
"There are a lot of TV programs these days coming across as true
documentaries. TV has gone crazy on the paranormal bandwagon. Encounters.
Unsolved Mysteries. Sightings. They label them as true. X-Files , though, is a
good show."
Karr voices the opinion of many concerning the other "true" paranormal shows.
They all seem to be tabloid television, far closer to Hard Copy than the
Mcneill-Lehrer Report. As "infotainment," they pander to the sensational with
only the occasional mutter of journalistic skepticism. Alas, they also
possibly feed the paranoia of the less-educated and more psychologically
susceptible. They exist more because of inexpensive production costs and
ratings hunger than any true interest in digging up the truth.
Paradoxically, by plunging into fiction, X-Files gets closer to the facts.
One such fact is that this is a paranoid age we find ourselves living to
today. The very stuff of X-Files is paranoia.
In "Fallen Angel," we discover that the source of Mulder's UFO leads, Deep
Throat, has a stranglehold on the FBI and seems to be playing them like a
violin. Or is he?
In the final show of the first season, "The Erlenmeyer Flask," Deep Throat is
killed. "Trust no one," he croaks before he croaks.
Is this a responsible message for this day and age?
"I think so," says Carter. "It's a distrust of authority coming through there.
I just think it's a personal thing I have about institutions and authority.
That's why I put it in the show."
"It's hard to get a handle on what is going on in the world both politically
and spiritually without being a little paranoid," says Jay Kinney, publisher
of Gnosis magazine. "All sorts of revelations about covert operations foster a
certain paranoia. Some of that is a healthy paranoia.
"Social paranoia is a growing niche market. There is a large portion of the
population that is primed not to believe what newspapers print or television
says. To me, that's healther than forty ;years ago when no one challenged the
official line."
After a slow start, X-Files seems to be experiencing a growing popularity.
Virtually all the people I spoke with during my investigations enjoyed the
show. HarperPrizm Bookds will be publishing a series of original books based
on the series. The first three will be written by Charles L. Grant, who
promises more background material, particularly concerning Scully and Mulder's
private lives and pasts. Comic-book versions and lunch boxes seem inevitable.
X-Files fans abound in cyberspace. Fans in the alt.tv.x-files newsgroup on the
Internet discuss each episode in nitpicking detail. Scully and Muldur find
themsleves sent on fan-created investigations in the companion alt.tv.x-
files.creative newsgroup. The agents even pop up in discussions in serious
UFO- and paranormal-related newsgroups such as alt.paranet.ufo.
There's no question that people have experienced the unusual and bizarre. The
true question is, just what is the source of that experience? Here is the
essential beauty of X-Files, and why the show's format workds so well.
Ultimately, through a fictional medium, the show takes a scary funhouse
freakshow ride through the human heart, mind, and spirit with no conclusions,
only questions as to the very nature of reality.
Questions that can only linger in viewer's minds--and lives.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

90
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2808.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
SUBJECT: BELGIUM UFO SIGHTING REPORT 30-31 MARCH 1990 FILE: UFO2808
The following is a reprint of a summary report on the Belgian UFO activity.
Please note the methods of determination which are employed and the subsequent
findings of the Belgian military.
ParaNet has established an interface with the Belgian investigators. More
material will be released as it becomes available.
SUMMARY REPORT ON OBSERVATIONS 30-31 MARCH 1990
BACKGROUND
1. Starting early Dec 89 the BAF has been contacted on several occasions by
eyewitnesses who observed strange phenomena in the Belgian airspace. On some
occassions they described the phenomena as a triangle-shaped platform up to
200 feet wide with 3 downward beaming projectors, hovering at +- 100 m above
the ground and making only a very light humming noise. Some witnesses saw the
object departing at very high speed after a very fast acceleration. All
observations were made in the evening or during the night. 2. The radar
stations which had been alerted by eyewitnesses could not definitely determine
a correlation between the visual observations and their detections on radar.
On two occasions the BAF scrambled 2 F16 during the evening hours. a.On the
first occasion the F16 arrived +- 1 hour after the visual detection. Nothing
was observed. b. On the second occassion, pilots could identify a laser-beam
projector on the ground. After investigation it appeared however that the
description of the observations totally differed from previously described
phenomena. 3. Consequently the Belgian Airforce, anxious to identify the
origin of the phenomena, authorised F16 scrambles if following conditions were
met: a. Visual observations on the ground confirmed by the local police. b.
Detection on radar.
EVENTS
4. On 30 Mar 1990 at 23.00 Hr the Master Controller (MC) of the Air Defence
radar station of Glons received a phone call from a person who declared to
observe three independant blinking lights in the sky, changing colours, with a
much higher intensity than the lights of the stars and forming a triangle.
Meteo conditions were clear sky, no clouds, light wind and a minor temperature
inversion at 3000 Ft. 5. The MC in turn notified the police of WAVRE which
confirmed the sighting at +- 23 30 Hr. Meanwhile the MC had identified a
radar contact at about 8 NM North of the ground observation. The contact
moved slowely to the West at a speed of =- 25kts and an altitude of 10.000 Ft.
6. The ground observers reported 3 additional light spots which moved
gradually, with irregular speeds, towards the first set of lights and forming
a second triangle. 7. At 23.50 a second radar station, situated at +- 100 NM
>from the first, confirmed an identical contact at the same place of the radar
contact of Glons. 8. At 00.05 Hr 2 F16 were scrambled from BEAUVECHAIN airbase
and guided towards the radar contacts. A total of 9 interception attempts
have been made. At 6 occasions the pilots could establish a lock-on with their
air interception radar. Lock-on distances varried between 5 and 8 NM. On all
occasions targets varied speed and altitude very quickly and break-locks
occured after 10 to 60 seconds. Speeds varied between 150 and 1010 kts. At 3
occasions both F16 registered simultaneous lock-ons with the same parameters.
The 2 F16 were flying +- 2 NM apart. No visual contact could be established
by either of the F16 pilots. 9. The F16 flew 3 times through the observation
field of the ground observers. At the third passage the ground observers
notified a change in the behaviour of the light spots. The most luminous
started to blink very intensively while the other disappeared. Consequently,
the most luminous spot started to dim gradually. 10. Meanwhile the head of the
police of WAVRE had alerted 4 other police stations in the area. All four,
seperated +- 10 NM from each other, confirmed the visual observations. 11. The
aircraft landed at 01.10 Hrs. The last visual observation was recorded at +-
01.30 Hrs.
CONCLUSIONS
12. The BELGIAN Airforce was unable to identify neither the nature nor the
origin of the phenomena. However, it had sufficient elements to exclude
following assumptions: a. Balloons. Impossible due to the highly variable
speeds (confirmed visually and by radar). b. ULM. Same as for balloons. c.
RPV. Impossible due to the hovering characteristics. d. Aircraft (including
Stealth). Same as for RPV. No noise. e. Laser projections or Mirages.
Unlikely due to lack of projection surface (no clouds). Light spots have been
observed from different locations. Light spots moved over distance of more
than 15 NM. Form of inlighted part of spots has been observed with
spectacles. Laser projections or mirages can not be detected by radar.
{signed}
W. DE BROUWER
Kol Vl SBH
VS3
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

56
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2809.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
SUBJECT: THE UFONET CHARTER FILE: UFO2809
The <<UFONET>> Charter:
----------------------
- We are a not-for-profit operation, and prohibit the charging
of user fees in order to specifically access <<UFONET>>.
- Our goal is to provide an unbiased, free and open forum, for
those persons interested in discussing any of the many aspects
which relate to the "UFO phenomenon", as its commonly known.
- <<UFONET>> will not have an official editorial policy. Rather,
we will let the Echo and File areas act as a vehicle whereby
people may let their positions be known without discrimination.
- <<UFONET>> Sysops and users are strongly encouraged to attract
to the network known individuals who have expertise in some
aspect of the field of "UFOlogy". Our combined objective is to
reach the widest user base, composed both of researchers and
the general public, in order that information may be analyzed
and disseminated to the benefit of all.
Press Enter...
- The heart and soul of <<UFONET>> is its echomail conferences,
and file resource library. All validated users who observe the
"Code of Conduct" shall have unimpeded access to these areas.
- As <<UFONET>> is non-profit, we are not in competition with any
other groups and organizations in the same field. Our goal here
at <<UFONET>> is to act in part as clearing-house for information
past and present which impacts the study of "UFOlogy". Where
possible, we hope to co-operate with other groups and organizations
in our shared goal of making the public better educated and informed.
- For purposes of Voting, all <<UFONET>> Sysops who have been with the
network for a minimum of three months, shall be accorded one vote.
The Moderator (Tom Mickus), shall be accorded two votes, while the
acting Hub Sysop will be given an additional franchise.
- Changes in the <<UFONET>> Charter and policy, shall be achieved by
a two-thirds majority by the <<UFONET>> "Operating Committee",
composed of all <<UFONET>> Sysops and the Moderator.
- Tom Mickus February 26th/1989
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

421
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2810.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
SUBJECT: INFO: NOTED UFO AUTHOR, BUDD HOPKINS ON UFO ABDUCTION
FILE: UFO2810
This is an extract by Budd Hopkins courtesy of MUFON (Mutual
UFO Network).
-------Begin Included Text-----------------------------------
ETHICAL IMPLICATIONS OF
THE UFO ABDUCTION PHENOMENON
by Budd Hopkins
It is in the nature of human psychology that an event as dramatic as
contact with extraterrestrial intelligence can not be thought about _neut-
rally_, without deep-seated hopes and preconceptions. Most of us, I'm cer-
tain, prefer to believe that extraterrestrials would arrive on our planet
as friendly, helpful beings, eager to share their technology and to aid us
in solving our social and ecological problems. Upon this basic and very
human wish certain people have erected a powerful set of interpretations
of modern-day UFO reports. These hopes, hardened into a kind of theology,
can be described as a modern religion, willed into existence after the de-
cline of our more traditional deities. After all, we have been told more
than once that God is dead.
On the other hand, our recent wars, both hot and cold, and the ven-
ality and deceit we have seen in many of our political leaders have also
inspired an undercurrent of pessimism, global in extent. International
chaos, terrorism and governmental incompetence have trained many of us
always to expect the worst. And so, if the majority opinion, or hope, is
that extraterrestrials would arrive as space brothers, a strong minority
opinion fears the opposite - that we would find ourselves taken over by a
band of inter-galactic conquerors. Our popular science fiction films spell
out these hopes and fears quite literally: We have the kindly Space Broth-
er, Michael Rennie, stepping out of a gleaming spaceship to help earth-
lings through their troubles, and then we have the Body Snatchers out to
do us all in. I've dwelt on these basic attitudes about extraterrestrial
contact for an important reason: when we examine reports of actual con-
tact, especially as revealed in UFO abduction encounters, we must always
bear in mind our basic preconceptions and how they might influence our
reading of these events.
After twelve years of experience investigating the abduction phenom-
enon, I will not deal with the validity of such reports in this paper.
I've considered this issue elsewhere, in two books and a number of artic-
les, so we will here assume that the abductees I've worked with, more than
a hundred and fifty in all, are telling the truth as they best recall it.
I will concentrate instead on what information we can derive from their
accounts that might bear on the question of the moral nature of the UFO
phenomenon. Are the UFO occupants, as they are described by their abduc-
tees, good or bad, friends or foes, or is the situation just not reducible
to such terms? The very first step, obviously, is to analyze what the ab-
ductees say they feel about their captors, and that, every investigator
knows, is a complex task. My twelve years' experience leads me to a dis-
tinct conclusion: each abductee's emotions are invariably intense and many-
levelled - and usually mutually contradictory.
First of all, confrontations with UFO occupants are generally experi-
enced as frightening, so fear, at some point, is an almost universal ele-
ment in the emotional mix. Second, there is a kind of awe or wonder at the
power and seeming magic of the aliens' technology. This often translates
itself into a kind of affection, even love, that an abductee might feel
for the particular captor with whom he or she senses a special relation-
ship. On the other side of the same coin there is an almost universal ang-
er - verging sometimes on hatred - that abductees feel towards their abduc-
tors because of their enforced helplessness, their sense of having been
used, involuntarily, and even, upon occasion, of being made to suffer
severe pain. According to every broad study of the abduction literature
that I know of, and Edward Bullard's is the most authoritative [ParaNet
members - see FUFOR.ORD], fear, awe, affection and anger are the basic
emotional components of almost every UFO abduction experience. It is safe
to say, then, that _powerful and confusing_ emotions follow such experi-
ences, and that after their encounters abductees do not believe they have
been taken either by purely malevolent foes nor by selfless, angelic space
brothers. The situation is far too complicated for either simplistic read-
ing.
During the past eight years I have conducted an informal support
group for UFO abductees in the New York City area, and have kept in touch
with many others in various parts of the country. These circumstances have
allowed me to observe a number of men and women over an extended period of
time, and to see various patterns of response to their abduction experi-
ences. The weight of each component in the standard emotional mix varies
widely from individual to individual, and also changes with time within
any one psyche. But the basic components always seem to remain, subtly at
odds with one another, in each abductee. Several things must be kept in
mind, however, as we study the abductee's emotional charts. First, when
one is abducted, he or she is in something of an altered state, not unlike
a hypnotic trance. The abductee is _controlled_ by the abductors and his
or her behavior is in many ways far from normal. The abductee may be told
things, shown things, that may not be true or "real." So in this context
we must consider the abductee's occasional affection for his or her capt-
ors. Psychologists have shown that this phenomenon, the "Patty Hearst"
syndrome, all too often appears in earthly kidnapping experiences. There-
fore in evaluating the four emotions commonly described by UFO abductees,
three seem appropriate but one must be dealt with warily. Fear is some-
thing one would surely expect if the aliens actually look and act as re-
ported by their captives. Feelings of awe at the alien's technological
magic, an emotion that again seems appropriate. Anger, often to an extreme
degree, seems to be most abductee's reaction to being paralyzed and con-
trolled by their captors. The physically invasive and sometimes painful
operations performed upon them underline this response, which is often
deepened because the UFO occupants usually refuse to discuss the purpose
of these disturbing procedures. One has no choice except to submit to
needles, lights, knives, "scanners" and so forth, with no power to protest
or refuse. "I feel like a lab rat," one abductee said, her anger entirely
appropriate to her situation. It is the odd affection abductees often re-
port feeling for their captors that seems suspect, under the circumstan-
ces. Is this feeling possibly an artificial emotion, induced telepathic-
ally through some kind of quasi-hypnotic control? Is it a version of the
"Patty Hearst" syndrome? Is it a genuine reaction? Obviously no one can
answer these questions satisfactorily, but it seems to me that affection
is the one common abduction response that must be viewed with suspicion.
When one tries to tally up the pros and cons of an abduction experi-
ence as it immediately and visibly affects human emotion, it can be said
that two reactions are essentially negative, or even damaging. Fear and
anger, which are often felt deeply as terror and hatred, are surely dis-
ruptive of anyone's life. The sense of awe, while basically neutral and
sometimes tinged with fear, may enhance one's world view, and thus con-
tribute positively. The fourth and most suspect emotion, affection for
one's captors, if genuine, is a positive one. So the emotional "score" af-
ter an abduction experience does not support either a simple "Space Broth-
er" or "Body Snatcher" interpretation. Judging purely by obvious surface
reactions we are still in ethically mixed territory, though to me and to
many abductees the negative effects seem more powerful than the positive.
Moving away from the patterns of the abductees' immediate emotional
responses, we can evaluate the ethical content of an extraterrestrial pres-
ence by considering another, larger plane. Is there any evidence that ex-
traterrestrial intelligence has actively intervened in human affairs, eith-
er helpfully or destructively? The modern era of UFO activity begins in
earnest in 1947, but many UFO reports surfaced during World War II in the
phenomenon labelled "foo fighters" by our airmen. No force, either extra-
terrestrial or otherwise, put a stop to the Holocaust until the Allied
armies conquered Nazi Germany. By then it was too late for millions of in-
nocent people, murdered by a system no one seemed able to stop. The United
States developed nuclear weapons and used them to incinerate tens of thous-
ands of children, women and men. No one, terrestrial or otherwise, prevent-
ed those bombs from falling. Continuing Stalinist butchery, international
terrorism, American intervention in a Vietnamese civil war - all meant
that thousands upon thousands of innocent people lost their lives because
of the cruelty or indifference of political leaders of every persuasion.
No one intervened. Michael Rennie, alas, never stepped out of his space
ship to save us from ourselves. We have polluted our planet, spreading
cancer by industry's greedy indifference to the consequences of chemical
"bonanzas." No one came to our rescue; the Chariots of the Gods evidently
drew up just to watch the damage deepen. And now we have a new plague -
the disease known by its ironic acronym AIDS...something fresh and new
that we apparently did not have before the advent of the modern UFO era.
Now all of this means one thing. As a moral presence the UFO phenom-
enon seems sublimely indifferent to what we do to ourselves. Intervention
is evidently not part of the plan, as diving into the surf to rescue a
drowning child is sometimes not part of an indolent sunbather's plans. On
the other hand there seems to be no evidence that an extraterrestrial pre-
sence has inflicted any excess pain upon us, either. If Michael Rennie's
alien only saves us in Hollywood films, the evil, intervening Body Snatch-
ers seem only to exist there, too. I believe that the cruelty that mankind
has endured in this century has an all too human origin; one doesn't have
to look to spaceships for its cause. And we look to them in vain even for
first aid, let alone salvation.
But how should we evaluate what seems inescapable evidence of extra-
terrestrial indifference to human tragedy? I feel that the grades should
be harsh. The power and technology revealed by UFO report upon UFO report
indicates that intervention of some kind should have been possible; help
should have been given. Apologists for a Space Brothers theory use the
same argument as Christian Apologists: The UFO occupants, like God, tol-
erate evils such as the Holocaust because life is only a fleeting reality -
the afterlife, or a reincarnated life, renders this question moot. As a
Humanist I disagree. The death of a child at the hands of a gun-bearing
adult is an abomination, not a necessary learning experience. The only
excuse I can offer for extraterrestrial indifference is some kind of flaw
in their apparent power, some very real vulnerability that might provide
them with an excuse to avoid moral responsibility the way our indolent
sunbather could avoid trying to save the drowning child because he, him-
self, might be unable to swim.
A few valid UFO cases contain accounts of healing, descriptions of
wounds healed, eyesight strengthened and so on, after UFO abductions or
encounters. However, these rare examples of healing raise more ethical
problems than they solve. If the occupants of UFOs _do_ have the power to
heal, why is it used so sparingly, so arbitrarily? Why save one swimmer
and let the others drown? A woman I've worked with and know well was ab-
ducted along with her older sister; each had had childhood abductions,
each had lived uneasily with her memories. Last spring the older sister
was murdered in a park, by an apparently deranged individual. The tragedy
had nothing to do with UFOs, but my friend said this to me: "I always
thought, somehow, they were looking out for us, watching over the people
they'd taken in these experiments. Now I know I'm no safer than anyone
else. They don't seem to care." And yet in one case I know about an abduct-
ee was apparently saved in a similar situation. The arbitrariness of it
all undermines any attempt to accept a Space Brother reading of the entire
phenomenon. Amorality is the term that comes most quickly to mind.
If the immediate emotional reactions to UFO abductions are usually
more negative than positive, and there is literally no sign of benign ex-
traterrestrial intervention in world affairs, there is still one more area
to examine, and it is extremely important. It is the long term psycholog-
ical aftereffects of UFO abductions experiences. Dr. Aphrodite Clamar, a
clinical psychologist with whom I have worked in many such investigations,
has stated that she feels almost every abductee she has dealt with has
been psychologically scarred by the experience. This is surely my opinion
also, and I believe that the psychological tests of abductees administered
by Dr. Elizabeth Slater, as well as the psychological histories taken
through Columbia Presbyterian Hospital in New York City all provide sup-
port for this thesis. Though she points out that cause and effect ob-
viously cannot be established with certainty, Dr. Slater describes the
psychological profiles of the nine abductees she tested as resembling
those found with rape victims - a low self-esteem, a distrust of their
bodies, their physicality, their sexuality, and a hesitancy to trust oth-
ers. Not a pretty legacy from our would-be Space Brothers.
My case files include three instances in which individuals - all
males and apparently somewhat depressed to begin with - committed suicide
after what were described by their friends and family as UFO abduction ex-
periences. And there is more on this debit side of the ledger, including
what seems to have been an accident following a car-stopping incident and
abduction; the driver, the only surviving parent of four children, died
later of complications suffered in this encounter. Two female abductees
I've worked with either planned or carried out suicide attempts when they
were ten years old, and another recent attempt involves a frightened, des-
pondent fourteen-year-old girl.
No one who has had this experience regards it as an unmitigated
blessing. Some live in perpetual terror. Some have suffered nervous
breakdowns, and as a result of their experiences and the chemical and
shock treatments administered by baffled and incompetent doctors, are
living thoroughly damaged lives. I have seen disfiguring scars on the
bodies of abductees who have involuntarily been used in the UFO occupant's
"medical" procedures. Yet I have also seen abductees whose lives have been
undeniably broadened by their bizarre experiences; survivors who have man-
aged the human task of surmounting their traumas and gaining something
>from them. The reports, again, are mixed, but the pain and suffering are
immense. Deaths, injuries, terrors and mental breakdowns must be weighed
against a philosophical broadening in many individuals, an awareness that
the universe is larger - and closer - than anyone had imagined. The cost,
of course, has been tremendous, and the gain due more to human resilience
than alien kindness.
But there is, I believe, an explanation for the apparently callous
and often destructive behavior of the aliens who perpetrate these tempor-
ary kidnappings of innocent men, women and children. One vivid example
should make the point. Two years ago a man in Minnesota whom I shall call
Earl wrote to me about his partially remembered UFO experiences. Eventual-
ly I visited him on his farm, and we began a series of hypnotic regres-
sions. He recalled a time years before when his wife had been helping him
harvest a crop of hay in a rather isolated field. She lay down to rest on
the wagon while Earl worked a few hundred yards away...but then he saw
three small UFOs fly in at tree-top level and hover above his sleeping
wife. One of them lowered to the ground as Earl put his tractor in gear
and raced to her side to protect her from whatever was happening. A normal-
looking blond man, speaking English, stepped from behind the clump of
trees where the UFO had landed and asked Earl to stop; "Everything is all
right," he said. "She won't be hurt." Earl ignored him and leaped off the
tractor, continuing on foot towards the wagon where his wife lay, surround-
ed now by small, gray-skinned figures. Earl suddenly found himself para-
lyzed and helpless. He stood there, unable to move, as the blond man con-
tinued speaking, assuring him that "everything is all right. Nothing will
happen to your mate." Earl watched in horror as his paralyzed wife was un-
dressed. A Long needle was pushed into her abdomen as she lay on a bed of
hay, crying out at the pain, but unable to resist. Skin and hair samples
were taken, and a thin probe was inserted into her vagina. Still frozen in
place, Earl cursed and raged, and the blond man seemed genuinely surprised
by his reaction. "We _want_ you to see this," he said. "We're not hurting
your mate. She'll be fine. Why are you upset? We're not hurting her..."
The scene ended shortly thereafter, and the couple returned home,
aware of a period of missing time, but with no memories of the UFO en-
counter. In the days and weeks after this event, Earl's wife began suf-
fering from nightmares, clawing in her sleep at the area near the bridge
of her nose, between her eyes, and screaming for them to "take it out,
it's hurting." She dug deep gouges in her forehead while the nightmares
continued unabated. Other symptoms of her terror appeared, half-understood
recollections of the events in the hay field. Eventually she had to be hos-
pitalized, suffering from a severe nervous breakdown. She lives at home
now, tranquilized and sadly no longer herself.
This story is but one of many which I could present to illustrate a
central point about UFO occupants and their relation to their human sub-
jects: they simply appear unable for the most part to understand us, our
feelings, our terrors, our love for one another. They seem psychologically
blind to basic human emotions. In my book _Intruders_ I recounted case af-
ter case in which women were artificially inseminated or endured ova-
retrieval operations, but whose reactions of rage or terror seemed surpris-
ing to their captors. These impassive UFO occupants seem as remote from
our "peculiar" human emotions as they are from our obviously differing
anatomy; perhaps more so. And their basic lack of understanding provides
us with a kind of excuse for their callous behavior.
It seems to me that we are left with but two possibilities, neither
of which is very attractive. If the UFO occupants actually do understand
us and can empathize with our needs and emotions, then they are morally
deficient -- even cruel in their single-minded selfishness. Not malevolent
or deliberately evil, but as callous as the sunbather who watches the
child drown in the surf. At some point, amoral behavior becomes immoral
behavior. But if these same alien beings _simply do not understand our
feelings_, then they have an excuse of sorts for their behavior. And the
evidence suggest they really may not know what disasters they sometimes
cause. A female abductee recently wrote me a letter which goes in part:
I was watching a show about animals, because I love
animals. I don't know if it was _Wild Kingdom_ or some
_National Geographic_ show, but these scientists were
tracking some polar bears. They had all kinds of weird
looking equipment and were using a white board which
rendered them invisible in the snow to the bears. As I
watched I got a real sick feeling in the pit of my stom-
ach. These scientists were dressed in identical white
suits, lured the bears closer, and drugged the big one
with the cubs. The whole time they were tagging her they
were taking blood samples, measuring fat, checking eyes,
mouth, etc. And whenever the bear struggled they would pet
her, talk to her, tell her everything was going to be
fine. The cubs stayed close. The scientists placed a de-
vice on her that would track her for so many years. They
even marked her with a special paint that could be spotted
from the air. Then when they were through with her they
ran and hid behind the big screen so that when she woke up
she wouldn't see them. She got up, looked around, and ran
so fast her cubs could hardly keep up. Imagine how she
must have felt the other times when they followed her in a
helicopter. She could run, but with that paint and homing
device she could never hide! I think all we are is a bunch
of animals to these beings. Some little experiment that
has been ongoing for who knows how long. I don't like the
idea of being something's lab animal.
I thought about her letter, her understanding of the animal's plight
and the traumas inflicted by the scientists upon the bear and its cubs.
These zoologists - as well as the occupants of UFO's, one hopes - are all
acting from decent, scientific motives. And yet in both cases pain is in-
flicted, paralysis is imposed, and traumatic terror is the result. Some
animals might abandon their cubs after such an experience or die of a mis-
measured dose of a tranquilizing drug or even die from pure shock, just as
some humans, like Earl's poor wife, may never recover from the horror of
their experience. Sad though this alternative seems, it is easier for me
to believe that the occupants of UFOs simply do not understand what they
are doing to us, what traumas they are inflicting, than to believe they do
know and are merely indifferent to human suffering.
I have talked to many people who will not give up on the benign
Space Brother reading of these cases, no matter what. At the outset I said
that our quasi-religious hopes die slowly. And so, despite massive negat-
ive evidence, there are still many people who cling to the idea that some-
how, some way there may be _two_ alien groups, one bad and one good. The
bad group, according to this theory, does the abducting and experimenting
while the good group really loves and understands us. Sometimes a kind of
sub rosa Aryan racism can be detected beneath these hopes, in that the
"grays," as they have been called, are the bad aliens, while the more at-
tractive "blonds" are good. In my twelve years of investigation, however,
the more human-seeming aliens, whenever they are reported (as in the cases
of Earl and his wife or the Travis Walton abduction), seem to be operating
as a team right along with the so-called "grays," participating in abduct-
ions-as-usual. There is not a shred of evidence that I know of supporting
this simple-minded good-guys, bad-guys dichotomy - but there is plenty of
evidence that this kind of wishful thinking is an all too common psycholog-
ical habit.
The Contactee phenomenon, discounted by almost all serious investi-
gators, represents the triumph of hope against reality, of need against
evidence. The abduction cases I've studied over the years can be defined
as being, in effect, "all evidence and no ideology," while the contactee
cults are essentially the opposite. Contactee messages, as passed on
through helpful "channels," reduce themselves generally to soft entreaties
to love one another, to make peace, not war, and to take care of our plan-
et's precarious ecology - in other words, the kind of cliche' even people
like Reagan and Gorbachev routinely utter in their formal speeches. (This
kind of nebulous message, it should be said, is sometimes also reported in
valid UFO abduction cases. What we really need, one abductee said to me,
is actual alien help in solving our problems, not just another newspaper
editorial pointing them out.) In short, there is no reason to assume that
any benign group of aliens anywhere has yet done anything truly helpful to
our planet. Such evidence simply does not exist.
The final difficulty in the cultist view of a "good alien - bad
alien duality" lies in the age-old problem of evil. If the bad aliens are
hurting us by their abductions, why don't the good aliens prevent it? For
centuries we've asked ourselves, if God is omnipotent, how can he permit,
say, the torture of children? Many of us felt that since no answer consist-
ent with the idea of God's omnipotence could satisfy us, there was some-
thing seriously wrong with the theology. And so it is with this kind of
alien theology, apart from the fact that there is no credible evidence of
any kind indicating a struggle between rival alien groups. If there are
various groups of aliens from different places of origin in the Universe,
they are apparently all co-operatively doing the same thing to us, the hu-
man race - and I for one think that what they're doing is, in the short
term at least, immensely destructive.
Once again we are back to the only two viable alternatives. Either
the UFO occupants have not grasped the psychological toll they are taking
in these abductions and genetic experiments because they really do not
understand human psychology, _or_ they must be viewed as a callous, indif-
ferent, amoral race bent solely upon gratifying its own scientific needs
at whatever the cost to us, the victims. The question of which alternative
is true cannot be presently answered. There is evidence to support both
interpretations, but I, for one, wish to choose the former.
Budd Hopkins
New York, September 1987
Copyright Budd Hopkins 1987
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOF
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

1179
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2811.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2341
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2813.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

798
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2814.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
SUBJECT: CROP CIRCLES: MICHAEL CHOROST MUFON SYMPOSIUM PAPER
FILE: UFO2814
----------------------------------------------------------------------
This information is presented for your persusal and is a continuation
of my policy of informing the public what is currently available. As
usual my *disclaimer* is simply to present the data and let you form
your own opinion(s). Please feel free to agree,disagree,discuss or
ponder :-)
As I do not have a great amount of time available to pursue follow-ups
exclusively, comments to me should be directed to dona@bilver.uucp
in mail.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
----Begin Included Text ---------------------------------------------
Thesis for a Pre-Paradigm Science: Cereology
Michael Chorost
Written March 1991; published July 1991
1. Cereology as a Pre-Paradigm Science
2. Non-Human Intelligence?
3. The Problem with "Intelligence"
4. A Guess: Are the Crop Circles A Symbol System?
5. About Unconvincing Guesses
6. The Future Looks Back on the Present: A Hopeful Guess
Appendix: Colin Andrews' Catalog of Formations, with Annotations by
Michael Chorost (not included in electronic version)
I'm writing this paper in March 1991, well before the start of the
next crop circles season. I anticipate that by July, there will be new
developments I will want to talk about, instead of reading a paper written
months before. Thus I have not designed this paper to be read aloud.
However, since it is oriented toward grounding cereology as a theoretical
discipline, I am likely to presume many of its points in my talk. I will be
happy to entertain questions about it in Chicago.
1. Cereology as a Pre-Paradigm Science
In this first of six sections, I want to talk about cereology as a
discipline, and acquaint readers with some of its complexities and prob-
lems. In the remaining sections, I will explore one particular problem in
detail: are the circles a language? And if so, how might we figure it out?
The crop circles phenomenon is much more complex than it appears
at first glance, so it follows that cereology, the study of the phenomenon,
needs to think ways which will encompass that complexity. So it is impor-
tant to establish right off that the phenomenon has aspects which make
naive "the aliens have started talking to us" theories difficult to uphold.
The evidence leads in contradictory directions. For example, researchers
(primarily meteorologists) have gathered eyewitness reports of circles from
as far back as 1918, and have found written texts describing what may be
crop circles from as far back as 1590. One 17th-century text describes
an event in 1633, where a school curate saw, while walking at night in a
Wiltshire field, "innumerable quantitie of pigmies or very small people
dancing rounde and rounde, and singing and making all manner of small
odd noyses." He heard "a sorte of quick humming noyse all the time" and
"when the sun rose he found himself exactly in the midst of one of these
faery dances."1 Such "quick humming noyses" have been heard in
present-day crop circles,2 and have been captured on tape by the BBC
and other observers. The curate's story seems to fit, because modern
crop circles are believed to form very rapidly, as this one apparently did,
and the "pigmies...dancing rounde" could have been a 17th-century
observer's way of interpreting a spinning, possibly glowing force field.
Another text, authored by Robert Plott in 1686, discusses an appar-
ently similar event in 1590 and theorizes that such artifacts are made by
lightning. An illustration theorizes that cone-shaped "lightning strikes"
are responsible for the rings and, astonishingly, rings containing squares.
David J. Reynolds notes that Plott describes "'imperfect segments', rings
within rings, squares (?!), 'Semicircles, Quadrants and Sextants' being
formed by combinations of multiple strokes, differing angles of descent
and variations in lightning strength across a stroke" (p. 348, italics in
originals.)3 Unfortunately, Plott does not give enough information to make
it clear whether he is observing "fairy rings", which are fungal infections
in the soil which blight plants in slowly spreading circular areas, or crop
circles. In fact, much of his discussion points away from crop circles.
Not once does he mention that the plants are flattened in spiral patterns,
nor does he talk about the intricate braiding often seen in crop circles.
And when he digs under one formation, he discovers that the soil "was
much looser and dryer than ordinary, and the parts interspersed with a
white hoar or vinew much like that in mouldy bread, of a musty rancid
smell."4 This is a finding entirely consistent with fairy rings. And yet,
as Reynolds notes, Plott is quite explicit about the existence of non-circu-
lar formations like quadrants and hollow squares, going so far as to
provide diagrams of them. To my knowledge, there is no such thing as a
fairy square. Thus we cannot eliminate the possibility that Plott saw what
we think of as crop circles. Of course, it's also possible that he saw
something which was neither fairy rings nor crop circles, but something
else altogether.
Plott's discussion anticipates parts of the modern debate with
remarkable fidelity. He devotes considerable attention to rumors of pos-
sessed satanic dancers, but ultimately concludes that such "hoaxes" could
only account for a particular subset of the phenomenon: "If I must needs
allow [dancers] to cause some few of these Rings, I must also restrain
them to those of the first kind, that are bare at many places like a path-
way; for to both the others more natural causes may be probably as-
signed" (14.) It appears that Plott anticipated the meteorological theory
by roughly 300 years.
These observations have to make any alien-intelligence theorist stop
and think. Plott talks about events which happened in 1590. The
curate's anomalous sighting happened a decade after the publication of
Shakespeare's First Folio. If they are true crop circles, and if they're by
aliens who have been trying to get our attention for four centuries, there
is at least one species in the galaxy which is remarkably dumb (and it's
not necessarily us.) The finders of these texts subscribe to the meteoro-
logical theory, so they interpret the reports as evidence of a naturally
occurring plasma-vortex phenomenon. The reader may not accept that
theory, but whatever he or she does accept has to take these astonishing
writings into account.
The 17th-century texts are not the only example of fractious data.
For every eyewitness report of a glowing object or alien spacecraft
making a crop circle at night, there is another eyewitness report of a
violent wind which flattens out a circle in broad daylight.5 And there are
now numerous articles claiming that the phenomenon is generated by
"earth energies" which determine the location and shape of each crop
circle. The theory relies on dowsing results. Nonsense? Possibly; but
Terence Meaden, the arch-enemy of intelligence-oriented theories, has
begun using dowsing himself, theorizing that "the metal-rod movement of
the dowser may be related to a reaction to the minor changes in the local
magnetic field of the soil induced by the plasma vortices and their fast-
spinning fields."6 Whatever the validity of such claims (and they need to
be tested!), they add further complications to cereology.
I hope these examples have served to shred the belief that all the
evidence points in one direction. Hoax theorists point to the Bratton
hoax, an embarrassing but quickly detected hoax perpetuated on one of
1990's surveillance groups; alien-intelligence theorists point to eyewitness
reports and the humming noises; vortex theorists point to other eyewit-
ness reports, and the humming noises; earth-energy theorists point to
dowsing results, and the humming noises; and everyone points to every-
one else as terrible examples of interpretation of data.
So we have a complex situation. That's nothing new; it's life. But
there is an illuminating way to describe the kind of complexity that reigns
now. I borrow from Thomas Kuhn's well-known work The Structure of
Scientific Revolutions7 in suggesting that cereology is a pre-paradigm
science. Kuhn defines a "paradigm" as an "implicit body of intertwined
theoretical and methodological belief that permits selection, evaluation, and
criticism" (17). More briefly, a paradigm is a way of thinking which
unifies a scientific discipline. So far, that's exactly what cereology lacks.
It consists of a mass of disparate observations and a few theories, none
of which explain very much. The absence of a paradigm is beautifully
illustrated by two very different interpretations of what may be an eye-
witness report of a quintuplet formation being made. On July 13, 1988,
according to Circular Evidence, a woman saw "a large, golden, disc-shaped
object within [a] cloud" which emitted "a bright white parallel beam...from
the bottom of the disc at an angle of roughly 65o [which] shone across
the sky towards Silbury Hill" (p. 115.) Delgado and Andrews imply that
an alien spacecraft used an energy beam to inscribe the formation.
Terence Meaden, on the other hand, writes, "On 13th July 1988, a lady
was eyewitness to a hollow pencil-shaped tube (not a beam) of light which
reached from cloud to ground for an observed period of a couple of
minutes. A huge volume of the cloud, which was at 4000 feet, appeared
electrified."8 One event, one witness; two interpreters, two "facts"; no
paradigm.
So how are cereologists to conduct pre-paradigm science? Kuhn
writes, "In the absences of a paradigm or some candidate for a paradigm,
all of the facts that could possibly pertain...are likely to seem equally
relevant. As a result, fact-gathering is a far more nearly random activity
than the one that subsequent scientific development makes familiar." (15)
This accurately describes how matters stand as of this writing. The
sensible thing to do is to repeat history, i.e. gather as many observations
as possible, omnivorously, excluding nothing. There should be routine
data collection with IR cameras, geiger counters, magnetometers, plant DNA
assays, weather stations, and so on. Good photos and accurate measure-
ments need to be taken; even dowsing results and unusual physical sensa-
tions should be assiduously recorded. And everything should be pub-
lished. Some sets of observations may not be deemed relevant in the
future--that is the risk of pre-paradigm science--but we owe it to future
researchers and historians to bequeath them as rich a storehouse of data
as we can.
We could be doing better on this score. As of this writing, meas-
urements and positional data of both English and North American forma-
tions are both scarce and of uneven quality. Instrumental experiments
are rarely performed. In addition, poor organization and political battles
impede the release of what data does exist. Michael Green is sadly right
when he notes that "inordinate professional jealousy and commercial rival-
ry...has unfortunately marked the study of the subject to date, and has
led to a hoarding of essential information."9 For example, the meteorolo-
gists are sitting on their data, partly because they're unwilling to let
their opponents have it. The alien-intelligence theorists are also sitting
on their data, partly because they feel reluctant to give away the product
of many hours of hard work. Neither concern is justified. Researchers
are responsible only for the quality of their data, not for what others do
with it. It seems to me that anybody who thinks his data will help his
opponents more than it will help him is in an unenviable position, as far
as his theory is concerned. And to sit on data is effectively to waste the
work that went into its collection. The CCCS (Centre for Crop Circle
Studies) is trying to overcome these problems, and we should wish them
the best of luck. Steady but polite pressure from Americans may help,
too.
Two things are necessary, over and above performing the research:
a smoothly functioning network funneling data toward publication, and the
attitude that information should be shared with the community to promote
further research. Secrecy and mercantile considerations serve only to
gum up the works, especially at this fragile stage. It would be best if
history could record that information was freely and generously shared in
these difficult early days. A 1991 report by Chris Rutkowski and other
members of the NAICCR (North American Institute for Crop Circles Re-
search) beautifully exemplifies this attitude. It lists 46 cases of ground
markings in 1990, about thirty of which appear to be English-style crop
circles. It provides formation types, lay rotations, dates, sizes, and
approximate locations. (I am now writing a review of it, which I anticipate
will appear in the May 1991 issue of the Mufon UFO Journal.) I hope
other cereologists will consider its example well.
After obtaining data, cereologists will just have to theorize as
carefully and responsibly as they can, and dare to be wrong. Francis
Bacon writes, "Truth emerges more readily from error than from confu-
sion."10 This maxim strikes me with particular force when I contemplate
the meteorologists' corpus of research. I think its basic thesis is in
error, yet even the few the scraps of data the meteorologists publish are
more useful than the typically haphazard observations offered by people
whom I think are closer to the mark. Organized error can be re-organ-
ized into truth.
2. Non-Human Intelligence?
2001: A Space Odyssey seems less science-fictional than it did in
1968, now that artificial constructions of an anomalous nature are appear-
ing repeatedly around the world. Most of the major researchers in cere-
ology are convinced that human beings are not making them, because they
cannot figure out what human device, however sophisticated, could pro-
duce all of the observed effects and remain undetected for so long. I am
inclined to agree with them, though I would add that it is always risky to
underestimate the ingenuity of our own species. I suspect that the
possibility of a fabulously intricate hoax, however slight, keeps a lot of
cereologists awake at nights. Perhaps worrying about the hoax theory is
one way of worrying about the implications of the circles not being hoax-
es.
Some researchers, primarily the meteorologists, believe that the
circles are produced by a natural phenomenon that we have only now
begun to notice. Many people find this unconvincing. Nature can indeed
produce fabulously intricate structures, like us, but I have never seen it
do so both overnight and on such a vast scale. And I find it difficult to
ascribe the rapidly increasing complexity of the shapes to natural forces,
which typically change slowly when they change at all.
By elimination, I have become sympathetic to non-human intelligence
theories--as I suspect many of my readers will be also. There is some
slight anecdotal evidence for such theories; NAICCR's report on ground
markings notes, for instance, that 4 of its 46 listed cases have UFO sight-
ings associated with them. Anecdotal evidence is notoriously difficult to
use, however, so I will not appeal to it in my analysis.
Let us suppose--it is still more or less an outright guess--that the
crop circles are the products of a non-human intelligence, and explore the
implications of that thesis. It will be fun to do so, if nothing else. The
rest of this essay will be devoted to that undertaking.
It is possible, as I have remarked elsewhere,11 that the formations
are the visible side-effect of some deliberately directed physical process,
the way tire tracks and footprints are. At present, there is virtually
nothing that can be said about this important theory. Discussion only
becomes possible when one hypothesizes that the formations are supposed
to mean something, either to their creators or to ourselves. And it is to
this possibility that I will devote most of my attention.
If we want to try to decode the circles, we are faced with gigantic
problems at the very outset. Typically, when we receive messages from
human intelligences, we have some amount of shared background to draw
upon in decoding them. Shared language is obviously the most useful
background; but if that is absent, there are usually others, such as
shared physical environment, shared needs, shared knowledge of history,
shared interests, shared physiologies. Not knowing Arabic, I can still
guess that an Arab with me in a souk is hungry if he looks at me and
mimics the act of eating.
But we may share nothing with an alien intelligence. At any rate,
we can presume nothing.12 We cannot presume similar sensory equipment
or physical needs; we cannot presume similar evolutionary conditions; we
cannot even presume corporeal bodies or a sense of self. I could go on
and on about the radical uncertainty involved. To cut a long discussion
short, it comes down to this: we must guess, just plain guess, that they
are like us in some ways, and proceed accordingly. In writing about
decoding a hypothetical alien message, Lewis White Beck argues that "we
must guess that it is a message, guess what it says, and then try to see
if the signal can convey that message."13 For example, we could guess
that the dimensions of the circles encode mathematical relationships such
as pi and e, and search to see if such numbers can be found in a sys-
tematic way. Or we could guess that certain logical relationships are
being implied, and search for the most basic ones, such as transitivity
and hierarchy. Or it could be posited that the spatial locations of the
circles relative to each other are related to spatial distances elsewhere,
such as between stars. The chances of picking the wrong message are
high, but Bacon's dictum about truth still applies.
3. The Problem with "Intelligence"
I will dare to be wrong later in this essay, but I want to make a
remark about "intelligence" first. The debate over the crop circles can
all too easily polarize into two camps, intelligent versus non-intelligent
causation. But the entire debate could be off the mark. The
phenomenon's cause may not be "blind nature", but it may not be intelli-
gence the way we know it, either. If it's aliens, they might be far smart-
er than us in some ways, but dumb as bricks in others. Or suppose the
circlemaker is Gaia--an intelligence resulting from complex interactions in
the biosphere of the planet? Or, the combined psychic interactions of the
human race? Or a natural phenomenon which is being manipulated by
such psychic interactions? Farfetched ideas, to be sure, but so is the
phenomenon. As my colleague Dennis Stacy has repeatedly warned me in
correspondence, thinking along rigid "p or not-p" lines can overlook
fruitful areas of inquiry. An arrow flying in a straight line can still miss
the target.
Also, it is well to remember that all of the words denoting "intelli-
gent beings" in English were designed to refer to exactly one species:
Homo sapiens of Earth. All English words denoting "intelligent non-human
beings" are negatives: "alien" is rooted in the Sanskrit antara, which
means merely "other", and "extra-terrestrial" means "not from Earth." In
terms of thinking about alien intelligence, our language is as limited as
the counting system which calls all quantities above five "many."
However, I will guess an intelligence not altogether different from
ours, simply because it is the easiest for us to think about. It is as
reasonable a place to start as any.
Of course, the problem of decoding would still be daunting. To
manage it, we can make more guesses: perhaps the circlemakers have
already observed us and know something about us. They may have
guessed that our minds will leap to certain guesses, and attempted to play
to our predilections. (Such double-guessing could someday tell us quite a
bit about them.) As Cipher A. Deavours points out, aliens ought to have
some interest in developing codes designed to reveal rather than conceal
information.14 Decoding could be orders of magnitude easier if the cir-
clemakers have taken our ways of decoding into account. We may be
seeing our humanness being filtered through alien consciousness and
played back at us.
Of course, the simplest way of communicating with us would have
been to use our own symbols, or to use something readily comprehensible
to us, like groups of circles corresponding to the prime numbers. The
fact that we have not readily understood the circles suggests a number of
possibilities: we have not really tried yet; there is no message; there is a
message, but one whose content is not directed at us; the entities are so
profoundly different from us that they cannot figure out what we would
find easily accessible; they have more subtle motives than straightforward
communication; they have decided to dispense with easy formalities and
want us to think hard, perhaps with the implied lure that the reward will
be worth the effort. I find the first the most preferable, since so little
has been done by way of attempts at decoding. In any case, it's reason-
able to guess that something complex and multileveled is either happening
or being communicated.
4. A Guess: Are the Crop Circles A Symbol System?
All this said, I will now risk being wrong in a major way. I will
argue that we are indeed looking at a symbol system. The shapes seem to
have a certain "symbolicity" (see Colin Andrews' catalog, Appendix I.) I
don't necessarily mean that they are a phonetic alphabet like English; I
mean something more like pictorial codes or schematics. However, I shall
have to be rather vague about what I mean by the word "symbol." The
most specific definition I can offer is "a mark which means something to a
group of people, by convention." For there can be many different kinds
of symbols. A symbol can be a mark with exactly one referent; for exam-
ple, there is a certain schematic which signifies exactly one kind of tran-
sistor. Or it can be a mark amenable to different interpretations, like the
color red in the Soviet flag (it means revolutionary political possibilities
to some, raw tyranny to others.) Or it can be a mark which functions in
a language, meaning little in itself but contributing to a total meaning.
For example, the physical mark "key" contributes in a certain way to the
sentence "Where are my car keys?" and in a different way to "The key to
the treasure is there." It seems to me that the circles could be symbols
in any of these ways (and there are many more possible ways.) I tend to
gravitate toward the third, language-oriented kind of symbolicity, but I
don't wish to exclude the others. My intention is to spark a rich debate
by opening up possibilities, not to truncate debate by closing them off.
To a lot of people, the formations "feel" like a symbol system. And
they do have broad structural elements in common with human symbol
systems (which, it must be pointed out, may not be much of a basis for
comparison.) Like many human symbol systems, they can be broken down
into certain recurring basic shapes--the circle the line, the rectangle, the
ring, the curved arc, and so on. These elements are their "strokes." If
the formations are complex, they are complex by the accumulation of pre-
existing elements, not the creation of new elements (though each summer
does bring some new elements.)
Like human symbol systems, the crop circles present enough variety
to suggest the possibility of reference to a large number of objects or
ideas. If we saw only three formations repeated over and over, we would
probably be more inclined to think them artistic or cultural icons, or
natural artifacts, rather than members of a linguistic or representational
system.
Like human symbols, their variety remains within limits; of 1990's
numerous single and double dumbbells, no two are alike, but all are
recognizably part of a class. It's a bit like the way the English letters
b,d,p,q,c, and o form a recognizable class. The Egyptian hieroglyph for
"bird" would stick out and look very strange in that class, and indeed it
would not belong anywhere in the alphabet. As would the letter "b" look
very odd, if claimed to be a Chinese ideogram.
The "variety within limits" argument is important for another rea-
son. The appearance of "scrolls", rectangles, and triangles suggests that
there is no physical limitation to the kind of shapes that can be created.
If a short rectangle can be made, so can long ones to form lines, and the
scrolls suggest that irregular lines can be drawn "freehand", as it were.
The fact that the formations seem to vary within boundaries seems to
suggest a defined and ordered system.
Of course, there are problems with the argument, such as that the
formations bear little obvious spatial relationship to each other the way
human symbols usually do. One is also hard-pressed to group the weirdly
curvy "scroll" formations as belonging to the same system as the highly
angular double-dumbbells; perhaps the scrolls really are mistakes or
doodles. Or perhaps the only message being conveyed is "Watch this
space, and be here next summer." Humorists have also suggested alien
art galleries and alien advertising. My guesses may more wrong than I
can imagine. But for all that, I think it is not crazy to guess that we are
looking at a symbol system, not random squiggles.
It just may be possible to start grouping 1990's new formations into
classes. Such attempts are highly arbitrary by their nature, conditioned
by the viewer's predispositions (as are readings of Rorschach inkblots),
but the attempt is worth making. It would be interesting to see what
groupings other people make. Colin Andrews' catalog (see Appendix A)
lists 65 formation types (one is a known hoax, so I don't count it.) I can
derive the following classes from studying Colin's catalogue:
(Numbers refer to the formation number in the catalog)
Single dumbbells (21, 22, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 36, 55)
Double-dumbbells (34, 35, 54)
Thetas (40, 41, 49, 50)
Plain circles with satellites (3, 5, 6, 17, 43, 52)
Ringed circles (10, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 38, 64)
Saturns (7, 8, 11, 32, 37, 46)
Rings (44)
Scrolls (45, 48, 65)
Triangles (47, 63)
Sports (unique formations, i.e. 26, 39, 53, 58, 59, 62)
To explain my nomenclature: I call the "thetas" so because their split
central circle reminds me of the Greek letter "O" (I imply no actual con-
nection to Greek.) The "saturns" remind me of Saturn with its moons
(again, no connection to the planet implied, though it's not impossible that
there be one.) I take the name "scroll" from The Crop Circle Enigma
(which shows pictures of them on p. 156.) I name the "sports" so be-
cause a "sport" in biology is a unique object.
Interestingly enough, it may be that the formation types are also
roughly contiguous in space. The hand-drawn map reproduced in Issue 2
of The Cereologist (p. 3) shows that all three double-dumbbells appeared
quite close to each other, in fact within an area five kilometers long and
two kilometers wide, just north of Alton Barnes. At least six of the ten
single dumbbells appeared in the Longwood Estate area, just southwest of
Winchester. The four thetas may fall in a line (it will take much better
data to verify this.) Two of the scrolls are quite close to each other, at
Beckhampton.
The spatial-relationships idea is being pursued vigorously by
Harvey Lunenfeld of East Northport, New York. We've been trying to
obtain positional data for as many of the formations as possible, in order
to create a computerized database. Harvey and his son Randy are now
configuring sophisticated mapping software which will facilitate the search
for spatial relationships, and also for correlations with other types of
data. So far we've been obtaining our positional data from thumbnail
deduction from photographs and other available evidence. The job will
become much easier once we gain access to satellite imagery good enough
to show exactly where the formations are. Access to some of the English
databases would also help greatly, of course.
Allow me to call attention to the fact that certain elements recur in
different contexts. The triangle's "F" is much like the shapes jutting out
>from all three double dumbbells. (Could it be significant that none of the
single dumbbells have such shapes?) The other triangle's flanking shapes
are very much like the double rectangles on many of the single dumbbells
(and, note, none of the double dumbbells.) One simple circle has a three-
fingered shape jutting out of it which looks almost exactly like the one
attached to the Allington Down (more precisely, East Kennett) double
dumbbell. Some of the single dumbbells and the theta formations have
partial arcs as components. The saturns are a combination of plain circles
with satellites and ringed circles. This evident combination and recombi-
nation of elements makes it plausible to suppose that there is some form
of "grammar" ruling their placement.
It may be possible to work out the properties of the grammar
without understanding the meaning of the symbols. One way to do this is
to compare groups of symbols to each other, isolating consistent statistical
similarities and differences. For example, if the ratios of the areas of the
two circles in single dumbells compares in some consistent way to the
ratios of the lengths of the forks to their circles, that might indicate a
meaningful element of language. This particular example is mathematically
oriented, but other strategies are feasible, too: one could compare the
spatial orientation of the thetas to that of all of the other groups, or
compare the length of formations to their compass orientations. It is an
encouraging fact that cryptographers are frequently able to decode
messages whose plaintext is written in a language they do not know very
well. Deavours writes,
It is of interest that codes can often be solved where
the underlying language of the plaintext is not known
for certain. One can also gain an immense knowledge of
the structure and character of a communication without
understanding a single thought expressed therein. For
intergalactic communication, this offers much hope that
we may succeed in deciphering what is received (203-
204.)
As evidence that meaning is not crucial to decipherment, Deavours men-
tions that
the great French cryptanalyst, Georges Painvain, of
World War I fame, solved many complex ciphers of the
German General Staff but possessed so little knowledge
of German that he was unable to translate the deci-
phered text after solution (209).
Not knowing the language need not impede understanding its shape and
general characteristics. Such research could yield one great practical
benefit down the road: upon receiving a Rosetta Stone, we would then be
able to learn and read the language that much more quickly, perhaps well
enough to begin using it ourselves. In the touchy and uncertain days
immediately following alien contact, such an advantage might be very
welcome indeed. This makes it all the more imperative to facilitate re-
search with an effective network of data distribution.
Figuring out what the grammar's shapes represent (if grammar it is,
of course) will be tough, because the formations appear to lack all social
context. There is no "Rosetta Stone" permitting them to be compared to a
known symbol system; there are no objects helpfully put next to them to
show what they depict or schematize; there are no appreciative alien enti-
ties in view admiring them as art. Quite the contrary, they are placed
wordlessly (so to speak) on this planet's largest equivalent of a blank,
lined sheet of paper. But we should try. We can attempt to restore the
context, or at least make one. Our guesses might be correct.
But a worrying philosophical issue intrudes here. Let us say we
guess a message--a meaning--and find out that the circles transmit it.
Can we be sure that we have truly decoded the circles? Perhaps not.
Humans are infinitely resourceful at seeing patterns that are not there.
Edward R. Tufte, in his engaging book "Envisioning Information", reprints
a picture of a rock in southern Massachusetts which is covered with
ancient hieroglyphs.15 Next to the picture he reproduces ten hand-drawn
sketches of the markings, made between 1680 and 1854. Not only are the
sketches strikingly different, but different scholars have triumphantly
adduced totally different origins for the glyphs: Scythian, Phoenician,
Runic, Viking, and Algonquin, to name a few. Tufte cheerfully damns this
as "scholarship of wishful thinking" (73). I am not sure if there is any
way to solve the problem, other than asking the circlemakers what they
mean (and even that might not help as much as we think it would.) My
reaction is just to say, "Let us see what we can guess and find, then see
which guess convinces the most people, and deal with the philosophical
problems as they arise."
The lack of context is significant in another way. It is a truism
that symbols mean something only in a social context. If these shapes
have a concrete and socially-based meaning to their creators, how are
they changed by being engraved on fields on another planet? Suppose
that the magnificent Fawley Down pictogram (a "theta" formation) refers to
a Rigellian action which human physiologies cannot duplicate? If we know
nothing of Rigellian physiology, we'll never figure that out, will we? And,
more importantly, how does the meaning of the symbol change when it is
stamped, without context or explanation, in a field of wheat near Winches-
ter, England? What does the symbol mean at that particular place and
time, if anything? Not, I feel sure, just to tell us what Rigellians do.
What would a glowing Coca-Cola advertisement mean in a Brazilian rainfor-
est where Coke is not available? Anything but "Buy Coke." Perhaps it
would be (meant as, read as) an ironic statement on the extravagance of
modern advertising. But if a picture of that advertisement in the rainfor-
est was reproduced as an advertisement by Coke, the sign would again
mean "Buy Coke"--but also something more, like "Coke is, or should be,
available literally everywhere." Meaning is an event with multiple layers,
most if not all of which are radically and subtly dependent on context.
It is attractive to suppose that the formations are a sort of logical
puzzle, like an IQ test. This would seem to make their context internal
rather than external; the shapes would define their own context. But this
argument is misleading. If one was presented with an IQ test without
knowing what it was, or being shown how to work with the shapes pre-
sented, it would be meaningless. The very idea of the logical puzzle is
socially constructed. The Soviet psychologist A. R. Luria has shown that
it is almost impossible to convey the idea of the syllogism to normally
intelligent but nonliterate people. When Russian peasants were given the
syllogistic puzzle In the Far North, where there is snow, all bears are
white. Novaya Zembla is in the Far North and there is always snow there.
What color are the bears?, a typical response was, "I don't know. I've
seen a black bear. I've never seen any others. Each locality has its own
animals." From their point of view, it was absurd to try to figure out the
color of bears with logic, since bear coats are something you see, not
deduce.16 The ideas of the logical puzzle and the transitive relationship
are evidently learned, not inherent to human intelligence. If there is a
logical pattern, it would be nothing simple to figure out, for the first
thing we would have to do is figure out what has to be figured out. And
that would almost certainly require the discovery of some external context,
like an alien culture's way of thinking and reasoning. Unless, of course,
the circlemakers have tried to use some human mode of reasoning.
There are an enormous number of possibilities. A reading of the
circles will not come easily. A lot will depend on the ability to make
inspired guesses, and convince other people that they are right. The
rest will depend on good data, good analytical tools, and vast amounts of
hard work. But the potential payoff ought to make any linguist salivate.
The field has ample room for the next Chompollon.
5. About Unconvincing Guesses
Having put forward a guess (of a sort), let me say something about
unconvincing guesses. I have seen quite a few articles purporting to
decode individual formations to reveal some definite meaning, like "Kha-
wah" ("life giver")17 or "This is a dangerous place to camp."18 The
typical move in such guesses is to declare that the formation contains
letters in an ancient language or elements from an obscure symbol system,
and decode it by translating those letters/elements into English. I find
these kinds of guesses uniformly unconvincing. If you compare the cir-
cles to any language or symbol system, you'll score a number of hits.
Compare them to English, and you'll find F's, O's, C's, Q's, I's, M's, and
W's. Compare them to American traffic symbols, and you can find resem-
blances to stoplights (i.e. three circles in a row), dashed lines on the
road, and "no entry" signs. This second example is deliberately ludi-
crous, but it illustrates the "Rorschach" quality of the phenomenon: one
can see almost anything in it. Simple resemblance alone, let alone highly
approximate resemblance, is a very shaky ground for decoding.
It is also very common for such arguments to ignore the fact that
the supposed "letters" and 'symbols" are stuck onto unrelated shapes,
and otherwise distorted and garbled. It doesn't make sense to use an
alphabet or symbol system by making it nearly unrecognizable. Finding a
highly resemblant set of symbols could change the whole game, but to my
knowledge, no one has accomplished this, not even Michael Green in his
ambitious attempt to link the circles to designs on ancient Roman and
Celtic stone carvings.19 Green finds several interesting similarities
between ancient carvings and modern crop circles, but it's not enough to
establish a meaningful link, since hundreds of formations have appeared
in the last few years, and there are hundreds of Roman/Celtic shapes
which look nothing like any known crop circle. More problematically, the
Roman/Celtic shapes are typically combinations of circles, so the probabili-
ty of a few rough matches by pure chance is very high. And, of course,
even if the Celts were imitating crop circles seen thousands of years ago,
their interpretations of them ("cosmic egg", "sun god", etc.) cannot be
known to be the same as the intentions of the entities who generated
them. They could be completely off the mark, as far as the circlemakers
are concerned. The historical link would be exciting and valuable if
Green could establish it more strongly, but it would be of little direct
assistance in interpretative efforts.
In sum, most would-be "decoders" look at a few formations, ignoring
all the rest; they make no attempt to resolve diverse shapes into a sys-
tem; they fail to consider disconfirming evidence. Instead, they Rorschach
their theories into a small part of the phenomenon, and find exactly what
they want to find.
Of course, no one can avoid Rorschaching into the circles. I myself
have read my hopes, beliefs, and professional biases into them. But one
must at least try to consider the whole phenomenon and think about it
systematically. Error may then be productive error. Anything else is
only confusion.
6. The Future Looks Back on the Present: A Hopeful Guess
There is far more that could be said, but I am probably pushing
the limits of Mufon's printing budget with a paper of this size, and the
patience of my readers as well. I will close, then, by offering a hopeful
look at the present from the viewpoint of the future. Someday, there may
be a paradigm which explains the crop circles to everybody's satisfaction.
Then it will be difficult for people to see this strange and beautiful
phenomenon any other way. But historians will be fascinated by the pre-
paradigm writings of this era. To them our ways of seeing will look
untutored and naive, but also fresh and new--the words of children
seeing things for the first time. Despite their superior knowledge, they
may envy us, we who have the extraordinary opportunity of first sight.
Naivete is a rare gift. Let us use it well.
Notes
(1) R.M. Skinner, "A Seventeenth-Century Report of an Encounter with an
Ionized Vortex?" Journal of Meteorology, November 1990, p. 346. The
source is John Aubrey's Natural History of Wiltshire (publication date not
given.)
(2) John Haddington reports hearing and recording "a strange and beauti-
ful trilling noise" in a circle at Bishops Canning, 1990. See his "The
Wansdyke Watch", The Cereologist, issue 1 (Summer 1990), p. 15.
(3) David J. Reynolds, "Possibility of a Crop Circle from 1590." Journal of
Meteorology, November 1990, pp. 347-352. The text is Robert Plott's The
Natural History of Stafford-shire, Oxford, 1686.
(4) Plott, p. 15 (italics in original.) I am grateful to Carl Carpenter for
sending me a xerox of the relevant chapter of the book, pages 7-21.
(5) For examples of the former, see Delgado and Andrews' Circular Evidence
(Bloomsbury Press, 1989), pp. 179-190. For examples of the latter, see
Terence Meaden, The Circles Effect and its Mysteries (Artetech, 1989)
especially chapter 2.
(6) Proceedings of the First International Conference on the Circles Effect
(held at Oxford Polytechnic, June 23, 1990), p. 50. This has been reprint-
ed as Circles From the Sky. The April 1991 issue of the Mufon UFO
Journal contains a large bibliography which includes ordering information
for most of the books cited in this paper.
(7) University of Chicago Press, 1962.
(8) Proceedings, p. 39. The event is also discussed in The Circles Effect
and its Mysteries, p. 55.
(9) Michael Green, "The Rings of Time: The Symbolism of the Crop Circles."
In The Crop Circle Enigma (Gateway Books, 1990, ed. Ralph Noyes) p. 139.
(10) Quoted in Kuhn, p. 18.
(11) Michael Chorost and Colin Andrews, "The Summer 1990 Crop Circles",
Mufon UFO Journal, December 1990, pp. 3-14.
(12) Some people have tried to define what we can presume. Gregory
Benford: "The most extreme view one can take is to reject any category of
knowledge of the alien, declaring them all to be inherently anthropomor-
phic or anthropocentric, and flatly declare that the alien is fundamentally
unknowable" (26). Benford later goes on to suggest, though, that we may
be able to expand our categories to include alien ways of knowing: "We
can make ourselves greater. We can ingest the alien" (27). ("Aliens and
Unknowability: A Scientist's Perspective", in Starship, vol. 43, Winter-
Spring 1982-3, pp. 25-27.) On the other hand, Marvin Minsky argues that
alien intelligence is likely to resemble ours, because "every evolving intel-
ligence will eventually encounter certain very special ideas--e.g. about
arithmetic, causal reasoning, and economics--because these particular ideas
are very much simpler than other ideas with similar uses" (127). (Byte,
April 1985, pp. 127-138.) Speculation is useful for defining the problem,
but it's rather like Robinson Crusoe trying to do sociology.
(13) Lewis White Beck, "Extraterrestrial Intelligent Life." In Extraterrestri-
als: Science and Alien Intelligence, edited by Edward Regis, Jr. Cam-
bridge University Press, 1985.
(14) Cipher A. Deavours, "Extraterrestrial Communication: A Cryptologic
Perspective", in Extraterrestrials: Science and Alien Intelligence. pp. 201-
214. (Interestingly enough, the author's name is not a joke.)
(15) Edward R. Tufte, Envisioning Information. Graphics Press, Cheshire,
Connecticut, 1990.
(16) Luria's finding is discussed in Walter J. Ong, Orality and Literacy: The
Technologizing of the Word (New York: Methuen, 1982), pp. 52-53.
(17) Letter by Ernest P. Moyer, reprinted in Focus (Dec. 31, 1990), p. 16.
(18) Jon Erik Beckjord, broadside sheet, February 1991.
(19) Michael Green, "The Rings of Time: The Symbolism of the Crop Circles."
In The Crop Circles Enigma, Gateway Books, 1990, pp. 137-171.
About the Author
Michael Chorost was educated at Brown and the University of Texas at
Austin, and is now at Duke, working toward his Ph.D. in Renaissance liter-
ature and philosophy of language. His first article on the subject, "The
Summer 1990 Crop Circles", was coauthored with Colin Andrews and was
published in December 1990's Mufon UFO Journal. He has also authored
a bibliography of the phenomenon.
The author may be contacted at:
North American Circle
P.O. Box 61144
Durham, NC 27705-1144
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
EOF
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

631
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2815.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
SUBJECT: CLINICAL ANALYSIS OF UFO ABDUCTIONS FILE: UFO2815
What follows is a report given on the Psychiatry and evaluation of
UFO abducted victims by RIMA E. LAIBOW, M.D. This report is not
considered "light" reading.
As usual, my *disclaimer* will be to read and make up your own mind :-)
------ Begin Included Text --------------------------------------------
RIMA E. LAIBOW, M.D.
Child and Adult Psychiatry
Cerridwen
13 Summit Terrace
Dobbs' Ferry, NY 10522
(914)693-3081
CLINICAL DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXPECTED AND OBSERVED DATA IN PATIENTS
REPORTING UFO ABDUCTIONS: IMPLICATIONS FOR TREATMENT
ABSTRACT: IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS PAPER MAKES NO ATTEMPT TO ASSIGN OR
WITHHOLD EXTERNAL VALIDITY RELATIVE TO UFO ABDUCTION SCENARIOS.
Patients who believe themselves to be UFO abductees are a
heterogeneous group widely dispersed along demographic and cultural lines.
Careful examination of these patients and their abduction reports presents
four areas of significant discrepancy between expected and observed data.
Implications for the treatment of patients presenting UFO abduction
scenarios are discussed.
INTRODUCTION
If a patient were to confide to a therapist that he had been abducted
by aliens who took him aboard a UFO and performed a series of medical
procedures and examinations on him it is not likely that the patient would
find either a receptive ear or a respectful and non-judgemental response from
the therapist. The material presented would lie so far outside the confines
of our personal and cultural belief system that it would seem intolerably
anomalous to most of us. We would probably dismiss or repudiate it using a
few comfortable and familiar assumptions which hold so much obvious wisdom
that they do not require specific examination.
When events which are too anomalous to allow their incorporation
into our world schema are presented to us, we are likely to dismiss them
by using assumptions based in out currently operative world view. This
effectively precludes the open evaluation of the anomaly. Hence, the
"expressible" response of most clinical and lay individuals upon hearing a UFO
abduction account would be an immediate dismissal of even the possibility that
such an episode might occur. Close upon the heels of that determination the
rapid and complete pathologization of the person offering such an account
would follow. Dream states, suggestibility, poor reality testing, outright
dissembling or frank psychosis are customarily offered and accepted as evident
and reasonable organizing models by which the production of this material may
be understood. These are typical maneuvers by which the presentation of
information which challenges schematic assumptions is dismissed or screened
out before the assumptions can be adequately tested for predictive reliability
and accuracy. Such testing is highly desirable, however, because it offers
us the opportunity to apply the scientific method to our current level of
theorital sophistication and thereby refine our understanding of reality
further still. Of course, this process is severely impeded when the new data
is excluded from consideration strictly because it is too anomalous for
assessment.
Westrum has offered a model by which events become "hidden" and
therefore remain anomalous to the perception of society in a circular
process: the hidden event is disbelieved and its disbelief helps to keep it
hidden. Citing the lengthy period during which battered children and their
battering parents remained hidden, Westrum states:
"An event is hidden if its occurrence is so implausible
that those who observe it hesitate to report it because
they do not expect to be believed. The implausibility
may cause the observer to doubt his own perceptions,
leading to the event's denial or mis identification.
Should the observer nonetheless make a report, he/she
can expect to be treated with incredulity or even
ridicule. Since the existence of a hidden event is
contrary to what science, society, and perhaps even
the observer believes, the event remains hidden because
of strong social forces which interfere with
reporting. The actual degree of underreporting is
sometimes difficult to believe, a skepticism which
itself acts as a deterrent to taking seriously
those reports which do surface." (1)
But for the clinician who spends a moment before reaching these
"obvious" and "intuitive" conclusions, several fascinating and potentially
productive questions present themselves. If we refrain for a short period
>from dismissing this material out-of-hand, we find that there are at least
four areas of puzzling and important discrepancy between our intuitive sense
of order and the data presented by the patient. These discrepancies force us
to re-examine our assumptions in light of a demonstrated failure of the theory
to account for the observed phenomena. This process, while taxing and
challenging, is nonetheless, the way we systemize our understanding of human
health and pathology. Noting the previously un-noted and using it to refine
our conceptual framework leads to better prediction and therefore to better
treatment.
It is not the purpose of this paper to ascribe relative reality to the
experience of abduction reported by some patients. Rather, precisely because
it lies outside the realm of clinical expertise to assess with certainty
whether these events actually occurred or if they are mere fantasy, it is
mandatory for the clinician to examine the impact of these experiences,
whatever their source, upon the patient. This must be done in a clear sighted
and open-minded fashion so that the impact of the experiences may be dealt
with rather than made into hidden events.
AREAS OF DISCREPANCY
1. ABSENCE OF MAJOR PSYCHOPATHOLOGY: It is intuitively
seductive (and perhaps comfortable) for us to assume that psychotic-level
functioning will necessarily be present in a person claiming to be a UFO
abductee. If this level of distortion and delusion is present, a patient
would be expected to demonstrate some other evidence of reality distortion.
Pathology of this magnitude would not be predicted to be present in a well
integrated, mature and non-psychotic individual. Instead, we would expect
clinical and psychometric tools to reveal serious problems in numerous areas
both inter- and interpersonally. It would be highly surprising if otherwise
well-functioning persons were to demonstrate a single area of floridly
psychotic distortion. Further, if this single idea fix were totally
circumscribed, non-invasive and discrete, that in itself would be highly
anomalous. Well-developed, fixed delusional states with numerous
elaborated and sequential components are not seen in otherwise healthy
individuals. Prominent evidence of deep dysfunction would be expected to
pervade many areas of the patient's life. One would predict that if the
abduction experience were the product of delusional or other psychotic states,
it would be possible to detect such evidence through the clinical and
psychometric tools available to us.
This points to the first important discrepancy: individuals
claiming alien abduction frequently show no evidence of past or present
psychosis, delusional thinking, reality-testing deficits, hallucinations or
other significant psychopathology despite extensive clinical evaluation.
Instead, there is a conspicuous absence of psychopathology of the magnitude
necessary to account for the production of floridly delusional and presumably
psychotic material.(2)
In order to test this startling and anomalous information, a group of
subjects who believe they have been abducted by aliens (9, 5 male, 4 female)
were asked to participate in a psychometric evaluation. An experienced
clinical psychologist carried out an investigation using projection tests
(Rorschach, TAT, Draw a Person and the MMPI) and the Wechler Adult
Intelligence Scale. The examining clinician was told "the subjects were being
evaluated to determine similarities and differences in personality structure,
as well as psychological strengths and weaknesses". All of the subjects
actively refrained from sharing UFO-related experiences with the examiner and
she was unaware of this theme in their lives.
The investigator found that commonalties were not strongly present and
that:
"while the subjects are quite heterogeneous in their
personality styles, there is a modicum of homogeneity
in several respects: (1) relatively high intelligence
with concomitant richness of inner life; (2) relative
weakness in the sense of identity, especially sexual
identity; (3) concomitant vulnerability in the inter-
personal realm; (4) a certain orientation towards
alertness which is manifest alternately in a certain
perceptual sophistication and awareness or in inter-
personal hyper-vigilance and caution.... Perhaps the
most obvious and prominent impression left by the
nine subjects is the range of personality styles
the present.... There is little to unite them as a
group from the standpoint of the overt manifestations
of their personalities.... They [are] very distinctive
unusual and interesting subjects. [But] "Along with
above average intelligence, richness in mental life,
and indications of narcissistic identity disturbance,
the nine subjects also share some degree of impair-
ment in personal relationships. For [some] subjects,
problems in intimacy are manifest more in great
sensitivity to injury and loss than in lack of
intimacy and relatedness. [Ad] "...The last salient
dimension of impairment in the interpersonal realm
relates to a certain mildly paranoid and disturbing
streak in many of the subjects, which renders them
very wary and cautious about involving themselves
with others. It is significant that all but one of
the subjects had modest elevations on the MMPI paranoia
scale relative to their other scores. Such modest
elevations mean that we are not dealing with blatant
paranoid symptomology but rather over-sensitivity,
defensiveness and fear of criticism and susceptibility
to feeling pressured. To summarize, while this is a
heterogeneous group in terms of overt personality style,
it can be said that most of its members share being
rather unusual and very interesting. They also share
brighter than average intelligence and a certain rich-
ness of inner life that can operate favorably in terms
of creativity or disadvantageously to the extent that
it can be overwhelming. Shared underlying emotional
factors include a degree of identity disturbance, some
deficits in the interpersonal sphere, and generally
mild paranoia phenomena (hypersensitivity, wariness,
etc.)" (3)
Her findings demonstrate a uniform lack of the significant
psychopathology which would be necessary to account for these experiences if
abduction experiences do represent the psychotic or delusional states
predicted by current theory.
When the examiner was informed of the true reason for the selection of
the subjects for this evaluation (i.e., their shared belief that they had been
exposed to alien abductions), she wrote an addendum to the original report re-
examining the findings of the testing in the light of the new data. In it she
states:
"The first and most critical question is whether our
subjects' reported experiences could be accounted
for strictly on the basis of psychopathy, i.e., mental
disorder. The answer is a firm no. In broad terms,
if the reported abductions were confabulated fantasy
productions, based on what we know about psychological
disorders, they could only have come from pathological
liars, paranoid schizophrenics, and severely disturbed
and extraordinarily rare hysteroid characters subject
to fugue states and/or multiple personality shifts...
It is important to note that not one of the subjects,
based on test data, falls into any of these categories.
Therefore, while testing can do nothing to prove the
veracity of the UFO abduction reports, one can conclude
that the test findings are not inconsistent with the
possibility that reported UFO abductions have, in fact,
occurred. In other words, there is no apparent
psychological explanation for their reports." (4)
2. CONCORDANCE OF REPORTED DATA: The second point of
intriguing discrepancy follows from this surprising absence of evidence
of a common thread of severe and reality-distorting psychopathology to
account for the patient's bizarre assertions. They claim that they have
been abducted, sometimes repeatedly over nearly the whole course of their
lives, by aliens who have communicated with them and carried out procedures
much like medical examinations. Persons reporting these experiences are seen
to be psycho-dynamically varied. They are also demographically varied.
Reports of this basic scenario, numbering in the hundreds, have now been
recorded. Even though the reporters range from individuals as diverse as a
mestizo Brazilian farmer(5),an American corporate lawyer (6), and a Mid-
Western minister(7), there is a perplexing and intriguing concordance of
features in these reports. Certain details of the scenarios repeat themselves
with disturbing regularity no matter what the educational, national, social,
experiential or other demographic characteristics of the reporter. In the
production of dreams, reveries, poetry, fantasies and psychotic states, while
the general themes of concern may be identified easily between individuals,
the specific symbolization, concretion, abstraction and representation of
those themes is relatively indiosyncratic for each individual. This of course
necessitates careful empathic and attentive listening on the clinician's part
to gather both the general flavor and specific meaning of the elements of the
fantasy state. This careful listening often means that a personal symbolic
representational system can be unraveled and its contents can be rendered less
mysterious to the patient. In the abduction scenarios however, both specific
details and themes repeat themselves with surprising regularity: In general,
the appearance and modus operandi of the aliens, their effect and procedures,
their tools and interests, their crafts and physical features all tally from
report to report with a high rate of concordance. (8,9,10) This intriguing
fact seems impervious to the socio-economic, educational, national, or
cultural background of the abductee. Similarly, whether the individual has
had previous contact with the literature of abduction seems to make little
difference in this vein since the reports of individuals who can be shown to
have had no exposure to abduction literature also contains these common
features. Skilled practitioners and investigators report in these cases that
they are convinced that each of these subjects was being wholly truthful in
his/her report.
The concordance of both content and event in these reports makes
them unlike any other fantasy-generated material with which I am familiar.
Indeed, investigators like Hopkins and others claim they have intentionally
withheld dissemination of certain important, frequently reported aspects of
the abduction scenarios in order to provide a "check" on the material being
presented to them by individuals who may have had access to this literature
since abductees may have been influenced at either the conscious or the
unconscious level by it. In these cases as well, the features which have
previously been published as well as those withheld are both produced by the
abductee (11). In instances in which the patient has read some of the
abductee literature, this previously withheld material may be offered to the
investigator with a sense of personal invalidation, apology and embarrassment.
He often expresses concern that this information is less likely to be
believed than the other material with which he is already familiar. (12)
Jung and others have written widely about the use of archetypes
and the collective awareness of themes and images which are asserted to
present themselves in a world-wide and multi-personal way. The amount of
individual variation and creative latitude demonstrated within the closed
system of archetypes and collected creativity is vast. Those who pose such
universals detect their presence in the complex and highly idiosyncratic
presentations and guises which they are given by the unconscious mind of the
patient and the artist. This disguise is idiosyncratic, they hold, precisely
because a set of available images is being used to work and rework the
personal realities of the individual against the background of the collective.
But the abductee does not seem to be involved in the reworking of personal
mythologies against the canvas of the race's mythology. The details and
contents of the scenarios seem, upon extensive investigation, to bear little
thematic relevance to the issues inherent in the life of the abductee.
Intensive follow up investigation frequently yields no thematic, archetypical,
primary process symbolic meaning to the shape or activities of the abductors
and the scenario of the abduction itself. Instead, therapeutic work in these
cases centers around the issues inherent in the powerlessness and
vulnerability of the individual even is this were not a prominent theme in his
life before the putative abduction. In other words, the customary richness of
association and creativity found in the examination of dreams and other
fantasy material is lacking with regard to the scenario and presentation of
the aliens who abduct and manipulate the patient in the abduction story.
If the abduction material is indeed archetypal or fantasy generated in
nature, this is a new class of archetypes. These archetypes demand rather
exact representation and mythic presentation since the activities and behavior
of the aliens is rather invariant within a narrow latitude regardless of the
other dream and fantasy themes of the patient.
3. ABDUCTION SCENARIOS AND HYPNOSIS. Members of both the lay and
professional communities frequently assume that material referring to UFO
abduction scenarios is retrieved under hypnosis. Since it is generally
believed that people under hypnosis are open to the implantation of
suggestions through the overt or covert influence of the hypnotist it is
concluded that this material reproduces the hypnotists' expectations or
interests. It is further concluded that since the hypnotist "put it there"
the abduction could not be accounted for as material which emerges solely from
the patient's end of dyad.
Thus, the abduction scenarios are commonly dismissed as merely representing
the production of desired material by compliant subjects. The abductees strong
sense of personal conviction that this really happened to him during the
session itself and upon recall of the session is similarly dismissed as an
artifact of the process by which the fantasies were generated.
Several compelling factors mitigate against the facile dismissal of
data in this way. Firstly, about 20% of these highly concordant abduction
scenarios are available spontaneously at the level of conscious awareness
prior to hypnosis. (13,14) These accounts may be enhanced or subjected to
further elaboration through the use of hypnosis or other recall enhancement
techniques, but in a significant number of people producing abduction
scenarios the recall is initially produced without recourse to such
techniques. If their stories were substantially different from the concordant
abduction scenarios produced under regressive hypnosis, a different phenomenon
would be taking place.
However, given the perplexing clinical presentation of similar stories
>from dissimilar people who are uninformed about one another's experience, this
presents another highly interesting area of discrepancy.
Hopkins has classified patterns of abduction recall into five
categories:
Type 1. patients consciously recall parts of the full abduction
scenario without hypnotic or other techniques designed to aid recall. The
emergence of this material may be delayed.
Type 2. patients recall the UFO sighting, surrounding circumstances
and/or aliens, but do not recall the abduction itself. Only a perceived gap in
time indicates any anomalous occurrence.
Type 3. patients recall a UFO and/or hominids but nothing else.
There is no sense of time lapse or dislocation.
Type 4. patients recall only a time lapse or dislocation. No UFO
abduction scenario is recalled without the use of specific retrieval
techniques.
Type 5. patients recall noting relating to UFO or abduction
scenarios. Instead they experience discrepant emotions ranging from uneasy
suspicions that "something happened to me" to intense, ego-dystonic fears of
specific locations, conditions or actions. They may also exhibit unexplained
physical wounds and/or recurring dreams of abduction scenario content which
are not fixed in their experience as to place and time. (15)
Examination of the transcripts of hypnotic sessions which yield
abduction material reveals that although subjects are sufficiently
suggestible to enter the trance state as directed by the therapist, they
resist having material "injected" into their account. They customarily
refuse to be "lead" or distracted by the therapist's attempts to change
either the focus or content of their report. The subject characteristically
insists upon correcting errors or distortions suggested or implied by the
hypnotist during the session. Hence it is difficult to account for the
similarities and concordances of these scenarios through the mechanism of
suggestibility when these subjects so steadfastly refuse to be lead by
hypnotists.
In fact, it is even more striking that while these patients feel the
material which they are producing both in and out of hypnosis as
experientially "real", nonetheless they frequently seek to discount or
explain away this bizarre and frightening material. This remains true even
though sharing it regularly results in a significant remission of anxiety-
related symptoms and discomfort. These abduction scenarios are so ego-alien
that they have frequently not shared the material with anyone at all or with
only a highly select group of trusted intimates. In the vast preponderance of
cases patients are reluctant to allow themselves to be publicly identified as
having had these experiences since the perceive that the abduction scenario is
so highly anomalous that they expect to experience ridicule and repudiation if
they become associated with it publicly. It therefore functions like a guilty
secret in the way that rape has (and, unfortunately still does in some cases).
After the material is produced and explored, these subjects often
experience a marked degree of relief. This is true with reference both to
previously identified symptomatic behaviors and other anxiety manifestations
not noted on initial assessment. These other symptoms may remit after
enhanced recall of the scenario and its details takes place. It is
interesting to note that while the scenarios may contain a good deal of highly
traumatic material specifically related to reproductive functioning, these
episodes are nearly uniformly free of subjective erotic charge when either the
manifest or latent contents are examined.
4. POST TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER (PTSD) IN THE ABSENCE OF
EXTERNAL TRAUMA: PTSD was first described in the content of battle
fatigue (16). Although it may present in a wide variety of clinical guises
(17) PTSD is currently understood as a disorder which occurs in the context of
intolerable externally induced trauma which floods the victim with anxiety
and/or depression when his overwhelmed and paralyzed ego defenses prove
inadequate to the task of organizing unbearably stressful events. In the
service of the patient's urgent attempt to still the tides of disorganizing
anxiety, fear or guilt<18> which accompany the emergence of cognitive, sensory
or emotional recall of these traumatic events, the trauma itself may be
either partly or completely unavailable to conscious recall. <19>...Both
physical and psychological responses to the trauma are profound and pervasive.
PTSD follows overwhelming real-life trauma and is not known to present as a
sequel to internally generated fantasy states.<20>
This fourth area of discrepancy between predicted and observed data is
perhaps the most striking and challenging. Patients who produce alien
abduction material in the absence of psycopathology severe enough to account
for it often show the clinical picture of PTSD. This is remarkable when one
considers that it is possible that no traumatic event occured except that
rooted only in fantasy. These trauma are, in large measure, split off, denied
and repressed as they are in other occurrences of PTSD.
As discussed above, these scenarios frequently appear in individuals
who are otherwise free of any indication of significant emotional and
psychological instability or pre-existing severe psycopathology. On careful
clinical assessment, these memories do not appear to fill the intrapsychic
niches usually occupied by psychotic or psycho-neurotic formulations. The
abduction scenarios do not encapsulate or ward off unacceptable impulses, they
do not define <or defend against> split off affects, they are not used either
to stabilize or to divert current or archaic patterns of behavior nor do they
provide secondary gain or manipulative control for the individual.
Instead, this material, experienced by the patient as unwelcome and
totally ego-dystonic, seems quite consistently to be woven into the fabric of
the patient's internal life only in terms of his reactive response to the
stress inherent in these experiences and the contents of the repressed
material related to the stressful memories. But the extent of this secondary
response can be extensive. It should be noted that PTSD has not previously
been thought to occur following trauma which has been generated solely by
internally states. If abduction scenarios are in fact fantasies, then our
understanding of PTSD need to be suitably broadened to account for this
heretofore unexpected correlation.
In addition, there are significant clinical implications to the
finding of abduction scenario material in a patient who shows PTSD but is
otherwise free of significant psychopathology. Since abduction scenario
material presents several crucial areas of anomaly and discrepancy between
what is known and that which is observed. It is very important for the
therapist to refrain from the comfortable (for the therapist, at least)
description of psychotic functioning to the patient who produces this material
until such disturbance is, in fact, demonstrated and corroborated by the
presence of other signs beside the UFO-related material. It is imperative for
the therapist to adopt a non-judgemental stance. He can attend to the
distress of the patient without attempting to confirm or deny possibilities
which are outside the specific area of his expertise. The clinician should
adopt as his therapeutic priority the alleviation of the PTSD symptomology
through the use of appropriate and acceptable methods specific to the
treatment of PTSD. In addition, the therapist must remember that while he may
have strong convictions pro or con the abduction actually having occurred, it
is not within either his capability or expertise to make such a judgement with
total certainty. Furthermore, as the clinical psychologist who evaluated the
nine abductees pointed out in her addendum, the sophistication of the
psychotherapies has not advanced to the point at which this determination can
be made on the basis of currently available information (21), although the
treatment of post traumatic symptomology is currently understood. Hence, it
is important for the therapist to retain the same non-judgemental and helpful
stance necessary to the successful treatment of any other traumatic insult.
When a therapist labels material as either unacceptable or insane, the
burden of the patient is increased. If the therapist is reacting out of
prejudices which reflect his own closely-held beliefs rather than his
complete certainty, he unfairly increases the distress of the patient.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS: Although it has long been the
"common wisdom" of both the professional and lay communities that anyone
claiming to be the victim of abduction by UFO occupants must be seriously
disturbed, thoroughly deluded or a liar, careful examination of both the
reports and their reports calls this assumption into question. Clinical and
psychometric investigation of abductees reveals four areas of discrepancy
between the expected data and the observable phenomena and suggests further
investigation. These discrepant areas are:
1. ABSENCE OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY An unexpected absence of severe
psychopathology coupled with the high level of functioning found in many
abductees is a perplexing and surprising finding. Psychometric evaluation
of nine abductees revealed a notable heterogeneity of psychological and
psychometric characteristics. The major area of homogeneity was in the
absence of significant psychopathology. Rather than consulting a subset
of the severely disturbed and psychotic population, there is clinical
evidence that at least some abductees are high functioning, healthy
individuals. This interesting discrepancy requires further investigation.
2. CONCORDANCE OF REPORTS Highly dissimilar people produce
strikingly similar accounts of abductions by UFO occupants. The basic
scenarios are highly concordant in detail and events. This is surprising in
light of the widely divergent cultural, socio-economic, educational,
occupational, intellectual and emotional status of abductees. Further, the
scenarios themselves do not seem to show the same layering of affect and
symbolic richness present in other fantasy endowed material. Instead,
symbolic and conceptual complexity centers around the meaning of the
experience for the individual, not around the shape, form, activity, intent,
etc., of the aliens and their environment. This is in stark contrast to the
expected complexity and diversity of thematic and symbolic elaboration found
in our fantasy material.
3. RESISTANCE TO SUGGESTION UNDER HYPNOSIS Abduction scenario
concordance is frequently attributed to the introduction of material into the
suggestible mind of a hypnotized patient. Examination of abduction reports
indicates that a significant percentage of these reports emerge into conscious
awareness prior to the use of hypnosis or other techniques employed to
stimulate recall. Furthermore abductees resist being lead or diverted during
hypnosis and regularly insist on correcting the hypnotist so that their report
remains accurate according to their own perceptions.
4. PTSD IN THE ABSENCE OF TRAUMA Post Traumatic Stress
Disorder (PTSD) has not been previously reported in patients experiencing
overwhelming stress predicted only in internally generated states such as
psychotic delusional systems or phobias. But patients reporting abduction
frequently show classic signs and symptoms of PTSD. Like other kinds of PTSD
it is subject to clinical intervention which frequently leads to substantial
clinical improvement. But in order for this improvement to occur, the patient
must be treated for the PTSD he exhibits rather than the psychotic state he is
presumed to display by virtue of his abduction report. If the abduction
scenarios represent only a fantasy state, then it is worth investigating why
(and how) this particular highly concordant and deeply disturbing fantasy is
involved in the pathogenesis of a condition otherwise seen only following
externally induced trauma. Further, if this is found to be the case, the
nature of PTSD itself should be re-examined in light of this finding.
Alternatively, it may be that the trauma is, in fact, an external one which
has taken place and the post traumatic state represents an expected response
on the part of a traumatized patient.
It is not within the area of expertise of the clinician to make an
accurate determination about the objective validity of UFO abduction events.
But it is certainly within his purview to assist the patient in regaining a
sense of appropriate mastery, anxiety reduction and the alleviation of the
clinical symptomalogy as efficiently and effectively as possible. This is
best accomplished through an assessment the patient's *actual* state of
psycho-dynamic organization, not his *presumed* state. In other words, in
order to make the diagnosis of a psychotic or delusional state, findings other
than the presence of a belief in UFO abduction must be present. In the
absence of other indications of severe psychopathology, it is inappropriate to
treat the patient as if he were afflicted with such psychopathology. It lies
outside the realm of clinical expertise to determine with absolute certainty
whether or not a UFO abduction has indeed taken place. Patients should not be
viewed as demonstrating prima facie evidence of pervasive psychotic
dysfunction because of the abduction material alone nor should they be
hospitalized or treated with anti-psychotic medication based solely on the
presence of UFO abduction scenarios. Instead, they should be assessed on the
basis of their overall psychologic state. Unless otherwise indicated,
treatment should be focused on the PTSD symptomatology and its repair.
The areas of discrepancy which arise from the examination of UFO
abductees between the expected clinical finding and the observed ones
highlight interesting questions which require further investigation into
the nature and impact of fantasy on psycho-dynamic states and symptom
formation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)Westrum, R., Social Intelligence About Hidden Events,
Knowledge:Creation, Diffusion, Utilization, Vol 3 No 3,
March 1982, p.382
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2)Hopkins, B. Missing Time: A Documented Study of UFO Abductions.
New York, Richard Marek 1981.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3)Slater, E., Ph.D. "Conclusions on Nine Psychologicals" in
Final Report on the Psychological Testing of UFO Abductees"
Mt Ranier, MD, 1985
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4)Slater, E., Ph.D. Addendum to "Conclusions on Nine Psychological"
in Final Report on the Psychological Testing of UFO "Abductees", op.cit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5)Creighton, G. "The Amazing Case of Antonio Villas Boas" in
Rogo, D>S>, ed., Alien Abductions. New York, New American
Library, pp. 51-83, 1980.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6)Hopkins,B. Missing Time: A Documented Study of UFO Abductions. op.cit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7)Druffel,A. "Harrison Bailey and the 'Flying Saucer Disease'" in
Rogo, S.D., ed., op.cit. pp. 122-137
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8)Strieber, W. Communion. New York, Avon, 1987
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9)Fowler, R. The Andreasson Affair. New York, Bantam Books, 1979
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(10)Fuller, J. The Interrupted Journey. New York, Dell, 1966
---------------------------------------
(11)Hopkins, B. Intruders: The Incredible Visitation at Copley Woods.
New York, Random House, 1987
--------------------------------------
(12)Hopkins, B. Personal communications with the author about the more
than 200 abductees whom Mr. Hopkins has investigated both with and
without the use of hypnosis.
---------------------------------------
(13)Westrum, R. personal communication with the author.
---------------------------------------
(14)Hopkins, B. personal communication with the author.
---------------------------------------
(15)Hopkins, B. "The Investigation of UFO Reports" in The Spectrum
of UFO Research. Proceedings of the Second CUFOS Conference
(September 25-27, 1981), Hynek, M. ed., pp 171-2, Chicago,
J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies, 1988.
---------------------------------------
(16)Kardiner, A., The Traumatic Neuroses of War. New York,
P. Hoeber, 1941
---------------------------------------
(17)van Der Kolk, B.A., Psychological Trauma. Washington, DC, American
Psychiatric Press, 1987
---------------------------------------
(18)Horowitz,M.J., Stress Response Syndromes. New York, Jason Aronson,1976
---------------------------------------
(19)van Der Kolk, op.cit.
---------------------------------------
(20)American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual
of Mental Disorders, 3rd ed. Washington, DC,
American Psychiatric Association, 1980
---------------------------------------
(21)Slater, op.cit.
---------------------------------------
EOF
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

559
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2816.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
SUBJECT: BIBLIORAPHICAL UPDATE ON CROP CIRCLES FILE: UFO2816
----------------------------------------------------------------------
This information is presented for your persusal and is a continuation
of my policy of informing the public what is currently available. As
usual my *disclaimer* is simply to present the data and let you form
your own opinion(s). Please feel free to agree,disagree,discuss or
ponder :-)
As I do not have a great amount of time available to pursue follow-ups
exclusively, comments to me should be directed to dona@bilver.uucp
in mail.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
------Begin Included Text -------------------------------------------
Circles of Note: Bibliography on the Crop Circles
Updated June 9, 1991
Michael Chorost
Bibliographies always look rather dry. However, a careful reader
can learn much from this one, since many of the entries have parentheti-
cal summaries attached to them. Also, a close look at the topics will
reveal the diversity of the crop circles phenomenon and the responses it
has gathered. Finally, the sections on books, magazines, and studies
include price and ordering information, where known.
I should note two sets of exclusions. First, I have not indexed
articles from journals devoted to cerealogy. Much of the best information
has been printed in their pages; back numbers can often be obtained by
writing to the editors. Second, I have tended to include newspaper arti-
cles only of particular interest or informativeness, such as ones reporting
circles in detail, non-English circles, or noteworthy points of view.
Inclusion in this bibliography does not imply endorsement.
I am indebted to my contacts and colleagues in England, Canada,
and the United States, who generously sent me many of the articles listed
here. I would be grateful to receive any corrections and additions, which
will be included in future updates. Contact me at:
Michael Chorost
North American Circle
P.O. Box 61144
Durham, NC 27715-1144
All items listed alphabetically by author.
Books
Circular Evidence. Pat Delgado and Colin Andrews. London: Bloomsbury
Press, 1989. 190 pp. US price $29.95 hardcover, $14.95 softcover. At
least three sources: (1) Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI
49516, tel. (800) 678-0392. (2) Arcturus Book Services, P.O. Box 831383,
Stone Mountain, Georgia, 30083-0023, tel. (404) 297-4624. (3) Trafalgar
Square, Vermont, NY, tel. (802) 457-1911.
Crop Circles: The Latest Evidence. Pat Delgado and Colin Andrews.
London: Bloomsbury Press, 1990. 80 pp. UK L5.99, US $13.95. Ordering
information as above.
The Controversy of the Circles. Paul Fuller and Jenny Randles. UK
L4.20. BUFORA, 103 Hove Avenue, Walthamstow, London.
Crop Circles: A Mystery Solved. Paul Fuller and Jenny Randles. London:
Robert Hale Ltd, 1990, 250 pp. UK L13.95, US $30.95 (from Arcturus Books,
see entry for Circular Evidence above.)
The UFO Report 1990. Edited by Timothy Good. Sidgwick & Jackson,
1990. See "The Celtic Cross", p. 91-94.
The Circles Effect and Its Mysteries. George Terence Meaden. Bradford-
on-Avon: Artetech Publishing Company, April 1990 (2nd ed.) 116 pp. UK
L11.95. Order from Artetech, 54 Frome Road, Bradford-on-Avon, BA15 1LD;
tel. 02216 2482.
Proceedings of the First International Conference on the Circles Effect.
Edited by George Terence Meaden and Derek Elsom. Copyright TORRO-
CERES (Tornado and Storm Research Organization-Circles Effect Research
Group). 134pp. Conference held at Oxford Polytechnic on June 23, 1990.
Available from Artetech (see previous item) at UK L10.
Circles From The Sky. Edited by George Terence Meaden. The expanded,
hardcover edition of the Proceedings (see previous item.) 208 pp. UK
L14.99 from Souvenir Press, 43 Great Russell Street, London WC1B 3PA.
The Crop Circle Enigma. Edited by Ralph Noyes. Bath: Gateway Books,
1990. 192 pp. $29.95 (note price increase.) At least four sources: (1)
The Great Tradition, 11270 Clayton Creek Road, P.O. Box 108, Lower Lake,
CA 95457, tel. (707) 995-3906. (2) New Leaf Book Distributing Co, 5425
Tulane Drive SW, Atlanta, GA 30336-2323, tel. (404) 691-6996. (3) Inland
Book Co, P.O. Box 261, East Haven, CT 06512, tel. (203) 467-4257. (4)
Bookpeople, 2929 Fifth Street, Berkeley, CA 94710, tel. (415) 549-3030.
Physical Traces Associated With UFO Sightings. Compiled by Ted Phillips,
edited by Mimi Hynek. Northfield, Illinois: Center for UFO Studies, 1975.
The Natural History of Stafford-shire. Robert Plott (spelled "Plot" on title
page.) Oxford, 1686. (Pages 7-21 describe what may be 17th-century
fairy rings or crop circles.)
Passport to Magonia. Jacques Vallee. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co, 1969.
(See "Rings In The Moonlight", pp. 31-39, on "UFO nests.")
Periodicals
Circles Phenomenon Research (CPR) Newsletter. Editor: Pat Delgado. 1-
year subscription (4 issues) $24.00 (but price may be reduced; write for
current information.) CPR Satellite Office, 117 Ashland Lane, Aurora, OH
44202. Make checks payable to D.S. Rulison. (Sympathetic to theories of
non-human intelligence.)
UFO Newsclipping Service. Editor: Lucius Farish. 1-year subscription (12
issues) $55. Route 1, Box 220, Plumerville, Arkansas 72127. (Excellent
source for newspaper reports of crop circles worldwide.)
The Crop Watcher. Editor: Paul Fuller. 1-year subscription (6 issues) UK
L13.00 (overseas airmail price.) 3 Selborne Court, Tavistock Close, Romsey,
Hampshire SO51 7TY, England. (Sympathetic to the meteorological theory.)
The Circular. Editor: Bob Kingsley. 1-year subscription (4 issues) in-
cluded with membership in CCCS (Centre for Crop Circle Studies.) Over-
seas membership UK L15, US $33. Payable Visa/Access/Mastercard/Euro-
card. Write to Specialist Knowledge Services, St. Aldhelm, 20 Paul Street,
Frome, Somerset BA 11 1DX, U.K., or call (0373) 51777.
Journal of Meteorology. Editor: George Terence Meaden. 1-year overseas
subscription (10 issues) UK L55 surface, L65 airmail. 54 Frome Road,
Bradford-on-Avon, Wiltshire, BA15 1LD, England. (The bastion of the
meteorological theory.)
The Cerealogist. Editor: John Michell. 1-year subscription (3 issues)
L7.50, US $18.00. Payable Visa/Access/Mastercard/Eurocard. Write to
Specialist Knowledge Services, St. Aldhelm, 20 Paul Street, Frome, Somerset
BA 11 1DX, U.K., or call (0373) 51777. (Closely associated with the CCCS.
Eclectic approach.)
The Swamp Gas Journal. Editor: Chris Rutkowski. For subscription
information, write to the editor at Box 1918, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada
R3C 3R2. (Loosely associated with NAICCR--see "Studies"; runs stories on
Canadian crop circles.)
Mufon UFO Journal. Editor: Dennis Stacy. 1-year subscription (12 issues)
$25. 103 Oldtowne Road, Seguin, Texas 78155-4099. (Frequently runs
articles on crop circles, particularly North American ones.)
Articles
"Midwest Crop Circles." Erich A. Aggen, Jr. Mufon UFO Journal, no. 272
(December 1990), pp. 15-16. (Irregular crop circles near Odessa,
Missouri.)
"Circular Evidence." Colin Andrews. Mufon UFO Journal, no. 243 (July
1988), pp. 11-13. (Discussion of several 1987 formations.)
"Major Increase in Mystery Circles." Colin Andrews. Kindred Spirit (UK)
vol 1 no. 5 (Winter 1988-89) pp. 27-28.
"Crop Circles Appear in the U.S.S.R." Walt Andrus. Mufon UFO Journal,
no. 270 (October 1990), p. 13. (Oval, 35 by 45 meters; Krasnodar region.)
"The Thumb Prints of the Gods?" Anonymous. U.S. News & World Report,
Sept. 11, 1989. (Short item.)
"Prepare to Meet Thy Drought." Anonymous. Today, July 20, 1990.
(Suggests the multiple pictograms resemble the Sumerian language or
weather-map symbols.)
"Mystery Circles in Fukuoka." Anonymous. Asahi Evening News (Tokyo),
Sept. 28, 1990. (Two circles 12 km. E of Fukuoka City, Japan, found Sept.
17, 1990.)
"More Circular Evidence." Richard Beaumont. Kindred Spirit, vol. 1, no.
8, pp. 25-28. (Interview with Colin Andrews. Discusses electrical, psy-
chic, and historical events associated with the circles.)
"Crop Circles: The Mystery Deepens." Richard Beaumont. Kindred Spirit,
vol. 1, no. 12, pp. 32-37. (Summary of the key developments of the
Summer 1990 season, with aerial photos.)
"The English 'Circles' Mystery." Jon Erik Beckjord. UFO vol. 5, no. 6
(probably late 1990), pp. 9-13, 39. (Discusses personal visit to several
formations.)
"Possible Physical Mechanism for Producing Crop Circles." John Branden-
burg. Mufon UFO Journal, no. 276 (April 1991), pp. 10-11. (Suggests
microwave beams are responsible for flattening plants.)
"UFO Report to Farmers." George Brandsberg. Farm Profit, July-August
1975. (Discusses scorched patches and long swathes of sliced-off corn.)
"The Summer 1990 Crop Circles." Michael Chorost and Colin Andrews.
Mufon UFO Journal, no. 272 (December 1990), pp. 3-14. (Layering of
crops, EM effects, possibility of language. 10 photos, 3 diagrams.)
"Circles of Note: A Continuing Bibliography." Michael Chorost. Mufon UFO
Journal, no. 276 (April 1991), pp. 14-17. (This bibliography, as of April
1991.)
"Theses for a Pre-Paradigm Science: Cereology." Michael Chorost. To be
published in Mufon conference proceedings, July 1991. (Current state of
cereology; further theorizing on language hypothesis.)
"Erasmus Darwin on Cropfield Circles in 1789?: The Fairy-Ring
Connection." Mark Chorvinsky. Strange Magazine no. 6 (date unknown;
probably late 1990), p. 32. (Reprints Darwin's discussion of odd fairy-
rings; it is quite similar to Plott's account--see "Books.")
"UFO Mania Hits Odessa: Circles In Field Create Media Interest." Carol
Conrow. The Odessan (Odessa, Missouri), September 20, 1990, pp. 2-3.
(Discussion of Odessa crop circle in a field of sorghum.)
"Circles in Lowe Fields Stir Interest Across Nation." Carol Conrow. The
Odessan (Odessa, Missouri), September 27, 1990.
"The Whippingham Ground Effects." Leonard G. Cramp. Flying Saucer
Review, vol. 14, no. 3 (May/June 1968). (Extensive documentation of
straight and circular plant flattenings correlated with a reported UFO
sighting on July 10, 1967, near Newport, Isle of Wight.)
"The Circles: England's Greatest Unsolved Mystery." Sean Devney. UFO
Universe, July 1990, pp. 30-59. (Discussion of possible relationship to
Stonehenge.)
"Around and Around in Circles." Sally B. Donnelly. Time Magazine. Sept.
18, 1989, p.50. Letters of response in Oct. 9th issue, p. 14. (Overview of
the phenomenon; three color pictures.)
"Ever-Increasing Circles." Elisabeth Dunn. Telegraph Weekend Magazine
(UK), July 8, 1989, pp. 24-28. (Basic overview; good photographs.)
"Magical Mystery Tour." John Eccles. Sussex Express (UK), August 3,
1990. (Formation on Milton Street Farm, near Wilmington Priory.)
"Logic Flattens 'Corn Circle' Theories." James Erlichmann. Guardian (UK),
July 6, 1990, p. 24. (Reports Robert Cory's theory: "The phenomenon is
caused by the old-fashioned circular irrigation machine.")
"El Enigma Que Cayo Del Cielo." Hilary Evans. Ano Cero no. 2 (September
1990), pp. 50-55.
"Mysterious Circles in British Fields Spook the Populace." Craig Forman.
Wall Street Journal, Aug 28, 1989, p. A1. (Basic overview.)
"Squaring The Circles of Alien Visitors." Nigel Fountain. Guardian (UK),
August 1, 1990, p. 36. (Humor: "Stuff fluid dynamics, I want some
aliens.")
"Mystery Circles: Myth in the Making." Paul Fuller. International UFO
Reporter, May/June 1988, p. 4-8. (Supports meteorological theory;
presents two eyewitness cases of whirlwinds.)
"Weird Circles Puzzle Britons." Jacqui Goddard. The High Plains Journal
(Dodge City, Kansas), September 11, 1989, p. B1. (Basic overview.)
"Circles Run Rings Around Experts." Timothy Good. Hampshire Chronicle
(UK), Aug. 4, 1989. (Basic overview.)
"Circles in the fields inspire talk of UFO's." Maria Goodavage. USA Today,
November 15, 1990, p. 6A. (Short discussion of double-dumbbells.)
"Daylight Close Encounter." Stan Gordon. MUFON UFO Journal, July 1989,
pp. 18-21. (Discusses Pennsylvania UFO sighting and related circular
landing trace.)
"Retrospective Investigation of a Possible Trace at Mt. Garnet". Holly
Goriss and Russell Boundy. UFO Research Australia Newsletter, March-
April 1981 (Vol 2. No. 2) pp. 4-6. (Investigates a 1977 ground marking
which looks like a crude quintuplet.)
"Farmer's Amazing Find in Cornfield." Richard Green. Chase Post (Lich-
field, UK), Aug. 9, 1990. (Chorley, Lichfield "cross" formation.)
"Crop Circles Create Rounds of Confusion." Wendy Grossman. Skeptical
Inquirer, vol. 14 no. 2 (Winter 1990), pp. 117-118. ("A genuine modern
mystery.")
"The Year of the Vajra." John Haddington. Link Up, Sept-Nov. 1990, p.
4-13. (Suggests dumbbells are Buddhist symbols; discussion of camera
failures.)
"If It Can't Be Explained, Women Ready To Listen." Bill Harlan. Rapid
City Journal (South Dakota), March 10, 1991. (Report circles in area to
Davina Ryszka of Custer, S.D., (605) 673-2818.)
"Round and Round They Go: New Crop of Oddities Has British Going in
Circles." Timothy Harper. The Detroit News, Oct. 2, 1989, p. 3A. (Basic
overview.)
"Going Round in Circles." Andrew Hewitt. Huddersfield Examiner (UK),
August 7, 1990. (Supports vortex theory, dismisses hoax theory.)
"Taking A Turn Around The Circles." George Hill. The Times (UK), July
27, 1990, p. 16. (Attack on uncritical media approaches to phenomenon.)
"Beware of the Supernatural." Juliet Hughes. Wiltshire Gazette (UK),
August 9, 1990. ("If the crop circles prove to be meteorological phenome-
na, then all the more glory to God.")
"England's Puzzling Crop Circles: The Shape of a Mystery." J. Antonio
Huneeus. New York City Tribune, 2 parts: May 3 and 10, 1990 ("Science"
section.) (Discusses history, and hoax and meteorological theories.)
"A Sighting in Saskatchewan." J. Allen Hynek and Jacques Vallee, in The
Edge of Reality (Appendix A). The Henry Regnery Co., 1975. (Discusses
Canadian UFO sighting and related circular flattened areas.)
"Experts Can't Square Explanations of Circles." Gregory Jensen. Wash-
ington Times, July 27, 1990. Page A1. (Reports the Blackbird hoax inci-
dent. Photo of one of the pictograms.)
"Round and Round in Circles." Dianne Kenny. Global Link Up, December
1988/Feb. 1989, pp. 4-7. (Overview, theories.)
"Corn Circles and an Artful Explanation." Miles Kington. The Independ-
ent (UK), Sept. 5, 1990, p. 20. (Humor: "I would surmise that Wiltshire is
a very out-of-town gallery for some galaxy.")
"A Rare Circle for Skeptics." Marek Kohn. Weekend Guardian (UK), Aug.
18, 1990, p. 17. (Skeptical discussion of the phenomenon.)
"The Corn Circles Riddle." Idina Le Geyt. Share International vol 9, no.
3 (April 1990), pp. 17-19. (Focuses on paranormal events associated with
the circles.)
"Spherical Sounds? Zounds!" Eugenia Macer-Story. Mufon UFO Journal,
April 1991, pp. 12-13.
"Strange Sighting at Silbury Hill." Richard Martin. Kindred Spirit (UK),
vol 1 no. 5 (Winter 1988-89), pp. 26-27. (Glowing lights associated with
circles.)
"Mysterious Ring in Field Gets Plenty of Attention." Tom McCoag.
Chronicle Herald (Halifax, Canada), April 22, 1991, p. A1. (Early 1991
formation in Amherst, Nova Scotia; 30-foot dia. ring, 12 inches wide.)
"More Puzzling Circles Found in Fields." Donna McGuire and Eric Adler.
Kansas City Star, September 21, 1990, p A1. (Map locates seven circles in
Kansas City region; discusses microburst theory.)
"Circles in the corn." Terence Meaden. New Scientist, June 23, 1990, 47-
9. (Argues for the plasma vortex theory.)
"The Beckhampton 'Scroll-Type' Circles, The Beckhampton 'Triangle', and
Strange Attractors." G. Terence Meaden, Journal of Meteorology (Trow-
bridge, U.K.), October 1990, pp. 317-320. ("The triangle is nothing other
than an imperfect circle." Useful for discussion of luminous tubes and
diagram of a scroll.)
"Crop Circles Explained???" Ernest P. Moyer. Insight, Sept. 24, 1990;
reprinted in Focus, December 31, 1990, p. 16. (Translates one double-
dumbbell to mean "Khawah", or "Eve, the life-giver.")
"And Now...Cornfield Circles in Australia!" Paul Norman. Flying Saucer
Review, vol. 35, no. 1 (March Quarter, 1990), pp. 7-8. (Briefly discusses
nine 1980's crop circles in Beulah, Victoria, between 3 and 16 feet in
diameter.)
"And More Cornfield Circles in Canada." Paul Norman. Flying Saucer
Review, vol. 35, no. 1 (March Quarter, 1990), pp. 8-9. (Briefly discusses
1989 circles between 6 and 24 meters in diameter in Manitoba; 2 photos.)
"Crop Revolution 10 Years On." Ralph Noyes. Country Life, July 6, 1989,
pp. 102-103. (Discusses White Crow, 1989's surveillance experiment.)
"Circular Arguments." Ralph Noyes. Mufon UFO Journal no. 258 (October
1989), pp. 16-18. (Discusses books, meteorological theory.)
"Farmers Fear Mysterious Vicious Circle." Nick Nuttall. The London
Times, June 23, 1990, p. 4. (Oxford Polytechnic conference.)
"L10,000 Reward." Terry O'Hanlon. Sunday Mirror (UK), July 22, 1990.
(Mirror offers reward for solution of mystery.)
"Mysterious Circles." Andrew Phillips. Macleans, Aug. 13, 1990, pp. 46-47.
(Short overview.)
"The Hertfordshire 'Mowing Devil' Woodcut: A 17th Century Circle Report?"
Jenny Randles. UFO Times, no. 5 (January 1990), pp. 30-32. (Presents a
1678 woodcut showing a devil "mowing" a pattern which Randles suggests
may be a crop circle.)
"Shedding New Light on Mystery Crop Circles." Ross Reyburn. Birming-
ham Post (UK), August 16, 1990. (Interview with Jenny Randles.)
"Scientist Tells How He Squared A Corn Circle." Amit Roy. The Sunday
Times (UK), July 1, 1990, p. 4. (Discussion of meteorological theory.)
"Swirled Landing Trace?" Carol and Rex Salisberry. MUFON UFO Journal,
no. 264 (April 1990), pp. 3-7. (A Gulf Breeze crop circle.)
"Measuring the Circles." Michael T. Shoemaker. Strange Magazine no. 6
(date unknown; probably late 1990), pp. 34-35, 56-57. (Critical review of
current theories.)
"Did They Have Visitors?" Richard Simon. Fate, vol. 44, no. 2 (February
1991), pp. 66-69. (46-foot circle in shallow grass, Millersburg, Ohio.)
"The Crop Circle Mystery." A. Robert Smith. Venture Inward, Jan/Feb
1991, pp. 12-16.
"Unidentified Farm Object Shakes State." Wes Smith. Chicago Tribune,
October 28, 1990, p.1. Reprinted as "Illinois Aflutter Over Unidentified
Farm Object" in Austin American-Statesman (Austin, Texas), November 14,
1990, p. D10. (Discusses 1990 crop circle in Milan, Illinois.)
"Field Of Dreams?" Dava Sobel. Omni, December 1990, pp. 59-67,121-128.
(Extended overview, slanted toward meteorological theory; many photo-
graphs.)
"Graffiti of the Gods?" Dennis Stacy. New Age Journal, Jan/Feb. 1991,
pp. 38-44, 103. (Extended overview, more balanced than Omni article;
many photographs.)
"River, Lake, and Creek." Michael Strainic. Mufon UFO Journal, March
1990, pp. 10-14. (Circles and UFO reports in British Columbia.)
"Corn Circle Experts in Plea for Action." Chris Tate. Salisbury Journal
(UK), July 27, 1989, p. 4. (British government not discussing the phe-
nomenon.)
"Hoping Some Furry Little Creatures Crop Up." Calvin Trillin. Syndicat-
ed newspaper column, August 13, 1990. (A humorous look at the circles.)
"Did a UFO Visit This Farm?" Lon Tonneson. Dakota Farmer, October
1990, p. 9. (Early Aug. 1990 "reversed question mark" in Leola, S.D.)
"Anatomy of a Corny Hoax." Simon Trump and Bill Mouland. Today (UK),
July 26, 1990, pp. 24-25. (Chronology of the Blackbird hoax.)
"Proposed Physical Measurements of Crop Circles." Michael Wales. Mufon
UFO Journal, March 1991, pp. 15, 23. (Suggestions for instrumented re-
search.)
Multiple stories, multiple authors, Fortean Times, issues 53 (Winter
1989/90) and 55 (sorry, date not known.) Issue 53 is entirely devoted to
the phenomenon, with articles by Bob Skinner, John Michell, Ralph Noyes,
G. Terence Meaden, Hilary Evans, and Bob Rickard. Issue 55 contains an
update, pp. 7-13, on 1989-1990 formations outside of Wiltshire.
"Das Ratsel im Roggen." Stern, #38 (Sept/Oct 1989), p. 250-1.
"Ein Phanomen Zieht Kreise." Esotera, December 12, 1989, p. 52-57.
"Los misteriosos y polemicos circulos aparecidos en los campos del Sur de
Inglaterra." !Hola!, date ?, p. 134-140.
Reviews
"Crop Circles in North America: The NAICCR Report." Michael Chorost.
Mufon UFO Journal, June 1991.
"A Crop of Circles." Circular Evidence and The Circles Effect and its
Mysteries. Derek Elsom. New Scientist, July 29, 1989, p. 58.
"They Never Yet Could Find My Measure." The Crop Circle Enigma.
Wendy Grossman. New Scientist, December 1, 1990, pp. 61-2.
Crop Circles: The Latest Evidence. Jerrold R. Johnson. Mufon UFO
Journal, March 1991, pp. 17-18, 23.
The Circles Effect and Its Mysteries, Circular Evidence, and Controversy
of the Circles. Ralph Noyes. Journal of the Society for Psychical Re-
search, vol. 56, no. 820 (July 1990), pp. 235-237.
The Crop Circle Enigma. Dennis Stacy. Mufon UFO Journal, March 1991,
pp. 16-17.
"Field Events." Circular Evidence. Alexander Urquhart. Times Literary
Supplement, August 4, 1989, p. 845.
Studies
"Circles Investigation." Colin Andrews. Released 1986. 19 pp. Presents
some data for the years 1975-1986, primarily dates and approximate loca-
tions. Discusses hoax theory and circles' relationship to tramlines. Cir-
cles Phenomenon Research, 57 Salisbury Road, Andover, Hampshire SP10
2LL, UK.
"A Sample Survey of the Incidence of Geometrically-Shaped Crop Damage."
Paul Fuller. Copyright 1988. 41 pp. Commissioned by BUFORA and
TORRO.
"North American Crop Circles and Related Physical Traces in 1990." Re-
leased February 1991. 18pp. Conducted by NAICCR (North American Insti-
tute for Crop Circle Research.) Presents data for 45 North American cases
in 1990, about 30 of which appear to be English-style crop circles.
NAICCR, 649 Silverstone Avenue, Winnipeg, Manitoba R3T 2V8, Canada.
Television
(My thanks to Richard Benham and Paul Hicks for this information.)
Good Morning America--May 9, July 24, July 25, July 26 (all 1990). Cover-
age of the Blackbird surveillance operation and the hoax of July 24, 1990.
ABC Evening News--July 19, 1990. Coverage of double-dumbbells.
CBS Evening News--July 25, 1990. Coverage of Blackbird hoax.
Unsolved Mysteries--January 31, 1990. Overview of phenomenon and 1989
events. Reshown with update on September 12, 1990.
A Current Affair--August 27 and September 14, 1990. Latter show dis-
cusses Canadian crop circles and interviews Whitley Streiber about them.
Inside Edition--March 5, 1990.
20/20--September 21, 1990; 10-minute segment.
Miscellaneous
The Skyland bulletin board (Asheville, N.C.) has inaugurated an NACIRCLE
conference (#14.) Contains an online version of Mufon's December 1990
article by Chorost and Andrews, and a copy of this bibliography (which
will be updated regularly.) Sysop: Michael Havelin. Telephone (704) 254-
7800. 2400 baud, N-8-1. No charge.
"Out of the Prairie Comes Proof that a Higher Level of Communication Has
Arrived." Advertisement for Procomm Plus 2.0 (Datastorm Technologies
Inc.) Clever depiction of a crop circle shaped like a computer diskette.
Designer: Stephen Monaco. Ran in computer magazines starting Feb-Mar.
1991.
A recent Led Zeppelin album cover contains a photograph of the first
Alton Barnes double-dumbbell with a zeppelin's shadow over it.
The Koestler Foundation is offering a reward of L5000 for a documented
explanation of the crop circles. For information, write to The Koestler
Foundation, 484 King's Road, London SW10 OLF. Include a stamped ad-
dressed envelope.
CD-ROM bibliographic sources are beginning to index articles under "crop
circles.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
EOF
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

658
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2817.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
SUBJECT: HUDSON VALLEY SIGHTINGS - PHILIP J. IMBROGNO FILE: UFO2817
The following is Part 1 of the Hudson Valley UFO sightings by
noted author/researcher Philip J.Imbrogno.
---------Begin Included Text----------------------------------
Extraterrestrial Contacts?
--------------------------
By: Philip J.Imbrogno
Are human beings now in contact with some unkown extraterrestrial
intelligence? UFO investigators from all across the country report that the
number of Contact cases has risen over 200% in the last five years! It is
my feeling that there could be something very concrete to this contact
phenomena and we should all take a much more serious attitude toward it.
Contact In The Hudson Valley
---------------------------
During my research in the Northeast section of the United States, I have
found a good number of people you had an continue to have UFO encounters.
Most of these witnesses started out with and ordinary sighting and now
after many UFO related experiences feel they are in contact with the
intelligence behind the UFOs.
In the Hudson Valley area alone, there has been more than 7,000 reports
of UFOs over the past seven years. To my surprise many people in the area
felt that they had contact with a non-human intelligence from another
world.At first I found these cases strange and a little disturbing since in
most cases this type of report is picked up by the media who attempt to
discredit it by ridiculing the witness. Needless to say this hurts UFOlogy
in general. During the early part of my investigation into the Hudson
Valley Phenomena, I did my best to keep these cases away from the public
eye. The first call of order was to prove that something strange was in the
sky and that the UFO that thousands of people have been seeing is not
something conventional, like "planes in formation".
As time went on the cases of contact in the area began to escalate. I
knew then that some of these cases had to be researched. In response to
this, A UFO conference was organized by Peter Gersten and myself. The
conference took place during september of 1987 and the theme was to explore
the possibility that a non-human intelligence was in contact with people in
the area.
The speakers were Whitley Strieber, Budd Hopkins,John Keel, Ellen
Crystall and myself. At the end of tweleve hours about 900 people attended
and over 200 filled out report forms stating that they thought they had
contact with the UFO intelligence. The actual number really surprised me
greatly, and we were only touching the tip of the iceberg.
Out of the 200 reports a primilary investigation proved that 120 of them
could be unreliable, so only 90 were selected for study. They are listed
below and broken down into to five categories.
Type Contact Number
----------- -------
Abductions 19
Channeling 10
Entity Communication 15
Sighting with telepathy 40
CE-III cases only 6
I will clarify each of the above categories below:
Abduction; Those people who claim to have been taken aboard an alien craft
and meeting the intelligence that operates it.
Channeling: Those people who claim to be in mental contact with a
non-human or super human intelligence. Most communication is done by
automatic writing,verbally or diagrams.
Entity Communication: Those who have met a human like or non-human like
being and had verbal or mental face to face communication.In most cases the
person is left with some type of information, but in some cases no
information is exchanged during the contact.
Sighting With telepathy: a sighting of a UFO in which the witnesses feels
some type of communication is taking place between them and the
intelligence in the UFO. As you can see this made up of the bulk of reports
that I investigated.
CE-III only: Those people who have encountered a strange being, but no
communication was made. Some time the encounter is near a landed
UFO,sometimes there is no UFO in sight.
I will now present Two cases studies of contact from my research along
with my findings. It must be remembered that the case studies are very long
and complex,so I will only present the core of the data.
Abductions
-----------
The abduction phenomena is wide spread across the country. Pioneer
researchers like Budd Hopkins have brought many cases to light. It was no
surprise to me that when the UFO sightings began in the Hudson Valley that
soon abduction cases would follow. One particular case that was brought to
my attention concerned a computer scientist in his early twenties. To
protect the person identity I shall call him "Ray".
On March 13 1988 at 10:00 P.M "Ray" was driving home on Route 116 in
Croton Falls, New York. The route is a lonely dark road with no lights with
a large reservoir on his left and woods on the right. He was driving home
>from a friend's home in the area of Croton Falls to his home in New Castle,
New York.
"Ray" noticed a number of very bright white lights off to his left just
above the reservoir. the lights seemed too low to be a plane and looked
like they were several hundred yards away. The pine trees along the side of
the road partially obstructed his view, so he continued to drive, but
slowly until he came to a clearing.
He then stopped his car rolled down his window and watched the lights as
they continued to approach. He then pulled himself half way out of the car
through the window and sat on the car door. As he watched the lights, he
noticed that they were connected to some type of very dark structure. There
was no sound from the object and it was about 20 feet above the tree line.
As the UFO passed over his car, he looked up to see this large triangular
object which was about 100 feet from end to end slowly pass over his car.
He looked up and noticed that the object only had lights in the front and
the underside was in sections and had depth, and receded inward. Inside the
receded area he saw white flashes of light. He compared these flashes with
that of a strobe light. Then something strange took place. The next thing
he knew, he was back in the car and driving down the road and the object
was gone.
When he got home he found it very hard to sleep. For the next several
days "Ray" would wake up in the middle of the night in a cold sweat with
his heart pounding feel very confused. He knew somehow that these sudden
episodes of night terror had to do something with the UFO sighting.
I arranged to have "Ray" hypnotized by Dr. Jean Mundy, a certified
Psychologist who practices in New York City and a well known UFO
researcher. The result of the hypnotic session indicated that "Ray"
experienced an abduction on Route 116 during his sighting.The case is very
long and involved. I will only give a synopsis of the information that was
brought out during that session.
"Ray's" Abduction
-----------------
While the object was passing over his car, "Ray" somehow was drawn out of
the car window and into the UFO. He found himself lying on a table in a
dark room. There were several beings standing on each side of him, and the
being next to his left side was moving some type of instrument around his
head. He tried to move but his legs felt paralyzed. Ray described the
beings as typical "greys", that are often described in UFO literature. He
noticed their eyes were round, and not slanted, as often reported.
One of the beings then inserted something up his nose which caused "Ray"
extreme pain. The feeling he had was as if cotton was being shoved up his
nostril. While remembering this part of the hypnosis "Ray" began to cry out
in pain and his nose began to get red and swell.
After the insert procedure, "Ray" was allowed to get up. He was escorted
by one of the beings to a control pannel. The being was short and was only
as high as "Ray"'s chest( "Ray" is about five foot 9). At no time was there
any verbal communication, but "Ray" knew where they wanted him to go and
what they wanted him to do. He saw this control pannel which was like a
greyish material with many projections and knobs. He thought that these
might be some type of controls.
"Ray" then found himself back in his car driving down the road. "Ray"
feels that the beings will someday come back for him and this time he will
not be returned for him. His entire life has changed since the incident. He
feels as if he is in some form of mental contact with the beings that he
met. He feels as if he is gathering information for them. For example "Ray"
may be listening to music, and a voice inside his head will say "Tell us
about this music, how does it make you feel". "Ray" is not able to control
these requests,they can come at any time while he is experiencing something
in his every day life.
"Ray"'s case is unusual, but not unique when compared to the many cases
that I have investigated in the Hudson Valley.
Channeling
-----------
The channeling phenomenon seems to be a new craze across the country.
When I was approached by individuals who claimed to be in contact with a
super human intelligence, my first response was a negative one. Since 1986
I have invesigated the claims of at least 40 people who say they are
channeling a higher intelligence that is extraterrestrial in nature.My
research proved to my satisfaction that 90% of these people proved to be in
contact with nothing more than their own imagination.The other 10% are
interesting,but require additional research.From the ten cases, selected
>from the conference data, only one stands out. This person is the only one
that really made me consider that he may be in contact with an intelligence
that is not of this Earth.
Dean Fagerstrom is a 57 year old resident of Putnam Lake New York. When I
first met Dean in 1982 he was Working as a night watchman. I found Dean
intelligent, articulate and to say the least fascinating.
As an adult Dean's experiences began in November of 1966 while in the army
stationed in Bad Kreuznach, Germany. He lived down town, about a mile from
the base.One night at two o'clock in the morning while sitting in his
apartment while working on a number sequence for the lottery, he had the
feeling he was not alone. He id not feel alarmed by the awareness, but
curious. Finally he got up and walked around the living room and when he
found no one he returned to his seat where he was working with the numbers
on a white board. As he looked at the white board a human like face began
to appear before his eyes. The face filled up just about all of the two by
three board. As the image got clearer, he saw that it was not one face, but
two. There was a bluish shimmer around the edges of this image,one image
was that of a man wuth tawny hair, not quite shoulder length, and a woman
with slightly darker hair, a little shorter Then he heard a voice close to
his ear identify the names of the beings that he saw. The male gave his
name as" Donestra" and his wife's name as" Kilestra", although he did not
say "wife", but rather "mate".
This Donestra then told Dean, that Dean has studied many things and they
have been receiving his thought projections because the mind is a powerful
transmitter. Donestra also told Dean that the images he is now seeing are
not real, but holographic projections. Dean was then told that this being
and his mate were amoung thousands of other individuals from various
planets throughout the near regions of our solar system and beyond.Donestra
told Dean that they have been studying the Earth for many years and that
our planetary and human condition interested them greatly.
After several minutes of conversation the communication came to a close
and Dean was asked not to mention to any one for a while what he had seen
and heard. Dean was told to watch the skies in the next few days, he did
and claims he saw a craft of" amazing design and aerial ability". This was
to prove to Dean that the contact he had was real and not an hallucination.
Between 1966 and 1967 Dean was to continue to have contact with Donestra.
In 1967 Dean was discharged from the service and he moved to Brewster,
New York. Things were quiet, and the year went by uneventful. But on
January 19th 1968 at 4:30 in the morning Dean had another extraterrestrial
contact, this time it would change the rest of his life.
Dean woke up at that hour and saw a bluish shimmer in the upper corner of
the room.He also heard an incredible high frequency buzzing sound.
Gradually, an object materialized about three inches in diameter, round,
resembling an old fashion microphone.
This object came nearer and nearer until it halted before Dean's face at
a distance of no more than a foot. This object stood their,suspended in mid
air and continued to oscillate. As Dean watched, something projected itself
>from the center of the disk and extended out four or five inches, it
resembled an "ice pick". It seemed to Dean that it was some type of probe
and came to within three inches of his forehead. The probe then emitted a
very intense vibration that shook his head and neck. Dean lay in bed
helpless, but not paralyzed. The object then became quiet, then it
disappeared.
The next day, Friday morning, Dean got into his car went to a store and
began buying graph paper, triangles, compasses and various drafting
instruments. The buying spree did not seem to be under his control, nor did
he understand why he was buying these things.
Dean collected his purchases and went home and for the next three weeks
began making drawings of various types of alien machinery. Dean did not
know why he was doing this, but thought this Donestra person might have
something to do with it. Dean had no idea of what the devices were that he
was drawing.
The drawings were done in an unusual manner; Dean had no notion of what
he was doing,but felt strongly motivated to complete the drawings. He would
place a piece of graph paper in front of him and s bluish dots would
appear. The dots instructed him where to draw the lines. Also he seemed to
have a pre-knowledge of what color or shade to place in a particular part
of the diagrams. After three weeks and many hours behind closed doors Dean
Completed 32 diagrams and several pages of some unkown symbols.(Two of
these diagrams appear in this issue, as well as one page of the symbols.
Dean held on to these diagrams since 1968,then turned them over to me in
1982. He said that he was instructed to do so by Donestra and that I would
know what to do with them when the time comes.
The diagrams have been looked at by many professional people,a physicist,
an electrical enginner, a professional artist, a master draftsman and even
Dr. Hynek looked at them. Everyone was very impressed with them, and the
draftsman stated that it would take someone with at least twenty years
experience to produce something of that quality.
Dean Fagerstrom continues his contacts till this day. It would take an
entire book to explore some of the material he has produced, and a lifetime
to research it. You may write to Dean Fagerstrom at One Allen Road, Putnam
Lake New York.
Entity Communication
----------------------
This type of case invloves beings materializing to a witnesses out of
thin air. Since 1986, 10 cases of this type have been brought to my
attention in the Hudson Valley. Since the publication of my book Night
Siege, The Hudson Valley UFO siightings in 1987 and my previous articles in
UFO UNIVERSE, I have received well over 50 letters from all over the
country from people who experienced this type of contact.
In over 80% of the cases the time of the contact seems to be from 2-4 A.M
and the place , the witnesses bedroom. The stories are very similar and
they tell of the witnesses being woke up by the being,not physically but by
a strong mental impression. The beings are usually described the same, tall
slim, with long hair(Mostly blonde but, in some rare cases black).The
majority of the beings reported are male, with very few females reported.
It is interesting to note that the tall blonde beings seems to be taking
part in this type of contact, while the little Greys are responsible for
the abductions. In this type of contact 92% of the contactees were women.
Many times some type of information is given to the witnesses.The
information is usually to predict major natural catastrophies and future
UFO sightings. In all the cases explored none of the information that is
given to the person contacted checks out. In most cases the person is
paralyzed while the enitity proceeds with the communication. In all the
cases explored the witnesses is never allowed to speak.
Sighting with Telepathy
-----------------------
Some people who spotted the Hudson Valley UFO felt a strong connection
with the UFO and themselves. At times they felt as if the object(or the
intelligence inside the object) could read their minds. After these
sightings these witnesses continued to feel a strong bond between the UFO
and themselves. These people who had this feeling during their intial
sighting in the Hudson Valley, continued to have additional sightings, some
later experienced one type of contact listed above. These reports are
fully documented in my book NIGHT SIEGE, which was co-authored with the
late Dr. J. Allen Hynek and Mr. Bob Pratt.
Prearranged UFO Photos?
-----------------------
We have seen many UFO photographs in the past twenty years. In some cases
it seems that the photograph was the result of more than an accident. This
may be the case of Travis Ward a Greenwich resident who on January 22 in
the early morning hours took the following UFO photo. Was his camera set up
at the right place at the right time? Or was it more than a stroke of luck?
CE-III Cases
_____________
The number of CE-III cases that have been reported to me involve the
little grey humanoids in and around the Hudson Valley of New York. These
cases seem to be on the rise since August of 1987 and are currently under
investigation. In some of the cases contact was made without the classical
abduction. Many reports that have been brought to my attention all seem to
be of the classical "grey" beings described in the books, COMMUNION and
INTRUDERS. At times these creatures have been reported around a a UFO that
is close to the ground,but sometimes no UFO is seen at all.
If you had a CONTACT experience I would like to hear from you. You can
write me at PO Box 4218, Greenwich, Ct 06830
[Uploaded to CompuServe's National Issues Forum Aug 5, 1990]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here's *another* file in the same vein:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contact of the Fourth Kind
(Abductions in the Hudson Valley area of New York)
By. Philip J. Imbrogno
Over the past five years the New York, New Jersey and Connecticut area
have been the scene of a massive number of UFO sightings. The numbers of
reports are so great that I believe this area has the highest number of raw
UFO sighting reports in the entir e world. These reports are documented in
my book NIGHT SIEGE THE HUDSON VALLEY UFO SIGHTS which I co-authored with
the late Dr. J. Allen Hynek and Mr. Bob Pratt.
I have been asked over the years by many UFO researchers if there have
been any close encounter-abduction type cases in the Hudson Valley . My
answer to most was No.Only to few did I admite that there were abduction
cases and plenty of them. This denial of such cases was at the request of
Dr. Hynek since he wanted NIGHT SIEGE to be a documentation of the many UFO
reports in the Hudson Valley.D. Hynek also wanted to keep these cases quiet
until we had more data about the sightings in the area.
With so many reports over the years and with the sighting still
continuing it was only a matter of time before the growing number of
Abduction cases in the Hudson Valley had to be dealt with.
To this date I have been contacted by at least 75 people who feel as if
they had more than a sighting. Of the 75 there are 25 that would be
suitable for further study.Of these twenty five ten come from professional
backrounds.All do not want any type o f publicity. I will explore two of
these cases in this article. At the witnesses request, I have changed their
names to protect them.I would also like to inform the reader that Whitley
Strieber, author of the best selling book COMMUNION experiences took place
in the Hudson Valley area. Since the publication of his book many people
have come forward with incredible stories,people who would otherwise would
have kept silent.
On July 2 1987 I received a call from a 36 year old woman from Toms River
New Jersey who I shall call Gail. Gail was very troubled on the phone and
insisted that she talk to me about a UFO related experience that she had.
During the last part of June (1 987) as she was lying down on her bed, she
felt some what uneasy as if someone was watching her.The time was Ten PM.
She then heard a voice say" We have come for you..You will not be hurt."
She then realized that her entire body was paralyzed and that she could
only move her eyes.Gail was lying on her back and noticed that three beings
stood in the doorway to her bedroom. She was alone in the house at the
time,but does live there with her seventeen year old daughter who was away
visiting her father in Croton Falls N.Y. Gail is divorced.
Three beings were dressed in something that looked like tightly fitting
jumpsuits and stood in a single row,one behind the other. The leader,
according to Gail seemed to have a problem getting into the room. It was as
if sometype of invisible sheild was blocking his way. He lifted up his
hand and pressed them against the invisible sheild,then he put his
hand>4^[e light in the hall was dim,and she could not see their
features. She noticed they were about five feet tall with very long arms.
The leader then took some type of rod out from a side pocket and turned
the bottom of it. The rod then glowed with a green light and he passed it
over the doorway area. They then walked into the room without any effort.
As they entered the room still in a single file she noticed that they had
large heads and eyes that looked like a cats which wrapped around their
heads. She never heard them talk but heard all kinds on buzzing noises in
her head when the leader communicated with the others.
Gail tried to scream but could not,she could only move her eyes.The leader
placed himself on her right side and then one of them went to the foot of
the bed and the other on the left side of the bed. The beings on each side
of her then placed their hand s under her head and raised it up. She then
noticed that the one on her left took a tube of what like like a narrow
roll of white cotton and started pushing it up her left nostril.At that
moment she felt extreme pain in her head and then started to lose co
nscious. She felt as if she was falling from a great height,then she does
not remeber anymore.
The next thing she recalls is waking up at 8am with a very bad headache.
As she walked to the bathroom her nose (both nostrils started to bleed. She
felt as if something was stuck up her nose,but nothing was there. She
looked in the bathroom mirror and noticed her nose was swollen and
puffy.She she noticed a rash on her neck,legs and slightly on her arms.
She had hoped that the experience from that last night was a dream and
tried to block it out of her head. When her daughter arrived home that
night she told her about what happened.Gail told me that before she even
finsihed with her story her daughter s tarted shaking and then told her
that on the same night, about the same time she and her father were
followed by a UFO on route 116 near Croton Falls New York. She described to
her mother a large dark craft triangular in shape that paced the car for
five m inutes above tree top level.
I found this report very interesting since Croton falls is near the
border of Westchester and Putnam Counties in New York and that loney route
has been the site of more than one Close Encounter over the past five
years. I also found it interesting that both mother and daughter had a
experience with the paranormal at the same time.
There is more to this case than meets the eye. The daughter and father
accrording to my findings may have had as much as thirty minutes missing
time. If this is so and if both were abducted then the experience happened
to father,mother and daughter at t he same time!.
Gail's rash and headaches continued for a few days then disappeared. I
plan to have Gail undergo hypnosis in the near future by a certified
psychologist. The story does not end here. Several weeks latter I received
a call from Gail telling me that it ha ppened again. She said"Those
creatures came back the same time and they did the same thing"She
continued"It was as if I was watching a movie of the first time they
came,they did exactly the same thing.Including having trouble getting into
the doorway to th e bedroom.My daughter was once again away visiting her
father."
This case is still under study, but intial findings indicate that both
Gail and her daughter may have a history of interactions with the
intelligence behind the UFO phenomenon.
The second case I would like to cover took place on July 19th 1984 during
the peak of activity in the Hudson Valley. the sighting involved a Close
Encounter, Missing time and abduction. If this was a real expereince then
the implications are fantastic. In all the cases that I chose to study all
the witnesses related the truth,or what they thought was the truth.There is
no doubt in my mind that their stories are not hoaxes since none would have
nothing to gain by going public with their experiences.
Bill (as we shall refer to him) is a thirty two year old computer
programmer for a major scientific-engineering corportation that helped
design the major componets for the new NASA Hubble space telescope. On July
19th 1984, at about ten-thirty pm, Bill w as leaving work and heading west
on Highway I-84. As he approached the Taconic Parkway ramp in Dutchess
county New York he noticed a very bright almost circular object off to the
north. The object seemed to be just sitting there in the sky and the lights
w ere very bright white. As he watched the object it began to move and it
was at that time he noticed a dark mass behind it which blocked out the
brighter light polluted night sky. He continued to drive on 84 and soon
lost sight of the object. He then brushe d the entire incident off his mind
and thought"Oh it must have been those guys from Stormville flying those
planes faking a UFO" He then drove on listening to his radio.
He then turned off the route 52 exit near Stormville New York and began
traveling north. The time now was close to eleven PM and the roads were
quite desolate. He came to a clearing where there was a large field and
noticed a large dark mass sitting in the field about 200 yards from the
road. At first he thought that it was a new home,but then he knew there was
no house there since he went this way just last night and the field was
empty. As a matter of fact Bill drove this way home and passed the field
everynight and never saw a house there.
Bill slowed down the car"This thing was huge and dark",he said.The
strange thing was it was almost the same shape as a big barn,but it seemed
more tapered toward the sides and very smooth. As he watched, the dark
object rose into the air without a sound . This really upset Bill since he
was the only car on the road. The object then rose higher and higher. All
that Bill could see was the dark mass slowly rising into the air. It was
now about twice as high as the trees and it moved slowly towards Bill who w
as still in the car. Bills radio then started to sound "funny" he said that
the music on the radio sounded like a tape player ,playing music with very
weak batteries. The voices and the music sounded out of tune.
Bill then put his car into gear and sped away from the object. His heart
was racing as he drove up the road at about fifty miles and hour.Bill then
lost sight of the object and continued to drive at a slower rate of
speed.After several minutes he notice d a glow up ahead over a hill. As he
approached the crest of the hill there the object was! It was about 300
feet above the trees and was all lit up with rows of white and yellow
lights. He then stopped his car and turned off the engine and the lights.
He was hoping that who ever was in the thing would not see him. The object
then turned off its lights and he could see this huge dark mass slolwy
drifting toward him. The object passed right over his car,he could now see
its shape,it was triangular. Bill told
me"I don't want to make light of this,but the ship looked like one of the
star destroyers in Star Was" The underside was the same shape,although I
did not see the top.
The object passed over Bill, as he looked up he saw circular areas
underneath the UFO. These circular areas seemed to be like tunnels leading
into the object. Inside these circular tunnels there was a white
flashing,similar to the flashing of a white st robe light (we had several
reports of this white flashing effect from past CE cases in the Hudson
Valley, also the circular areas have been reported numerous times before).
Bill told me there was no sound.He estimated its size to be at least 300
feet from end to end.
Then something strange took place. The last thing Bill remembers is
watching it go over his car,he did not see it leave. The next thing he
knows he is at the bottom of the hill 600 feet from the position he was
when the UFO passed over his parked car. T he object itself was gone. He
was not sure what time it was when he watched the object passed over his
car,but he feels it was most likely about eleven-thirty PM. The time was
now tweleve -fifteen. He started his drive home upset and with a very stiff
neck .
When he arrived home he told his wife about his sighting. She was worried
to begin with since he was almost and hour late. That night Bill woke up
yelling in the night"saying get away from me!" His wife said that the
nightmares continued for a while at least twice a week . Bill told to me
that the he was not sure of what the nightmare was, but he knew something
was after him. As time went on Bill was afriad to drive at night alone. He
even had to insist to his boss not to put him on the evening or night
shift at his job. Finally Bill wanted to find out more since the experience
of the UFO and the fearful dreams tormented him. It wasen't until 1987 that
Bill contacted me and told me his story. Bill Had seen Budd Hopkins(author
of the book INTRUDERS) on a n umber of shows and asked me if would be
possible for him to be hypnotized. Hearing Budd on TV talk about the
abductions made him fearful and he wanted to make sure that this did not
happen to him. I arranged to have Bill meet with a certified psychologist
that I occasionally use to perform hypnosis.The following is a brief
transcript of Bills encounter under hypnosis. He first related seeing the
object on 84 and then the object in the field and then in the sky over the
hill, it is then that his voice become s fearful.
Bill" I see it now its that thing! Its coming in my direction!. Iam going
to turn off my car lights. maybe then wont see me and go away. Its
huge......Oh my God what is it!. Theres someone standing in the road he is
now walking toward the car. Who are yo u!...... He's saying something to me
"don't be fearful we need you...you have been selected". Selected for
what,get away!. I feel strange like I am floating in the air,its all dark.
I am now on this table and these guys are all around me,six of them. Two a
re at my head and two on the sides(two on each side). My legs and arms are
like dead weights I can't move them.
(Bill is then asked to describe them)
"These guys are small, large heads with round eyes,the eyes are all black
I can see no pupils in them,they remind me of sharks eyes. They are dressed
in sometype of black and white skin type suits. I can't see their hands.
The one at my head is moving so me type of device that looks like a
portable car vacuum cleaner up and down the left side of my head. It
vibrates my entire head,it feels like a drill going through my head...
STOP! it hurts.. He tells me that they are looking for something and found
it.
I now can feel my legs and arms they are allowing me to get up. They are
very small only up to the bottom part of my chest (Bill is six foot one
inch) The others are now over some type of pannel. Two of them are leading
me by the arms. I asked them where they were from"The one on my right
leading said"We are from here" I didn't understand the answer. I asked him
if they planned to let me go. he replied "Yes but we will see you again" He
told me that they need us because they have trouble living in our wor ld.
He said they come from a place which is very ugly when compared to our
world and they would rather live here,but can't. I told him that I would
remember and tell every one about this. He said I would remember in time
but there are forces in your own(?) which will stop you from telling
anyone about this experience." Bill then found himself back in the car.
Bill now recalls every aspect of the experience. It was a very real
experience to him.
There are about a dozen other cases similar to Bill's and Gail's.In The
Hudson Valley area.Can all of these people who have had UFO abductions and
sightings in this part of the country be experiencing sometype of mass
hysteria? I don't think so. The evid ence indicates that there is some type
of non-human intelligence at work. If the case histories of the total
experiences are true then we all better work together to get to the bottom
of this.
In 1987 Peter Gersten a Peekskill New York attorney put together a new
organization called CONTACT. Peter who is known for his work in obtaining
UFO related documents from goverment agencies organized CONTACT in response
to the great number of Close Enc ounter cases in the New York area. Peter
had some of the top UFologist flown in from all over the country to meet at
his Peekskill home. Amoung them were Tracy Torme, Budd Hopkins, Jim Mc
Cambell and this author. On September 27 CONTACT organized a free UF O
public conference in Brewster New York. The theme of the conference was to
explore the adbuction phenomena and the possibility that some people have
been in contact with a non-human intelligence.Speakers at the conference
included John Keel. Whitley Stri eber and Budd Hopkins. Over 900 people
attended the 12 hour conference and 200 filled out forms who felt they had
a contact experience.
Then during the first several months of 1988 Peter Gersten dissolved
CONTACT and as of the date of this publication CONTACT is no longer in
existence. The reasons for this are not clear but Peter still maintains a
UFO Hotline where callers can get up to date information about UFO
sightings. The caller can also leave their name and report their own
sighting on a tape.The UFO hotline number is 914-739-6830.
If the reader would like to reach me to report a sighting or encounter I
can be reached at PO Box 4218 Greenwich, Ct 06830.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOF
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

1315
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2818.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

446
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2819.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
SUBJECT: ROSWELL WITNESS LINKAGE FILE: UFO2819
This is an article that was posted on Paranet not long ago
and germane to the infamous Roswell case a number of years
ago.
----------Begin included text------------------------------
Here is an article that was contributed by Sandy Barbre regarding an article
which appeared in a Springfield, MO newspaper on December 9, 1990.
============================================================
CONTRIBUTED BY: Sandy Barbre
December 17, 1990
============================================================
The following was taken from a newspaper from Springfield, Missouri,
dated Sunday, December 9th, 1990. The name of the newspaper I think,
is the NEWS-LEADER and article is in the section called Ozarks Accent.
-+--------------
TITLED: NOTED EXPERT FINDS ACCOUNT CONVINCING.
BY: Mike O'Brien
What sets Gerald Anderson apart from the thousands of other
American's, including scores of Ozarkers, who say they've seen
UFO's or even insist they've been kidnapped by creatures from
outer space?
Why are Gerald Anderson's childhood recollections stirring
international interest among UFO researchers whose reputations
have been built on healthy skepticism and willingness to
debunk hoaxes?
Because of little things he has to say and how he says them.
Stanton Friedman, a nuclear physicist who has lectured on more
than 600 college campuses about UFOs, describes Anderson as "a
really significant, potentially the most important" witness to
what both men believe was the aftermath of one of two space
craft crashes in New Mexico in mid-summer 1947.
Friedman is co-authoring a book based upon several years of
painstaking investigation into the haunting mystery. He was
startled, upon meeting Anderson for the first time only a few
months ago, to hear the Springfieldian echo details of the yet
to be published research.
"There's no way he could know some of these things unless he
had been there at the time," Friedman believes.
Example: only days before first talking with Anderson,
Friedman coaxed a heretofore reluctant New Mexico mortician
into recounting a run-in he'd had in 1947 with an especially
unpleasant red-headed captain who was heading up a team
recovering bodies from a hush-hush aircraft crash. Anderson,
too, spoke of a red-headed captain with a mean disposition.
Friedman says the descriptions of the ornery officer provided
by the two match precisely, although Anderson and the mortician
never have met.
In sketches of the desert crash scene drawn by Anderson in
Springfield following a hypnosis, a lonely windmill appears in
the distance. When Friedman later arranged for Anderson to
return to New Mexico to pinpoint the long-ago crash site, no
such windmill could be see on the horizon-- until, almost by
accident, the windmill wa spotted behind tress that had grown
up during the 43 years since Anderson was last there.
"I got shivers over that one," says John Carpenter, who has
extensively debriefed Anderson over the past 4 months and went
along on Anderson's return trip to New Mexico in October.
Carpenter holds degrees in psychology and psychiatric social
work from DePauw and Washington universities and trained in
clinical hypnosis at the Menninger Institute. He's in his
12th year of work at a psychiatric hospital facility in
Springfield.
"When Gerald tells his story, it's not just a story -- it's
his life he's telling you, intermixed with his feelings and
his beliefs and all that is Gerald," Carpenter says.
"When someone is spinning a hoax or tale, they only give you
enough to raise your curiosity. Not Gerald. He gives you
everything, in detail, much more than you ask him for. He'd
be setting himself up to be found out if it wasn't true. He's
so confident, he goes so much further than a hoaxer would ever
dare."
Carpenter puts great stock in Anderson's recountings under
hypnosis. "It's what he didn't say that was significant."
Carpenter says, explaining that despite clever prodding,
Anderson never committed a hoaxer's mistake of "recalling"
something that shouldn't be a part of his own memory.
"And when he's under hypnosis, all the bigger, adult words
drop out when he describes events from his childhood,"
Carpenter found. "He relates what he was in child-like
terms."
Carpenter also detected "genuine amazement" when Anderson
heard what had been dredged from his subconscious memory under
hypnosis. "The look on his face was priceless when he realized
he'd produced details he'd forgotten on a conscious level so
long ago."
Most subtle but perhaps most telling, in Carpenter's view, was
Anderson's reaction to being accepted as a viable witness to
an extraordinary encounter with a spacecraft and creatures from
beyond Earth.
"He was so grateful at being taken seriously. You could see
the relief and release after all those years, and the great
hope that other people would take him seriously too, once and
for all."
Ironically, Friedman points to Gallup Poll results indicating
that 60 percent of Americans who have college degrees say they
believe UFOs are real. With such a receptive constituency,
why would government officials persist in what Friedman calls
the "Cosmic Watergate" -- the cover-up and denial of the New
Mexico crashes? Perhaps, some speculate, because it would be
too embarrassing now to admit that some supposedly made-in-USA
technologies actually were plagiarized from confiscated
spacecraft.
Friedman emphasizes that he's not as interested in uncovering
past misdeeds as he is in encouraging future progress.
"I believe we should have an 'Earthling" orientation rather
than nationalistic orientation. The easiest way to
demonstrate the wisdom of this is to prove that life forms
from other planets are coming here. If we can do that, then
everyone will be forced to look at our world differently, as a
part of a galactic neighborhood."
-+-----end.
The second part of the Springfield newspaper, dated December 9th,
1990 is as follows:
Titled: Fact or Fantasy? Springfieldian seeks validation of UFO
encounter 43 years ago.
Written by: Mike O'Brien
ALSO NOTE: the actual newspaper article shows a scene of the UFO
crash drawn by Gerald Anderson and also a sketch of a creature he
believes was a visitor from another galaxy.
-+-------------begin story--------------
To a 5-year-old kid from Indianapolis, the mountains and mesas
and vast scrubland surrounding Albuquerque seemed an alien world.
"I was in awe" recalls Gerald Anderson of his arrival in New
Mexico with his family in July 1947. "I was in the wild
frontier. There were real, live Indians out there."
Then says Anderson, on his second day in the Southwest he
bumped into real,live creatures from a truly alien world.
There were four -- two dead, on dying, one apparently
uninjured. The creatures were about 4 feet tall, with heads
disproportionately large for their bodies by human measure and
almond-shaped, coal black eyes. They huddled in the shadow of
50-ft-diameter silver disk - a "flying saucer" that had crashed
into a low hillside on the rim of what locals call the Plains of
San Augustin.
Anderson, a former police chief at Rockaway Beach and Taney
County deputy sheriff who now works as a security officer in
Springfield, is adamant about events on the hot midsummer day so
long ago.
"I saw them. I even touched one of the creatures. I put my
hand on their ship. And I wasn't alone - my dad, my uncle, my
brother and my cousin all saw the same things. And so did a lot
of other people. But they aren't talking.
Anderson is talking, publicly, after 43 years of silence.
Among those listening most intently are some of the foremost
researchers into unidentified flying object (UFO phenomena.
These experts say Gerald Anderson appears to be an important link
in a frustratingly fragmented chain of evidence concerning the
most famous - or infamous - chapter in UFO annals: the so called
"Roswell Incident."
No one denies that "something" happened in July 1947 in
central New Mexico, cradle of U.S. nuclear and rocket technology.
However, military authorities insist reports of strange craft in
the sky and bizarre wreckage on the ground were traced at the time
to an errant weather balloon and other manmade or natural
circumstance.
Nonetheless, over the years, persistent whispered rumors grew
into published articles and books, even movies, which fanned
speculation that what actually occurred was a visit by creatures
>from another planet - an intergalactic expedition that turned to
tragedy on the high desert and then into a massive cover-up in the
highest circles of the U.S. government.
Anderson says he was unaware of ongoing fascination and
controversy over the strange episode from his childhood until one
evening this past January when he was flipping through channels
on his television set and stumbled across the popular program
"Unsolved Mysteries."
"I wasn't looking for any unsolved mysteries - I have enough
mysteries in my life that are unsolved, and I don't need any
more," Anderson jokes. He is a burly, barrel-chested man
standing 6-4 and carrying a muscular 250-plus pounds, with
reddish hair and a ruddy complexion creased from easy laughter.
"But, bingo! On comes this story, and everything was wrong,"
Anderson recalls of the TV show. On sudden impulse, he dialed an
800 phone number that flashed onto the screen. "I guess I figured
that if people were still interested in this thing, they might as
well get it straight" is the only explanation he can muster for
speaking up after years of keeping mostly mum on the matter.
"These people don't know what they're talking about," Anderson
told the operator on the other end of the long-distance line.
"The shape of the craft is totally wrong. 'And how do you know
that, sir?" she asked. ' I saw it, I was there,' I told her.
"Whoa!" she said. "Thee are some people who will want to talk to
you...'"
Anderson's phone soon was ringing with calls from UFO
researchers around the country. One in particular, Stanton
Friedman, a nuclear physicist and popular lecturer who had
advised the "Unsolved Mysteries" producers, was struck by
correlations between Anderson's recollections and obscure
details Friedman uncovered while sleuthing for a book to be
published next year.
Friedman, who lives in Canada, contacted John Carpenter, a
Springfield professional therapist who in his spare time serves as a
director of investigations for the local chapter of Mutual UFO
Network, a nationwide organization of UFO researchers. At Friedman's
request, Carpenter conducted extensive in person interviews of
Anderson, including sessions under hypnosis.
The results excited Friedman. "Powerful stuff!" he exclaimed upon
hearing interview tapes. Friedman arranged airline tickets for
Anderson and Carpenter to join him in New Mexico to pinpoint the crash
site.
Anderson says the flight was his first return to New Mexico in more
than a quarter-century. After pointing the pilot of a chartered
helicopter to a spot in the desert 75 air miles southwest of
Albuquerque, Anderson gazed at a hillside, strewn with boulders the
size of Volkswagens and dotted with a few gnarled pinion trees, that
he says he saw in the summer of 1947.....
A NEW HOME
The Anderson family arrived in Albuquerque from Indiana on July 4,
1947. they took up temporary residence at the home of one of Gerald's
uncles, Guy Anderson. Gerald's father, Glen, was about to take a job
as a master machinist involved in nuclear weapons design at the
super-secret Sandia base on the outskirts of town.
The next day, another uncle, Ted, struck up a conversation with
Gerald's older brother Glen Jr., who was on leave from the Marine
Corps. Glen Jr. was a rockhound, and his uncle piqued the young
Marine's enthusiasm with talks of gorgeous stones just waiting to be
collected in the desert.
" Ted told my brother, ' I know where there's plenty of moss agate.'
So we all piled into a 1940 Plymouth - Uncle Ted, my cousin Victor
(Ted's 8 year old son), my brother, Glen, my dad and myself. We went
out into this area where the moss agate was supposed to be - followed
two ruts into the desert, bounced along out there for a while, and
ended up on top of a ridgeline. We parked the car and started to walk
down an arroyo (gully) and dry creek bed and out onto the plains.
A STRANGE DISCOVERY
"But we came around a corner and right there in front of us stuck
into the side of this hill, was a silver disc. There were some
remarks like"There's a crash up here! Something's crashed up here! And
then someone saying 'That's a goddamn spaceship!"
"We all went up there to it. There were three creatures, three
bodies, lying on the ground underneath this thing in the shade. Two
weren't moving and the third one obviously was having trouble
breathing, like when you have broken ribs. There was a fourth one
next to it, sitting there on the ground. There wasn't a thing wrong
with it, and it apparently had been giving first aid to the others.
Anderson animatedly acts out the fourth creature's reaction when
the family members approached. "It recoiled in fear, like it thought
we were going to attack it," anderson recounts, covering his face with
crossed arms. The adults tried to repeatedly to communicate with the
frightened creature, Anderson says, but there was no audible response
to greetings spoken in English and Spanish.
A few minutes after the Anderson clan happened upon the bizarre
scene, six other people arrived - five college students and their
teacher. They'd been working on an archaeological dig around cliff
dwellings a few miles away and had decided to hike over after seeing
what they thought was a firey meteor crashing the night before. The
professor, a Dr. Buskirk, tried several foreign languages in
unsuccessful attempts to coax a verbal response from the creature,
Anderson says.
The sun had climbed to a midday peak by this time and recalls
anderson, "to a kid from Indiana, it was hot brother, let me tell
you." He chugged a chocolate flavored soft drink an hour earlier and
the sweet soda pop was churning uncomfortably in his stomach. so he
sought shelter in the shadow of the spacecraft.
"It was 115 (degrees) out there that day. But around the craft,
when you got close to it, it was cold. When you touched the metal, it
felt just like it came out of a freezer."
SOMETHING WASN'T RIGHT
Anderson also touched one of the creatures lying motionless on the
ground - and it, too was cold. In his child's mind, he had thought the
figures looked like dolls. But when he felt the cold skin, " I knew
something wasn't quite right. Yuck!.
Anderson says he ran to the crest of a nearby knoll to take stock. A
pickup truck arrived on the ridge, and a fellow whom researchers believe
was a civil engineer named Barney Barnett joined the curious audience. "I
remember thinking he looked like Harry Truman. In 1947, every kid knew
what Harry Truman looked like," Anderson says.
After a few minutes, Anderson summoned the courage to again creep close
to the strange saucer. It was then more chilling than the surface of the
craft of the skin of the corpse; The upright creature turned and looked
right at me and it was like he was inside my head - as if he was doing my
thinking, as if his thoughts were in my head."
Anderson remembers a mental sensation of falling and tumbling
end-over-end. "I felt that thing's fear, felt its depression, felt its
loneliness. I relived the crash. I know the terror it went through. That
one look told me everything that quickly," he says with a snap of his
fingers.
Other things began happening quickly about this time, Anderson says. A
contingent of armed soldiers suddenly appeared. The creature, which had
calmed down after its initial fright, "went crazy" at the sight of the
soldiers. Thinking back on the creature's plight today brings on the
"awfulest, horrible feeling," Anderson says.
"His situation was hopeless. He knew it. He'd just lived through a
nightmare that most of us wouldn't be able to psychologically stand. He'd
watched two of his crew, his friends or maybe even his family die. He's
watching another one die. He knows there's no chance of rescue, because the
military is here and his people aren't going to be able to get him.
"God only knows how far away from home he was, and he knew he was never
going to see - if they have loved ones - his loved ones again. He was
totally alone on a hostile planet, and the only people who where showing
him kindness were being run off by the military at weapon-point.
"As a kid, I was aware of what being afraid of the dark was like., and
the feeling I got from him was that feeling multiplied a million times. It
was scary. It was terrifying.
SOLDIERS ON THE SCENE
Anderson says he lost sight of the creature as the soldiers swarmed over
the site. The civilians were brusquely shoved from the craft. Anderson
remembers shouts and threats. His uncle Ted threw a punch at one of
the GIs. "Things got very tense, very dangerous," Anderson says.
"The soldiers ushered us out of there very unceremoniously. Their
attitude, to describe it at best, was uncivilized."
Anderson has an especially vivid memory of a tough-talking red
haired Army captain and an equally gruff black sergeant. "They told
my dad and my uncle, who also worked at Sandia, that if they were ever
to divulge anything about this - it was a secret military aircraft,
they said - then us kids would be taken away and they'd never see us
again." It seems an outrageous threat in hindsight, Anderson
concedes. But at the time, he reminds, "These people had machine guns
and you listened to what they said."
Another recollection strikes Anderson as odd today: The soldiers
didn't appear surprised about the otherwordly craft and creatures.
they didn't gawk, slack-jawed and awe-struck as the Andersons had done.
"The soldiers weren't saying, 'Gee, look at that!" They were very
cognizant of what they were looking at. They knew what it was.
And it soon became apparent, Anderson says, that the Army knew what
it wanted to do with the find. "there was a battalion of military, a
real invasion force, when we got back up on the hilltop. There were
trucks, there were airplanes - they had the road blocked off and they
were landing on it. They had radio communications gear set up. There
were ambulances, and more soldiers with weapons."
In the days that followed, all of New Mexico was abuzz with talk of
strange lights in the sky, strange echos on radar, strange doings in
the desert. On July 7, new reports told of remnants of an
unidentified aircraft found by a rancher near the town of Roswell,
N.M. about 150 miles east of the hillside where the Anderson's stumbled
upon the saucer.
Although several witnesses said it was like nothing they'd ever
seen before, military officers insisted the metallic pieces came from
an ordinary weather balloon.....
A WEATHER BALLOON?
Forty three years later, Anderson smiles wryly when reminded of the
Army's pronouncement, "A lot of people wondered why, if it was just a
weather balloon, the military put the pieces under armed guard and flew
them in a B-29 to Wright Patterson Air Force Base in Ohio," he observes.
Anderson believes the wreckage scattered near Roswell and the barely
damaged saucer on the Plains of San Augustin are connected. "There was a
gash in the side of the disc we saw, like it had been crushed in," he says.
"The contour of the craft would fit into that gash perfectly - like another
one of these things had hit it. I think two of these discs had a mid-air
collision. One exploded and feel in pieces near Roswell, and the other
crash-landed where we found it.
With all evidence confiscated and the military steadfastly sticking
by the weather balloon explanation, the story faded from the news by July's
end. And Gerald Anderson says he tucked away the memory as he grew into
manhood. "I learned you just don't go up to the average person on the
street and say, "Damn, know what I saw?" The guy will go, "Get away from
me, fool! Are you crazy?" In later life, he didn't mention it even to his
wife until a few years after their marriage.
Anderson joined the Navy in the late 1950s and served a dozen years in
posts around the globe. He lived for a few years in Colorado, working as a
paramedic and working toward a college degree in microbiology. In 1979, he
moved to Missouri to better raise his daughter away from what he terms the
"druggy" atmosphere of Denver. In addition to his law enforcement posts,
Anderson has worked for two southwest Missouri trucking firms as a driver
and instructor.
Anderson also has been active in the Episcopal Church. He recently was
elected to the vestry at Ascension Episcopal in Springfield and is studying
toward becoming a deacon. A gold crucifix - a cross complete with a
figure of the martyred Christ affixed to it - suspended from a chain around
Anderson's neck is testimony to his faith.
NO CONFLICT IN BELIEFS
Although he concedes his account might make some fellow churchgoers
uncomfortable, Anderson sees no conflict between what he saw with his eyes
and what he believes in his heart: "When you're talking about the concept
of God, you have to be talking in the context of a universal situations, a
deity that built the whole universe. And why should we assume that this
speck of sand in the backwater of space would be the only place that an
all-perfect, almighty God could create life?"
In fact, Anderson says he "wouldn't be one bit surprised to find out
that, wherever this creature came from, there they have a very strong
concept of a supreme being. Because of my contact with the creature showed
a high degree of civilized sophistication, gentleness, compassion - all of
the things we hold as ideals."
Of the five anderson men who ventured into the desert that day in 1947,
only Gerald is still alive. Age, illness and accidents claimed the other
four in recent years. But not only andersons were at the scene, Gerald
says, and he hopes his decision to come forth, albeit belated, will
encourage others to tell what they know and spur official revelations about
the captured craft and creatures.
"I want to see the government stand up and say, 'Look, we're not alone
in the universe.
Let's make a 'Star Trek' really happen. Let's do go out there and explore
the universe. That may be our only salvation. Because with what's doing to
this Earth, we're not going to make it much past the year 2000."
-+-----end of story--------------
EOF
**************************************
* FROM THE U.F.O. BBS - 408-847-7910 *
**************************************

50
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2820.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
SUBJECT: CITY, UFO LECTURE FILE: UFO2820
Title: City
Author: UFO's will be topic of lecture - Unidentified Flying Objects will be the theme of a lecture and slide presentation in Battelle Auditorium on the 13th.
Date: 01/07/94
Donald R. Schmitt, Director of the Special Investigation Center
for UFO Studies, will speak at 7 p.m.
Schmitt will discuss an alleged crash of a UFO in the Roswell
Army Air Field in New Mexico.
"On July 3, 1947, a rancher came across the wreckage of an alien
spacecraft in the high desert of New Mexico," Kevin D. Randle
and Donald R. Schmitt wrote. Their book "UFO Crash At Roswell"
also claims that four bodies of extraterrestrials were found
near the crash site.
The Roswell crash was covered up by Washington, according to
a Center for UFO Studies press release.
Witnesses and the press were threatened, and documents were withheld,
the press release said.
Pentagon classification of the Roswell incident is top secret
even today, according to Schmitt and Randle.
Randle and Schmitt said they have over 500 testimonies proving
the incident is a discovery of intelligent life beyond Earth.
They said the testimonies chronicle every moment of the Roswell
event.
Schmitt and Randle's book will soon be made into a major motion
picture according to a flier for the speech.
MIDOHIO Research Associates, Inc. and the OSU Branch of the American
Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics are sponsoring the
event.
-Heather McGurk
**************************************
* FROM THE U.F.O. BBS - 408-847-7910 *
**************************************

854
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2821.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,854 @@
SUBJECT: UFO HISTORY II 1/4 FILE: UFO2821
GOVERNMENT INVOLVEMENT IN THE UFO COVERUP:
CHRONOLOGY: (Based on FOIA Papers and personal testimony) Version 2.09
COPYRIGHT SEPTEMBER 8, 1988 by PEA RESEARCH
ULTRA MAJIC BBS,
............................................................
(UFOHIST2.TXT PART2 Conclusion)
Early 1960's...Frank Scully dies. (Author of "Behind the Flying
Saucers".)
Aug. 13, 1960..Red Bluff, CA: CHP Officers Charles A. Carson and
Stanley Scott were on patrol when they sighted what they thought was an
airliner about to crash. When the UFO had descended to about 100 or 200
feet altitude it suddenly reversed direction and climbed to 500 ft.
Description: round or oblong surrounded by a glow (color not mentioned)
and having definite red lights at each end. They continued to watch the
UFO as it performed "unbelievable" aerial feats. The local RADAR
operator confirmed the UFO at this time but denied it the next day.
Other Tehema County Sheriffs' officers also saw this UFO and another
similar one that same night. (NICAP, 1964)
May, 1961......In the May issue of "Fate" magazine, Master Sgt. O.D.
Hill admits that we are still loosing Air Force planes to UFOs. The
first case was an F-86 jet fighter that was sent aloft to investigate
an UFO that had been plotted on the Radar scope of an Air Base (name
and dates classified). The Radar Operator spied the UFO heading
straight for the craft. The operator radioed for the F-86 to climb at
once, but it was too late. The two blips merged as one and the UFO was
tracked moving away. Classified as "mysterious" not a single shred of
the F-86 was ever found. (ref. Kinross AFB where an F-89 with crew of
two merged with an UFO and disappeared.-Donald Keyhoe)
Second Case: A radar operator was tracking a transport plane carrying
26 persons aboard when, suddenly, another blip appeared on the screen
closing at 2500 mph on the transport. Before the operator could warn
the transport the two blips emerged as one. The remaining blip sped
straight up at tremendous speed. A surface search in the vicinity
revealed no oil slicks on the water, although a Generals' briefcase was
found floating around. (see 4/1/59;9/29/59)
1961-1963......Near Nellis AFB, NE: "Mat", a radio maintenance engineer
at Nevada's AEC between 1961-1963, provided evidence to the MUFON
Journal that Project REDLIGHT was secretly being conducted at nearby
"Area 51", a 50-mile-square quadrant of land east of Nellis AFB. This
Project "involved flight-testing of an UFO which had been shipped there
from Edwards AFB." The craft flew silently, was about 20 to 30 ft. in
diam., and had no wings or tail.
Apr. ,1962.....Flight Commander P.J. (initials), attached to TAC
Fighter Wing was deployed at Wright-Patterson AFB and mistakenly broke
into an air hanger where he thought the gym was located. Upon entering
the hanger he was approached by an air police sentry with a sub-machine
gun. Behind the sentry was a saucer approx. 12-15 ft. diam. suspended
off the ground by two engine test stands. There were no markings or
insignia on the saucer. It had no rivet markings. The saucer was roped-
off and 8 guards stood at parade rest around it. P.J. and his friend
were encouraged to leave the hanger. P.J. returned to MyrtleBeach AFB,
S.C.
July 17, 1963..A passenger of a Convair-880 related to UFO
investigator, James Moseley, that the 4 engined jet airliner she had
been flying in was pursued by an UFO. The jet , traveling at 600 mph,
made a sharp turn to avoid the UFO, now rapidly closing in on the
plane. Just as they were about to collide, the UFO swerved away at
fantastic speed and disappeared in the night sky. When the (unnamed)
woman confronted the pilot about the incident, he said, "I wouldn't
dare risk telling the airline of the incident. If I could tell you of
some of the experiences my buddies have had, you'd never fly again!"
Apr. 15, 1964..USAF Intelligence officer meets with 2 Aliens at
prearranged location in the desert of New Mexico. Project SIGMA
operates at AFB, New Mexico. (see 1959)
Oct., 1964.....Air Force and Army radar stations tracked an UFO as it
hovered over and flew along the demilitarized zone between North and
South Korea. The UFO was visible for over an hour.
Dec. 10, 1964..Fort Riley, KA: Recovery of Saucer by A.K. (initials).
(see 11/00/65)
Dec. 19, 1964..MEMO to Chief, Contact Division: NICAP case #(censured):
Subject: UFOs over Patuxent Navel Air Station between 1500 and 1530
hours. Two UFOs approached Air Base at 3800 mph. Another UFO approached
at 6000 mph. Radar operator, Chief Pinkerton had visual on Radar. US
Coast Guard had "visual" on the UFOs. OFFICIAL statement to press: the
(single) blip was caused by faulty radar equipment! (see 1/25/65)
Jan. 25, 1965..MEMO to Chief, Contact Division: NICAP Case #(censured).
(see 12/19/64)
1965...........While visiting the Air Force Museum in Fairborn, Ohio,
R.M. (initials), a government employee of 23 yrs., went through a
double- door marked "Off Limits" and suddenly came face to face with an
Alien in a self contained space suite. Description: About 4.5 ft. tall
with a translucent dome over its' large head; wasn't human; large eyes
under a heavy brow; no noticeable nose; a slit for a mouth; bluish
skin. When the creature walked it didn't bend its' knees. R.M. later
found out from a retired Air Force Colonel from Wight-Patterson AFB,
that 2 live Aliens were held in captivity in an artificial environment.
The Colonel also said that a 2-man sized craft crashed near Whitewater
Lake, Indiana, as a result of an electrical disturbance in the
atmosphere. [The Alien would have to lock his knees in a high-gravity
environment to avoid falling down.]
Feb. 11, 1965..Personal Interview report by Capt. D.M. (initials):
Aerial encounter of three UFOs with radar and visual sightings. Air
Force flight F-169 enroute from Anchorage, AL, to Japan. Capt. R.W.
(initials) and Capt. W. (initial) observed 3 UFOs on radar 5 miles off
the wing. The UFOs paced the Flying Tiger freighter aircraft for 30
minutes then climbed away at a steep angle at about 1200 knots ground
speed. Estimated size (thumb and finger method) approx. 200 to 1000 ft.
diam., glowing red and oval shaped. The pilot remarked, "we often see
UFOs on the Alaskan run!"
May 28, 1965...Police statement (interview); Bougainville Reef,
Australia: An Ansett-A.N.A. DC-6B airliner (VH-INH) en route to Port
Moresby, New Guinea, was buzzed by a UFO at about 3:25 a.m. The pilot
radioed the Townsville Ground Control Tower and talked to Mr. O.
(initial). Description: slightly spherical and oblate, flattened on top
and bottom; appeared to have exhaust gasses coming from it. Photos of
the UFO were taken by the pilot but were later confiscated at Canberra
as was the taped conversation to Mr. O., the Tower operator. Mr. O. was
threatened with dismissal if he talked about the incident.
July 3, 1965...Newspaper reports, ANTARCTICA: Argentine, British and
Chilean military and scientific personnel observed an UFO moving at a
frightening speed doing incredible maneuvers. It was something solid,
glowing blue-green and causing E/M interference with our equipment.
Lenticular shaped "flying saucer". Tracked by theodolite, binoculars
and magnetograph tapes. Also, 10 color photographs were taken of the
UFO.
Sept. 3, 1965..Project Blue Book File #(?): Damon/Angleton, TX. Deputy
Sheriffs Billy E. McCoy and Robert W. Goode were investigating an UFO
in the back-woods roads when the purplish UFO shot instantly towards
them to within 150 feet and hovered at 100 feet off the ground. The
bright glow illuminated the interior of the car and the surrounding
fields (11:30 p.m.). "Every blade of grass stood out clearly" in the
field. Officer Goode, who was driving with his arm out the window, felt
heat on his arm and later reported that a cut that was on his arm
healed more rapidly than normal [U/V effects].
Sept.16,1965...NICAP Report #(?): Pretoria, S. Africa: Constables John
Lockem and Koos de Klerk while on patrol (after midnight) suddenly had
a domed, disc shaped object come into their van headlights. It was
sitting on the road. The UFO was copper colored and about 30 ft. in
diam. Immediately the UFO lifted off, emitting tongues of flame from
two tubes or channels on the underside. The flames deflected about
three feet off the macadam road surface and were still visible after
loosing sight of the craft. Road damage: part of the road was caved-in,
and in a 6 foot area the gravel was separated from the tar. Samples of
the road surface were taken for analysis, which report was never
released. Lt. Col. J.B. Brits, District Commandant of Pretoria North
said the incident was "highly SECRET ... and inquiry is being conducted
in TOP circles."
Nov., 1965.....Fort Riley, KA: "AK" (Aaron Kaback) was on guard duty at
2 a.m. when the duty officer drove up and ordered him to hop into the
jeep. He and 3 other officers were driven out to a remote area where a
large oval objectwas resting. An army chopper was hovering above the
object and shining a bright light on it. The object was approx. 35-48
ft. in diam., had a fin on the end and an exhaust port or some kind of
hole below the fin. It had rows of squares around the rim and remained
completely dead for the 2 1/2 hours they guarded it. (Kaback seems to
be confused as to the actual date this incident occurred. see 12/10/64)
Mar. 20, 1966..Dexter, MI.: Frank Mannor, age 47, and Ronald Mannor,
age 19, went out at night through swampy, hummocky terrain to
investigate flashing lights in the swamp. They saw a domed, elliptical
object with a quilted surface hovering about 8 ft. off the ground in a
patch of apparent mist. The object glowed "blood red" and the body
lights disappeared. They lost sight of the UFO and didn't see it again.
(see 3/21/66;4/1/66)
Mar. 20, 1966..La Porte, IN: Patrolman Michael Spevak was on duty when
2 youths pulled over and pointed out an UFO that they said had been
following them from Michigan City to La Porte. According to the young
men, the object frequently burst into such a bright glare that it
blinded them, forcing them off the highway. It had been following them
at an altitude of about 60 ft. Both the young men and the patrolman
noticed a cross-shaped appendage protruding from the lower portion of
the UFO.
Mar. 21, 1966..Law enforcement officer F.B. (initials) at Dexter,
Michigan, and officer "C" (initial) on patrol sighted a landed saucer
in a swamp. Description: Large craft, like a pot; no windows; had a
dull glow and steam was coming up from the water. Sounded like a
turbine, a low whine or hum. He notified Selfridge AFB which
immediately sent out MP's, well armed. All law officers were ordered
back and their film was confiscated. Later his report and other reports
disappeared from police headquarters. Then, everyone in the force,
including he and "C", were transferred to other parts of the county.
The UFO wasn't disabled. F.B. saw it take-off and climb straight up.
(see 3/1/67)
Apr. 1, 1966...From LIFE magazine: In a hastily called press
conference, the USAF spokesman J. Allen Hynek suggested that the
Dextor, MI, UFO and others seen in the swamps near Hillsdale may have
been marsh (or swamp) gas that had spontaneously ignited. (see
3/20/66;3/21/66)
>>> Continued..
X-NEWS: yvax.byu.edu alt.alien.visitors: 32410
Path:
hamblin.math.byu.edu!news.byu.edu!news.kei.com!eff!news.duke.edu!convex!cs.utexas.ed
u!swrinde!ihnp4.ucsd.edu!agate!garnet.berkeley.edu!alberto
From: alberto@garnet.berkeley.edu ()
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: UFO History II 2/4
Date: 28 Apr 1994 14:40:26 GMT
Organization: University of California, Berkeley
Lines: 209
Message-ID: <2pohsq$ehm@agate.berkeley.edu>
NNTP-Posting-Host: garnet.berkeley.edu
Subject: * UFO History II 2/4
Apr. 5, 1966...Congressman, Gerald Ford announces to Congress the need
to extensively examine UFOs.
Apr. 17,1966...Ravenna, OH, to Conway, Penn.: Deputy Sheriffs Dale
Spaur and Wilbur Neff of Portage County were on patrol when an UFO
stopped above them, illuminating them and the surroundings (it was just
about dawn). As the UFO moved away from them at about 300-500 ft. above
the road, it would alternately start and stop ahead of them playing cat
and mouse. At E. Palestine, OH, officer Wayne Huston joined in the
pursuit. At speeds of 100 mph in unfamiliar territory, they were soon
low on gas and had to give up the game with the UFO. Through local
police dispatch the officers alerted the Air Force, who sent out
fighter planes to investigate the UFO. As the officers saw the AF
planes approaching the UFO shot straight up and out of sight. (see
6/24/66)
Summer, 1966...Results of an Iowa Poll, Iowa: 45% Iowans queried
believe UFOs to be REAL objects. Of the 45%, 21% were of the opinion
that the UFOs were of extraterrestrial origin.
June, 1966.....Nha Trang, Vietnam: At this active Army Base at about
9:45 p.m., what was thought to be a flare lit up the north sky. The
bright UFO approached the base alternately moving at low to high
speeds. Upon descending toward the soldiers it hovered at an altitude
of 300-500 ft. All of a sudden the 6 generators failed along with the
engines of the idling Skyraiders, (TESLA energy discharge effects)
bulldozers and trucks. The entire valley and surrounding mountains were
illuminated by the hovering UFO for about 4 min. after which it went
straight up and disappeared in about 3 sec. After the incident a plane
load of officials from Washington arrived to investigate. (see 3/4/69)
June 24, 1966..Richmond, VA: Officer William L. Stevens, Jr., observed
a dirigible-shaped UFO at 3:30 in the morning near the fairgrounds. It
was about100 ft. long and 30 ft. thick with greenish-yellow lights on
its perimeter. Stevens attempted to chase the UFO but it maintained an
even distance from him even though he sped up and slowed down. "The
object seemed to be playing CAT & MOUSE with me," he later said. After
10-15 min. the UFO accelerated and sped away. (see 4/17/66)
Mar. 1, 1967...Lt. Gen. Hewitt T. Wheless, USAF, sends notice to all
branches of the military warning of persons imitating military officers
and harassing private citizens and confiscating UFO photos. (see
3/21/66)
Jul. 3, 1967... R.T. (initials), with ALPHA RED TOP SECRET CRYPTO
Clearance, rank PFC, assigned to Canine Corps at Camp Pendleton, San
Diego, CA., states that he and his dogs were air transported 2.5 hrs.
to a sight in a desert (unknown location) UFO crash-sight. Saucer:
Metallic, 30 ft. diameter, domed top, no windows. He also observed:
Large walk-in refrigerator, empty body bags, men at work with technical
instruments.
JAN. 19, 1968..DIA Intelligence Report from Liaison in Moscow, Russia
mentioning an attempt by the British Government in 1967 to collaborate
with the Soviets in UFO research. (see 2/22/68)
Feb. 22, 1968..UNCLASSIFIED AIRGRAM, U.S. Dept. of the State regarding
UFOs in the Soviet Union: Feb. 1968, Soviet Life published three pages
pertinent to UFOs, by Felix Zigel. He also published a UFO article in
1966. Until recently no study of UFOs had been made in the Soviet Union
(see 1/19/68)
1968...........Project xxxxxxxx (name CENSURED) established to evaluate
all UFO information pertinent to space technology. (see
1953,12/69,1976)
Mar. 4, 1969...Near Atlanta, Missouri: The City Marshall and Mail
Carrier in Elmer, Missouri, William R. Overstreet observed an UFO at
early dawn over the road ahead of him. It was about 100 ft. in diam.
apparently rotating clockwise and emitting a strong white beam of light
down to the road which seemed to magnify the size of the road it was
shining on. He felt intense heat from the direction of the UFO and his
CB radio was dead. As he neared the light beam from the UFO his truck
motor and radio quit. As the beammoved away from his truck he was able
to start the engine again.(TESLA energy discharge effects) He followed
the UFO for about 4 mi. staying away from the beam. The UFO followed
the contour of the land it was flying over. After 7-8 min. the UFO
veered away and went out of sight. "I had never believed in them too
much until I saw this," he said. "Now I know that there is something to
these UFOs!" (see 8/13/75,6/66)
1969?..........A retired Colonel from Wright-Patterson AFB with Top
Secret clearance states that a 2-man saucer crashed near Whitewater
Lake, Indiana as a result of an electrical disturbance in the
atmosphere.
Dec. 1969......Project xxxxxx (name CENSURED) continues after Project
BLUEBOOK is closed. (see 1968)
Oct. 1969......Jimmy Carter sees and reports a UFO. B1-E,516 CARTER,
JIMMY (Pres.)
1972...........Project SNOWBIRD established to test fly a captured
flying saucer.
Oct. 2, 1972...A letter from the Dept. of National Defence, Canada,
Brig. Gen. L.A. Bourgeois states: All UFOs reported to CFHQ are
investigated by the Director of Operations. It isn't a practice to
allow the public to study these files. Since the beginning of 1968
these UFO reports have been passed along to the NRC. Evidence suggests
that UFOs present no threat to the Technology world. They exhibit a
unique scientifically advanced technology. (see 9/19/26)
Sept. ,1973....At Great Lakes Naval Base, Instructor R.K., Gunnery
School Grade E-4, while delivering a sealed envelope to the Commandant
in the quonset hut, was surprised to see a saucer 30 ft. diam. and 10
ft. ht. resting on a wooden platform. Description: Silvery blue and
shimmering, it tapered like a teardrop with a flange running along its
topside from one end to the other and there were no windows. R.K.
believed this saucer to be the one shot down on its third pass over a
Navy vessel by a missile. The saucer crashed in 350 ft. water between
Hawaii and the mainland. It was retrieved by a Glomar Explorer, shipped
to Hawaii then stateside to Chicago.
Oct. 18, 1973..Capt. Lawrence Coyne, while flying an Army helicopter
with three other crewmen were 45 minutes out over Mansfield when Staff
Sgt. Robert Yanacsek spotted a red glowing UFO headed toward their
helicopter at an estimated 600 mph. It stopped abruptly 500 ft. above
them. It had a big, gray, metallic looking hull about 60 ft. long,
shaped like an airfoil or streamlined cigar with a red light in front
and a green light in the rear, the lead edge glowed red a short
distance from the nose. There was a center dome. The 'copter radio
wouldn't function and the copter was set for a 20 degree dive but
gained altitude from 1700 ft. to 3500 ft. with no power applied. After
a slight "bounce" the UFO took off to the N.E.
Oct. 25, 1973..Director of FBI, Clarence M. Kelley, states: UFOs are
not and never has been a matter that is within the investigative
jurisdiction of the FBI.
Jan. 8, 1975...CONFIDENTIAL Spanish Report, Spanish Air Force: UFO
spotted by military personnel at Las Bardenas Reales near Zaragoza Air
Base.
Mar. 28, 1975..Letter from Senator Barry Goldwater stating: Ten or
twelve years ago I tried to get access to the building at Wright-
Patterson (HANGER-18) where UFO artifacts were stored and I was
understandably denied access. It is still classified above TOP SECRET.
I've heard they plan to release some of the information in the near
future and hope not to have to wait too much longer.
Aug. 13, 1975..Near Haderslev, Denmark: Police Officer Evald Hansen
Maarup was driving home at 10:50 p.m. when all of a sudden his car was
engulfed by a bright blue light while at the same time his car lost all
ower. The temperature in his car rose to that of a warm summer day and
his radio was dead so he couldn't call for help. The bright beam from
the UFO was conical in shape with a bottom diam. of 4-5 meters and a
top diam. at the UFO of 10 meters. Two dome-like protrusions were
visible on the underside of the UFO that was hovering at about 20
meters altitude. He activated a special camera on the patrol car which
automatically took 3 pictures of the UFO. As the UFO sped away he
regained power to his car. The developed film which was later turned
over to the Danish AF showed the light source of the UFO on it. No
report or analysis has been available from the AF to date. (see 3/4/69)
Aug. 13, 1975..Alamogordo, NM: Staff Sgt. Charles L. Moody, USAF, drove
out to the outskirts of town late one night to watch for meteors. As a
disc-shaped UFO descended toward him, he tried to start his car to get
away but it wouldn't start. He heard a high pitched whining sound from
the UFO and saw shadowy figures in it and felt numbness, after which
the UFO departed. After driving home he found he couldn't account for
1.5 hours. The next day his back was enflame and he discovered a small
puncture wound over his spine and a few days later he developed a body
rash. As months passed he regained memory of the missing 1.5 hours. He
remembered that he had been in the UFO and in telepathic communication
with small 4'8" humanoids. They had whitish gray skin, large heads,
large eyes, small slit-like mouths and mask-like features. He had been
in a drug-like state on a table and they had poked a rod like device
into his back. After this they escorted him about the ship and later
dropped him off at his car. (see 3/4/69)
Oct. 28, 1975..CONFIDENTIAL CINC/NORAD Report: UFOs, suspicious objects
seen by ground personnel. Sounded like jet aircraft. Intermittent radar
contact made with object. Jets scrambled to intercept but objects
lights went out interceptors passed and then came on again. Then the
object increased in speed and raised to a high altitude and could not
be discerned from the stars. Description: Through binoculars, looked
like 100 ft. sphere and appeared to have craters around the outside. To
date, AF and SAC helicopters have failed to provide a positive I.D. of
the UFO. (see 11/11/75,7/52)
Oct. 29, 1975..NMCC Joint Staff Memo: Subject: AFB penetration. At
290200 EST, AFOC informed NMCC that an unidentified helicopter (UFO),
possibly two, had been sighted flying low over Loring AFB, Maine, in
proximity to a weapons storage area. Army Nat. Guard helos called in to
assist in locating UFO. NORAD informed of the incident by SAC. Received
authority to proceed into Canadian airspace, if necessary, to locate
UFO. A similar incident was reported the evening before.
Nov. 11, 1975..CONFIDENTIAL CINC/NORAD Report. (see 10/28/75)
Jan. 21, 1976..MEMO from NMCC by Rear Adm. J. B. Morin stating: Two
UFOs reported near the flight line at Cannon AFB, N.M. Security Police
report the UFOs to be 25 yards (75 ft.) in diameter, gold/silver in
color with blue light on top, hole in the middle and red light on the
bottom.
Apr. 9, 1976...CONFIDENTIAL CIA Message: Source (name Censored) seeks
guidance from CIA UFO experts as to material in his report that should
remain classified.
>>> Continued..
X-NEWS: yvax.byu.edu alt.alien.visitors: 32411
Path:
hamblin.math.byu.edu!news.byu.edu!news.kei.com!eff!usenet.ins.cwru.edu!howland.resto
n.ans.net!agate!garnet.berkeley.edu!alberto
From: alberto@garnet.berkeley.edu ()
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: UFO History II 3/4
Date: 28 Apr 1994 14:41:43 GMT
Organization: University of California, Berkeley
Lines: 212
Message-ID: <2pohv7$ei8@agate.berkeley.edu>
NNTP-Posting-Host: garnet.berkeley.edu
Subject: * UFO History II 3/4
July 30, 1976..NMCC Joint Staff Memo: Subject: Reports of UFOs. At
approx. 0345, EDT, the ANMCC received several reports of UFOs near Fort
Ritchie. At 0130, civilians reported an UFO to the NAB. At 0255, two
separate patrols sighted three UFOs; oblong with a reddish tint. At
0300, the Desk Sgt. (name with held) sighted an UFO over the ammo
storage area at 100-200 yds. altitude. At 0345, an Army Police Sgt.
sighted an UFO in the vicinity of sight R. ANMCC was requested to have
each individual write a statement on the sightings. One person said the
UFO was the size of a 2.5 ton truck.
Sep. 19, 1976..Tehran, Iran: Civilians reported an UFO to the AFB. The
Iranian AF scrambled an American F-4 for intercept. As the F-4 was
vectored towards the brilliant UFO, all communications and
instrumentation were suddenly lost. As the pilot broke off pursuit, all
aircraft functions returned to normal. A second F-4 that was scrambled
began closing in on the UFO at greater than Mach 1 and was closing on
the UFO at 150 nautical mph., but the UFO accelerated and stayed ahead
of the F-4 (confirmed by Radar). Multi-colored flashing lights were
visible on the UFO. The moment the F-4 pilot tried to lock an AIM-9
missile at the UFO he lost all weapons panel and communication control.
The UFO launched two smaller UFOs, one of which began to follow the F-
4. After evasive action by the F-4, the smaller UFO returned and united
with the larger UFO. The other smaller UFO seemed to have landed on the
ground so the pilot flew down to investigate it. The landed UFO
appeared to be 12 feet in diameter? As the pilot descended the light
from the landed UFO went out and he lost sight of it. The DIA termed
this sighting as "an outstanding report. This case is a classic which
meets all the criteria necessary for a study of a UFO phenomenon." And,
"an inordinate amount of manuverablilty was displayed by the UFOs."
(see 10/2/72,9/20/76)
Sep. 20, 1976..DIA MESSAGE: UFO sighted over Tehran, Iran. "Initiate"
IPSP PT-1440. The Iranian Air Force scrambled an F-4 to intercept the
UFO. Due to its brilliance the UFO was visible 70 miles away. When the
F-4 approached within 25 mi. of UFO the F-4 lost ALL instrumentation
and communications (UHF and intercom). As the first F-4 banked away
from the UFO he regained instr. and comm. A second F-4 was dispatched,
2 man, with radar.The radar return was of a craft the size of a 707
Tanker. As the F-4 closed within 25 NMi. of UFO, the UFO launched a
bright white object about one third the apparent size of the moon. The
pilot attempted to fire an AIM-9 missile at the second UFO but at that
moment he lost all instruments and communication.As he banked away from
the primary object the secondary object went to the inside of his turn
then returned and rejoined with the primary object. Afterwards the F-4
regained control of instr. and communications. (see 9/19/76)
1976...........Project SIGMA becomes an independent project from
project xxxx. (see 1968)
Sept. 1, 1977..Air Force Letter from Col. Charles H. Senn, Wash., D.C.,
to Gen. Duward L. Crow (Ret.), NASA, Wash., D.C. stating: Enclosed are
the UFO Fact Sheet and standard response to UFO public inquiries you
requested. I sincerely hope you are successful in preventing a
reopening of UFO investigations.
Jan. 18, 1978.. MP at Ft. Dix shoots and kills an Alien. Incident
report sent to Col. Landon and Brig. Gen. Brown (AFOSI). The reporting
officer was S. W. (initials), Lt. 1st Class. Sgt. J.M. (initials),
Security Police Squad (PACAF) also witnessed and reported the incident
(Sept. 16, 1980).
Feb. 1, 1978...NASA Information Sheet: NASA is not involved in a
research program involving UFOs, nor is any other government agency.
The U.S. Air Force nolonger investigates UFOs. (see NASA arrest laws
re. private citizens) (see 11/17/80)
July 18, 1978..DOD Staff Message: UFO spotted over North TEHRAN, Iran.
Oct. 21, 1978..Aircraft Accident Investigation Summary Report: Fredrick
Valentich vanished while reporting a UFO playing cat and mouse with his
airplane which was a Cessna 182L. It's hovering above me... it's got a
green light and sort of metallic (like) it's all shiny (on) the
outside... it's hovering and it's Airplane not an aircraft... (end of
transmission...pilot presumed dead).
Nov. 9, 1978... L. Gordon Cooper, in a letter to the U.N., states that
UFOs are interplanetary vehicles and crewed by Aliens.
May 10, 1980...DOD Report: The FAP (Peruvian Air Force) spotted a UFO
twice and tried to intercept and destroy the UFO without success. (see
7/52)
Aug. 9, 1980...through Sep. 3, 1980: AFOSI Complaint Form:at Kirtland
AFB three persons report seeing UFO over a Restricted Test Range.
On Aug. 9th a Sandia Security Guard drove down the Coyote Canyon access
road to check out an alarmed building and observed a landed UFO next to
an alarmed building. The UFO was a round disk shaped object. As he
approached the object on foot equipped with a shotgun the object took
off in a vertical direction at a high rate of speed. His radio wasn't
working right at the time so he couldn't reach dispatch. The building
contained HQ CR 44 material. [Nature of material not known.]
Sept.16, 1980.. Sgt. J.M. (initials) of the PACAF writes to Len
Stringfield that he was stationed at McGuire AFB, N.J., when, on Jan.
18, 1978, an MP shot and killed an alien at the Ft. Dix Army base next
to the AFB. (see 1/18/78)
Nov. 17, 1980..SECRET USAF OSI Document: Analysis of photo of UFO
following C-5A aircraft inclusive. Photo analysis of Cylinder Shaped
UFO legitimate. PhotoE. showed legitimate disc shaped UFO of 37 ft.
diameter with trilateral insignia on object. USAF still has an interest
in all UFO sightings over installations and test ranges. Several other
Government agencies, lead by NASA, actively investigate legitimate
sightings through COVERT COVER. One agency that deceives the public
whict such covert cover is the UFO reporting center at U.S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey, Rockville, MD. 20852. [The results of PROJECT AQUARIUS
is still classified TOP SECRET with access limited to "MJ-12".] The
Paul Bennewitz case still being monitored by NASA. Still receiving
assistance from Fugate(?) Miller. (see 2/1/78)
Dec. 27, 1980..USAF UFO REPORT signed by Lt. Col. Charles I. Halt,
Deputy Base Commander, RAF Woodbridge stating: Two USAF security police
patrolmen saw a UFO either hovering or on legs outside the back gate,
Woodbridge. Being early morning, it illuminated the entire forest with
a white light. Description: Metallic in appearance and triangular in
shape, pulsing red light on top and banks of blue lights underneath.
Approx. 2-3 meters across and 2 meters high. It maneuvered through the
trees and disappeared. (see 12/29/80)
Dec. 29, 1980..Lt. Col. C. I. Halt, sees a UFO that separates into 5
UFOs and later sees 3 other UFOs. (see 12/27/80)
Dec. 29, 1980..A low flying UFO was escorted by a large number of
helicopters (23) including some Chinooks and possibly Hueys, near
Dayton, Texas. It was probably escorted to the TOP SECRET underground
installation within Fort Hood, Texas. The SECRET air force base is NOT
listed in the Air Force Officer's Guide or the Air Force Almanac [it is
an Army AFB]. The name of the Secret base is Gray AAF, Texas.
(12/29/80, cont'd) The special group piloting the helicopters Escort
for UFO are known as the "BLUEBOYS". The Texas Department of Public
Safety works closely with Gray AAF on UFO cases. (see 6/6/88)
Jan. 13, 1981..(BENTWATERS AFB) Air Force MEMO from Lt. Col. Charles I.
Halt, Deputy Base Commander. (see 12/27/80,12/29/80)
Oct. 19, 1981..Barry Goldwater, Senator, Arizona, in a letter to Lee
Graham, f Aeroject Electric Systems, Azusa, Calif., states that he has
given up trying to get into the BLUE ROOM at Wright-Patterson AFB where
UFO artifacts are stored by the Air Force. (see 3/28/75)
Nov. 3, 1981...Civil Action, Case No. 80-1562, goes against the
plaintiff and for the defendant, the NSA. The NSA retains the right to
withhold 156 TOP SECRET records containing communications intelligence
(COMINT) reports which were produced between 1958 and 1979. Only
military personnel with a Top Secret Clearance were allowed to view the
documents for the court hearing. NOT even the Judge was allowed to see
them, even though he ruled against the plaintiff (CAUS). (see 6/24/83)
Nov. 27, 1982..Palatine, IL.: Police Commander Michael McDonald was on
patrol at 5:00 a.m. when the area around his car was lighted, as if by
a phosphorousflare. Looking up he saw a large white UFO with tinges of
red at an altitude of 900-1000 ft. Two other officers, alerted by
radio, also observed the UFO. The other two cars gave pursuit to the
UFO at speeds of between 60-65 mph but the UFO outdistanced them. A few
minutes later another UFO was noted by the commander and then the other
two officers. It was a diffuse "domed disc" which was seen to emit a
beam of light towards the ground. The UFO then disappeared behind the
tree line of a forest preserve. The police report includes a tape
recording of the radio communications during the sighting.
Jun. 24, 1983..Larry W. Bryant, Director of CAUS, filed a Civil Action,
Case No. 83-1932 (Judge Oliver Gasch) petitioning for a Writ of Habeas
Corpus EXTRATERRESTRIAL, in the United States District Court for the
Dist. of Columbia, seeking to obtain the release from custody of "one
or more occupants of apparent extraterrestrial origin." Mr. Bryant
contends that the Government action in maintaining secret custody,
detention, and prosecution of such extraterrestrials is unlawful and a
violation of their basic rights and is seeking to restore their civil
rights. (see 11/3/81)
Nov. 29,1983...Dr. Robert I Sarbacher, President and Chairman of the
Board, Washington Institute of Technology, in a letter to William
Steinman states persons definitely involved in operations of recovered
saucers were John von Neuman and Dr. Vannever Bush. Also, Dr. Sarbacher
thought that Robert Oppenheimer was also involved. Dr. Sarbacher had
been invited by President Eisenhower to attend several discussions
associated with the reported recoveries, but was unable to attend them.
He did receive Special Reports on the recoveries at the Pentagon but
was instructed NOT to remove them from his office.
1984...........From the Air Traffic Controllers Manual: Controllers
MUST report UFOs immediately to AIS (Military), LATCC. A completed
report MUST be sent to MOD (AFOR). A list of phone numbers and
locations is shown in the directory at Appendix H.
May 16, 1984...Dept. of the Army letter to W. S. Steinman stating that
the IPU was disestablished in the late 1950s and all records were
transferred to the Air Force. Therefore the Army isn't aware of what
their function was even though it was a Secret unit of the Army. [FOIA
requests to USAF] (see 3/12/87)
Mar. 19, 1985..(LONDON, ENGLAND) In a letter from Ministry of Defence,
Lord Trefgarne states, "There is no organization in the MOD appointed
solely for the purpose of studying UFOs, and no staff are employed on
the subject full time... the staff in the Department... examine the
reports as part of heir normal duties... and we cannot inform observers
of the probable identity of the objects seen."
June 28, 1985..USAF ACCESS RESTRICTED NOTICE: Report TR-DE-3A, Oct. 15,
1955, from Air Tech. Intel. Ctr., file no. TS5-2862, has been WITHDRAWN
from the National Archives and is classified a TOP SECRET UFO REPORT.
>>> Continued..
X-NEWS: yvax.byu.edu alt.alien.visitors: 32412
Path:
hamblin.math.byu.edu!news.byu.edu!news.kei.com!eff!news.duke.edu!convex!cs.utexas.ed
u!swrinde!ihnp4.ucsd.edu!agate!garnet.berkeley.edu!alberto
From: alberto@garnet.berkeley.edu ()
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: UFO History II 4/4
Date: 28 Apr 1994 14:42:46 GMT
Organization: University of California, Berkeley
Lines: 170
Message-ID: <2poi16$eim@agate.berkeley.edu>
NNTP-Posting-Host: garnet.berkeley.edu
Subject: * UFO History II 4/4
Message-ID: <Z2ZZ6B4w165w@sys6626.bison.mb.ca>
Date: Thu, 01 Jul 93 02:30:46 CST
Organization: System 6626 BBS, Winnipeg Manitoba Canada
Lines: 167
Aug. 27, 1985..Darlian, CHINA, the "China Daily" reports: 20,000 people
are involved in UFO research. The first recognized photo of a UFO in
China was taken in 1945. In 1981 CSUR UFO research organization was
established. More than 600 UFOs have been reported within the past 5
years in China. Studies will be done on UFOs and Human body science
relationships.
May 11, 1986...Near Sadona, AR: Minister Robert H. Henderson and his
wife, Nann, of Phoenix, AR, were flying at an altitude of 8500 ft. at 4
p.m. when a very bright UFO was seen approaching head-on to them. As he
prepared to take evasive action the UFO passed quickly to the left and
below of his plane. The UFO was seen to be wingless and resembling a
"modified half-sphere, with the flat side down." The closure rate was
estimated at about 1200 mph.
May 19, 1986...Near Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Between 9:00
to 12 midnight the Brazilian Air Defense and the Civil Air System were
swamped with Radar and pilot UFO sightings. As Ospires Silva, President
of Petrobras Oil Company were preparing to land, the control tower
informed him of UFO targets on their radar. He and his companion, Alcir
Pereira da Silva, saw bright red-orange UFOs, not at all like stars or
planes. They attempted to pursue the UFOs for 30 min. but gave up as
the UFOs seemed to be jumping from place to place. At this time three
F-5E fighter jets were scrambled from Santa Cruz AFB. Capt. Marcio
Jordao was able to approach within 12 miles of an UFO, visible to him
as a bright light changing from white to green. Lt. Kleber Caldas
Marinho chased another UFO which was a very intense light, changing
from white to green then red again. Both pilots broke off chase as they
were running low on fuel. Ground Radar picked up 10-13 more UFOs that
surrounded another plane with Capt. Armindo Souza Viriato de Marinho,
K.C. Freitas piloting it. Capt. Freitas tracked the UFOs on his radar,
but only de Freitas, A.S.V. saw them visually once as they climbed
vertically past him. Brig. Gen. Octavio Moreira Lima made these events
public at a press conference and allowed the pilots and radar operators
to be questioned by the media. (see 7/52)
Feb. 15, 1987..The San Jose Mercury states that the Pentagon has a
"Black Budget" which has become a "Black Hole" for SECRET Projects
spending! It is far bigger than the federal budget for education or
transportation or agriculture or the environment. These Projects are
classified above Top Secret, therefore very few federal investigators
have the security clearances necessary to audit black programs.
Mar. 12, 1987..U.S. Army Intelligenc letter: The IPU (Interplanetary
Phenomenon Unit) of the Scientific and Technical Branch, Counter
intelligence Directorate, Department of the Army was disestablished
during the 1950's and never reactivated. All of its records were turned
over to the USAF (which can't seem to locate them). This letter was
sent to Timothy Good. (see 5/16/84)
Sep. 4, 1987...JMP (Justice for Military Personnel) letter sent to
President Ronald Reagan. This letter, verified by: Astronaut L. Gordon
Cooper, Maj. Donald E. Keyhoe (USMC, Ret.), MUFON (Sequin, TX), APRO
(Tucson, AZ) and Just Cause (Coventry, CT) states that:"WE (military
personnel) have been ordered by the CIA to shoot at UFOs, silence
pilots who have seen UFOs, intimidate, harass, jail, confine to
institutions,and destroy military carreers of witnesses to UFO
sightings. We VIOLATED the Freedom of Information Act by hiding
Government documents." (see 7/52,9/24/47)
Nov. 17, 1986..Near Fort Yukon, Alaska: Japan Airlines flight #1628, a
Boeing 747 freighter, was cruising at 35000 ft. altitude and at 5:11
p.m. the pilots noticed bright lights 30 degrees to the left and below
them. The UFOs moved up directly in front of the 747 and, said Capt.
Kenju Terauchi, "most unexpectedly, two spaceships stopped in front of
our face, shooting off lights (like numerous exhaust pipes). The inside
cockpit shined brightly and I felt warm in the face." The UFOs appeared
as two rectangular clusters or arrays of light, one above the other. As
the larger UFOs moved away from the 747 Airlines Flight 1628 there
remained two smaller flat white UFOs. At about 5:30 p.m. Capt. Terauchi
checked the pale white light behind their craft visually. He saw a
gigantic "walnet-shaped" UFO (Saturn-shaped) following them. As an
evasive action the Capt. ordered the 747 to turn away from the giant
UFO that was following them, at which time the UFO "spaceship"
disappeared.
Dec. 21, 1987..CIA letter to Mr. Richard Hall stating the CIA's reasons
for denying certain FOIA requests about himself on the basis of
national defence reasons and must be kept secret. Mr. Hall is an UFO
investigator.
May 5, 1988....For the third time, publicly, President Ronald Reagan
states that the nations of the earth would unite if we were threatened
by an Alien race from a hostile planet.
Jun.6, 1988....Letter received from Paul F. Bennewitz describing
Project Beta: Alien base located in New Mexico consisting of type
"Grey" Aliens. NASA CIR film has aided in locating this base and
revealing US Military involvement with the "Greys". Aliens helped US
Military to build a working saucer, Atomic Powered. Two women and a boy
exposed to radiation burns by this saucer. Government is not picking up
the medical bills. "Grey" base is currently abandoned. Another group
called "Orange" is based on the west slope of Mt. Archeleta near "the
Diamond". Goal of Project Beta: to locate, inventory and propose ways
of destroying Alien bases! (see 12/29/80)
Some sources of information:
....."UFO CRASH RETRIEVALS:" series by Leonard H.Stringfield
A. Status Report ONE, c.
B. Status Report TWO, "Amassing the Evidence", c.1980,pub. by MUFON,
Sequin, TX.
C. Status Report THREE, "New Sources, New Data", c.1982, pub. by
Leonard Stringfield.
............................................................
REFERENCES:(A) ADDRESSES of AUTHORS, RESEARCHERS:
1. UFO Photo Archives, P.O. Box 17206, Tucson, Arizona 85710, USA.
(B1-E, p.580)
2. STEINMAN,William S., 15043 Rosalita Dr., La Mirada, Calif. 90638,
USA.
3. CAUS, Citizens Against UFO Secrecy, 3518 Martha Custis Drive,
Alesandria, Virg. 22302, USA. Larry W. BRYANT, director,
Washington, D.C. Office.
4. L/L Research, P.O. Box 5195, Louisville, Kentucky 40205, USA.
5. STRINGFIELD, Leonard H., 4412 Grove Avenue, Cincinnati, OH 45227,
USA. (B1-E, p.580)
6. Flying Saucer Information Center, 7803 Ruanne Court, Pasadena, MD
21122, USA.
7. MUFON, Mutual UFO Network, 103 Oldtowne Rd., Seguin, TX 78155-4099.
(B1-E, p.583)
8. Just Cause, PO Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238 USA.
9. APRO, 3910 E. Kleindale Road, Tucson, AZ 85712 USA.
10. KEYHOE, Major Donald E., (USMC, Ret.)(now deceased)
11. MOORE, William L., Publications & Research, 4219 W. Olive St., Ste.
247, Burbank, CA 91505. (B1-E, p.580)
12. FRIEDMAN, Stanton T., PO Box 2246, Berkeley, CA 94702. (B1-E,
p.583)
13. BRAY, Arthur, PO Box 5528, Station-F, Ottawa, Ontario K2C 3M1. (B1-
E, p.566)
14. MACCABEE, Bruce, PO Box 277, Mount Ranier, MD 20712.
15. STEVENS, Wendelle C., 3224 So. Winona Circle, Tucson, AZ 85730.
(B4, p.168)
16. McINTYRE, W.F., c/o MARCEN, 123 Olney-Sandy Spring Rd., Sandy
Spring, MD 20860.
17. BECKLEY, Timothy G., c/o UFO Review, PO Box 753, New Brunswick, NJ
08903.
UFO HISTORY V2.09: Copyright 1988,1991,1992,1993 by PEA Research, Elk
Grove,CA.
--- .
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More